Home

Avaya Using Technician Interface Scripts User's Manual

1. BOF L HW Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter 3 2 E32 Down 00 00 A2 03 00 6F 5 1518 Disabled Found 1 match out of 4 entries in table HSSI Modules on Alert BOFL WAN Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number 0 0 Not Pres nil Off 4608 FRAME RELAY 0 0 0 Not Pres nil 1 4608 FRAME RELAY 0 Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table TOKEN RING Modules on Alert Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release 2 1 021 CableFlt 00 00 A2 01 4B 4E 4568 16 Mbps Enabled Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table 2 149 Using Technician Interface Scripts base lt circuit name gt Displays the circuit base record information for all circuits or for a specific circuit Sample Display show circuits base CSMACD Modules BOF L HW Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter 3 1 E31 Up 00 00 A2 03 00 6E 5 1518 Disabled 3 2 E32 Down 00 00 A2 03 00 6F 5 1518 Disabled 3 3 E33 Up 00 00 A2 03 00 70 5 1518 Disabled 3 4 E34 Up 00 00 A2 03 00 71 5 1518 Disabled 4 entries in table HSSI Modules BOFL WAN Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number 0 0 Not Pres nil Off 4608 FRAME RELAY 0 0 Not Pres nil 1 4608 FRAME RELAY 2 entries in table TOKEN RING Modules Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release 2 1 021 CableFlt 00 00 A2 01
2. Beacon Signal Auto Removes Single Cable Ring Slot Conn Circuit Events Losses Removes Recvd Statns Faults Recvrys 4 1 041 0 0 0 0 3 0 4 2 042 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show token stats ring circuit 041 TOKEN RING Ring Statistics Beacon Signal Auto Removes Single Cable Ring Slot Conn Circuit Events Losses Removes Recvd Statns Faults Recvrys 4 1 041 0 0 0 0 3 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table system errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about general interface errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Adapter Checks Number of internal adapter errors that have caused adapter failures DMA Bus Errors Number of bus errors during DMA that do not exceed threshold DMA Parity Errors Number of parity errors during DMA that do not exceed threshold Command Timeouts Host Iface Errors Number of times a command timeout has caused the interface to reinitialize Number of times a receive host interface error has caused the interface to reinitialize 2 606 show token Sample Display show token system errors TOKEN RING System Errors Adapter DMA Bus DMA Parity Command Host Iface Slot Conn Circuit Checks Errors Errors Timeouts Erro
3. User Manager Other Port Port Port Total Login Login Login TTY I O Number Name State Logins Errors Errors Errors Errors 1 CONSOLE Up fl 0 0 0 2 MODEM1 Disabled 0 0 0 0 3 MODEM2 Up 0 0 0 0 4 PRINTER Disabled 5 0 0 0 4 serial ports configured version Displays the current version number and modification date of the console bat script Sample Display show console version CONSOLE bat Version 1 9 Date 6 23 94 2 166 show csmacd alerts show csmacd The show csmacd lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection protocol CSMA CD Ethernet uses this protocol to control access to the medium End stations use CSMA CD to monitor the medium and wait until it is idle before transmitting data For more information refer to Configuring Line Services The show csmacd command supports the following subcommand options alerts receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt autoneg circuit lt circuit name gt sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt stats circuit lt circuit name gt collisions circuit lt circuit name gt system errors circuit lt circuit name gt disabled transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt enabled version hwfilters Displays all circuits that are enabled but
4. Port Readabl Readabl Total Auto Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions 12 41 8053 0 0 0 Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch 2 0 0 0 0 0 stats all totals port lt port number gt errors Displays statistical information for all ports or a specified port This command displays either a total list of statistics or error statistics only This command displays the actual values of the SNMP counters maintained within the repeater MIB These counters are not initialized to 0 at system startup therefore only time relative deltas of these counters are meaningful These counter cannot be reset to 0 2 478 Sample Display show rptr stats 802 3 Repeater HUB Statistics Port Readabl Readab1l Total Auto Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions 1 104 6719 24 14 43 456 2 0 63 4294967289 6 4294967295 150 3 931675 296890590 22 6 4294967295 5862 4 1354357247 1629798783 4294967289 4 4294967295 1620234528 5 10 4271 4294967289 9 4294967295 195 6 348 111353 4294967289 177 4294967295 951 7 297 95157 4294967289 522055204 4294967295 962400002 8 317023833 1077284480 4294967289 87 36 7187 9 4294967295 4294967295 4160749557 4 4294967295 35 10 4294967295 4294967295 4294967285 1096835530 4294967295 570 11 4294967295 4294967295 4294967289 4 4294967295 4 T2 576590566 2908601712 2324114227 201334951 25694044
5. Server Type Network Age Hops HOMER 0x0004 0x00202020 50 9 CALERN 0x0004 OxEC101070 50 9 CD_ROM 0x0004 Ox2E86F3D1 50 10 WENYC1 0x0004 0x17171717 50 9 PAYROLL 0x0004 0x00000100 50 10 TORONTO 0x0004 OxFC111139 50 9 HRISTEST 0x0004 Ox2F5F920C 50 9 HR_SERVER 0x0004 0x0000AAA1 50 9 RSMT_NW_1 0x0004 0x43582782 50 9 SYNOPTICS 0x0004 0x00000003 50 14 10 Services in table Sample Display show ipx service HO IPX Service Table Information Server Type Network Age Hops HOMER 0x0004 0x00202020 50 9 HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x0004 O0x0000F2B8 50 9 HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x0107 0x0000F2B8 50 10 HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x023F 0x0000F2B8 60 10 4 Entries found 2 347 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx service type 4 IPX Service Table Information Server Type Network Age Hops HOMER 0x0004 0x00202020 50 9 CALERN 0x0004 OxEC101070 20 9 CD_ROM 0x0004 Ox2E86F3D1 50 10 WENYC1 0x0004 0x17171717 50 9 PAYROLL 0x0004 0x00000100 50 10 TORONTO 0x0004 OxFC111139 50 9 HRISTEST 0x0004 Ox2F5F920C 30 9 HR_SERVER 0x0004 0x0000AAA1 50 9 RSMT_NW_1 0x0004 0x43582782 30 9 SYNOPTICS 0x0004 0x00000003 50 14 HR_SERVER2 0x0004 Ox000AAA12 50 10 BOCA_NW_SVR 0x0004 0x00087364 50 9 HR_VALBONNE 0x0004 0x00000123 50 9 W312_LOTUS 0x0004 0x00000986 50 3 ADMIN_SERVER 0x0004 Ox0000F2AB 50 8 ARLOW_SALES 0x0004 0x44628F02 30 10 CA_ST_LOUIS
6. backplane proms lt slot number gt config_file slots lt slot number gt image version memory lt slot number gt backplane Displays information about the state of the backplane hardware The table includes the backplane type revision and serial number The revision and serial numbers are in decimal format The extended display shown only for a BCN or BLN system includes the status of the power supply fan and temperature 2 279 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show hardware backplane Hardware Backplane Information Backplane Type BCN Backplane Revision 1 Backplane Serial Number 2181 Power Supply 1 OK Power Supply 2 OK Power Supply 3 OK Power Supply 4 OK Fan Status OK Temperature Status OK Sample Display show hardware backplane Hardware Backplane Information Backplane Type BLN Backplane Revision 2 Backplane Serial Number 341 Sample Display show hardware backplane Hardware Backplane Information Backplane Type ASN Backplane Revision 0 Backplane Serial Number 0 2 280 show hardware config_file Displays the configuration file used to boot the router or reset a slot The table shows the name and volume that was the source of the configuration as well as the slot that delivered the configuration file to the reset slot All slots should be running the same configuration file originating from the same volume or
7. Circuit Addr State Source MAC SSAP PU Type IDBLOCK IDNUM 12 OxD1 UP 40 00 00 03 17 22 4 Type 2 0 017 AOO4A 40 00 00 00 00 D1 4 mac Displays the MAC address of a destination link station its IP address and the current number of CANUREACH queries Destination MAC The Destination MAC identifies the Token Ring or Ethernet host the local device will reach via SDLC services Remote IP Address The IP address of the destination link station CANUREACH MAC Specifies the current number of canureach messages sent to a Queries remote DLSw peer 2 204 show dls Sample Display show dis mac DLSw MAC Entries Destination Remote CANUREACH MAC Address IP Address Mac Queries 40 00 00 03 17 22 154 154 154 154 167 netbios Displays the names and IP addresses of remote NetBIOS peers and the current number of queries to each remote NetBIOS peer Remote Station Name Remote IP Address NETBIOS_NQ Queries The name of the NetBIOS peer The IP address of the NetBIOS peer The current number of NetBIOS queries sent to the remote NetBIOS peer Sample Display show dls netbios DLSw Netbios Name Entries Remote Station Name Remote NETBIOS_NQ IP Address Queries CHEERS 154 154 154 154 1 2 205 Using Technician Interface Scripts peers Displays the IP addresses of all configured DLSw peers and the state of each State is Down Init initializing Not Present
8. version Displays all enabled LNM Servers circuits whose state is not up The table does not include disabled circuits or enabled circuits that are up It shows only circuits that are not up for some reason The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the server is on LNM Status of LNM Servers as an entity This is always blank for alerts LNM LRM State of the LAN Reporting Mechanism LRM If the state is Up the entry is blank Otherwise the state is Down Init initializing or Not Pres not present LNM LBS State of the LAN Bridge Server LBS If the state is Up the entry is blank Otherwise the state is Down Init initializing or Not Pres not present 2 389 Using Technician Interface Scripts base LNM REM State of Ring Error Monitor REM If the state is Up the entry is blank Otherwise the state is Down Init initializing or Not Pres not present LNM RPS Sate of Ring Parameter Server RPS If the state is Up the entry is blank Otherwise the state is Down Init initializing or Not Pres not present LNM CRS State of Configuration Report Server CRS If the state is Up the entry is blank Otherwise the state is Down Init initializing or Not Pres not present Sample Display show Inm alerts LNM Servers Circuit Alerts Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS 041 Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres 1 En
9. 3 51 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable telnet base Use the enable telnet lt option gt commands to enable Telnet services on a Bay Networks router and the disable telnet lt option gt commands to disable Telnet services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Telnet refer to Configuring TCP Services The enable disable telnet command supports the lt base gt subcommand option as follows The enable telnet base command enables inbound router Telnet sessions Telnet must have been previously configured The disable telnet base command disables inbound router Telnet sessions Telnet must have been previously configured Sample Display enable telnet base TELNET base record enabled 3 52 enable disable tftp enable disable tftp Use the enable tftp lt option gt commands to enable Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable tftp lt option gt commands to disable TFTP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of TFTP refer to Configuring IP Services The enable disable tftp command supports the lt base gt subcommand option as follows base Enables or disables TFTP at the base record thus enabling or disabling TFTP services for the entire router Sample Display enable tftp base TFTP base record enabled 3 53 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable di
10. Circuit State XNS Address Encaps Method E21 Up 0x00000001 Ethernet E31 Up 0x00000002 Ethernet E22 Up 0x00000003 Ethernet 3 Entrie s found 2 649 Using Technician Interface Scripts rip alerts disabled enabled lt XNS network gt Displays the status of XNS Routing Information Protocol RIP interfaces Entered without options the rip command displays all XNS RIP interfaces State is Down Init initializing Not Pres not yet started or Up You can use the following options with the rip command alerts Displays XNS RIP interfaces that are enabled but their state is not up disabled Displays XNS RIP interfaces that are disabled enabled Displays XNS RIP interfaces that are enabled lt XNS network gt Limits the display to the XNS RIP interfaces in the specified XNS network Sample Display show xns rip XNS RIP Interface Table RIP Interface State 0x00000001 Up 0x00000002 Up 0x00000003 Up 3 Total entrie s 2 650 show xns routes lt network address gt find lt address pattern gt Displays information from the XNS routing table The table acquires routes through the XNS Routing Information Protocol XNS interface configurations or from static configuration You can use the following options with the routes command The table includes the following information Destination Next Hop Host Method Age Metric Network address of the route s destination Host
11. 11 0 0 5 0x024 OxA 1 entries found ip stats circuit lt circuit Displays the packets Packets Rx that SR received from the IP name gt network and the number of out of sequence packets Sequence Errors Sample Display show sr ip stats circuit Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Circuit Statistics Out Circuit Frames O21 0 51 0 043 0 3 entries found 2 528 stats show sr Displays all Source Routing interface statistics or statistics for a specific circuit The table includes the following information In Frames Out Frames Dropped Frames Number of Source Routing packets that the interface received Number of Source Routing packets that the interface sent out Sum of packets dropped because of an invalid routing control field invalid ring or filtering Sample Display show sr stats Source Routing SR Circuit Statistics In Out Dropped Circuit Frames Frames Frames 021 0 0 0 S51 0 0 0 043 0 0 0 3 entries found stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the same information as the show sr stats command displays However this command enables you to specify a specific circuit version Displays the current version and modification date of the sr bat script Sample Display show sr version SR bat Version 1 7 Date 10 31 94 2 529 Using Technician Interface Scripts show srspan The show srspan lt option gt commands display information
12. 60020 19 00 00 A2 01 51 AD 60060 193 00 2B 60100 21 60120 2 60130 17 60130 22 6 total 3 00 00 A2 00 F9 BO lt null PPP gt 9 00 00 89 01 A3 8A 6 00 80 D3 A0 0A 62 entries 32 31 E24 S34 E23 E23 2 44 show at alerts Displays all AppleTalk circuits that are enabled but not up Mode is always Enabled but the state will be down Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the port is on Mode Mode will be Enabled in this case Network Network start and end numbers that constitute the range of the network numbers These numbers are in the range of through 65 279 Address Network address of the port which is Dynamic meaning that the seed router assigns it or a manually configured network address and identifier Zone List List containing all the zones configured for the network range Sample Display show at alerts AppleTalk Circuit Alerts Enabled but state is down Circuit Mode Network Address Zone List S31 Enabled 60060 60060 Dynamic WAN 1 entries found 1 total entries 2 45 Using Technician Interface Scripts base Displays the base record information for AppleTalk The base record controls AppleTalk for the entire system The table includes the following information Protocol Name of the protocol which is AppleTalk State State of the protoco
13. ISDN Messages Received Setup Connect Disconn Clear Activ Deactiv Slot DSL ID Ind Ind Ind Ind Ind Ind al 0 1 8 0 al 0 Total of 1 Message Entries found messages sent Displays the messages the router sent on each ISDN line The table displays the following information Slot DSL ID Setup Req Connect Req Slot which has the ISDN interface Digital Subscriber Loop ID Setup request sent to the network Connect request sent to the network 2 364 pools show isdn Disconn Req Disconnect request sent to the network Clear Req Clear request sent to the network Activ Req Activate request sent to the driver Dactiv Req Deactivate request sent to the driver Sample Display show isdn messages sent ISDN Messages Sent Setup Connect Disconn Clear Activ Deactiv Slot DSL ID Req Req Req Req Req Req 1 0 9 1 h 8 0 0 Total of 1 Message Entries found Displays the line pool configuration The table displays the following information Pool Type Identifies the type of line pool demand backup or bandwidth on demand Line Number Identifies the lines in the pool Pool ID ID number of the pool Channel Count The number of B channels in the pool Priority Indicates the order of preference for each line pool Channels In Use Specifies how many B channels the router is currently using 2 365 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show isdn pool
14. endpoint statistics lt PLU name gt topology tg definition lt owner name gt isr address lt FQCP name gt topology tg status lt owner name gt isr parameters tunnel lt circuit gt isr route lt FQCP name gt version isr statistics lt FQCP name gt vrn lt VRN name gt ls anr 2 3 Using Technician Interface Scripts adjacencies lt node name gt Displays the following information for all APPN nodes or for a specific APPN node Node CP CP Status Out of Seq Last FRSN Last FRSN TDUs Sent Received Administratively assigned name for a specific node in the format lt network ID gt lt CP name gt Status of the Control Point to Control Point session between this node and an adjacent node Inactive indicates that no CP CP sessions exist between the network node and adjacent node Active indicates that CP CP sessions are active Number of out of sequence Topology Database Updates In a quiesced state this value is zero In normal operation the value varies depending on the network environment Last Flow Reduction Sequence Number sent in a topology update to an adjacent network node Last Flow Reduction Sequence Number received in a topology update from an adjacent network node Sample Display show appn adjacencies APPN Adjacent Nodes CP CP Out of Seq Last FRSN Last FRSN ode Status TDUs Sent Receive
15. 2 595 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show tftp base TFTP Base Information Default Retransmit Max Number of of of Protocol State Volume Timeout Retransmits Writes Reads Retransmits TFTP Enabled 2 5 5 7 3 0 version Displays the current version number and modification date for the tftp bat script Sample Display show tftp version TFTP bat Version 1 8 Date 5 11 94 2 596 show token show token alerts The show token lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about Token Ring lines For detailed information about configuring Token Ring lines refer to Configuring Routers The show token command supports the following subcommand options alerts stats circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt stats line circuit lt circuit name gt disabled stats ring circuit lt circuit name gt enabled system errors circuit lt circuit name gt receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt sample lt period in seconds gt circuit version lt circuit name gt Displays all Token Ring modules that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit
16. FDDI Frame Relay Frame Relay Switch Add a command Clear all commands Delete command Edit command 22 23 24 256 26 206 28 29 30 31 32 3335 34 32 36 37 38 39 3 40 41 T ba Z Using Technician Interface Scripts Main Menu FTP Hardware HSSI IP IPX Interface Redundancy LAPB LN BNX MCT1 NetBIOS over IP NLS Native Mode LAN OSI OSPF Packet Capture PPP Protocol Priority RARP Repeater HUB Router Redundancy SDLC Change menu title Load new menu Menu control off Enter menu number or TI command 43 SMDS 44 SNMP 45 Source Routing 46 SR Spanning Tree 47 Spanning Tree 48 System State 49 Switch Services 50 SYNC 51 SYSLOG 52 System 53 Th 54 TCP 55 TELNET 56 TETP 57 Thresholds amp Alarms 58 Token Ring 59 Translation Bridge 60 VINES 61 WCP 62 XNS 63 X25 64 Date and Time Q Quit S Save menu commands T Toggle cmd display 1 21 Using Technician Interface Scripts Deleting a Command With menu control on delete a command by entering d at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt Then enter the number of the command to be deleted as shown Enter menu number or TI command d Enter command number r to Return 64 The Main Menu automatically refreshes displaying a new menu without command 64 Clearing All Commands With menu
17. 2 570 Sample Display show sync stats SYNC Module I O Statistics show sync Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 5 1 S51 12547667 242153 12750286 246188 7 5 2 S52 12545913 242593 12752036 245763 2 2 entries in table system errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Receive Rejects Transmit Rejects T1 Timeouts Memory Errors Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of reject frames received Number of reject frames transmitted Number of T1 timeouts detected The T1 timer is the link retransmission timer Link control frames are retransmitted when the T1 expires This timer tracks the number of timeouts Number of memory errors detected A memory error occurs when the DMA cycle expires without obtaining the bus within 26 ms Memory errors may indicate faulty hardware If this count exceeds five call your customer service representative 2 571 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show sync system SYNC Module System Errors Receive Transmit Tl lemory Slot Conn Circuit Rejects Rejects Timeouts Errors 5 1 S51 0 0 0 0 5 2 S52 0 0 0 0 2 entries in tab
18. Sample Display show system version SYSTEM bat Version 1 10 Date 9 06 94 2 578 show t1 alerts show t1 The show t1 lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about T1 lines For detailed information about configuring T1 lines refer to Configuring Routers The show t1 command supports the following subcommand options alerts frame errors circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt line errors circuit lt circuit name gt disabled version enabled Displays all T1 modules that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier 1 or 2 Name of the circuit associated with this line 2 579 Using Technician Interface Scripts Frame Type Line Bldout B8ZS Support Clock Mode MiniDacs Configuration Framing format The following two framing formats differ in the number of frames per superframe and in the use of the F bit position A frame comprises 24 timeslots of 8 bit data preceded by a bit called the F bit e D4 Twelve frames make up a superframe The F bit provides frame and multiframe alignment information ESF Twenty four frames make up a superframe extended superframe The F bit provides Facility Data Link
19. APPN ATMDXI AURP BGP BOOTP Bridge Circuit Console CSMACD DCMMW DECnet DLS FDDI Frame Relay Frame Relay Switch D Disable MORE Ga 22 23 s 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Blk 38 39 40 41 42 M Main Menu FTP Hardware HSSI IP IPX Interface Redundancy LAPB LN BNX MCT1 NetBIOS over IP NLS Native Mode LAN OSI OSPF Packet Capture PPP Protocol Priority RARP Repeater HUB Router Redundancy SDLC enu control on Enter menu number or TI command NS a Si 52 53 54 55 56 Ss 58 59s 60 61 62 63 N ie ee mi Oo ol A W SMDS SNMP Source Routing SR Spanning Tree Spanning Tree System State Switch Services 50 SYNC SYSLOG System TI TCP LNET TETP Thresholds amp Alarms Token Ring Translation Bridge VINES WCP XNS X25 Quit or Return Using Technician Interface Scripts To display a submenu enter the number of your choice For example to display the IP menu enter 25 at the prompt Enter menu number or TI command 25 The IP menu appears as shown below IP Menu 1 Adjacent Hosts 13 IP Cache Hits Stats 2 Alerts 14 IP Datagram Stats 3 ARP Table 15 IP Fragmentation Stats 4 Base Info 16 IP RIP Filters 5 Circuits 17 IP Stats 6 Disabled Circuits 1
20. Line is disabled e Init Line is initializing e NotPres Line is not functioning e Up Line is functioning fully Proxy Req Number of proxy requests DSU Resp Number of digital service unit DSU responses DSU Traps Number of DSU traps Other Any other information frames that the DSU has received Sample Display show atmdxi stats Imi ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI LMI Statistics Line LLIndex Circuit State Proxy Req DSU Resp DSU Traps Other L O ATM Up 0 0 0 Total entries 1 2 76 show atmdxi stats mpe Displays statistics for all active ATM DXI multiprotocol encapsulated interfaces The information is from the circuit level rather than the line level The table includes the number of invalid and unsupported multiprotocol encapsulated frames received Circuit Name or number of the circuit the interface runs on Invalid NLPID Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or unsupported network layer protocol identifier NLPID Invalid PID Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or unsupported protocol identifier PID Invalid OUI Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or unsupported organizational unique identifier OUI Misdelivered PDU Number of packets discarded because of an inactive service access Unsupported Control Field point SAP Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or invalid control field Sample Display show atmdxi stats
21. Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of internal memory errors If this error persists replace the Ethernet interface hardware 2 177 Using Technician Interface Scripts Collision Errors Number of times the driver detects that the external transceiver has not performed the SQE test after frame transmissions When the SQE test is enabled on the transceiver the transceiver asserts collision to the Ethernet interface after every transmission to provide an ongoing confidence test of the collision detection circuitry An increase in this statistic may mean only that you need to enable the SQE test on the transceiver Internal Buffer Number of internal buffer errors If this error persists replace the Ethernet interface hardware Loss of Carrier Number of loss of carrier errors in which the transceiver fails to sense the carrier signal on the interface Sample Display show csmacd system CSMACD Module System Errors lemory Collision Internal Loss of Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Buffer Carrier 2 1 E21 0 1 0 0 1 E51 0 0 0 0 5 2 E52 0 0 0 0 3 entries in table transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to rout
22. Negotiated keep alive time State of the connection between the peers Idle Connect Active Open Sent Open Confrmd or Established 2 112 show bgp Total Routes Number of routes the router received from this peer and is maintaining Peer Mode Route server mode of the BGP peer None the peer is not a route server Client the peer is an RS client Internal the peer is a route server in the local RS cluster external the peer is a route server in another RS cluster Identifer BGP identifier of the virtual peer Last update The time elapsed since the last update Sample Display show bgp peers BGP Peers Local Remote Remote Peer Connection BGP Total Address Port Address Port AS Mode State Ver Routes 55 55 0 48 46105 55 55 0 47 179 1 Intern Estab 4 0 55 56 0 48 179 55 56 0 51 20257 1 Client Estab 4 0 55 56 0 48 179 55 56 0 52 19096 1 Client Estab 4 0 55 56 0 48 179 55 56 0 173 26893 1 Client Estab 4 241 55 80 0 48 32799 55 80 0 53 179 1 Client Estab 4 0 55 90 0 48 52506 55 90 0 54 179 1 Client Estab 4 0 BGP Virtual Peers Local Remote Identifier Total Last Update 55 55 0 48 55 55 0 47 VOD 32 U3 ol 3 240 Oh 7m 10s 2 113 Using Technician Interface Scripts routes lt address gt from lt peer address gt find lt search pattern gt Displays information about routes received from BGP peers Some information relates to all peers some is specific to the type of entry displayed Following
23. State State of the ATM line Up Down Init initializing Disabled or Absent 2 61 Using Technician Interface Scripts Hybrid Bridged VCs Mode of this VC Hybrid Bridged Yes or No Yes means the VC operates as a hybrid access mode VC No means the VC works in group access mode only AAL ATM Adaptation Layer Type of this VC AALS Encaps Encapsulation type of this VC RFC 1483 LLC RFC 1483 Null LANE8023 LAN Emulation 802 3 or Other Xmt PCR Transmit Peak Cell Rate PCR for this VC in cells s Xmt SCR Transmit Sustainable Cell Rate SCR for this VC in cells s Sample Display show atm vcs ATM Interface VCL Table Hybrid Bridged Line VPI VCI Type State VCs AAL Encaps Xmt PCR Xmt SCR 1404101 0 5 CTRL Up O AALS Other 4716 4716 1404101 0 16 CTRL Up O AALS Other 4716 4716 1404101 0 32 SVC Up O AAL5 Other 353207 0 1404101 0 33 SVC Up O AAL5 Other 353207 0 1404101 0 34 SVC Up O AAL5 Other 353207 0 1404101 0 35 SVC Up O AAL5 Other 353207 0 1404101 0 36 SVC Up O AAL5 Other 353207 0 1404101 0 85 SVC Up O AAL5 LANE8023 353207 0 1404101 0 87 SVC Up O AAL5 LANE8023 353207 0 1404101 0 90 SVC Up O AAL5 LANE8023 353207 0 1404101 0 91 SVC Up O AAL5 LANE8023 353207 0 1404101 0 92 SVC Up O AAL5 LANE8023 353207 0 1404101 0 94 PVC Up O AAL5 RFC1483 Null 4716 4716 Total entries 13 2 62 show atm services lt ine gt lt ine circuit gt D
24. The show bgp command supports the following subcommand options errors summary peers timers routes lt address gt from lt peer address gt version find lt search pattern gt stats weights 2 111 Using Technician Interface Scripts errors peers Displays the error message generated the last time a connection between a router and its BGP peer failed This message was either received from or sent to the BGP peer The report includes the address of the local router and the peer as well as the last error code subcode and message Sample Display show bgp errors BGP Last Errors Local Remote Last Error Address Address Code Subcode Error Message 195 Weds EO Sw A AD 4 0 Hold Timer Expired 1 95 i Led 19Ssheles No Error 200 2 2 7 200 1 1 2 Unsupported Version Number 20 dT 10 1 1 6 No Error 201 1 1 1 201 ToS S No Error 5 peers configured Displays information about each of the router s BGP peers and virtual peers Virtual peers are peers connected by means of a route server The table includes the following information Local Addr Remote Addr Remote A S Hold Time Cfg Hold Time Act Keep Alive Time Cfg Keep Alive Time Act Connection State Router s local interface address and port Peer s IP address and port Autonomous System in which the peer resides Configured hold time Negotiated hold time Configured keep alive time
25. Transmitted Packets Transmitted Bytes Policed Packets Policed Bytes Internal line number Site Manager circuit name Number of reserved flows being served Total number of reserved flow packets transmitted since the line came up Total number of reserved flow bytes transmitted since the line came up Total number of reserved flow packets dropped since the line came up These packets were dropped because the data received on one or more flows exceeded their reservation Total number of reserved flow bytes dropped since the line came up These packets were dropped because the data received on one or more flows exceeded their reservation 2 493 Using Technician Interface Scripts Delay Avg Delay Max Average packet delay in milliseconds during the measurement interval Measured delay includes transmission time Maximum single packet delay ms since the line came up Sample Display show rsc res TX Line Resources Reserved Flow Statistics Line Circuit 203102 32 204101 S41 204102 S42 204103 S43 Transmitted Policed Delay ms Flows Packets Bytes Packets Bytes Avg Max 2 22122 11943504 0 0 0 24339 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 22172 11963112 6 3360 0 15630 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 If the display for your lines indicates unacceptable amounts of dropped traffic Policed Packets and Policed Bytes try inflating the reservations percentage MIB object Inflate Reservations If command output indicates large del
26. names Displays name cache information NetBIOS Name NetBIOS name of the station IP Address IP address of the NetBIOS station Learned Indicates whether this NetBIOS entry is learned If not it is a static entry Cache Hits Number of times the NetBIOS name cache has been used Scope ID NetBIOS Scope ID of this station Sample Display show nbip names NBIP Name Cache NetBIOS Name IP Address Learned Cache Hits Scope ID MIATA 128 D383 Yes 0 lt 09 gt wellfleet lt 03 gt com WINDSURF 130 e153 Yes 8 lt 09 gt wellfleet lt 03 gt com 2 Entries version Displays the current version and the modification date of the nbip bat script Sample Display show nbip version NBIP bat Version 1 1 Date 12 5 94 2 401 Using Technician Interface Scripts show nml The show nml lt option gt commands display configuration and statistical information about Native Mode LAN NML services For detailed information about NML refer to Configuring Bridging Services The show nml command supports the following subcommand options circuits lt circuit name gt seclists lt circuit name gt disabled stats enabled version circuits lt circuit name gt Displays information about all NML circuits or a specified NML circuit configured on the router The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit configured for NML Port Circuit number of the port that support
27. not present or init Destination MAC Specifies the MAC destination address on the top line and the Source MAC source MAC address on the bottom line The Destination MAC identifies the Token Ring or Ethernet host the local device will reach via SDLC services The Source MAC specifies the source MAC address of an emulated Token Ring endstation for this device DSAP Identifies the destination service access point SAP Token Ring or Ethernet host the local device will reach via SDLC services 2 203 Using Technician Interface Scripts SSAP Identifies the source SAP of an emulated Token Ring or Ethernet endstation for this device PU Type Specifies the type of the XID sending node This parameter is used with the IDBLOCK IDNUM and XID Format parameters to determine the station exchange identification XID value IDBLOCK Specifies the block number which must match the host s IDBLOCK parameter value that identifies incoming connection requests This parameter is used with the PU Type IDNUM and XID Format parameters to determine the station exchange identification XID value IDNUM Specifies the ID number which must match the host s IDNUM parameter value that identifies incoming connection requests This parameter is used with the PU Type IDBLOCK and XID Format parameters to determine the station exchange identification XID value Sample Display show dls local DLSw Local SDLC Devices Destination MAC DSAP
28. 2 Data Link Filters configured version Displays the current version number and modification date of the sws bat script Sample Display show sws version SWS bat Version 1 9 Date 5 1 95 2 563 Using Technician Interface Scripts show sync The show sync lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about Synchronous SYNC lines For detailed information about configuring SYNC refer to Configuring Routers The show sync command supports the following subcommand options alerts sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt stats circuit lt circuit name gt disabled system errors circuit lt circuit name gt enabled transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt version alerts Displays all SYNC circuits that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line 2 564 State MAC Address Line Number MTU WAN Protocol show sync State of the line driver as follows e Disabled User has manually disabled the driver e Down Driver is not operational e DSR Wait External equipment such
29. Close Wait Last Ack Closing Time Wait Delete TCP show tcp TCP has sent and received a connection request and is now waiting for the remote TCP to confirm The connection is open Data can be received and sent This is the normal state for data transfer TCP is waiting for the remote TCP s request to terminate the connection FIN segment or is waiting for the remote TCP to acknowledge a previous request to terminate TCP is waiting for the remote TCP s request to terminate the connection TCP is waiting for the client to request to terminate the connection TCP is waiting for the remote TCP to acknowledge the connection termination request sent previously This request also acknowledges the remote TCP s request to terminate the connection TCP is waiting for the remote TCP to acknowledge its request to terminate the connection TCP is waiting for enough time to pass to be sure the remote TCP received the acknowledgment of its request to terminate the connection The TCP connection is terminating in response to a network management request Except for Establish Closed and Listen all states are associated with establishing and closing a connection and are thus transitory Sample Display show tcp connections TCP Connections Local Remote Local IP Port Remote IP Port State 0 0 0 0 23 0 0 0 0 0 Listen 192 32 174 65 179 192 32 174 66 56834 Established 192 532 1 5 129 30751 1923271754130 179 Es
30. Displays current queue statistics for DLSw priority queues The table includes the following information Peer IP Address Queue Number Bandwidth Percent Bytes Xmitted Packets Xmitted IP address of configured DLSw peers Associated DLSw priority queue number Percent of bandwidth assigned to this queue Number of bytes transmitted for this queue Number of packets transmitted for this queue Sample Display show protopri q_stats Protocol Priority Queue S tatistics Bandwidth Bytes Packets r Percent Xmitted Xmitted Peer IP Queue Address Numbe 55 3982 0 5 De O02 1 2 Entries found 90 137055412 225245 10 546115 2156 2 470 show protopri version Displays the current version number and modification date of the protopri bat script Sample Display show protopri version protopri bat Version 1 00 Date 6 19 95 2 471 Using Technician Interface Scripts show rarp base The show rarp lt option gt commands display information about Reverse Address Resolution Protocol RARP services For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of RARP refer to Configuring SNMP BOOTP DHCP and RARP Services The show rarp command supports the following subcommand options base enabled circuits lt circuit name gt version disabled Displays the base record for RARP services The base record controls RARP for the entire system The table includes the
31. GOnfiQuring MENUS i ies becetec tarts sted faut ae a aa aaa baglad devi teen dee eaa aaa aaa aae erie 1 18 Adding amp Command ccceecceeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseaeeeeeaaeeseeeeeeaaaeseeeeeeeiaeeneneeees 1 20 Deleting a Command 00 ccccececeeteceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeceaaeseeaeeesaaeseeeneeseeaeeeeeaeeneaees 1 22 Clearing All COMMANAS siiri a a a aaa aa ea a a aaa aiii 1 22 Editing A Command g ias ann Ea aaa aa a a ois 1 22 Editing amp Menu Tithe sarera ae irisi EAA EE EENE AEE Ea 1 24 Loading a NEW Ment asitariieioniciies reiii ee aiia a NE A EA SEEE 1 26 Toggling Menu Titles and CommandS c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeeteaeeeteneeees 1 26 Saving Changes Made to Menus cccceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeaeeeseneeeseaeeeseaeeeseas 1 29 Chapter 2 Using the show Command Show appi seie ronan cele cenit Ei EANA RAEE EE ine A aes 2 2 10 0 Bt A cee N E A A A A E rere ere T A T 2 43 SNOW AUN T a r E EEE E ANERE EEN 2 58 ShOW atma D iaa a a ite ae Ate ti 2 66 SNOW MOKE eee E A E A r E E AO 2 70 SHOW AULIMISIO seinada anaiita Ree he acne daw nies dee ei eda 2 79 SHOW Al WSs atresie rackets debiacceas cobtekd RER EAE AREE E n RERE E EERENS 2 84 SNOW AUN Po e E E E iat eee EA tte A hat alae E NY 2 96 Show autoneg eaa na eien aa A E avd NAAN AA edi ei a eed 2 106 SNOW DOD e aa a a e erat eA T ee 2 111 SNOW DISYNC tasse xe asegede sas E tee ena viele ed E E AA 2 120 SHOW DOOD eiere tenras es raar Eeee EE TRER EES
32. Number of datagrams dropped because this router was not their final destination and their hop count would exceed 15 Sample Display show at stats ddp AppleTalk DDP Statistics In In Local Forwarded Output Out No Hop Count Circuit Datagrams Datagrams Datagrams Requests Routes Errors E22 0 0 0 0 0 0 E23 80956 4535 61174 3166 72 0 E24 29188 3819 27215 2971 7 1 S31 15240 3887 14453 3554 2 0 S32 27354 3368 26566 3033 0 0 34 19391 3559 18508 3143 0 0 2 54 show at total routes nets zones aarp Displays totals for all dynamic protocol specific information or for the specified parameter routes Displays total number of routes nets Displays total number of networks zones Displays total number of zones aarp Displays total number of AARP entries Sample Display show at total AppleTalk Totals Routes 26 Zones 28 Unique Zone Names 18 AARP Entries 5 version Displays the current version and modification date of the at bat script Sample Display show at version AT bat Version 1 18 2 1 Date 1 17 95 zones zip find lt pattern gt Displays information from the router s Zone Information Protocol ZIP table The table receives its entries from manually configured zone lists for AppleTalk ports and from ZIP packets from other nodes on the network 2 55 Using Technician Interface Scripts find lt pattern gt Limits the display to zones that match the specifie
33. Router Redundancy Circuit Table Circuit Port State Send PDU Primary MAC Addr 0 Entries found enabled Displays all interface circuits that have backup router redundancy and are enabled currently A circuit is enabled if the disable enable parameter is set to enable and the state is up For definitions of the columns in the table see the circuits command 2 487 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show rredund enable Router Redundancy Circuit Table Circuit Port State Send PDU Primary MAC Addr E41 1 Enabled Enabled 00 00 A2 03 42 96 E42 2 Enabled Enabled 00 00 A2 03 42 97 2 Entries found remote Displays information about the other routers in the router redundancy group The table includes the following information Group ID Member ID IP Address Role State Identification number of the router redundancy group Identification number of the remote member of the group The IP address of the remote member Role of the remote member Primary or Secondary State of the remote member States include the following Up Down Init initializing and bidding Not Pres enabled but not yet started Wait SOS Reply waiting for a reply to an SOS PDU Wait Pri Gdby waiting for a Primary Goodbye PDU Revd Pri Gdby received a Primary Goodbye PDU Wait New Pri Waiting for a New Primary PDU Delay Bidding 2 488 Sample Display show rredund remote show rre
34. Sis 52 53 54 55 56 Dh 58 59 60 6l 62 63 menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu smds mnu snmp mnu sr mnu srspan mnu span mnu state mnu sws mnu sync mnu syslog mnu system mnu tl mnu tcp mnu telnet mnu tfitp mnu sta mnu token mnu xb mnu vines mnu wep mnu xns mnu x25 mnu Q Quit S Save menu commands T Toggle title display From the subcommand level and with menu control on enter m at the command line prompt entering t at the prompt invokes the list of subcommands equivalent to the subcommand menu entries as the following example shows The following example sequence of 3 screens shows what happens when you enable menu control from a subcommand menu then toggle the menu to display the actual subcommands instead of subcommand functions 1 27 Using Technician Interface Scripts PPP subcommand menu with menu control OFF disabled Alerts AppleTalk Conf AppleTalk Neg Bad Packets Bridge Conf Bridge Neg Circuits DECnet Disabled Circuits oon 00n BWN EF Add a command Clear all commands Delete command E Edit command 0a BP PPP subcommand menu S2IHRKGKRWNHHEO PPP Menu nabled Circuits P PX Config PX Neg PX Name Local PX Name Remote Line Conf Line Parameters LOR Conf HHHHH EA H Change menu title L Load new menu M Menu contr
35. State Root Bridge ID Time Since last top chg Number of Topology Changes Bridge ID Current state of the source route Spanning Tree Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up Bridge ID of the root of the source route Spanning Tree This is the lowest Bridge MAC address or if there is no Bridge MAC address the bridge with the lowest priority Time in hundredths of a second since the bridge detected the last change in topology Number of topology changes that this bridge has detected since it was last reset or initialized Identifier of the bridge the script is running on You can compare this ID to the Root Bridge ID above it 2 531 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show srspan base Source Route Spanning Tree Base Record Information Time Since Number Of State Root Bridge ID last top chg Topology Changes Up _ 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 g 256500 7 o 1 Bridge ID 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 configuration Displays source route Spanning Tree global configuration parameters These parameters are all user configurable The table includes the following information Bridge ID Source Route Spanning Tree Bridge ID assigned to this bridge The Bridge ID is a combination of the Bridge Priority and the Bridge MAC address Bridge Max Age Maximum time in hundredths of a second that the protocol information BPDUs is valid After this time the protocol discards th
36. The prompt command disables the prompt that asks whether you want to transfer each file Be careful that you do not overwrite important files when using this command Note You must have Manager access in order to write to an NVFS volume using the Bay Networks implementation of FTP This procedure loads all of the bat and mnu files onto a file system volume on the router To conserve space on the router s local file system we recommend that you load only scripts that correspond to the protocols and drivers configured for that router Using Technician Interface Scripts To use the Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP to transfer files one at a time refer to Chapters 4 and 5 of Using Technician Interface Software Setting Up Scripts Once you log in to a Technician Interface session on a router you can enter embedded script commands at the command line prompt without any additional preparations However before you run any bat version scripts mount the Flash volume on which they reside Use the mount command to set the default directory to the directory containing the bat and mnu files The following example mounts Volume 2 mount 2 You can also set the default directory by using the dir command When using the dir command enter dir and the appropriate volume number or letter as shown in the following example dir 2 Now you can use the run setpath command to set the search path and alias definitions for the scri
37. The show bot command supports the following subcommand options alerts enabled base peers circuit lt circuit name gt stats lt circuit name gt CUs version disabled 2 135 Using Technician Interface Scripts alerts Displays all BTS circuits that are enabled but not up Use this command to identify interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information slot cct Number of the slot that contains the link or net module followed by the number of the connector Circuit Name Name of the circuit the port is on Enable Status of the protocol on the interface enabled or disabled State State of the protocol as follows e Down Protocol is not functioning e Init Protocol is initializing e Up Protocol is functioning fully Interface Type Type of interface as follows e Point to Point indicates one TCP connection e Multipoint indicates many TCP connections primary interface only Interface Attached To Type of BSC device this interface connects to as follows e Primary indicates a host e Secondary indicates a control unit or other BSC device Packet Count Number of BTS packets that this interface has received Sample Display show bot alerts BOT Alerts Circuit Interface Interface Packet slot cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count T2 S11 Enabled Down Multi Point Primary 796 Total entries 0 2 136 show bot ba
38. Using Technician Interface Scripts Weight Weight value assigned to the route displayed only if you specify all routes A asterisk Indicates a route that is used by IP applies only if you specify all y routes A Sample Display show ip routes IP Routes Network Mask Proto Age Slot Cost NextHop Address AS 0 0 0 0 0 RIP 5 2 2 T9232 3174733 6 0 0 0 8 Direct 370 2 0 6 6 6 6 128 128 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 92032 174233 129 128 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 130 128 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 292 321 7433 131 119 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 134 177 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 141 251 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 146 240 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 170 41 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 172 14 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 172 15 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 92s 32s 17433 192 1 1 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 192 1 2 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 T9232 s 174333 192 32 1 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 192 32 2 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 292 3221 74 33 192 32 4 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 192 32 5 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 VOD SDN Ar 33 192 32 6 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 192 32 8 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 Total Networks on Slot 2 268 2 310 show ip ip routes A Network Mask Proto Age Sl Cost NextHop Address AS Weight 0 0 0 0 0 RIP 20 2 2 192 32 174 33 769e0002 0 0 0 0 0 Direct 385 0 131071 Unreachable ffffffff 0 0 0 0 32 Host N A 0 O un IP cct 0 00000000 6 0 0 0 8 Direct 385 2 0 6 6 6 6 00000000 6 0 0
39. lt circuit name gt neighbors lt circuit name gt stats vifs lt IP address gt lt search pattern gt pattern gt routes main lt IP address gt lt search tunnels lt circuit name gt enabled disabled routes vifs lt IP address gt lt search pattern gt version Displays the base level information for DVMRP The table provides the following information Protocol State Full Update Interval Triggered Update Interval Name of the protocol which in this case is DVMRP State of DVMRP on the router Up Down Init initializing or Not Present Specifies in seconds how often route updates containing complete routing tables are sent Specifies in seconds how often triggered route updates generated in response to routing changes are sent 2 232 Leaf Timeout Neighbor Timeout Route Switch Timeout Route Expiration Timeout Garbage Timeout Estimated Routes Actual Routes show dvmrp Specifies in seconds the virtual interface hold down timer Specifies in seconds how long a router neighbor is considered up without the receipt of a subsequent DVMRP packet from that neighbor How long to wait without receiving a subsequent route update from the original best hop neighbor before switching to a different neighbor Specifies in seconds how long a route is considered valid for forwarding purposes without the receipt of a subsequent rou
40. 1 Entry 2 21 Using Technician Interface Scripts isr statistics lt FQCP name gt Displays session statistics for all ISR sessions or for ISR sessions from a specific node For more information about column definitions see the endpoint statistics and isr address commands Sample Display show appn stats isr APPN ISR Session Statistics BIU Pacing FQ CP Name PCID Hop Size Max Cur Frames Bytes USWFLTO1 TESTEN eebbbebc4774cd92 P Rx 1929 1 1 388 29K P Tx 1929 3 3 388 10K S Rx 2048 5 3 388 10K S Tx 2048 5 8 388 29K 1 Entry Is anr Displays automatic network routing labels for a single link station or multiple link stations LS CP Name State ANR Label Administratively assigned name for the link station The name can be from one to eight characters Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station The name can be from three to 17 characters Format is lt network ID gt lt CP name gt The current state of the link station active or inactive The Automatic Network Routing label assigned during RTP route setup 2 22 show appn Sample Display show appn Is anr APPN Link Station ANR Info LS CP Name State Label RALEIGH USBNETO1 RAL 2 Entries Is definition lt LS name gt EIGH Active 91 VEGAS USBNETO1 VEGAS Active 90 Displays Link Station LS information for all defined link stations or fo
41. 2 384 to 2 388 enabling disabling 3 32 lapb subcommands 2 384 to 2 388 line configuration lapb 2 386 ppp 2 450 x25 2 630 Line Control Protocol PPP 2 450 line errors el 2 247 tl 2 584 line numbers packet 2 429 line parameters ppp 2 450 line quality reporting PPP 2 452 lines atmdxi 2 73 fr 2 271 Link State Database OSPF 2 418 links Inm 2 397 LNM Servers 2 389 to 2 398 enabling disabling 3 33 LNM subcommands 2 389 to 2 398 load command Packet Capture A 6 loading scripts 1 5 to 1 6 Index 7 local router name PPP 2 449 lqr configuration ppp 2 452 statistics ppp 2 453 Isdb ospf 2 418 mac dls 2 204 fddi 2 257 MAC address DLS 2 204 Management Information Base 1 2 MCT1 See DS1E1 memory hardware 2 282 show system command 2 576 menu command 1 3 menu control feature 1 18 menu title editing 1 24 menus adding commands 1 20 clearing 1 22 controlling 1 18 creating 1 18 deleting commands 1 22 editing commands 1 22 editing contents 1 19 editing title 1 24 interface to scripts 1 15 loading new 1 26 saving changes permanently 1 29 MIB 1 2 monitor command 1 3 N Name Binding Protocol NBP statistics 2 53 Native Mode LAN 2 402 to 2 405 enabling disabling 3 35 neighbors egp 2 250 ospf 2 419 vines 2 614 netbios 2 399 to 2 401 3 34 dls 2 205 nets at 2 51 Network Control Protocols PPP 2 436 to 2 462 NLPID ATM protoc
42. 2 632 xb sr 2 641 tb 2 643 xns 2 652 status packet capture lines 2 430 subcommands listing 1 8 summary bgp 2 117 Switch Services 2 546 to 2 563 Switched Multi Megabit Data Service 2 500 to 2 504 SYNC 2 120 to 2 129 2 564 to 2 573 enabling disabling 3 49 SYNC subcommands 2 120 to 2 129 2 564 to 2 573 system errors all driver circuits 2 157 csmacd 2 177 dslel 2 224 fddi 2 265 hssi 2 292 sync 2 128 2 571 token 2 606 system information 2 576 SYSTEM subcommands 2 574 to 2 578 Index 12 T T1 2 579 to 2 586 enabling disabling 3 50 T1 subcommands 2 579 to 2 586 tasks show system command 2 577 TB XB 2 642 TCP 2 587 to 2 590 TCP subcommands 2 587 to 2 590 Technician Interface environment displaying 2 161 TELNET 2 591 to 2 594 enabling disabling 3 52 TELNET subcommands 2 591 to 2 594 TFTP 2 595 enabling disabling 3 53 TFTP subcommands 2 595 to 2 596 thresholds statistical 2 541 timers bgp 2 118 Token Ring 2 597 to 2 608 enabling disabling 3 54 TOKEN subcommands 2 597 to 2 608 total neighbors vines 2 618 total routes vines 2 618 totals at 2 55 traffic filters decnet 2 195 ip 2 321 ipx 2 354 vines 2 618 xns 2 655 Translation Bridge XB 2 635 to 2 644 enabling disabling 3 58 Transmission Control Protocol TCP 2 587 to 2 590 enabling disabling 3 51 transmit errors all driver circuits 2 158 csmacd 2 178 dsle1 2 229 fddi 2 266 hssi 2
43. 5 A 6 Symbols character 2 1 character 2 1 A aarp at 2 44 Adaption Layer Controller 1 8 2 84 Address Resolution Protocol IP 2 301 addresses smds 2 500 adjacency decnet 2 184 osi 2 406 adjacent hosts ip 2 300 ipx 2 324 xns 2 646 agent BOOTP relay 2 132 alarms Statistical 2 541 alerts at 2 45 atm 2 59 2 71 2 85 aurp 2 96 autoneg 2 106 bridge 2 142 circuits 2 149 console 2 160 csmacd 2 167 decnet 2 185 Index dls 2 198 el 2 242 fddi 2 253 fr 2 268 hssi 2 209 2 286 ip 2 301 ipx 2 325 isdn 2 360 isdn bri 2 369 lapb 2 384 Inm 2 389 osi 2 407 packet capture 2 422 ppp 2 437 smds 2 501 span 2 511 sr 2 518 srspan 2 530 sync 2 121 2 564 tl 2 579 token 2 597 vines 2 610 x25 2 627 xb 2 635 xns 2 646 AppleTalk parameters ppp 2 438 AppleTalk protocol 2 43 to 2 57 AppleTalk Update Based Routing protocol 2 96 to 2 105 APPN 2 2 to 2 42 3 2 3 28 3 42 area routes decnet 2 185 areas ospf 2 414 Index 1 ARP IP 2 301 ase information ospf 2 415 Asynchronous Transfer Mode 2 58 to 2 78 enabling disabling 3 8 AT subcommands 2 43 to 2 57 audience for this guide xiv AURP subcommands 2 96 to 2 105 autoneg csmacd 2 169 autoneg subcommands 2 106 to 2 110 Autonomous System BGP 2 112 to 2 119 Autonomous System External Advertisements 2 415 autoscript feature 1 7 telnet 2 592
44. Configuring TCP Services The enable disable ftp command supports the lt base gt subcommand option as follows base Enables or disables FTP on the router Sample Display enable ftp base FTP base record enabled 3 23 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable hssi Use the enable hssi lt option gt commands to enable High Speed Serial Interface HSSI services on a Bay Networks router and the disable hssi lt option gt commands to disable HSSI services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of HSSI refer to Configuring Line Services The enable disable hssi commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit_name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable hssi circuit H41 HSSI circuit H41 enabled connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable hssi connector 4 1 HSSI connector 4 1 enabled 3 24 enable disable igmp enable disable igmp Use the enable igmp lt option gt commands to enable IGMP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable igmp lt option gt commands to disable IGMP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of IGMP refer to Configuring IP Services The enable disable igmp commands support the following subcommand options bas
45. For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show t1 enabled T1 Modules Enabled Frame Line B8ZS Clock Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration PTS 21 ESF 1 off Internal 1111111111111111IIIIIIII 2 2 T1 22 ESF 1 off Slave 2222222222222222TIIITIIII Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table frame errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays T1 frame errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Frame Bit Errors Number of frame bit errors on this line Frame bit errors indicate an error in the F bit pattern Out of Frame Errs Number of out of frame errors on this line A router detects out of frame errors when at least two of four or five consecutive framing bits contain an error Super Frame Errs Number of superframe errors on this line In ESF mode this count represents the number of on chip generated CRC errors In D4 mode this count represents the framing bit errors 2 583 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show t1 frame errors T1 Module Frame Errors Frame Bit Out of Super Slot Conn Circuit Errors Frame Errs Frame Errs 2 Et 27 0 0 0 2 2 T1L 22 0 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show
46. Internal MAC Receive Errors Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of frames received with a CRC error Number of frames received that did not contain an integral number of octets Normally a frame alignment error also causes a checksum error on the frame Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the device FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA cycle Number of frames received that exceed 1518 octets Number of errors in hardware MLT3 encoding Indicates a problem Only relevant on 100 Mb s lines Number of frames containing less than 64 octets runt packets 2 174 Sample Display show csmacd receive CSMACD Module Receive Errors show csmacd Internal Receive MAC Checksum Alignment Overflow Frames Symbol Receive Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Errors Too Long Errors Errors 2 1 E21 0 0 0 0 5 1 E51 0 0 0 0 5 2 E52 0 0 0 0 3 entries in table sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays data sampled over a period of 10 seconds from CSMACD You can change the number of seconds over which you want to sample the data and you can display sampled data for a specific circuit only The t
47. Out Drop Number of outbound packets discarded because the interface is not on shortest path Thrshld Drop Number of outbound packets discarded because of the threshold Sample Display show dvmrp stats vifs DVMRP Virtual Interface Route Statistics Source Circuit Remote Tunnel In Out In Out Thrshld Network Endpoint Packets Packets Drop Drop Drop 10 0 0 0 E21 Physical 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 E21 POD 821 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 Entries found tunnels lt circuit name gt enabled disabled Displays the DVMRP tunnel configuration information for all circuits a specified circuit enabled circuits or disabled circuits The table displays the following information Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface Local IP Unicast IP address of the local network endpoint of this virtual interface Remote IP Unicast IP address of remote network endpoint of this virtual interface State Current state of the virtual interface Up Down Init initializing Invalid or Not Pres not present Encaps Indicates if these tunneled datagrams will be encapsulated within an IP datagram or will they be loosely encapsulated using the LSSR option for the latter refer to RFC 1075 this is needed for backward compatibility 2 240 show dvmrp Metric Cost of using this tunnel Threshold Threshold for forwarding datagrams through this tunnel If the time to live TTL is less than the threshold the datagram is dropped Sa
48. Route Tree Caching Yes Incremental Tree Updates Yes Mode to COS Mapping Yes Multi Domain Support Yes Endpoint RSCV Storage Yes Capacity Alert Queue Size 10 COS Cache Size 8 Directory Cache Size 100 Max Directory Entries Unlimited Route Tr Cache Size 8 Route Tree Use Limit 8 Max Nodes in Topology Unlimited Max TGs in Topology Unlimited 2 6 cos node lt COS name gt show appn Displays resistance and congestion information for all COS types or for a specific COS type COS Weight Resist Min Resist Max Congest Min Congest Max COS Name BATCH INTER INTERSC BATCHSC CPSVCMG or SNASVCMG BATCH refers to jobs which are batch like in nature 1 e where there is a lot of data is involved and response time is not very important INTER refers to interactive jobs i e where there is not much data involved and response time is very important INTERSC and BATCHSC are secure versions of INTER and BATCH CPSVCMG and SNASVCMG are used for APPN control data Size of the COS database weight cache assigned to a particular node given its resistance and congestion characteristics Minimum route addition resistance allowed Route addition resistance indicates the relative desirability of using this node for intermediate session traffic The value which can be an integer from 0 to 255 is used in route computation The lower the value the more desirable the node is
49. S41 Enabled 128 1 Disabled disabled Displays Spanning Tree circuits that are disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show span disabled Spanning Tree Disabled Circuit Information Designated Circuit State Designated Root Port 0 Entries found 2 515 Using Technician Interface Scripts enabled stats Displays Spanning Tree circuits that are currently enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show span enabled Spanning Tree Enabled Circuit Information Designated Circuit State Designated Root Port S21 Forwarding 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32769 1 Entries found Displays Spanning Tree traffic statistics The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this port is on Rx Packets Number of BPDU packets received on this port Tx Packets Number of BPDU packets transmitted out this port Sample Display show span stats Spanning Tree Statistics Circuit Rx Packets Tx Packets S21 0 1521 E51 0 0 S31 0 0 S41 0 0 2 516 show span version Displays the current version number and date of the span bat script Sample Display show span version SPAN bat Version 1 15 Date 10 31 94 2 517 Using Technician Interface Scripts show sr The show sr lt option gt commands display information about Source Routing interfaces
50. Sample Display enable appn port Enter Port Name PORTOO02 Port PORTO002 enabled tunnel lt circuit gt Enables or disables a specific APPN tunnel Sample Display enable appn tunnel Enter the Circuit number of this Tunnel 99 Tunnel for Circuit 99 enabled vrn lt VRN name gt Enables or disables a specific Virtual Routing Node Sample Display enable appn vrn Enter Fully qualified VRN Name USWFLT01 VENUS VRN USWFLT01 VENUS enabled enable disable at enable disable at Use the enable at lt option gt commands to enable AppleTalk services on a Bay Networks router and the disable at lt option gt commands to disable AppleTalk services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of AppleTalk refer to Configuring AppleTalk Services The enable disable at commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables AppleTalk on the router Sample Display enable at base AT base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable at circuit E23 AT circuit E23 enabled 3 5 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable atm Use the enable atm lt option gt commands to enable ATM Adaptation Layer Controller ALC link module services on a Bay Networks router and the disable atm lt option gt commands to disab
51. Since you can use monitor in place of show this manual does not describe syntax for the monitor command This command uses the monitor bat file Enables or disables system features protocols drivers or individual circuits These commands use the enable bat and disable bat files Provides a menu interface to the scripts Also provides a menu building feature that enables you to create custom menus This command uses menu bat and various mnu files Using Technician Interface Scripts Each show command supports a subset of commands that display statistical and configuration information about a particular router service Some show commands present a higher level overview of the router For example show circuits Displays information about all the drivers on the router You can use this command to display information about all driver circuits without needing to know the driver that runs on each circuit show drivers Displays information about the system software configuration of the router s link modules show hardware Displays backplane configuration file image memory PROM and slot information about the router s hardware show protocols Displays information about the protocols configured on the router s slots show state Displays information about the current state of the router services Using this command lets you know what services the router is running and their current state show system Displays information
52. Trivial File Transfer Protocol base enable disable tftp lt option gt Token Ring line circuit connector enable disable token lt option gt VINES base circuit enable disable vines lt option gt Bay Networks Compression Protocol circuit line enable disable wcp lt option gt continued Using Technician Interface Scripts Table 1 2 Enabling and Disabling Services continued To Enable or Disable This Service Use This Command X 25 base line service enable disable x25 lt option gt Translation Bridge base circuit enable disable xb lt option gt Xerox Networking Systems Protocol base circuit enable disable xns lt option gt Using the Menu Utility You can choose scripts from menus rather than starting them from the Technician Interface command line Additionally you can tailor the menus to include only the scripts that you use routinely and you can create your own menus You can use scripts menus as an alternative way of accessing the full set of Technician Interface scripts including those embedded within the router software Displaying Menus To display the scripts Main Menu enter the following command at the Technician Interface prompt menu Using Technician Interface Scripts The Main Menu appears on your screen N PP PRP PP BP BP BP BE Oo Oo Oo IN WD oO BF W DN 21 FP oOo Oo O SS HO OO BP W NY SF
53. activated or Disabled not activated Status Current status of the traffic filter which is one of the following e Active Rule is being used e Inactive Rule is not in use e Error Application detected an error in the rule Rx Matches Number of packets received that have matched the rule Rule Number Identifier for the rule Fragment Number Number of a rule fragment for large rules Sample Display show xns traffic XNS Traffic Filter Status Table Rx Rule Fragment Circuit XNS Address Mode Status Matches Number Number No Entrie s version Displays the current version number and modification date of the xns bat script Sample Display show xns version XNS bat Version 1 9 Date 3 31 94 2 655 Chapter 3 Using enable disable Commands You can enable and disable network protocols services and interfaces from the Technician Interface command line using the general syntax of the enable disable commands as follows enable lt service gt or disable lt service gt lt service gt is the name of the protocol or service you want to enable or disable To display a help message on an enable or disable command enter the command followed by a question mark For example to display help for the enable at command enter enable at The sample displays in this section show how to use the enable commands only However disable commands follow the same syntax 3 1 Using Technician I
54. backplane hardware 2 279 backup_dialing circuits sws 2 547 backup_dialing pools sws 2 548 bad packets ppp 2 440 bandwidth rsc 2 492 bandwidth on demand 2 551 to 2 552 base record appn 2 5 at 2 46 2 485 atm line 2 86 atmdxi 2 71 aurp 2 97 autoneg 2 107 bootp 2 130 bridge 2 143 circuits 2 150 csmacd 2 170 dcmmw 2 181 decnet 2 186 dls 2 198 dslel 2 210 dvmrp 2 232 el 2 244 egp 2 249 fddi 2 254 ftp 2 276 hssi 2 288 ip 2 302 ipx 2 326 isdn bri 2 370 Inm 2 390 nbip 2 399 osi 2 407 ospf 2 416 rarp 2 472 sdlc 2 496 snmp 2 505 span 2 512 sr 2 519 srspan 2 531 sta 2 541 sync 2 122 2 566 tl 2 581 tcp 2 587 telnet 2 591 tftp 2 595 token 2 599 vines 2 611 x25 2 628 xb 2 636 xns 2 647 BGP AS Weights table 2 119 BGP subcommands 2 111 to 2 119 bisync subcommands 2 120 to 2 129 2 135 to 2 141 BOOTP relay agent 2 132 subcommands 2 130 to 2 134 Index 2 Bootstrap PROM revision date 2 283 Bootstrap Protocol BOOTP 2 130 to 2 134 Border Gateway Protocol BGP 2 111 to 2 119 Bridge NCP PPP 2 440 bridge subcommands 2 142 to 2 147 bridges sr 2 519 Bridging services 2 142 to 2 147 enabling disabling 3 12 Broadcast networks OSPF neighbors 2 420 buffers system 2 574 C cache statistics IP 2 313 cannotlink lnm 2 391 capabilities autoneg 2 108 cc_stats protopri 2 468 circuits at 2 46 2 356 2 48
55. circuit lt circuit name gt Displays configurable parameters from the VINES protocol base record For column definitions in the display see the show vines base command Sample Display show vines configuration VINES Base Record Information Protocol Bcast Class Config Netid Router Netid RTP Mode Seq Num VINES BCAST 0 810025115 AUTO 2997171688 disabled Displays VINES interfaces that have been configured as disabled and whose state is not active For column definitions in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show vines disabled VINES Circuit Table End Remote Split Circuit State Arp Station Clt Priv Horizon MAC Address E21 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00 00 A2 00 8F 71 S31 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00 00 A2 02 BA 22 2 613 Using Technician Interface Scripts enabled Displays VINES interfaces that have been configured as enabled and whose state is active For column definitions in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show vines enabled VINES Circuit Table End Remote Split Circuit State Arp Station Clt Priv Horizon MAC Address E31 Up Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00 00 A2 03 00 6E S21 Up Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00 00 A2 01 4B 4F E32 Not Pres Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled nil neighbors lt V INES network address gt lt VINES network address gt lt VI
56. hssi 2 289 sync 2 125 2 568 token 2 601 relay agents BOOTP 2 132 remote router name PPP 2 449 Repeater 2 475 to 2 483 3 41 Reverse Address Resolution Protocol RARP 2 472 to 2 474 enabling disabling 3 40 rfilters ip 2 305 rifs xb 2 639 rip ip 2 306 2 307 2 308 2 333 2 335 xns 2 650 RMON services enabling and disabling 3 15 status 2 180 route filters ipx 2 336 Index 9 routes at 2 51 bgp 2 114 ip 2 308 ipx 2 337 level 1 osi 2 410 level 2 osi 2 410 static IP 2 311 IPX 2 349 vines 2 615 xns 2 651 Routing Information Protocol AppleTalk 2 51 Routing Table Maintenance Protocol RTMP statistics 2 53 S sample data csmacd 2 175 dsle1 2 221 fddi 2 261 hssi 2 290 sync 2 126 2 569 token 2 602 SAP ATM protocol 2 77 sap ipx 2 340 2 343 SAP table IPX 2 346 saps dls 2 206 xb 2 640 scripts menus 1 15 SDLC 2 496 to 2 499 3 43 security lists nml 2 403 security statistics IP 2 319 2 320 serial port configuration 2 161 to 2 164 error statistics 2 165 server level filters ipx 2 344 servers BOOTP 2 132 DHCP 2 132 services ipx 2 345 x25 2 631 sessions telnet 2 593 show command 1 3 show commands appn 2 2 to 2 42 at 2 43 to 2 57 atm 2 58 to 2 65 atm line 2 84 to 2 95 atmdxi 2 70 to 2 78 aurp 2 96 to 2 105 autoneg 2 106 bgp 2 111 to 2 119 bisync 2 135 to 2 141 bootp 2 130 to 2 134 bridge 2 142 to 2 1
57. length of the logical link with a range of from 0 to 255 76 negligible 113 terrestrial 145 packet 153 long 255 maximum First minimum user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255 First maximum user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255 Second minimum user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255 Second maximum user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255 Third minimum user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255 Third maximum user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255 For more information about COS types and weight see the cos node command 2 10 show appn Sample Display show appn cos tg APPN COS TGs Eff Cap Connect ByteCst Securty Delay User 1 User 2 User 3 COS Wgt Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max BATCH 30 68 255 0 0 0 0 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 BATCH 60 56 255 0 0 0 0 1 255 0 255 0 259 0 255 0 255 BATCH 90 56 255 0 128 0 128 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 BATCH 120 48 255 0 0 0 0 1 255 0 255 0 255 Q 255 0 255 BATCH 150 48 255 0 128 0
58. lt option gt Console configuration statistics show console lt option gt CSMA CD service hardware filters receive transmit and system errors statistics sample data show csmacd lt option gt N11 Data Collection Module DCM information for the 8 Port Access Node Hub ANH show dcmmw lt option gt DECnet service adjacency circuits designated router routes statistics traffic filters show decnet lt option gt Data Link Switching service circuits configuration connections MAC NETBIOS peer SAPs slot numbers show dls lt option gt DS1E1 lines clock E1 framer and E1 port FDL receive transmit and system errors sample data statistics T1 framer and T1 port timeslots show dste1 lt option gt Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol service circuits neighbors routes statistics tunnels show dvmrp lt option gt E1 lines frame and line errors show e1 lt option gt Exterior Gateway Protocol service neighbors statistics show egp lt option gt Fiber Distributed Data Interface service hardware filters MAG port and SMT parameters receive transmit and system errors sample data statistics show fddi lt option gt Frame Relay service lines PVCs statistics show fr lt option gt File Transfer Protocol service statistics show ftp lt option gt Hardware options backplane configuration and router softwa
59. nil Or Not Used 0 Mac 0 Ox nil Or show packet 2 427 Using Technician Interface Scripts disabled Displays packet capture lines that a user has manually disabled State is one of the following Up Physical interface has connected to the packet capture Down Physical interface has not connected to the packet capture Absent Packet capture program is not on the slot connected with this line Sample Display show packet disabled Packet Capture Line Information Disabled Line Number State 102104 Down enabled Displays packet capture lines that are enabled For state definitions see the disabled command Sample Display show packet enabled Packet Capture Line Information Enabled Line Number State 102101 Up 102102 Up 102103 Down 103101 Absent 2 428 show packet linenumbers Displays the line numbers configured for packet capture The table shows the following information Line Number Number of the line connected with the packet capture Logical Line Logical line number that the multichannel board uses Media Type Type of the physical interface for example Ethernet Slot Slot location of the line Module Module number of the line s location Connector Physical connector of the line s location Sample Display show packet linenumbers Packet Capture Configured Line Number s Line Number Logical Line Media Type Slot Module Connector 102
60. statistic is greater than the thresholds specified e Less than Generates threshold events when the value of the statistic is less than the thresholds specified Sample Display show sta configuration Statistical Thresholds and Alarm Configuration Object 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 4 1 1 24 2 1 Threshold State State Low Medium High Current Action Enabled Valid 12 20 60 0 Greater than 2 542 show sta stats lt object ID gt Displays statistical information for all objects that are keeping statistics or for a specific object The table includes the following information Object Identifier of the MIB object to examine for threshold alarms Number of Low Alarms Number of low threshold alarms generated Number of Medium Alarms Number of medium threshold alarms generated Number of High Alarms Number of high threshold alarms generated Sample Display show sta stats Statistical Thresholds and Alarm Statistics Object 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 4 1 1 24 2 1 Number of Number of Number of Low Alarms Medium Alarms High Alarms version Displays the current version number and modification date of the sta bat script Sample Display show sta version STA bat Version 1 8 Date 5 18 94 2 543 Using Technician Interface Scripts show state The show state command provides an overview of the router The information displayed depends on your specific configuration This script executes the lower level
61. 0 32 Host N A 2 0 Broadcast 00000000 6 6 6 6 32 Host N A 2 0 This Router 00000000 6 255 255 3255 32 Host N A 2 0 Broadcast 00000000 128 128 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 2 92 32 17 4 33 7b9e0002 129 128 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 2 192 32 174 33 7b9e0002 130 128 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 2 N92 32 1743 33 7b9e0002 131 119 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 2 192 32 174 33 7b9e0002 134 177 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 2 VOD 320 1 7a 33 7b9e0002 141 251 0 0 16 RIP 20 lt 2 2 192 32 174 33 7b9e0002 146 240 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 2192232 U7 A383 7b9e0002 170 41 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 2 192 32 174 33 7o9e0002 172 14 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 2 192 32 174 33 7b9e0002 AT 2 1500 16 RIP 20 2 2 NOP 322174433 7o9e0002 192 1 1 0 24 RIP 20 2 2 T92 232 17433 7b9e0002 192 1 2 0 24 RIP 20 2 271 92 232411 45 33 7b9e0002 192 32 1 0 24 RIP 20 2 2 192 32 174 33 7b9e0002 Total Networks on Slot 2 268 static Displays all statically configured routes on the router The table includes the following information IP Destination Internet address of this static route Network Mask Subnetwork mask for this static route Cost Number of hops to reach the destination Nexthop IP address of the next hop on the route If the next hop is an unnumbered interface the Next Hop field displays the circuit number associated with the unnumbered interface Valid Value that indicates whether or not the configuration is valid Enabled Indicates whether this static route is enabled The default is Yes 2 311 Using Te
62. 1 entry in table 2 293 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the current version number and modification date of the hssi bat script Sample Display show hssi version hssi bat Version 1 9 Date 10 31 94 2 294 show igmp base show igmp The show igmp lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about the Internet Gateway Management Protocol IGMP For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of IGMP refer to Configuring IP Services The show igmp command supports the following subcommand options base stats lt circuit name gt circuits lt circuit name gt enabled disabled version stats lt circuit name gt Displays the base level information for IGMP The table provides the following information Protocol Name of the protocol which in this case is IGMP State State of IGMP on the router Up Down Init initializing or Not Present Estimated Number of Estimated number of IGMP groups that will be used through this Groups router 2 295 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show igmp base IGMP Base Information Protocol State IGMP Init Estimated Number of Groups 20 circuits lt circuit name gt enabled disabled Displays the DVMRP circuit information for all circuits a specified circuit enabled circuits or disabled circuits The
63. 128 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 BATCH 180 48 255 0 196 0 196 1 255 0 255 0 255 Q 255 0 255 BATCH 210 40 255 0 196 0 196 1 255 0 255 0 255 Q 255 0 255 BATCH 240 0 255 0 255 0 255 1 255 0 255 0 255 Q 255 0 255 INTER 30 118 255 0 0 0 0 1 255 0 76 0 255 Q 255 0 255 INTER 60 68 255 0 O 0 0 1255 0 113 0 255 Q 255 0 255 INTER 90 68 255 0 128 0 128 1 255 0 113 0 255 Q 255 0 255 INTER 120 56 255 0 0 0 0 1 255 0 113 0 255 0 255 01 255 INTER 150 56 255 0 128 0 128 1 255 0 145 0 255 0 255 0 255 INTER 180 48 255 0 0 0 0 1 255 0 145 0 255 Q 255 0 255 INTER 210 48 255 0 196 0 196 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 INTER 240 0 255 0 255 0 255 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 CPSVCMG 30 118 255 0 0 0 0 1 255 0 76 0 255 Q 255 0 255 17 Entries directory entry lt LU name gt Displays directory information for all Logical Units LUs or for a specific LU LU Logical Unit name NN Server Network Node server name LU Owner Logical Unit owner name Location Location of the Logical Unit Local Domain or XDomain cross domain Using Technician Interface Scripts Type Wildcard Directory type Home Cache or Registered Home means that the LU is in the domain of the local network node and that the LU information has been configured at the local node Cache means that the LU has previously been located by a broadcast search and that the location information has been saved Register means that the LU is at an end node that is in the domain of the local networ
64. 192 32 243 82 19232 6953 1927326595 192 329252 192 32 6 1 192 168 2 65 192 32 83 1 192 32 85 2 1927329242 sourceroutes Displays the source route addresses that dictate the path to be taken by the echo packet Sample Display show ping sourceroutes IP Address Source Address 192 32 243 81 192 32 6 1 192 32 243 81 2 434 show ping version Displays the current version number and date of the ping bat script Sample Display show ping version PING bat Version 1 1 Date 9 02 94 2 435 Using Technician Interface Scripts show ppp The show ppp lt option gt commands display Point to Point Protocol PPP line and state information and configured and negotiated Network Control Protocols NCPs For detailed information on PPP refer to Configuring PPP Services The show ppp command supports the following subcommand options alerts line configuration parameters appletalk configured negotiated Iqr configuration stats bad packets multilink information circuits bridge configured negotiated osi chap local remote pap local remote circuits lt circuit_name gt state lt circuit name gt decnet version disabled vines enabled wcp ip xns ipx configured negotiated name local remote 2 436 show ppp alerts Displays all protocols that are enabled but whose state is not op
65. 2 644 show xns show xns The show xns lt option gt commands display information about the Xerox Network Systems XNS services on Bay Networks routers For more details on XNS parameters refer to Configuring XNS Services The show xns command supports the following subcommand options alerts rip alerts disabled enabled lt XNS network gt adjacent hosts routes lt network address gt find lt address pattern gt base static routes circuit lt circuit name gt stats circuit lt circuit name gt configuration circuit lt circuit name gt stats errors lt circuit name gt disabled traffic filters lt circuit name gt enabled version 2 645 Using Technician Interface Scripts alerts Displays the XNS interfaces that are enabled but not currently up Use this command to identify interfaces that are not forwarding traffic The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit State State of the interface which will be Down XNS Address Network address of the XNS interface Encaps Method Level 0 protocol frame format or encapsulation that the circuit uses is Ethernet Token Ring FDDI Frame Relay or SMDS Sample Display show xns alerts XNS Circuit Table Alerts Circuit State XNS Address Encaps Method 0 Entrie s found adjacent hosts Displays the configurable parameters for each
66. 2 power supplies Bootstrap Protocol Connectionless Network Protocol Concentrator Node Central Processing Unit Cyclic Redundancy Check Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection Data Link Control Management Interface xix Using Technician Interface Scripts DOS DRAM DSAP EOF FAT FDDI FIFO FTP FN FR FRE GAME GMT HDLC HSSI ICMP IP IPX ISDN LAN LAPB LED LMI LLC LN LSP MAC MCTI1 MIB MOSY NSAP NVFS Disk Operating System Dynamic RAM Destination Service Access Point End of File File Allocation Table Fiber Distributed Data Interface First In First Out File Transfer Protocol Feeder Node Frame Relay Fast Routing Engine Gate Access Management Entity Greenwich Mean Time High level Data Link Control High Speed Serial Interface Internet Control Message Protocol Integrated Node Internet Protocol Internet Packet Exchange Integrated Services Digital Network Local Area Network Link Access Procedure Balanced Light Emitting Diode Local Management Interface Logical Link Control Link Node Link State Packet Media Access Control Multichannel T1 Management Information Base Managed Object Syntax Network Service Access Point Non Volatile File System XX OSI PCMCIA PPP PPX PROM QENET RAM RIF RFC SAP SIMM SMDS SNAP SNMP SRM L SYSCON TFTP TIP TP VINES WAN About This Guide Open Systems Interconnection Personal Computer Memory Card International As
67. 293 sync 2 128 2 572 token 2 607 Transparent Bridge alerts 2 635 Transparent Bridge interfaces 2 642 Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP 2 595 to 2 596 enabling disabling 3 53 U unload command Packet Capture A 6 unreserved rsc 2 494 V version protopri 2 471 VINES 2 609 to 2 619 enabling disabling 3 55 VINES NCP PPP 2 461 virtual circuits x25 2 633 Virtual Networking System VINES 2 609 to 2 619 volume IDs specifying 1 6 Index 13 W WCP 2 620 to 2 626 3 56 weights bgp 2 119 wildcard searching 2 1 X X 25 services 2 627 to 2 634 enabling disabling 3 57 X25 subcommands 2 627 to 2 634 XB subcommands 2 635 to 2 644 Xerox Network Systems XNS 2 645 to 2 655 enabling disabling 3 59 XNS NCP PPP 2 462 XNS RIP interfaces 2 650 XNS subcommands 2 645 to 2 655 Z Zone Information Protocol AppleTalk 2 55 statistics 2 53 zones at 2 55 Index 14
68. 32 Byte blocks is 0 nter new value 2 A 3 Using Technician Interface Scripts Capture Direction Options 1 Receive 2 Transmit 3 Receive and Transmit Current value for Capture Direction is 1 Press return for current value or enter new value 3 Receive Trigger Options Stop Capture when Capture Buffer is Full Stop Capture when Receive Filter One is Matched Stop Capture when Receive Filter Two is Matched No Receive Trigger BWwWN FP Current value for Receive Trigger is 4 Press return for current value or enter new value 4 Transmit Trigger Options Stop Capture when Capture Buffer is Full Stop Capture when Transmit Filter One is Matched Stop Capture when Transmit Filter Two is Matched No Transmit Trigger BWwWDNY FE Current value for Transmit Trigger is 4 Press return for current value or enter new value 4 Packet Capture Receive Capture Filter Configuration Receive Filter One Type Options 1 Capture 3 Not Used Current value for Receive Filter One Type is 3 Press return for current value or enter new value 1 Current value for Receive Filter One Offset is 0 Press return for current value or enter new valu Packet Configuration Receive Filter One Reference Options 1 Mac 2 Data Link 3 Multicast Current value for Receive Filter One Reference is 1 Press return for current value or enter new valu Current value for Receive
69. 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line 2 286 State MAC Address BOFL TMO MTU WAN Protocol Line Number show hssi State of the line driver as follows e BOF Lwait Driver is waiting for its own Breath of Life frames to be successfully transmitted or for a BOFL frame from the Bay Networks router at the other end of the WAN connection This applies only to the Wellfleet Standard protocol CAwait External equipment such as amodem DSU or CSU is not currently up Disabled Module is not operational Init Module is initializing LM wait Driver is waiting for any of four WAN protocols to indicate that a link layer connection has been established to another entity This applies to the Frame Relay SMDS ATM and PPP protocols e Not Pres Module is enabled but not yet started This state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver software The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration Physical address of the line The line driver fills this address in from the 48 bit address stored in the serial number PROM for this connector Time in seconds between transmissions of Breath of Life messages from this interface A timeout occurs if five periods elapse without a successful frame transmission When timeout oc
70. 4193 217 181 192 32 174 97 192 3274799 4174 4228 64 205 19232179129 192 32 175 130 4360 4189 292 162 3 peers configured summary Displays a brief summary of BGP information including the following items State of BGP Absent Disabled Down Init initializing Invalid or Up Local BGP identifier Local Autonomous System number Whether Intra AS IBGP routing is enabled or disabled Number of peers configured Number of routes BGP has received used and total Number of different path attributes BGP has State of BGP 3 and BGP 4 Configured Not Configured Enabled or Disabled Whether BGP is running in Route Server mode as a server or client 2 117 Using Technician Interface Scripts timers Sample Display show bgp summary BGP Up ID 192 32 174 98 AS 2 IBGP Hack Disabled 2 peers configured Using 244 Routes out of a total of 245 14 unique paths maintained BGP 3 Configured Enabled BGP 4 Configured Enabled Route Server Client Displays the timers associated with each peer router The table includes the following information Local Address Internet address of the local peer Remote Address Internet address of the remote peer Hold Number of seconds to wait for a Keep Alive or Update packet before terminating the connection Keep Alive Number of seconds between sending Keep Alive packets to maintain an open connection Time Amount of time in hours minutes seconds that the connection
71. Alarm Remote Vld Violation Error Block Frame Signal Indicat Alarm Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Errors Failures Failures Failures Failures 3 1 96 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 96 65580 15656 0 2 entries in table 2 213 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ds1e1 e1framer interval El Interval Framer Statistics Bipolar CRC 4 Far End Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote Violation Error Block Frame Signal Indicat Alarm Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Errors Failures Failures Failures Failures WWWWWWWWWWWwW Www Ww Ww WwW Ww DAAIATHPWNHRFP WO AWAATAU HF WN EF ODO O G ee eee eee ene ooooo ocoocoo 0ooo0oo0o00 Oo O O CO O O Oo O OO O O Or CO O O Oe CO ODO GOG GOC ee ee eee een TOG ODG O GOOO GOG OOGG OGO GOO oO OOO OO E er PE E o a O ME Or O OL OO OO E E TO O O OO 0 0 O OGOGO GOOO OO Oo 18 entries in table 2 214 show ds1e1 elport Displays E1 port information Sample Display show ds1e1 e1port El Port Status BERT Line Slot Conn State MTU Mode Type Coding I Bit 3 1 Up 1600 Off E1 CRC MF HDB3 DISABLED 1 entry in table enabled Displays DS1E1 modules that a user has manually enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show dste1 enabled DS1E1 Logical Lines Enabled Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem Slot Conn Line Type Ci
72. Bay Networks implementation of OSPF refer to Configuring IP Services The show ospf command supports the following subcommand options area Isdb lt area number gt ase lt LSID gt neighbors base version interface Displays a list of configured OSPF areas on the router For each area the table shows the following information Area Id Area identifier State State of the area Up or Down Stub Area Whether or not the area is a stub area Yes or No Authentication Authentication type for the area None or Simple Password 2 414 show ospf Sample Display show ospf area OSPF Area Information Stub Area Id State Area Authentication 0 0 0 0 Up No None ase lt LS D gt Displays information about Autonomous System External advertisements You can display information about all Link State IDs in your system or for a specified Link State ID The table includes the following information Link State Id Network number that this Autonomous System AS External advertisement represents Originating Router Router that generated the advertisement Age Age in seconds of the advertisement Metric Metric of the advertisement the cost of the external route Forwarding Address Address used to get to this network If the address is 0 the traffic is forwarded to the originating router Type ASE s type 1 or 2 Tag Field that contains information that the network administrator has placed i
73. Congested Depleted Quiescing GW CDS USWFLTO1 AN 3547 2 128 o o fe fe o USWFLTO1 AFN 3547 4 128 o o fe fe USWFLTO1 ASN 3547 2 128 o o No fe o USWFLTO1 BCN 3547 2 128 o o No fe o USWFLTO1 BUD 3547 2 128 o o No fe o USWFLT01 CN1 VRN 0 0 128 o o No fe USWFLTO1 PCX 3547 2 128 o No fe o USWFLTO1 PLUTO 3547 6 128 fe fe o USWFLTO1 VEGAS 3548 2 128 o o fe fe o USWFLT01 DURHAM 3548 2 128 o No fe o USWFLT01 SNEEZY 3548 2 128 fe fe o USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 3548 2 128 o fe fe USWFLTO1 MERCURY 3549 14 0 o o fe fe o USWFLT01 RALEIGH 3549 2 128 o No fe USWFLTO1 WF3174A 3551 64 128 o No fe USWFLTO1 WFAS400 3550 88 128 o o No fe o USWFLTO1 BROOKLYN 3550 2 128 o No o 17 Entries topology statistics Displays APPN topology statistics Node Record Statistics Max Nodes Maximum number of nodes allowed in the APPN topology database This administratively assigned value must be equal to or greater than the maximum total number of end nodes and network nodes If the number of nodes exceeds this value APPN will issue an alert and the node can no longer participate as a network node Current Nodes Current number of nodes in this node s topology database If this value exceeds the maximum number of nodes allowed an APPN alert is issued 2 34 Received TDUs Sent TDUs Received Low RSNs Received Equal RSNs Received High RSNs Received Bad RSNs State Updates Errors Timer U
74. DURHAM RALEIGH BATCH 0000000004000000 0000000008000000 ROOO0005 USWFLTO1 VEGAS BOSTON SNASVCMG 0000000005000000 0000000009000000 ROO0006 USWFLTO1 VEGAS BOSTON CONNECT 0000000006000000 O00000000A000000 4 Entries rtp route Displays the RTP route selection control vector for all RTP connections or a specific RTP connection RTP Conn Name Route Name of the RTP connection Route selection control vector RSCV of the RTP connection Sample Display show appn rtp route AP PN RTP Connection Routing Info RTP Conn Name Route R000001 USWELI R000002 USWELI R000003 USWFLI R000004 USWFLI 4 Entries T01 V T01 V T01 VI T01 V EGAS gt 1 EGAS gt 1 EGAS gt 1 EGAS gt 1 G 21 gt USWFLTO1 RALEIGH G 21 gt USWFLTO1 RALEIGH G 21 gt USWFLTO1 RALEIGH G 21 gt USWFLTO1 RALEIGH 2 31 Using Technician Interface Scripts rtp statistics Displays statistics for all RTP connections or a specific RTP connection RTP Connection Name Cur Session Dir Bytes Pkts SessCtl Frames Rate Discarded Bytes Discarded Pkts Resent Bytes Resent Pkts Name of the RTP connection Number of currently active sessions on this RTP connection Direction Rx Tx of the specified statistic Number of bytes received transmitted on the RTP connection Number of packets received transmitted on the RTP connection Number
75. Display enable xns base XNS base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit 3 59 Appendix A Packet Configuration The config packet command enables you to configure the Packet Capture utility using the Technician Interface For information about the Bay Networks implementation of Packet Capture refer to Troubleshooting Routers The config packet command supports the following subcommand options config packet line lt line_number gt config packet unload lt slot gt config packet load lt slot gt Note As with other script commands entering as an option to config packet invokes Technician Interface help for that command config packet line lt ine_number gt config packet line lt ine_number gt configures packet capturing on the specified line lt line_number gt specifies the line number of the physical line You can enter the line number on the command line or have the script prompt you for it The config packet line command prompts for media type slot number and connector number so you should gather this information before you begin After you enter this information the script displays available memory and the maximum packet save size As it runs the script displays the current values of the following items and asks you to either press return to confirm or enter a new value A 1 Using Technician Interface Scripts e Ca
76. Entries found bridge configured negotiated configured Displays the state of the Bridge NCP and the kind of bridged frames that are enabled The display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on State State of the Bridge NCP either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command 2 440 show ppp Bridge Enet Whether this interface accepts and forwards bridged traffic that is Ethernet encapsulated Enabled or Disabled Bridge Fddi Whether this interface accepts and forwards bridged traffic that is FDDI encapsulated Enabled or Disabled Bridge Token Ring Whether this interface accepts and forwards traffic that is Token Ring encapsulated Enabled or Disabled Sample Display show ppp bridge config PPP BRIDGE NCP Configured Information Bridge Bridge Bridge Circuit State Enet Fddi Token Ring S31 Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled S32 Starting Enabled Enabled Enabled 2 Entries found negotiated Displays the result of bridge MAC type negotiation on configured parameters The display includes the same columns as bridge config Sample Display show ppp bridge negot PPP BRIDGE NCP Negotiated Information Bridge Bridge Bridge Circuit State Enet Fddi Token Ring S31 Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled S32 Starting Enabled Enabled Enabled 2 Entries found 2 441 Using Technician Interfac
77. Errors Number of errors that the DMA controller has detected while processing the transmit ring Internal Op Errors Number of internal operation errors Host Errors Number of parity errors occurring while the host driver accesses a register on the DMA controller Host errors may indicate faulty hardware If this count exceeds five call your customer service representative Port Errors Number of DMA controller port operation errors Port errors may indicate faulty hardware If this count exceeds five call your customer service representative 2 292 Sample Display show hssi system errors HSSI Module System Errors Rx Ring Slot Conn Circuit Errors Tx Ring Errors Internal Op Errors Host Errors show hssi Port Errors 3 1 H31 1 entry in table transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from 1 to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Aborts Number of transmit frames with abort errors on this circuit Underruns Number of transmit frames aborted with underrun errors on this circuit Sample Display show hssi transmit errors HSSI Module Transmit Errors Slot Conn Circuit Aborts Underruns 4 1 H31
78. External clock Indicates whether the external clock is operational 2 211 Using Technician Interface Scripts Loop clock Indicates whether the timing source from the first port is operational Loop clock Indicates whether the timing source from the second port is operational Sample Display show ds1e1 clock DS1E1 Clock Status Current Primary Secondary External Loop1 Loop2 Slot clock clock clock clock clock clock 0 entries in table disabled Displays DS1E1 circuits that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In this case State is Disabled Sample Display show dste1 disabled DS1E1 Logical Lines Disabled Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr Found 0 matches out of 3 entries in table 2 212 show ds1e1 e1framer current total interval lt interval numbers Displays error information about the E1 framer Sample Display show ds1e1 e1framer current El Current Framer Statistics Bipolar CRC 4 Far End Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote Violation Error Block Frame Signal Indicat Alarm Slot Conn Counts Counts Errors Failures Failures Failures Failures 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show ds1e1 e1framer total El Total Framer Statistics Num Bipolar CRC 4 Far End Loss of Loss of
79. Filter One Size is 0 Press return for current value or enter new value 6 Current value for Receive Filter One Match is Ox nil Press return for current value or enter new value 0x0000a200000c Receive Filter Two Type Options 1 Capture 3 Not Used Current value for Receive Filter Two Type is 3 Press return for current value or enter new valu Packet Capture Transmit Capture Filter Configuration Transmit Filter One Type Options 1 Capture 3 Not Used Current value for Transmit Filter One Type is 3 Press return for current value or enter new valu Using Technician Interface Scripts config packet load lt s ot gt config packet load lt s ot_number gt loads the Packet Capture utility on the specified slot lt slot gt specifies the slot number for loading Packet Capture You can enter the slot number on the command line or have the script prompt you for it Sample Display config packet load Performing mount check Enter slot number to load Packet Capture 5 config packet unload lt s ot gt config packet unload lt s ot_number gt unloads the Packet Capture utility on the specified slot lt slot gt specifies the slot number for unloading Packet Capture You can enter the slot number on the command line or have the script prompt you for it Sample Display config packet unload Performing mount check Enter slot number to unload Packet Capture
80. For detailed information about DS1E1 parameters refer to the section on configuring MCT1 and MCE circuits in Configuring Line Services The show ds1e1 command supports the following subcommand options alerts sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt stats circuit lt circuit name gt clock system errors circuit lt circuit name gt disabled tlframer current total interval lt interval number gt elframer current total interval lt interval number gt tl port elport timeslots circuit lt circuit name gt enabled transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt fdl ansil ansi2 att1 att2 version receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt 2 208 alerts show ds1e1 Displays all DS1E1 logical lines that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the logical lines that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Conn Log Line Line Type Circuit State Line Number WAN Protocol Rate Adapt Slot identifier Connector identifier Logical line number for this line Type of line in use Unframed T1 ESF SF E1 ELCRC EI MF E1CRCMF or Unframed E1 Name of the circuit associated with this line State of the logical line as follows Up Down Init initializing LMI Wait Loopback Dying Dead or Not Pres n
81. IP Address Requests Replies Requests Replies Requests Replies O41 151 10 100 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 31 151 04 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 S32 PST To el 0 0 0 0 0 0 533 ako Aa E S PN 0 1 0 0 0 0 S34 151 11 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 F51 TST TL30 0 0 0 0 0 0 E21 192 32 37 169 0 0 0 0 0 0 stats security in lt circuit name gt Displays statistics associated with IP in security on each of the IP interfaces or on a specified interface The table includes the following information Circuit IP Address Drop Rx Authorty Drop Rx Formats Drop Rx Levels Drop Rx No IPSOS In Admin Prohibit Name of the circuit this interface is on Internet address of the interface Number of received packets dropped because the authority flag was not sufficient Number of received packets dropped because the security option format was invalid Number of received packets dropped because the classification level was out of range Number of received packets dropped because they were without an IP security label Number of ICMP destination unreachable or communication administratively prohibited messages received 2 319 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ip stats security in IP Security In Statistics Drop Rx Drop Rx Drop Rx Drop Rx In Admin Circuit IP Address Authorty Formats Levels No IPSOS Prohibit 31 192 32 174 65 0 0 0 0 0 E23 192 32 174 97 0 0 0 0 0 stats security out lt circuit name gt Displays statistics
82. IP Enabled Up 2 524 show sr ip circuits lt circuit name gt Displays all Source Routing IP interfaces or a specific interface Mode is Enabled or Disabled and State is Down or Up You can use this display to determine the Source Route IP interfaces present Sample Display show sr ip circuits Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Circuit Information Circuit SR Mode SR State O21 Enabled Down S51 Enabled Up 043 Enabled Down 3 entries found ip configuration Displays the Source Route IP Encapsulation global configuration SR IP Ring ID can range from 0x011 to OxFFF Mtu Size is any integer Sample Display show sr ip configuration Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Base Record Configuration SR IP Mode SR IP Ring ID MTU Size Disabled 0x000 4562 2 525 Using Technician Interface Scripts ip configuration circuit Displays the Source Route IP Encapsulation interface record configuration SR Mode is Enabled or Disabled and Forwarding Explorers is Yes or No Sample Display show sr ip configuration circuit Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Circuit Record Configuration Fowarding Circuit SR Mode IP Address Explorers 021 Enabled 0 0 0 0 No S51 Enabled 0 0 0 0 No 043 Enabled 0 0 0 0 No 3 entries found ip disabled Displays Source Route IP interfaces that are disabled Mode is always Disabled and State is always Down You can use this display to determ
83. Normal Inactive 0 0 5 Entries found Displays the state of the OSI NCP for all circuits on which PPP is configured State is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command The display includes the following information Circuit Displays the circuit number State Displays whether OSI NCP is enabled or disabled Sample Display show ppp osi PPP OSI NCP Information Circuit State S31 Disabled 32 Starting 2 Entries found 2 456 show ppp pap local remote local Displays the configured Password Authentication Protocol PAP identifier and password of the local router The display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on Line LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Local PAP ID PAP identifier assigned to this interface During the authentication phase all password Authenticate Request messages that the peer sends to this interface must include this PAP ID Local PAP Password PAP password assigned to this interface During the authentication phase all Authenticate Request messages that the peer sends to this interface must include this password Sample Display show ppp pap local PPP Line Local PAP Configuration Line LCP Local Local Circuit LLIndex Stat
84. Remote X 121 address for this service 2 631 Using Technician Interface Scripts Remote IP Address Remote internet IP address for a PDN or DDN Index Lower layer index from the layer immediately below X 25 on the protocol stack If the lower layer is a driver the index is 0 Sample Display show x25 services X 25 Network Services Configuration Remote X 121 Remote IP Type Line State Circuit Fac WCP Address Address Index PTOP 4 2 Up 4 OFF OFF 111111 0 0 0 0 1 1 Service Entries stats lt s ot connector gt Displays the packet level statistics for all lines or for a specified line slot and connector The table includes the following information Line Slot and connector numbers for the line Max LCN s Maximum number of logical channels allowed on this line LCN s Active Number of active logical channels on this line RX Packets Number of data packets received on this line since starting up TX Packets Number of data packets transmitted on this line since starting up Restarts RX TX Number of restart packets sent and received on this line Resets RX TX Number of reset packets sent and received on this line Rejects RX TX Number of reject packets sent and received on this line Intrpts RX TX Number of interrupt packets sent and received on this line 2 632 show x25 Sample Display show x25 stats X 25 Packet Line Statistics Max LCN s RX TX Restarts Resets Rejects Intrpts Line LC
85. Routes Total Services Total Hosts IPX Up 1 0 3 circuits lt circuit name gt Displays information associated with all IPX interfaces or a specific interface The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on State State of the circuit Down Init initializing Not Pres not yet started or Up Ckt Idx Circuit index unique number for each IPX interface on the router Net Address Network part of the IPX address of the interface Host Address Host part of the IPX address of the interface Encaps Method Encapsulation method the router uses Ethernet Novell 802 3 LSAP or SNAP 2 328 show ipx Sample Display show ipx circuits IPX Circuit Configuration Information ALL circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method F51 Down E22 Down 203101 0 Down S 32 iwup Down S33 iwpp Down 042 Up S34 smds Up E24 Down OArATNA OFWN EH 8 Circuits in table disabled one one Ethernet one one Ethernet one one Ethernet one one Ethernet one one Ethernet Ox2E025290 0x0000A20320C2 LSAP Ox2E025360 0xC15084368061 SNAP one one Ethernet Displays all disabled IPX circuits A circuit is disabled if the Disable Enable parameter is set to Disable and the state is Down The table contains the following information Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Address Host Address Encaps Method Name of the circuit the interfac
86. SDLC Change menu title Load new menu Menu control off Enter menu number or TI command 43 SMDS 44 SNMP 45 Source Routing 46 SR Spanning Tree 47 Spanning Tree 48 System State 49 Switch Services 50 SYNC 51 SYSLOG 52 System 53 Th 54 TCP 55 TELNET 56 TETP 57 Thresholds amp Alarms 58 Token Ring 59 Translation Bridge 60 VINES 6l 62 WCP XNS 63 X25 Q Quit S Save menu commands T Toggle cmd display To turn menu control off just enter m again at the prompt You can add and delete commands edit a command change a menu s title and switch the display between menu titles and commands Using Technician Interface Scripts Adding a Command With menu control on add a command by entering a at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt Then enter the command number command to be executed and the command s title as shown Enter menu number or TI command a Command 64 Enter new command date Enter new title Date and Time Setting command 64 to date Setting title 64 to Date and Time The Main Menu automatically refreshes displaying a new option for command 64 as the example on the next page shows 1 20 ND N FPF CO O O IN BD oO F W NHN FPF DO WO IN WD Oo FPF W NY FF APPN AURP BGP BOOTP Bridge Circuit Console CSMACD DCMMW DECnet DLS gJ lt Y
87. Total number of hops in the path to the destination node Next Node Next hop address that the route uses to get to the destination node 2 190 show decnet Sample Display show decnet node routes DECnet Node Level I Routing Information Area Node ID Circuit Address Cost Hops Next Node 1 1 3 Tel 0 0 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 0 0 3 2 E21 32 10 M3 e2 3 Level I Route s in table Sample Display show decnet node routes find 3 2 2 ECnet Node Level I Routing Information Area Node ID Circuit Address Cost Hops Next Node 3 2 E21 3 2 10 Dy B32 1 Entries found static adjacency Displays all the static adjacencies configured The table includes the following information Circuit Circuit name where static adjacency is configured Area Area part of this static adjacency s DECnet address Node ID Node ID part of this static adjacency s DECnet address Mode Adjacency s operating state as follows e Disabled User has manually disabled the static adjacency e Enabled Static adjacency is enabled 2 191 Using Technician Interface Scripts Adjacent Addr Destination MAC DECnet Phase IV address of the adjacent node Specifies the destination MAC address of the static adjacency if the circuit type is ATM Frame Relay or SMDS Sample Display show decnet static adjacency DECnet Static Adjacency Information Circuit Area Node ID Mode Adjacent Addr Destination MA
88. With menu control enabled toggle between displaying menu titles and displaying commands by entering t at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt as the example shows Enter menu number or TI command t At the main menu the screen displays the menu commands you do not need to enter mnu when executing a menu command 1 26 N ND 0a BP FOWMOWAHIAUBPWNFDO WANA DAB WN EF menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu appn mnu at mnu atm mnu atmdxi mnu aurp mnu bgp mnu bootp mnu bridge mnu circuits mnu console mnu csmacd mnu dcmmw mnu decnet mnu dls mnu dslel mnu dvmrp mnu el mnu egp mnu fddi mnu fr mnu frsw mnu Add a command Clear all commands Delete command Edit command 22 23 24 29s 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 39 5 36 313 38 39 40 41 42 iH Using Technician Interface Scripts Main Menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu menu ftp mnu hardware mnu hssi mnu ip mnu ipx mnu iredund mnu lapb mnu inm mnu mct1 mnu nbip mnu nilsp mnu nml mnu osi mnu ospf mnu packet mnu ppp mnu protopri mnu rarp mnu rptr mnu rredund mnu sdlic mnu Change menu title Load new menu Menu control off Enter menu number or TI command 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
89. a Displays all SMDS interfaces that a user has manually disabled In this case State is always Down 2 502 show smds Sample Display show smds disabled SMDS Disabled Table Circuit Mode State S22 Disabled Down enabled Displays all enabled SMDS interfaces Sample Display show smds enabled SMDS Circuit Interface Enabled Table Circuit State S21 Init S23 Up stats lt circuit name gt Displays sent and received SIP Level 3 frames for all SMDS interfaces or for a specific interface The totals include only PDUs without errors The table includes statistics for both individual and group addressed PDUs You can use this information with the synchronous and protocol statistics to determine where frames are going and at what level they may have been dropped Sample Display show smds stats SMDS Statistics L3 PDUs Sent L3 PDUs Received Circuit Individual Group Individual Group S21 0 0 0 0 S22 0 0 0 0 23 0 0 0 0 2 503 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the current version number and modification date of the smds bat script Sample Display show smds version SMDS bat Version 1 6 Date 11 1 94 2 504 show snmp base show snmp The show snmp lt option gt commands display status configuration and performance information about the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP servic
90. all interfaces or for a specified interface The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on IP Address Internet address of the interface ICMP Received Total number of ICMP messages received including errors 2 316 ICMP In Errors Destintn Unreach Rev Time Exceeded Rev Parm Problem show ip Number of ICMP messages received that had errors bad ICMP checksums Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received Sample Display show ip stats icmp in IP ICMP In Statistics ICMP ICMP In Destintn Rev Time Rcv Parm CLECULE IP Address Received Errors Unreach Exceeded Problem S31 192 32 174 65 4 0 4 0 0 E23 192 32 174 97 0 0 0 0 0 E21 1 92 32 1 74 129 0 0 0 0 0 E22 192 324175129 25 0 11 12 0 stats icmp misc lt circuit name gt Displays statistics about ICMP Source Quench and Redirect messages for all interfaces or for a specified interface The table includes the following information Circuit IP Address SrcQunch Messages In Out Redirect Messages In Out Name of the circuit this interface is on Internet address of the interface Number of ICMP Source Quench messages received and sent Number of ICMP Redirect messages received and sent 2 317 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ip stats icmp
91. as a modem DSU or CSU is not currently up and thus is not asserting a Data Set Ready signal Init Driver is initializing LMI Wait Driver is waiting for any of four WAN protocols to indicate that a link layer connection has been established to another entity This state applies to the Frame Relay SMDS ATM and PPP protocols e Not Pres Driver is enabled but not yet started This state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver software The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration Physical address of the line The line driver fills this address in from the 48 bit address stored in the serial number PROM for this connector Line number for this line Maximum transfer unit size the buffer size for the SYNC port also the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the SYNC port The value ranges from 3 to 4608 bytes WAN protocol enabled on this interface as follows e ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode protocol e FRM RLAY Frame Relay protocol e PASSTHRU Interface passes data through the network to a SYNC interface configured for Pass Thru on another Bay Networks router IBM sites typically use this protocol to pass proprietary SYNC data through a Bay Networks network e PPP Point to Point Protocol e SMDS Switche
92. associated with IP out security on each of the IP interfaces or on a specified interface The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on IP Address Internet address of the interface Drop Tx Authorty Number of transmitted packets dropped because the authority flag was not sufficient Drop Tx Levels Number of transmitted packets dropped because the classification level was out of range Drop Tx No IPSOS Number of transmitted packets dropped because they were without an IP security label No IpSos ROOMS Number of packets not transmitted because the IP header lacked the space to insert an IP security option OutAdmin Prohibit Number of ICMP destination unreachable or communication administratively prohibited messages sent 2 320 show ip Sample Display show ip stats security out IP Security Out Statistics Drop Tx Drop Tx Drop Tx No IpSos OutAdmin Circuit IP Address Authorty Levels No IPSOS ROOMS Prohibit 31 192 32 174 65 0 0 0 0 0 E23 192 32 174 97 0 0 0 0 0 traffic filters Displays the configured IP traffic filters The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on IP Address Internet address of the interface Mode State of traffic filter use Enabled or Disabled Status Status of the traffic filter as follows e Active Traffic filter rule is in effect e Inactive Traffic filter rule is not in
93. associated with this line 2 597 Using Technician Interface Scripts State State of the line in this case Beaconing Disabled Down Init initializing or Not Pres enabled but not yet started Beaconing indicates that the interface doesn t see the token and should be a transient condition The Not Pres state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver software The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration MAC Address Physical address of the line This is a 48 bit address in canonical format MTU Maximum transfer unit size for this interface the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the Token Ring module The MTU is 4568 bytes Ring Speed Speed of the Token Ring media 4 Mb s or 16 Mb s Early Token Release Status of Early Token Release Enabled or Disabled When enabled the token can be released back onto the ring before the recipient copies all the data This parameter is enabled only when Ring Speed is 16 Mb s Sample Display show token alerts TOKEN RING Modules on Alert Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table 2 598 show token base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base information for all Token Ring circuits
94. attached dial up device e V25bis Router can initiate monitor and terminate dial connections using telephone numbers that the router passed to the dial up device Interface type that the attached dial unit supports RS232 RS422 V 35 or X 21 ID number of the line ID number of the line pool ID number of the line Number of B channels in the backup pool Specifies the router s order of preference for using each line pool Indicates whether any of the available channels are in use 2 549 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show sws backup_dialing pools 1 Switched Services Dial Backup Pool Information PRIMARY CIRCUIT INFORMATION FOR POOL 1 Primary Primary Outgoing Phone Circuit DownTime Phone Number Extension Type 12 5 2213527 Not Used ISDN Total of 1 Primary Circuits found for this Backup Pool LINE INFORMATION FOR POOL 1 Sync Dial Backup Entries Hold Slot Port Line Active Down Media Cable Line Num Num State Circuit Time Type Type Number No Syne Lines configured ISDN Backup Pool Entries Pool Line Channel Channels ID Number Count Priority In Use 1 1301102 2 1 0 Total of 1 Dial Backup Entries Configured for this Pool 2 550 show sws backup_ dialing schedules Displays the scheduled availability of the backup circuits in a backup pool The display includes the following information Circuit Identifies the name of the circu
95. aurp 3 9 3 10 3 11 bridge 3 12 circuits 3 13 csmacd 3 14 dcmmw 3 15 decnet 3 16 dls 3 17 dslel 3 18 dvmrp 3 19 el 3 20 fddi 3 21 fr 3 22 ftp 3 23 hssi 3 24 igmp 3 25 ip 3 26 ipx 3 27 isdn 3 29 isdn bri 3 31 lapb 3 32 Inm 3 33 nbip 3 34 nml 3 35 osi 3 36 ospf 3 37 packet 3 38 ppp 3 39 rarp 3 40 rptr 3 41 sdlc 3 43 span 3 44 sr 3 45 3 46 sta 3 47 sws 3 48 sync 3 49 tl 3 50 tcp 3 51 telnet 3 52 tftp 3 53 token 3 54 vines 3 55 wep 3 56 x25 3 57 xb 3 58 xns 3 59 enabled circuits 2 386 all drivers 2 153 at 2 49 2 358 2 487 atm 2 60 atm line 2 87 atmdxi 2 72 aurp 2 99 autoneg 2 109 bridge 2 145 csmacd 2 172 Index 5 decnet 2 190 dls 2 202 dslel 2 215 dvmrp 2 234 el 2 245 fddi 2 255 fr 2 270 hssi 2 289 igmp 2 296 ip 2 304 ipx 2 330 isdn bri 2 371 Inm 2 396 osi 2 409 ppp 2 446 rarp 2 474 sdlc 2 498 smds 2 503 span 2 516 sr 2 522 srspan 2 535 sync 2 123 2 568 tl 2 583 token 2 600 vines 2 614 xb 2 638 xns 2 649 enabled lines packet 2 428 enabled serial ports console 2 165 entity traps snmp 2 508 errors bgp 2 112 exceptions snmp 2 509 Exterior Gateway Protocol EGP 2 249 to 2 251 F Facility Data Link FDL 2 216 to 2 220 FDDI 2 252 to 2 267 enabling disabling 3 21 FDDI subcommands 2 252 to 2 267 fdl dsle1 2 216 Fiber Distributed Data Interface 2 252
96. backup volume Sample Display show hardware config_file Boot Time Configuration File Information Slot File Name Source Load Date and Time 2 5 pvc0 cfg 3 01 30 1995 14 09 42 GMT 12 00 3 5 pvc0 cfg 5 01 25 1995 08 26 15 GMT 12 00 4 5 pvc0 cfg 3 01 25 1995 08 26 19 GMT 12 00 5 5 pvc0O cfg 3 01 25 1995 15 30 46 GMT 12 00 Note f the pathname of the configuration file is too long to fit into the tabular format the script displays the information in a vertical table image Displays the router s software image for each slot including the integration that is the source of the image the date and time of the image s creation and the filename that contains the image If the filename is too long to fit in a horizontal table the script displays the information in a vertical table similar to the one shown for the config_file command 2 281 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show hardware image Active Image Information Slot File Name Source Date and Time 2 5 bn exe int 8 10 46 Fri Jan 20 09 18 52 EST 1995 3 5 bn exe int 8 10 46 Fri Jan 20 09 18 52 EST 1995 4 5 bn exe int 8 10 46 Fri Jan 20 09 18 52 EST 1995 5 5 bn exe int 8 10 46 Fri Jan 20 09 18 52 EST 1995 memory lt s ot number gt Displays memory configuration and capacity information about all slots or a specific slot The table includes the following information Slot Slot number Local Memory To
97. between the two peers has been up or down Last Update Time in hours minutes seconds since this peer received the last update 2 118 show bgp Sample Display show bgp timers BGP Peer Timers Local Remote Keep Time Last Address Address Hold Alive Up Down Update Cfg Act Cfg Act 210 10 10 1 210 10 10 2 90 90 30 30 67h 56m 30s Oh Om 20s 1 peer configured version Displays the current version number and date of the bgp bat script Sample Display show bgp version BGP bat Version 1 17 Date 10 13 94 weights Displays the BGP AS Weights table which includes the Autonomous System its state and its weight The weight value helps determine the preferred route and aids in selecting a route The State of the AS Weight entry is Down Init initializing Invalid Not Present not yet functioning or Up Sample Display show bgp weights BGP AS Weights Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class AS State 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1000 Up 10 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 2000 Up 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 3000 Up 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 3 entries 2 119 Using Technician Interface Scripts show bisync The show bisync lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about Binary Synchronous BISYNC lines For detailed information about configuring BISYNC refer to Configuring BSC Transport Services The show bisync command supports the following subcommand options alerts receive errors c
98. by all processes on the router The output can be tailored to only display memory usage for a particular process or a particular slot by using the options described below show process memory lt process gt sample lt seconds gt lt repeat gt lt slot gt process Specifies the process for which you want to view memory statistics Specify all to display memory statistics for all processes running on the router Specify total to display only memory statistic totals For information on how to obtain a list of available processes refer to the show process list command later in this section sample lt seconds gt lt repeat gt Periodically samples and displays memory usage statistics The mandatory lt seconds gt argument indicates the time interval between samples The manadatory lt repeat gt argument indicates the number of times to sample memory usage If you use sampling the values displayed represent the amount of memory usage for the interval last sampled The minimum sample interval is 5 seconds If you specify a shorter interval the command automatically substitutes the minimum interval of 5 seconds If you choose not to use sampling the values displayed represent the total memory usage since slot boot time slot Limits the display statistics to the specified slot Sample Display show process memory total Total Memory Use Statistics Slot Max Free Used SUsed 2 2839760 2111768 727992 25 3 28
99. by indicating that the link module is an ANSEDSH For the ASN the table displays the number and type of the network module instead of the link module and the network module type revision and serial number instead of the link module type revision and serial number 2 283 Sample Display show hardware slots Hardware Information per Slot Using Technician Interface Scripts Processor Processor Processor Link Link Link Slot odule Revision Serial No Module Revision Serial No 1 SRMF 1 278 SRML 17 2121 2 FRE2 234 53 DST 4 16 alia 3543 3 FRE2 16 13569 OE NE 6 958 4 FRE 16 1943 MCT1 2 2 488 5 FRE2 18 94240 QSYNC 8 8431 Sample Display show hardware slots 2 Hardware Information per Slot Processor Processor Processor Link Link Link Slot odule Revision Serial No Module Revision Serial No 2 FRE2 234 53 DST 4 16 11 3543 Sample Display show hardware slots Hardware Information per Slot Processor Processor Processor Net Mod Net Mod Slot Module Revision Serial No Net Module Revision Serial No 1 ASN 1 33 1 DENM a 5 2 SFNM 1 3 3 DENM ali 9 4 DENM 1 8 Sample Display show hardware slots Hardware Information per Slot show hardware Processor Processor Processor Net Mod Net Mod Slot Module Revision Serial No Net Module Revision Serial No 1 ASN 4 8 1 Absent A N A 2 SFNM al 13 3 Absent A N A 4 SPEX 1 1002 3 ASN 4 17 1 Absent A N A 2 A
100. client Sample Display show booip clients BOOTP Clients Client Client DLCI IP Address 20 192 32 4 1 24 192 32 5 1 2 Entries 2 131 Using Technician Interface Scripts prefserv Displays information about each entry in the preferred servers table The table includes the following information Agent Address IP address of an interface which receives BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets from clients Pref Server Address IP address of the server to which the router forwards BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets it receives on the above interface State State of the forwarding entry Enabled or Disabled Request Mode Type of packets that the router forwards to the server BOOTP only DHCP only or both BOOTP and DHCP Sample Display show booip prefserv Bootp Preferred Server Agent Address Pref Server Address Stat RequestMod 192 32 14 92 206 2 2 2 Enabled DHCP ragents Displays information about each entry in the BOOTP relay agent forwarding table The table includes the following information Agent Address IP interface address of an interface that accepts BOOTPREQUEST or DHCP packets from clients Outbound Address IP address of the interface through which the router forwards BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets that it receives on the above interface 2 132 stats State PassthruMode show bootp State of the forwarding entry Enabled or Disabled Type of packets that the BOOTP router forward
101. commands display information about the Exterior Gateway Protocol EGP For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of EGP refer to Configuring IP Services The show egp command supports the following subcommand options base stats neighbors version Displays the base record for EGP The table includes the following information Protocol State Local AS Sample Display show egp base Name of the protocol in this case EGP State of the protocol on the router Enabled or Disabled Local Autonomous System the AS to which this router belongs NIC assigns this decimal number EGP Base Information Protocol State Local AS EGP Enabled 1001 2 249 Using Technician Interface Scripts neighbors Displays information about each of the neighbors configured for this router The table includes the following information Local Address Local IP interface address for this neighbor Neighbor Address Neighbor s IP address State State of the interface Absent not yet started Disabled manually Down Init initializing Up Local Acquisition Mode Whether or not the router initiates EGP connections Active or Passive Active means the router is the initiator Local Poll Mode Type of neighbor reachability algorithm this local neighbor executes as follows e Active Router sends Hello and Poll commands to request reachability status from it
102. control on clear all commands by entering at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt The menu utility responds by showing only the menu control options and the menu title The rest of the screen is blank Main Menu A Add a command H Change menu title QO Quit C Clear all commands L Load new menu S Save menu commands D Delete command M Menu control off T Toggle cmd display E Edit command Enter menu number or TI command Editing a Command With menu control on edit a command by entering e at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt Then enter the command number command to be executed and the command s title as the example shows Enter menu number or TI command Enter Command number r to Return 2 2 menu at mnu AT Type lt return gt to leave unchanged Enter new command Show at base Enter new title AT Base Setting command 2 to show at base Setting title AT to AT Base 1 22 N N PO UYU A oO nmn UOU N E OO ON DU BR wWDrY Using Technician Interface Scripts The Main Menu automatically refreshes displaying a new menu with the new menu title APPN AT Base lt A XI AURP BGP BOOTP Bridge Circuit Console CSMACD DCMMW DECnet DLS DS1E pany DVI as FDDI Frame Relay Frame Relay Switch Add a command Clear all commands Delete command Edit comman
103. detected an error in the rule Number of received packets that have matched this rule Identifier for the rule Number of the rule fragment or section used for large rules 2 354 show ipx Sample Display show ipx traffic filter IPX Traffic Filter Information Circuit IPX Rx Rule Fragment Circuit Index Address Status Matches Number Number ESL 1 None Inactive 0 0 0 1 Traffic Filters configured version Displays the current version and modification date of the ipx bat script Sample Display show ipx version IPX bat Version 1 20 Date 8 15 95 2 355 Using Technician Interface Scripts show iredund The show iredund lt option gt commands display information about the Interface Redundancy protocol and services For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of Interface Redundancy services refer to Configuring Router Redundancy The show iredund command supports the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit gt enabled disabled circuit lt circuit gt Displays circuit and state information for all interface redundancy ports or for a specific port The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit Slot Slot number the port is on Port Port number State State of the protocol Enabled Disabled Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up Role Role of the interface primary or ba
104. disabled Displays all disabled SDLC interfaces For more information on column definitions see the circuits command Sample Display sdic show disabled SDLC Circuits Circuit State Role Link Type Duplex Duplex SDLC Primary Secondary Address No Entries enabled Displays all enabled SDLC interfaces For more information on column definitions see the circuits command Sample Display sdic show enabled SDLC Circuits Circuit State Role Link Type Duplex Duplex SDLC Primary Secondary Address T Enabled Negotiable Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 2 Enabled Secondary Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 4 4 Enabled Secondary Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 6 3 Entries found 2 498 show sdlc stats lt circuit number gt Displays statistical information for all circuits or for a specified circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Circuit number of this interface SDLC Add Poll address of the secondary link station in this SDLC link It uniquely identifies the SDLC link station within a single SDLC port I Frames Received Total number of information frames received from an adjacent SDLC link station since last reset or system startup I Frames Sent Total number of information frames transmitted to an adjacent SDLC link station since last reset or system startup Re Tx s Total number of information frames retransmitted to an adjacent SDLC link station since last res
105. disables RREDUND on a specific circuit Sample Display enable rredund circuit E43 Router Redundancy enabled on circuit E43 3 42 enable disable sdic enable disable sdlic Use the enable sdlce lt option gt commands to enable Synchronous Data Link Control SDLC services on a Bay Networks router and the disable sdle lt option gt commands to disable SDLC services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of SDLC refer to Configuring SDLC Services The enable disable sdic commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables SDLC on the router Sample Display sdic disable base SDLC base record disabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display sdlic enable circuit SDLC_CIR 1234 Circuit SDLC_CIR 1234 enabled 3 43 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable span Use the enable span lt option gt commands to enable Spanning Tree Bridge services on a Bay Networks router and the disable span lt option gt commands to disable Spanning Tree Bridge services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Spanning Tree Bridging refer to Configuring Bridging Services The enable disable span commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables Spanning Tree Bridging
106. each other s hello packets e Exch Start Router and the neighbor are negotiating a master slave relationship for the Database Exchange process e Exchange Router and the neighbor are exchanging their Link State Databases e Loading Router and the neighbor are synchronizing their Link State Databases e Full Router and the neighbor have fully synchronized databases Type of neighbor e Dynamic The router and neighbor learn about each other on Broadcast and Point to Point networks e Cfg Static configuration of neighbors which occurs on Non Broadcast Multi Access networks Sample Display show ospf neighbors OSPF Neighbors Neighbor Interface Router Id IP Addr State Type 192 32 174 65 192 32 174 66 192 32 174 66 Full Dynamic 192 32 174 97 192 32 174 66 192 32 174 98 Full Dynamic 2 420 show ospf version Displays the current version number and modification date of the ospf bat script Sample Display show ospf version OSPF bat Version 1 17 Date 12 15 94 2 421 Using Technician Interface Scripts show packet alerts The show packet lt option gt commands display configuration and status information about Packet Capture instances on routers The Packet Capture utility is a network analyzer that captures packets into a capture buffer for examination You can filter packets to determine what packets to save and when to start and stop capturing For detailed information ab
107. each service Sample Display show ipx service addresses IPX Service Address Information Server Internal Net Host Address FENDER OxF006014 0x000000000001 HIWATT OxFA72401 0x000000000001 2 Services in table 2 345 Using Technician Interface Scripts services lt name search pattern gt type lt hex search pattern gt Net lt name search pattern gt Displays the service type age and hop count within the router s SAP table lt name search pattern gt Limits the display to servers with names that match the character based search pattern which is case sensitive type lt hex search pattern gt Limits the display to server types that match the hexadecimal search pattern which is case sensitive net lt name search pattern gt Limits the display to networks that match the given next hop network address pattern in character format which is case sensitive The table includes the following information Server Name of the server Type Type of server allowed to pass SAP broadcasts to the locally attached network segment a 4 digit number in hexadecimal format Network The network address of the server Age Number of seconds since the router updated this service or determined it to be valid Hops Number of hops this service is from the router 2 346 Sample Display show ipx services IPX Service Table Information show ipx
108. eight characters Implicit HPR Enabled Specifies whether HPR support has been enabled for dynamic link stations on this port Implicit Link Level Error Specifies whether link level error recovery support has been Recovery selected for dynamic link stations on this port Implicit Link Deactivation Specifies the link deactivation time in seconds for dynamic link Time stations on this port HPR SAP Defines the chosen SAP for HPR traffic on this port 2 28 show appn Sample Display show appn port hpr APPN Port Defined HPR info Implicit Implicit Implicit HPR Link Level Link Deact HPR Port Enabled Error Recovery Time sap PORT0003 Yes 120 C8 PORTO005 No o 5 none 2 Entries port status lt port name gt Displays port status information regarding the Exchange Identification XID and link role for all ports or for a specific port Port Number State Link Role Good XIDs Bad XIDs Administratively assigned name for this APPN port The name can be from one to eight characters Port number associated with the port name State of this port Inactive Pending Active Active PendingInactive Initial role for the link stations activated through this port Primary Secondary Negotiable or ABM Asynchronous Balance Mode Number of successful XID sequences that have occurred on all defined link stations on this port since the last time this port was started Number of unsuccessf
109. enabled or disabled 2 461 Using Technician Interface Scripts xns Sample Display show ppp wcp 2 1 show ppp wep PPP WCP NCP Information Circuit State S31 Disabled S32 Disabled Demand 4 Initial Demand 5 Disabled Special Disabled 5 Entries found Displays the state of the XNS NCP for all circuits on which PPP is configured State is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command The display includes the following information Circuit Displays the circuit number State Displays whether XNS NCP is enabled or disabled Sample Display show ppp xns PPP XNS NCP Information Circuit State S31 Disabled 32 Starting 2 Entries found 2 462 show process show process The show process lt option gt commands display information about the use of resources buffers cpu memory lists etc on the router The show process command supports the following subcommand options buffers list cpu version memory buffers Displays the number and percentage of buffers used by all processes on the router By specifying the options that appear in the following command line you can customize the output to display buffer usage for a particular process or slot on the router show process buffers lt process gt sample lt seconds gt lt repeat gt lt slot gt 2 463 Using Technician Interface Scripts process
110. endpoints ISR memory mode ports topology tunnels VRN AppleTalk service AARP circuits configuration routes show at lt option gt statistics zones zone filters Asynchronous Transfer Mode service interfaces lines show atm lt option gt PVCs statistics Asynchronous Transfer Mode DXI service lines PVCs show atmdxi lt option gt statistics Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM Adaption Layer show atm line lt option gt Controller ALC link module service circuits phy transmit and receive errors transmit and receive statistics continued 1 8 Table 1 1 Using Technician Interface Scripts Displaying Service Information continued To Display Information About This Service Use This Command AppleTalk Update based Routing Protocol service connection statistics zone filters show aurp lt option gt Automatic line speed negotiation on 100Base T Ethernet interfaces alerts circuits enabled disabled show autoneg lt option gt Border Gateway Protocol service errors peers routes timers statistics weights show bgp lt option gt Bootstrap Protocol service clients relay agents statistics show bootp lt option gt Bridge service circuits forwarding tables statistics show bridge lt option gt Circuits for all drivers configuration hardware filters receive transmit and system errors statistics show circuits
111. fddi hwfilters Hardware Filters Modules Line Maximum Current Used Dropped Slot Conn Circuit State Type Tbl Siz Tbl Siz Entries Frames Found 0 matches out of 4 entries in table 2 256 show fddi mac circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the Media Access Control MAC parameters for all circuits or for a specific circuit This display includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Upstream Neighbor Downstream Neighbor TNeg ms Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line MAC address of the upstream neighbor The Neighbor Information protocol within SMT determines this address The value 00 00 F8 00 00 00 indicates that the address is unknown The table represents the address in canonical form MAC address of the downstream neighbor The Neighbor Notification protocol within SMT determines this address The value 00 00 00 00 00 00 indicates that the address is unknown The table represents the address in canonical form Target token rotation time TTRT carried in claim frames that the FDDI station transmits This value is in milliseconds 2 257 Using Technician Interface Scripts Ring Mgmt State State of the Ring Management RMT within SMT RMT reports the status of the MAC including stuck beacon conditions It initializes the trace function and detects duplicate address conditions that prevent the rin
112. file server and so on Action Action for the filter to take advertise accept Adv Acpt or suppress Sprs Mode means whether the action applies to inbound or outbound filters The modes are Jn Out or In Out The action and mode are combined under the Action Mode field in the display for example Sprs In means to suppress inbound filters The default action and mode is Adv Acpt Out Sample Display show ipx server name level filters IPX Server Name Level Filter Information Circuit IPX Action Prio Server State Index Interface Type Mode 1 PRINT_SERV Enabled 3 0x0000DD00 0x0004 Adv Acpt Out 1 Server Name Level Filters configured server net level filters Displays all network level service filters on the router Network level filters filter individual services based on the internal network of the server and the type of service specified The display includes the following information Target Net Address of the target network to monitor For more information on column definitions see the server name level filters command 2 344 show ipx Sample Display show ipx server net level filters IPX Server Net Level Filter Information Circuit IPX Action Priority Target Net State Index Interface Type Mode 1 0x00000001 Enabled 3 0x0000DD00 0x0001 Adv Acpt Out 1 Server Net Level Filters configured service addresses Displays the internal network address and host address of
113. from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of frames received on this line Number of frames sent on this line Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers 2 569 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show sync sample SYNC Sampled Data over 10 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 3 1 S31 11 12 0 0 1 entry in table Sample Display show sync sample circuit s31 SYNC Sampled Data over 5 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 3 1 31 5 6 0 0 Found 1 matches out of 1 entry in table stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays SYNC input output statistical information for all SYNC modules or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from 1 to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error Receive Frames Number of frames received without error Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error Total Errors Total number of errors of all types
114. have auto negotiation disabled Note The alerts base disabled and enabled tables all include the same information See the description with the show autoneg alerts command Sample Display show autoneg disabled Auto Negotiation Interfaces Disabled Auto Negotiation Remote Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling Capability In Use 3 1 E31 Up Disabled FALSE 100Base X FD Cong Ctrl 5 1 E51 Up Disabled FALSE 100Base X Found 2 matches out of 4 entries in table enabled Displays all Ethernet circuits that have auto negotiation enabled Note The alerts base disabled and enabled tables all include the same information See the description with the show autoneg alerts command 2 109 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show autoneg enabled Auto Negotiation Interfaces Enabled Auto Negotiation Remote Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling Capability In Use 5 1 E51 Up Complete FALSE 100Base X Found 1 match out of 4 entries in table version Displays the current version and modification date of the at bat script Sample Display show autoneg version autoneg bat Version 1 5 Date 6 15 95 2 110 show bgp show bgp The show bgp lt option gt commands display state configuration and statistical information about the Border Gateway Protocol BGP For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of BGP refer to Configuring IP Services
115. includes the following information Source Network Source network of multicast datagrams Mask Mask for the specified source network Next Hop Addr Next hop multicast router to the specified source network Next Hop CCT Circuit name of the next hop virtual interface In the case of tunneled interfaces the remote tunnel endpoint is the value in the Next Hop Address field 2 235 Using Technician Interface Scripts Age Cost State Current value of the route timer Current route metric Set of flags indicating the state of the entry Timed route route timer is running Local route specified network is local to this router Garbage timer route is unreachable garbage timer is running Sample Display show dvmrp routes main DVMRP Main Routes State Source Local interface T Timed route G Garbage route Ti ext Hop CCT Age Cost State T9232 192432 Network Mask Next Hop Addr 28 0 295 5255 255 0 192 32 28 33 29 0 255 255 255 0 192332142 2 Entries found routes vifs lt P address gt lt search pattern gt E21 E23 Displays all DVMRP Virtual Interface VIF routes or just VIF routes for a specified IP address or source network number matching a portion of an IP address for example 192 34 The table displays the following information 2 236 Source State Circuit Remote Tunnel Dom Router Sub Router show dvmrp Source netwo
116. input IPX datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as insufficient buffer space doesn t include those discarded while awaiting reassembly Number of output IPX datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as insufficient buffer space includes datagrams counted under Forwards if they match this criterion Number of times the router could not find a route to the destination 2 353 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx stats datagrams IPX Statistical Datagram Information Circuit IPX Header In Out No Circuit Index Network Errors Discards Discards Routes ESI 1 one 0 0 0 0 E22 2 None 0 0 0 0 203101 0 3 None 0 0 0 0 S32 iwup 4 None 0 0 0 0 S33 iwpp 5 one 0 0 0 0 042 6 0x2E025290 0 0 0 0 S34 smds 7 0x2E025360 0 0 0 0 E24 8 one 0 0 0 0 8 Entries in table traffic filters Displays IPX traffic filter information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Circuit Index IPX Network Mode Status Rx Matches Rule Number Fragment Number Name of the circuit the filter applies to Unique number for each IPX interface on the router Network address of the interface Status of the interface Enabled or Disabled Current status of the traffic filter as follows e Inactive Filter is not in use e Active Filter is currently in use e Error Application has
117. instead of the address You can display all circuits or only a specific circuit Sample Display show Inm links LNM Servers Circuit Links Controlling Observing 1 Observing 2 Observing 3 Circuit Manager Address Manager Address Manager Address Manager Address O31 08 00 5a 97 7a 1dNot LinkedNot LinkedNot Linked 032 08 00 5a 97 7a ldNot LinkedNot LinkedNot Linked 041 Not LinkedNot LinkedNot LinkedNot Linked 2 397 Using Technician Interface Scripts passwords lt circuit name gt Displays the passwords currently configured for all LNM Servers circuits or for a specific circuit If a password doesn t exist the default password is 00000000 Sample Display show Inm passwords LNM Servers Circuit Passwords Cntrllng Observng Observng Observng Manager Managr 1 Managr 2 Managr 3 Circuit Password Password Password Password O31 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 032 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 041 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 042 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 version Displays the current version and date of the Inm bat script Sample Display show Inm version LNM bat Version 1 9 Date 10 31 94 2 398 show nbip show nbip base The show nbip lt option gt commands display configuration and statistical information about NetBIOS over IP services For detailed information about NetBIOS refer to Configuring IP Services The show nbip command supports the fol
118. lt option gt commands display information about an installed N11 Data Collection Module DCM option on a Bay Networks 8 Port Access Node Hub ANH The DCM board contains Flash memory for its own boot image and configuration file To communicate with software on the DCM board the ANH uses a special software subsystem on the ANH baseboard DCM middleware DCMMW For information on configuring and managing the DCM software subsystem with Site Manager refer to Connecting AN and ANH Systems to a Network The DCM board gathers statistics through promiscuous monitoring of packets on an Ethernet segment It then stores the information according to the RMON MIB specification You use Optivity LAN or a third party SNMP based network management software NMS application to view and work with these statistics You can use Technician Interface set and get commands to view collected statistics Caution The Technician Interface does not verify that the value you enter for a parameter is valid Entering an invalid value using set and get commands can corrupt your configuration In addition limit the use of Technician Interface queries to view RMON Statistics while running an RMON NMS application Too many queries could overload system buffers with RMON data causing the system to restart For information on the Bay Networks implementation of RMON services in the 8 Port ANH refer to Configuring SNMP BOOTP DHCP AND RARP Services and the user guide
119. misc ICMP Miscellaneous Statistics SrcQunch Messages Redirect Messages Circuit IP Address In Out In Out S31 192 32 174 65 0 0 0 0 stats icmp out lt circuit name gt Displays statistics about ICMP packets that the router generates for all interfaces or for a specified interface The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on IP Address Internet address of the interface ICMP Sent Total number of ICMP messages that this router has generated ICMP Out Errors Number of ICMP messages that this router did not send because of internal problems such as lack of buffers Destintn Unreach Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent Snd Time Exceeded Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent Snd Parm Problem Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent Sample Display show ip stats icmp out ICMP Out Statistics ICMP ICMP Out Destintn Snd Time Snd Parm Circuit IP Address Sent Errors Unreach Exceeded Problem S31 192 32 174 65 0 0 0 0 0 E23 192 32 174 97 2 0 1 1 0 E21 192 32 174 129 5 0 5 0 0 2 318 show ip stats icmp server lt circuit name gt Displays statistics about ICMP messages that the router generates For column definitions in the display see the stats icmp client command Sample Display show ip stats icmp server IP ICMP Server Statistics Echo Echo Timestmp Timestmp AddrMask AddrMask Circuit
120. mpe ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI PE Circuit Statistics Invalid Invalid Invalid Misdelivered Unsupported Circuit NLPID PID OUI PDU Control Field ATM 0 0 0 0 0 ATMInter 0 0 0 0 0 Total entries 2 2 77 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats pve lt ine lindex gt lt line llindex VPI gt lt line llindex VPI VCI gt Displays ATM DXI statistics The table includes the number of frames and octets transmitted and received and the number of frames dropped due to errors Options let you display more specific statistics as follows lt line llindex gt Displays statistics for all PVCs for the specified line level lt line llindex VPI gt Displays statistics for all PVCs for the specified virtual path on the specified line level lt line llindex VPI VCI gt Displays statistics for the PVC for the specified virtual path and channel on the specified line level Sample Display show atmdxi stats pvc 1 0 ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI PVC Statistics Transmitted Received Line LLIndex VPI VCI Frames Octets Frames Octets Drops Te O51 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 130 255 32000 0 0 0 0 0 Total entries 2 version Displays the current version number and modification date of the atmdxi bat script Sample Display show atmdxi version ATMDXI bat Version 1 8 Date 5 26 94 2 78 show atmsig show atmsig The show atmsig lt options gt command displays inf
121. name of the protocol its state Enabled or Disabled and the number of failed requests These requests were dropped because the router could not locate the IP address in the MAC address to IP address mapping table Sample Display show rarp base RARP Base Information Failed RARP Protocol State Request RARP Enabled 6 2 472 show rarp circuits lt circuit name gt Displays information about all RARP circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the circuit name the RARP server s IP address on this circuit and the circuit s state Enabled or Disabled Sample Display show rarp circuits RARP Circuits CLEcuLte IP Address State E21 192 32 28 65 Enabled E22 192 32 36 61 Disabled 2 entries disabled Displays all RARP circuits that a user has manually disabled In this case State is Disabled The table also includes the name of the circuit and the RARP server s IP address Sample Display show rarp disabled Disabled RARP Circuits Circuit IP Address State E22 192 32 36 1 Disabled 1 entries 2 473 Using Technician Interface Scripts enabled Displays all enabled RARP circuits In this case State is Enabled The table also includes the name of the circuit and the RARP server s IP address Sample Display show rarp enabled Enabled RARP Circuits Circuit IP Address State E21 192 32 28 65 Enabled 1 entries versio
122. not started or Up Sample Display show dls peers DLS Peers Peer Peer State IP Address Up 200 200 201 100 saps Displays all session access points SAPs registered with the LLC SAP services and the credit of each SAP Credit is the number of LLC2 frames that DLSw and the local LLC2 circuit can exchange Sample Display show dls saps DLS Saps SAP SAP Credit 4 10 8 10 12 10 240 10 2 206 show dls slots Displays the slot number IP address and memory information that corresponds on the slot to DLSw Slot Specifies the slot number you want to associate with the IP interface address you reserved for that slot Slot IP Address Specifies an IP address associated with a specific DLSw peer slot in the router TCP uses this IP address for connections associated with that slot Current Memory The current memory consumption on the router Max Mem Allowed The maximum memory allocated on the slot HiWater The maximum memory on the router Sample Display show dls slots DLSw Slots Slot Slot IP Address Current Memory Max Mem Allowed HiWater 1 78 78 78 78 0 All of it 0 version Displays the current version of the dls bat script Sample Display show dls version DLS bat Version 1 14 Date 9 12 95 2 207 Using Technician Interface Scripts show ds1e1 The show dste1 lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about the MCT1 and MCE drivers
123. on the router Sample Display enable dis base DLS base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable dls circuit e21 DLS Circuit e21 enabled 3 17 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable ds1e1 Use the enable dste1 lt option gt commands to enable MCT1 and MCEI services on a Bay Networks router and the disable ds1e1 lt option gt commands to disable MCT1 and MCE1 services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of MCT1 and MCE refer to Configuring Line Services The enable disable ds1e1 commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit_name gt connector lt slot connector logical line gt circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables all circuits or a specific circuit Sample Display enable ds1e1 circuit DS1E1 circuits enabled connector lt s ot connector logical line gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable ds1e1 connector 4 1 DS1E1 connector 4 1 enabled 3 18 enable disable dvmrp enable disable dvmrp Use the enable dvmrp lt option gt commands to enable DVRMP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable dvmrp lt option gt commands to disable DVMRP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of DVMRP refer to Configuring IP Services The enable disable dvmrp commands supp
124. on the router Sample Display enable span base SPAN base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit 3 44 enable disable sr enable disable sr Use the enable sr lt option gt commands to enable Source Routing services on a Bay Networks router and the disable sr lt option gt commands to disable Source Routing services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Source Routing refer to Configuring Bridging Services The enable disable sr commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables Source Routing on the router Sample Display enable span base Source Routing SR base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit 3 45 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable srspan Use the enable srspan lt option gt commands to enable Source Route Spanning Tree Bridging services on a Bay Networks router and the disable srspan lt option gt commands to disable Source Route Spanning Tree Bridging services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Source Route Spanning Tree Bridging refer to Configuring Bridging Services The enable disable srspan commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables Source Route Spa
125. operational Quiescing Indicates whether the transmission group is quiescing CP CP Sessn Indicates whether CP CP sessions are supported on this transmission group Sample Display show appn tg status APPN Topology TG Status TG Quie CP CP TG Owner TG Destination Num FRSN RSN Up scing Sessn USWFLTO1 PLUTO USWELTO1 DURHAM 21 2512 522 Yes No Yes USWFLTO1 DURHAM USWFLTO1 PLUTO 21 2538 272 Yes No Yes USWFLTO1 DURHAM USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 1 2551 264 No No Yes USWFLTO1 DURHAM USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 2 2546 170 Yes No Yes USWFLT01 DURHAM USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 3 2504 142 No No Yes USWFLTO1 DURHAM USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 4 2504 22 No No Yes USWFLTO1 DURHAM USWFLTO1 WF3174A 21 2538 166 Yes No Yes USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM USWFLTO1 DURHAM 1 2553 86 No No Yes USWFLT01 ANAHEIM USWFLTO1 DURHAM 2 2532 82 Yes No Yes USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM USWFLTO1 DURHAM 3 2532 60 No No Yes USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM USWFLTO1 WFAS400 21 2592 38 No No Yes USWFLT01 WF3174A USWFLTO1 DURHAM 21 2537 168 Yes No Yes 12 Entries tunnel lt circuit gt Displays APPN tunnel information for all circuits or for a specific circuit CCT Circuit number of the circuit running over this APPN tunnel Partner Node Partner LU for this APPN tunnel State Current state of the tunnel Up Down Init initializing or Not Present 2 40 show appn Frames Revd Number of frames received over this APPN tunnel Frames Sent Number of frame
126. option gt Router redundancy circuits groups resources remote routers in a redundancy group member IDs show rredund lt option gt Synchronous Data Link Control service circuits statistics show sdlc lt option gt Switched Multi Megabit Data Service service addresses circuits statistics show smds lt option gt Simple Network Management Protocol service communities events traps show snmp lt option gt Spanning Tree service configuration circuits show span lt option gt Source Routing service bridges circuits configuration IP information statistics show sr lt option gt Source Route Spanning Tree service configuration statistics show srspan lt option gt ST2 service information circuits statistics streams show st2 lt option gt Statistical Thresholds and Alarms service configuration statistics show sta lt option gt State overview of all protocols or one circuit show state lt option gt Switch service back up dialing on demand dialing show sws lt option gt Synchronous Interface service receive transmit and system errors sample data statistics show sync lt option gt System buffers drivers memory protocols system information tasks show system lt option gt T1 lines frame and line errors show t1 lt option gt Transport Control Protocol service configuration connections
127. or hybrid mode PVC A hyphen indicates that there is no subcircuit for this PVC 2 272 Sample Display show fr pvcs Frame Relay PVC Table show fr Line LLIndex DLCI State Type Mode Congestion SubCct 202101 0 100 Invalid Static Group Disabled 202101 0 200 Active Static Group Inherit 202101 0 300 Inactive Static Group Inherit 202101 0 400 Active Static Hybrid Inherit 202101 0 400 202101 0 500 Active Static Direct Inherit 202101 0 500 202101 0 600 Active Static Group Enabled 7 202101 0 700 Inactive Static Group Disabled 7 202102 0 1023 Control Dynamic Group Inherit 202104 0 0 Control Dynamic Group Inherit Total entries 9 stats pve lt ine gt lt line llindex gt lt line llindex DLCI gt Displays statistics for all PVCs or for a specified PVC The table includes a count of frames and octets sent and received Discard and Drops count frames that the router recognized as belonging to this virtual circuit but threw away because of errors To show statistics for all PVCs enter the stats command with no options or with only the pvc option You can also use the following options pvc lt line gt pvc lt line llindex gt pve lt line llindex DLCI gt Limits the display to all PVCs on the specified Frame Relay line Limits the display to all PVCs on the specified Frame Relay interface Limits the display to the specified PVC 2 273 Using Technician Interface S
128. other materials related to such distribution and use acknowledge that such portions of the software were developed by the University of California Berkeley The name of the University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from such portions of the software without specific prior written permission SUCH PORTIONS OF THE SOFTWARE ARE PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE In addition the program and information contained herein are licensed only pursuant to a license agreement that contains restrictions on use and disclosure that may incorporate by reference certain limitations and notices imposed by third parties Bay Networks Software License Note This is Bay Networks basic license document In the absence of a software license agreement specifying varying terms this license or the license included with the particular product shall govern licensee s use of Bay Networks software This Software License shall govern the licensing of all software provided to licensee by Bay Networks Software Bay Networks will provide licensee with Software in machine readable form and related documentation Documentation The Software provided under this license is proprietary to Bay Networks and to third parties from whom Bay Networks has acquired license rights Bay Networ
129. packets within the router The table varies according to the options entered The table from the stats command entered without options includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface runs on In Packets Number of packets received on this interface In Errors Number of packets received in error Out Packets Number of packets transmitted on this interface 2 616 show vines Out Errors Number of errors on packets transmitted Forward Drops Number of packets dropped because of no forwarding information for the destination Zero Hop Drops Number of packets dropped because of a zero hop count Sample Display show vines stats VINES Circuit Statistics In In Out Out Forward Zero Hop Circuit Packets Errors Packets Errors Drops Drops E21 294165 0 268486 0 0 0 S31 259688 0 274792 3 0 0 33 6915 0 14912 as 0 0 stats arp lt circuit name gt Displays VINES Address Resolution Protocol ARP statistics for the whole router or for a specific circuit stats datagrams Displays basic Receive Transmit statistics for VINES IP packets within the router stats echo lt circuit name gt Displays VINES ECHO Protocol statistics for the whole router or for a specific circuit stats fragments Displays the total number of packets fragmented for transmission Sync media and the total number of packets that the router has reassembled 2 617 Using Technician Interface Scri
130. progress So the PPP circuit and the line records may seem to be inconsistent The following display shows three entries circuit 3 is a dial on demand circuit Sample Display show ppp ip PPP IP NCP Information Local Local Remote Remote Circuit State Cfg IP Addr Neg IP Addr Cfg IP Addr Neg IP Addr S31 Starting 12 1 1 1 ea nes eb LAG 2 121 lee Demand 3 Starting 13 1 1 1 13 el eh lt 13 032 2 13 1 1 2 Special Initial 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 Entries found version Displays the current version and modification date of the ppp bat script Sample Display show ppp version PPP bat Version Date 9 9 94 2 460 vines wcp show ppp Displays the state of the VINES NCP for all circuits on which PPP is configured State is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command The display includes the following information Circuit Displays the circuit number State Displays whether VINES NCP is enabled or disabled Sample Display show ppp vines PPP VINES NCP Information Circuit State S31 Disabled 32 Starting 2 Entries found Displays whether data compression is enabled for all circuits configured for PPP The state is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command The display includes the following information Circuit Displays the circuit number State Displays whether data compression is
131. returned with a not found Broadcast Locates Not Found Number of broadcast locates returned with a not found Outstanding Locates Current number of outstanding locates both directed and broadcast This value varies A value of zero indicates that no locates are unanswered Sample Display show appn stats directory APPN Directory Statistics Maximum Cached Entries Current Cached Entries Current Home Entries O O Entries Current Registered Directed Locates Received Broadcast Locates Received Directed Locates Sent Broadcast Locates Sent Directed Locates Not Found Broadcast Locates Not Found Outstanding Locates dic lt DLC name gt e a a e a a E e a e E O e E o E a E a Displays information for all Data Link Controls DLCs or for a specific DLC DLC Circuit Name State CCT DLC Type Negotiated LS Support Eight character name given to this DLC Name of the circuit used by this DLC Current state of this DLC Inactive Pending Active Active or Pending Inactive Circuit number Type of DLC SDLC LLC SRB LLC TB or DLS Indicates whether Link Station roles can be negotiated on this DLC 2 13 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show appn dic APPN DLCs DLC Negotiated DLC Circuit Name State Cer Type LS Support DLCO0001 S51 Active 1 SDLC Yes DLC00002 S52 Active 2 SDLC Yes DLCO0003 S53 Active 3
132. running State State of the circuit which is Down Bridge ID Identification number of the Source Routing Bridge LAN ID Identification number of the Internal LAN DLC Type The type of circuit on which DLSw is running Sample Display show dls alerts DLS Circuits Circuit State Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type O11 1 LEZ UP OxF 0x278 LLC SRB Displays information on the DLSw base record state The base record controls DLSw for the entire system State is any of the following Disabled User has manually disabled DLSw Down DLSw is malfunctioning Init DLSw is initializing on the system Not Present DLSw is configured but has not started Up DLSw is operating on the system 2 198 TCP Window Uncfg Peer Int Ring Bridge Virt Ring Virt MTU ProtoPriority PPriUnCfgPeer PkgMaxSize MAC Age NB Age WanKeepAlive PkgTimeOut show dls Maximum amount of DLSw data that local or remote TCP entities can send before requiring an acknowledgment or receive before acknowledging This number is in octets Specifies the current accept or reject unconfigured peers setting Specifies the bridge s internal LAN ID Identification number of the Bridge Virtual ring identifier for the network Specifies a Maximum Transmission Unit MTU size for frames sent from local LAN attached systems to systems on remote LANs The smallest MTU size supported among all remote LANs in your configuration determines the maximum va
133. sample lt seconds gt lt repeat gt slot Specifies the process for which you want to view buffer statistics Specify all to display buffer statistics for all processes running on the router Specify total to display only buffer statistic totals For information on how to obtain a list of available processes refer to the show process list command later in this section Periodically samples and displays buffer usage statistics The mandatory lt seconds gt argument indicates the time interval between samples The manadatory lt repeat gt argument indicates the number of times to sample buffer usage If you use sampling the values displayed represent the amount of buffer usage for the interval last sampled The minimum sample interval is 5 seconds If you specify a shorter interval the command automatically substitutes the minimum interval of 5 seconds If you choose not to use sampling the values displayed represent the total buffer usage since slot boot time Limits display to statistics for the slot you specify Sample Display show process buffers total Total Buffer Use Statistics Slot Max Free Used SUsed 2 781 458 323 3 781 457 324 4 781 457 324 41 41 41 2 464 cpu show process Displays the use in 100ths of seconds and percentage of cpu used by all processes on the router By specifying the options that appear in the following command line you can customize the output to display cpu us
134. sarieun dau a aa inet nite aaa aa a aa dati a aea 2 389 SHOW NDIP ooa me atest a a a a a Ae 2 399 SNOW alii Mercere cereerepr creer cece ecco rere cr ce cerrerer errr E E fret renner rr reser te cs 2 402 SHOW OSI se cccticacsceuh EEEE T T AEA baked E E EET ETN 2 406 SNOW OSDI T atra aT AAA ETEA AAA ER EEOAE oe inten A E EENAA 2 414 Show packet nih laiand nie deities ek eine ia E 2 422 SHOW PING divin tien A ea en at E ee teed 2 431 SNOW De eies E a dedieey satay cchend A anaes 2 436 SHOW process aani aneirin de ied deed EEEN ANEAN Aide se eevee tier Athenee 2 463 SHOW PrOD reiii cade sare E Eaa E PANETE EAE A AA NEE ENAA A A TANIE EAA 2 468 SNOWN Sear o A O ia ee te a EAA AEE A ee A EAN 2 472 SHOW TOM arora e E a eat a E E ate eas 2 475 SHOW MO GUING oss teks eee ase tia a a a ec eed et pete eee nat aae 2 484 STOW FSG riari didaa aaa ve atea aa anatase aa Meee ei alee vase deena ey 2 492 SNOW EO EEE EEE EEEE T A E EES 2 496 IOA ae EEE A E A A A E A 2 500 SHOW SAMO iaaea eee A DEAE hei a AINAN AN elo NEE AAEE 2 505 SHOW Spa vies a a E E E TA a ee 2 511 SOW S012 i ce a EAE AE E A A seabtveet iaayeade case Seesefoiaeses 2 518 SNOW SISP aM sdevitevkencetdaghess ieee tied ctentecbanectdend beneveecebescusdhed busted A E TE 2 530 SOW Ste E E EN A E dasanaht state A E E 2 537 SNOW Sta tanaisie naar a el aaea aaa iaaa faded eaten cided 2 541 vii SHOW State iGo AE E E cat Ful eee SE E akhe ohat tanto Ge 2 544 SNOW SWS E EE AE A E TEE wave dete
135. specified Frame Relay interface lt line llindex DLCI gt Limits the display to the specified PVC lt line llindex gt specifies the Frame Relay interface lt dlci gt specifies the individual PVC The table includes the following information Line LLIndex DLCI Line or instance identifier for the Frame Relay interface plus the PVC identifier DLCI State State of the virtual circuit as follows e Invalid Circuit is configured but the switch has not confirmed it e Active Circuit is usable e Inactive Circuit is configured but not active Type Way the virtual circuit was created e Static User manually configured the PVC e Dynamic PVC was created during operations Mode Operational mode of the PVC as follows e Direct Upper layer protocols view this PVC as a point to point connection as an individual network interface e Group Upper layer protocols treat this PVC as one of a group of destinations to the switched network The upper layer protocols use a single network address to send all traffic destined for the switched network to the Frame Relay network interface e Hybrid Allows protocols to view this PVC as part of the group while the bridge views the PVC in direct mode Congestion Status of the congestion control mechanisms Disabled Enabled or Inherit Inherit indicates that the VC should use the parameters from the DLCMI record SubCct Name of the subcircuit associated with this direct
136. statically configured adjacent host router from which hellos have been received The table includes the following information Host Network Address Network address of the adjacent router Host ID Address Host identifier for the adjacent router XNS Interface XNS address of the network device WAN Address Corresponding WAN address of the adjacent XNS level host ID 2 646 base Sample Display show xns adjacent hosts show xns XNS Static Adjacent Hosts Host Network Address Host ID Address XNS Interface WAN Address 0x00000002 0x0000A2020202 0x00000002 0x02 0x00000003 0x0000A2030303 0x00000003 0x04 Displays base record information for XNS In this case Protocol is always XNS The table includes the following information State Route M Total Routes Total Ho State of the protocol which is Down Init initializing Not Pres not yet started or Up ethod Routing method that the XNS protocol uses The protocol uses vanilla XNS or Ungermann Bass functionality only Total number of networks in the routing table sts Total number of adjacent routers Sample Display show xns base XNS Protocol Total Protocol State Route Method Routes Total Hosts XNS Up Vanilla XNS 22 2 647 Using Technician Interface Scripts circuit lt circuit name gt Displays parameters for all XNS circuits or for a specific circuit For column definitions in the display see the alerts comma
137. statistics show tcp lt option gt continued 1 11 Using Technician Interface Scripts Table 1 1 Displaying Service Information continued To Display Information About This Service Use This Command TELNET service configuration sessions statistics show telnet lt option gt Trivial File Transfer Protocol service status show tftp lt option gt Token Ring lines receive transmit and system errors sample data statistics show token lt option gt VINES service circuits configuration neighbors routes statistics traffic filters show vines lt option gt Bay Networks Compression Protocol service circuits lines virtual circuits statistics show wcp lt option gt X 25 service configuration connections lines services statistics virtual circuits show x25 lt option gt Translation Bridge service configuration RIFs SAPs Source Routing interfaces and statistics stations Transparent Bridge interfaces and statistics show xb lt option gt Xerox Networking Systems Protocol service adjacent hosts configuration RIP routes statistics traffic filters virtual circuits show xns lt option gt Using the enable and disable Commands You can use the enable or disable commands from the Technician Interface command line to quickly enable or disable services Table 1 2 lists the services you can enable or disable and the c
138. t1 frame errors circuit t1 21 T1 Module Frame Errors Frame Bit Out of Super Slot Conn Circuit Errors Frame Errs Frame Errs 2 t TI 2 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table line errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays several categories of line errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line 2 584 BiPolar Violtns Yellow Alarms Revd Carrier Loss Red Alarms Recvd show t1 Number of bipolar violations on this line On a T1 line 1 s are transmitted as alternating negative and positive pulses and 0 s are simply the absence of pulses Thus a bipolar violation occurs if there are two or more consecutive pulses of the same polarity This error count indicates the quality of the T1 line Number of times the router has received a yellow alarm on this line A yellow alarm indicates that we have not lost sync but the remote side of the connection has detected a problem with this line Number of instances of carrier loss detected on this line This typically occurs during cable removal Number of instances of out of frame errors detected for periods exceeding 2 5 seconds typically a mismatched framing format causes this condition Sample Display show t1 line T1 Module Line Errors
139. table contains the following information Circuit State Query Rate DR Timeout Membership Timeout Circuit name of this interface Current state of the IGMP interface Up Down Init initializing Invalid or Not Pres not present Specifies in seconds how often a local group membership is queried If set to 0 no queries are sent out of this interface Designated Router Timeout Specifies in seconds the amount of time since the last host query message Specifies in seconds the amount of time a local group membership is valid without confirmation 2 296 Sample Display show igmp circuits IGMP Circuit S Circuit State Query Rate DR Timeout MembershipTimeout E31 Up 120 140 260 E34 Up 120 140 260 E22 Up 120 140 260 E32 Up 120 140 260 E33 Up 120 140 260 5 Total entries groups lt circuit name gt show igmp Displays group information for all IGMP circuits or a specified IGMP circuit The table displays the following information Circuit Group Address Timer Value Sample Display show igmp groups IGMP Groups Circuit name of this interface Associated group address Specifies how much time in seconds will pass before this group times out Circuit Group Address Timer Value E31 2381 121 100 E34 238 4 01 100 E22 238 1 1 1 100 E32 238 Lalit 100 E33 238 clisl a 100 5 Total entr ies 2 297 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats lt ci
140. the demand pool that the circuit uses Days that the circuit is available The beginning of the time interval that the circuit is available The end of the time interval that the circuit is available Sample Display show sws ondemand_dialing schedules Switched Services Demand Schedule Information Circuit Pool Day s Start Time End Time Demand 1 Demand 3 Demand 4 Demand 5 Demand 6 Demand 7 Total of 6 1 Not Configured 1 Monday 1100 Saturday 800 1 Not Configured 3 Weekday 0 Tuesday 0 3 Not Configured 3 Not Configured Demand Circuits 1200 900 2359 2359 2 561 Using Technician Interface Scripts outbound filters ip data_link For the ip and data_link options the display includes the following information Name Displays the name of the filter State Lists the state of the filter Counter Lists the number of packets filtered ip Displays information about the IP outbound filters Sample Display show sws outbound _filters ip Switched Services IP Outbound Filters Information Name State Counter Boston ENABLED 0 1 IP Filters configured 2 562 show sws data_link Displays information about the data link outbound filters Sample Display show sws outbound_filters data_link Switched Services Data Link Outbound Filters Information Name State Counter Chicago ENABLED 0 Sydney ENABLED 0
141. the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the BISYNC port The value ranges from 1 to 4568 bytes Media type this BISYNC module uses as follows e default Normal connection e raiseddtr Connection to a modem that dials out when Data Terminal Ready DTR gets raised e V25 Connection to a V25 BIS modem Code set that the BSC protocol uses EBCDIC or ASCII 2 121 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show bisync alerts BISYNC Modules on Alert Line Media Char Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type ode 1 1 S11 Init 01501101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC Found 0 matches out of 1 entry in table base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base level information for all BISYNC circuits or a specific BISYNC circuit Sample Display show bisync base BISYNC Modules Line Media Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type Char ode I 1 S11 Up 01501101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC 1 entry in table For column definitions see the alerts command 2 122 show bisync disabled Displays BISYNC circuits that a user has manually disabled Sample Display show bisync disabled BISYNC Modules Disabled Line Media Char Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type Mode 1 ih STI Disabled 01591101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table For column definitions see the alerts command enabled Displays BI
142. the router isn t an IPX gateway this counter includes only the packets that were source routed through the router successfully In Discard Number of input IPX datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as insufficient buffer space doesn t include those discarded while awaiting reassembly Out Discard Number of output IPX datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as insufficient buffer space includes datagrams counted under Forwards if they match this criterion 2 352 show ipx Sample Display show ipx stats IPX Statistical Information Circuit IPX In In Out In Out Circuit Index Network Receive Deliver Request Forward Discard Discard F51 1 one 0 0 0 0 0 0 E22 2 None 0 0 0 0 0 0 203101 0 3 None 0 0 0 0 0 0 S32 iwup 4 None 0 0 0 0 0 0 S33 iwpp 5 one 0 0 0 0 0 0 042 6 0x2E025290 0 0 16714 16714 0 0 S34 smds 7 0x2E025360 16376 16376 427 427 0 0 E24 8 one 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 Entries in table stats datagrams Displays error statistics for IPX circuits The display includes the following information Circuit Circuit Index IPX Network Header Errors In Discards Out Discards No Routes Name of the circuit the interface runs on Unique number for each IPX interface on the router Network address of the interface Number of IPX packets discarded because of errors in their headers including any IPX packet less than 30 bytes Number of
143. the transmission group It is derived from the link bandwidth and maximum load factor with the range of 0 through 255 Maximum effective capacity Minimum cost per connection time This value represents the relative cost per unit of time to use the transmission group Range is from 0 which means no cost to 255 which indicates maximum cost Maximum cost per connection time Minimum cost of transmitting a byte over this connection Range is from 0 lowest cost to 255 Maximum cost of transmitting a byte over this connection Range is from 0 lowest cost to 255 2 9 Using Technician Interface Scripts Security Min Security Max Delay Min Delay Max User 1 Min User 1 Max User 2 Min User 2 Max User 3 Min User 3 Max Minimum security with security represented as an integer with a range of 1 through 255 1 nonsecure 32 public switched 64 underground 128 conduit 160 encrypted 192 guarded radiation 255 maximum Maximum security with security represented as an integer with a range of 1 through 255 1 nonsecure 32 public switched 64 underground 128 conduit 160 encrypted 192 guarded radiation 255 maximum Minimum amount of time that it takes for a signal to travel the length of the logical link with a range of from 0 to 255 76 negligible 113 terrestrial 145 packet 153 long 255 maximum Maximum amount of time that it takes for a signal to travel the
144. this line connects State of the line which can be one of the following e Down Line is not operational e DSR Wait External equipment such as a modem DSU or CSU is not currently up and thus is not asserting a Data Set Ready signal e HoldDown Line is in holding mode e Init Line is initializing e LMI Wait Line is waiting for the WAN protocol to indicate that a link layer connection has been established to another device e Not Pres Line is enabled but not yet started This state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration e Up Line is operating normally 2 558 Active Circuit Hold Down Time Media Type Cable Type Line Number ISDN Line Information Pool ID Line Number Channel Count Priority Channels In Use show sws Name of the circuit using this line Number of seconds the router waits before bringing the line up This delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a reactivated primary line and there are problems on the line Signaling mode in use for this dial on demand line as follows RaiseDTR Router can initiate monitor and terminate dial connections using a programmed number in the attached dial up device e V25bis Router can initiate moni
145. vatvoctianene Bud Wllediesd eee ane oe 2 546 SHOW SYNC sirane ae deride sarin iintivete ghia a aaraa a A aes 2 564 Show syste aneia o n a catia Ae late tana ae 2 574 SIMOW a tsscstetis a shadtece scaedede tenho os hace she E E EEA EA 2 579 SNOW CD avivevis Ries eis ae ies es ale See ee tae Ree eee ini i 2 587 SNOW TelAS Ges E EA A E EEN nwa E costes ond sencwalea A T 2 591 SOW L e E E E E A E E E E hates naneee haaley 2 595 LAATOIn ATON lt E a EEEE EE EA AOSE E A EA a A Se ee ce EAE 2 597 SNOW VET a a ee a aaa a ea aaee A 2 609 SNOW WED ia eniri dir riiet ietin a eee hee tated Mines EEA E N e i 2 620 SNOW K aS RER PE E EAEE P AEE E E EE E AEE 2 627 SMOW XD E bees teh eee E A E E E 2 635 SMOW XNS LEN EEE E AEA eA EE eee eee T EEE 2 645 Chapter 3 Using enable disable Commands enable disable APN 0 eee ceeeceneeeeeeseneeeeeeeeneeeeeeesaneeeseeseaaeesesesenseeseeseenseeeeesenaaeeeennenaees 3 2 Enable disable at Ea E ATE E Ds Si osdcevessedarsedendeareied ateccebechle sbetleehlexdet ees 3 5 enable disable atin 2 2 c hc25sebet r EE aaa aa a Aaaa aa aa aaaea a eaat 3 6 enable disable at MX anret e aaa a aA end hei a a aaa e 3 8 nable disable AUP orotar toi e EE E S E E E Ea E Ee E 3 9 enable disable autoneg ssssssssssrrrssssrrresrsrnnesrsnnnensrrnnsssnennnnnrtananntttnnnnntnaaneenannnnnnnnannnan 3 10 enable disable DOOtD s 2 hciseccseesteect ccebsrecetens EE EEE EEE E E EE E EEE TI EES 3 11 enable disable DridQe 2 ccccee
146. version VINES bat Version 1 16 Date 12 02 94 2 619 Using Technician Interface Scripts show wcp The show wep lt option gt commands display information about Bay Networks data compression WCP service which provides a near reliable transfer mechanism for transporting compressed packets For more information about WCP refer to Configuring Data Compression Services The show wep command supports the following subcommand options circuits lt circuit name gt ves lt line number lindex circuit number VC ID gt lines lt line gt version stats errors lt line number llindex circuit number VC ID gt circuits lt circuit name gt Displays information about all WCP circuits or a specific WCP circuit Circuit Name Circuit name of this interface Circuit Number Circuit number associated with the circuit name Enable Indicates whether compression is enabled on this circuit Compression Mode Compression mode for this circuit CPC Continuous Packet Compression PPC Packet by Packet Compression or Inherit Circuit entries have an additional value of Inherit which means that the circuit takes on whatever value the corresponding line entry has in the Compression Mode or History Size according to case History Size History size for the compression facility 32 KB 8 KB or Inherit 2 620 show wcp Sample Display show wep circuits WCP Circuit Entries
147. when LNM Servers becomes disabled on the circuit Server is initializing Circuit is down the server has not yet started Server is functioning on the circuit 2 393 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show Inm circuit LNM Servers Circuit Information Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS O31 Enabled Up Up Disabled Up Disabled 032 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up O41 Enabled Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres 042 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up 4 Entries found configuration circuit lt circuit name gt Displays configuration information about LNM Servers as a whole You can show information about the base record Or you can display information about LNM circuits You can also limit the display to one circuit The base record displays the following information Protocol State IBM LNM Set Privilege Internal LAN ID Bridge Number Name of the protocol State of the protocol as follows e Disabled User has manually disabled the protocol e Up LNM Servers is functioning on the system e Down LNM Servers is not functioning on the system e Init LNM Servers is initializing on the system e Not Present LNM Servers has been configured but not started Setting is Enabled or Disabled The Enabled setting lets the IBM LAN Network Manager change LNM Servers configuration parameters with Set LAN Network Manager frames Identifier that Source R
148. x7 70 Up Time 0 hr 14 min 37 sec memory Displays the global memory usage for all active slots in the system Memory usage is not as volatile as buffer usage and a low free percent may indicate that you need more memory Sample Display show system memory Memory Usage Statistics Megabytes Slot Total Used Free SFree 2 5 01 M 1 66 M 3 35 M 3 5 01 1 00 M 4 00 M 4 5 01 M 0 92 M 4 09 M ES ouo E oo dP A o 2 576 show system protocols Displays which protocols are installed on all active slots in the system If the configuration displayed differs from that expected your configuration file may be incorrect wrong protocol specified for example or there may be a problem loading the software Sample Display show system protocols Dynamically Loadable Protocols Configuration Protocol Slots IP JE 2272 3245 DECNET eo A AT 2 7A IPX CO o VINES TO Sa TELNE T o2 3 e45 TFTP T 23an SNMP J a 3 42 5 TCP Tem 2 Be VAP 5 tasks Displays the number of tasks scheduled to run on all active slots This number is highly volatile and a large In Queue does not necessarily indicate a problem Sample Display show system tasks Tasks stats Slot Total In Queue In Queue oe 2 175 2 I 3 126 L 0 ae 2 577 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the current version and modification date for the system bat script
149. 0 from 192 32 28 104 BEST USED nexthop 192 32 28 104 IGP Aggregator 104 200 104 0 104 Local Pref calculated 0x4a01fe7 AS Path SEQ 104 SET 5 6 200 5 0 0 24 from 192 32 28 5 BEST USED nexthop 192 32 28 5 IGP Local Pref calculated 0x4a01ff7 AS Path SEQ 5 200 5 0 0 24 from 192 32 28 6 nexthop 192 32 28 5 IGP Local Pref calculated 0x80000000 AS Path SEQ 6 5 200 5 23 0 24 from 192 32 28 5 BEST USED nexthop 192 32 28 5 IGP Local Pref calculated 0x4a01ff7 AS Path SEQ 5 200 5 23 0 24 from 192 32 28 6 nexthop 192 32 28 5 IGP Local Pref calculated 0x80000000 AS Path SEQ 6 5 200 5 24 0 24 from 192 32 28 5 BEST USED nexthop 192 32 28 5 IGP Local Pref calculated 0x4a01ff7 AS Path SEQ 5 200 5 24 0 24 from 192 32 28 6 nexthop 192 32 28 5 IGP Local Pref calculated 0x80000000 AS Path SEQ 6 5 200 6 0 0 24 from 192 32 28 5 nexthop 192 32 28 6 IGP Local Pref calculated 0x80000000 AS Path SEQ 5 6 8 BGP Route entries IGP 8 EGP 0 Incomplete 0 2 116 stats show bgp Displays statistics for each peer router The table displays the Internet address of the configured local and remote BGP peers and the total number of BGP messages and updates received and sent between them Message totals include updates Sample Display show bgp stats BGP Peer Statistics Local Remote Messages Updates Address Address Rx Tx Rx Tx 192 32 174 65 192 32 174 66 4206
150. 0000000000000000 6 Hosts total ping lt service name gt The ping command sends a packet to the specified server service name and waits for a response When you execute the ping command the router searches for the server in the server database When it locates the server it retrieves the network and host ID address and then sends an IPX diagnostic packet to the specified server 2 332 rip show ipx Sample Display show ipx ping ADMIN_SERVER IPX Ping command by name Searching for ADMIN_SERVER in server database Server ADMIN_SERVER found sending ping pinging ADMIN_SERVER at 0x0000AAA1 0x000000000001 IPX ping Ox0000AAA1 0x000000000001 is alive Note To conform with the Novell specification a Bay Networks router running IPX responds to pings from NetWare servers but does not initiate pings to those servers Displays the state of IPX Routing Information Protocol RIP interfaces and includes the following information Circuit Index RIP Interface State Mode In Packets Out Packets Bad Packets Unique number for each IPX interface on the router Network address of the RIP interface Condition of the interface which can be Down Init initializing NotPres not present or Up Operating mode for this circuit as follows e Listen Supply Interface both listens for and supplies RIP updates e Listen Interface listens to RIP Periodic and Triggered
151. 0x0004 0x00000730 50 9 REGISTRATION 0x0004 OxOBADFOOD 50 8 ATLANTA_NW_SVR 0x0004 0x2E5965F3 50 9 HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x0004 Ox0000F2B8 50 9 20 Entries found 2 348 show ipx Sample Display show ipx service net 00010 IPX Service Table Information Server Type Network Age Hops PAYROL 0x0004 0x00000100 30 10 PAYROL 0x0047 0x00000100 40 IL PAYROLL 0x0107 0x00000100 40 11 0800092C489983C2NPI2C4899 0x030C OxFC000108 50 9 08000945B1310380SYSTEM_ENGINEERS 0x030C OxFC000105 50 9 Synoptics 810M Agent 0x0433 OxFCO00108 60 9 QMS_1725_PRINT_SYSTEM_0800861004E0 0x045A OxFCO00105 60 9 APPLE_LW046fe3 0x0618 OxFCO00106 60 9 8 Entries found static netbios routes Displays all configured NetBIOS Static Routes Statically configured IPX records do not dynamically change within the configuration because information has been received through routing protocols The table includes the following information Name Name of the target server Target Net IPX address of this static route Mode State of the network Enabled or Disabled Sample Display show ipx static netbios routes IPX Netbios Static Route Table Information Name Target Net lode DANIEL 0x0000FC00 Enabled 1 Netbios Static Routes configured 2 349 Using Technician Interface Scripts static routes Displays all configured Static Routes The table includes the following infor
152. 1 203101 0 Opened Oxd45cf8f 9 1594 None None S32 203102 0 Stopped O0x5eeac969 1594 None None 2 Entries found Iqr configuration stats configuration Displays all configurable parameters associated with line quality reporting LQR The display includes the following information Circuit Line LLIndex Line Quality Protocol Remote Timer LQR Repeat Period Inbound Quali ty Outbound Quality Name of the circuit the protocol runs on Line number associated with the circuit Link quality protocol configured for the line State of the LQR timer Enabled or Disabled only one side maintains the timer Time in seconds between the transmission of LQR packets Percentage of LQR packets that the originating router expects to receive from the peer averaged over the last five LQR reporting periods A value of 100 indicates that the router will tolerate no loss Percentage of LQR packets that the peer router expects to receive from this router averaged over the last five LQR reporting periods 2 452 show ppp Sample Display show ppp Iqr config PPP Line Line Quality Reporting Configuration Line Line Qual Remote LOR Repeat Inbound Outbound Circuit LLIndex Protocol Timer Period Quality Quality S31 203101 0 LOR Enabled 3 90 90 32 203102 0 None Enabled 3 90 90 stats Displays the number of line quality reporting packets exchanged as well as the line quality The display in
153. 1 S gt USWFLTO1 AFN gt USWFLTO1 WFAS400 USWFLTO1 WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cb USWFLTO1 RALEIGH gt TG 1 gt USWFLTO1 AFN gt USWFLTO1 WFAS400 dbf36 442150b151 flbbf 52e94a9b96c9 ccebbc 6 be8 9F3909 flbbf 52e94a9b96c8 flbbf 52e94a9b96c7 eebbbebc4474cd92 endpoint statistics lt PLU name gt Displays statistics for all endpoint sessions or for sessions to a specific LU Dir BTU Size Pacing Max Pacing Cur Frames Bytes Indicates the direction Rx receive or Tx transmit Maximum send Basic Transmission Unit size on each hop of this session Maximum send pacing on each hop of this session Current send pacing on each hop of this session Number of normal flow frames sent on each hop of this session Number of bytes sent on each hop of this session 2 18 Sample Display show appn stats endpoint APPN Endpoint Session Statistics BIU Pacing Partner LU PCID Dir Size Max Cur Frames Bytes USWFLTO1 WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cc Rx 2048 3 3 40 Tx 2048 a 1 62 USWFLTO1 WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cb Rx 2048 3 3 28 Tx 2048 il 1 1 76 USWFLTO1 WF3174A dbf36f442150b151 Rx 2048 11 7 iT 4K Tx 2048 15 USWFLTO1 WF3174A fbbf52e94a9b96c9 Rx 2048 1 1 1 15 Tx 2048 4 3 14 351K USWELTO1 AFN ccebbc 6be89f3909 Rx 2048 11 7 11 4K Tx 2048 15 USWFLTO1 AFN fbbf52e94a9b96c8 Rx 2048 1 1 1 15 Tx 2048 13 13 19 136K USWFLT01 TESTEN fbbf52e94a9b96c7 Rx 1
154. 101 0 Ethernet 2 1 als 102102 0 Ethernet 2 1 2 105101 0 Ethernet 5 1 1 loaded Displays the list of slots that have Packet Capture loaded Sample Display show packet loaded Packet Capture is loaded on slot s 25 2 429 Using Technician Interface Scripts status lt ine number gt Displays the status of the lines configured for packet capture You can display all lines or limit the display to a specific line The table displays the following information Line Number Number of the line connected with the packet capture State Line state for definitions refer to the disable command Capture State of the capture Started or Stopped Count Number of packets in the capture buffer Sample Display show packet status Packet Capture Line Status Line Number State Capture Count 102101 Up Started 11 102102 Up Stopped 0 102103 Down Stopped 0 102104 Down Stopped 0 103101 Absent Stopped 0 version Displays the version number and the modification date of the packet bat file Sample Display show packet version PACKET bat Version 1 9 Date 1 26 95 2 430 show ping show ping The show ping lt option gt commands display information about the Bay Networks Ping MIB service which provides a means for tracking the network availability and response time of IP networks For information about how to configure the Bay Networks Ping MIB service through Site Manager see Managing Routers and BNX
155. 2 174 129 Up Enabled Disabled 1 Entries rip alerts Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP configured but the state of RIP is down For more information on column definitions see the rip command Sample Display show ip rip alerts IP RIP Interface Table Alerts IP Interface State Supply Listen 192 32 175 34 Down Enabled Enabled 1 Entries found 2 307 Using Technician Interface Scripts rip disabled Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP configured but disabled For more information on column definitions see the rip command Sample Display show ip rip disabled IP RIP Table of Disabled Interfaces IP Interface State Supply Listen 192 32 174 129 Disabled Enabled Disabled 1 Entries found rip enabled Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP enabled on them For more information on column definitions see the rip command Sample Display show ip rip enabled IP RIP Table of Enabled Interfaces IP Interface State Supply Listen 192 32 174 129 Up Enabled Disabled 1 Entries found 2 308 show ip routes A type local bgp egplospfirip lt P address gt find lt search pattern gt Displays IP routes You can use the following options to display specific information A type local bgp egp ospf rip lt IP address gt find lt search pattern gt Shows entire routing table including routes that are n
156. 2 32 28 22 133 05 325 0 E21 OZ 32 eZ None None 2 237 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats circuits lt circuit name gt Displays statistics for all DVMRP circuits or a specified DVMRP circuit The table displays the following information Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface In Pkts Number of datagrams received on this interface Out Pkts Number of datagrams sent on this interface Updates rec Number of DVMRP route update messages received Updates sent Number of DVMRP route update messages sent In Drops Number of inbound datagrams discarded because the source route was not found Out Drops Number of outbound datagrams discarded because the source route was not found Sample Display show dvmrp stats circuits DVMRP Circuit Statistics Circuit In Pkts Out Pkts Updates rec Updates sent In Drops Out Drops 1 Total entries stats tunnels lt circuit name gt E21 134235 1079169 6795 8022 0 0 Displays all DVMRP tunnel statistic for all circuits or for a specified circuit The table displays the following information Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface Remote IP Address Unicast IP address of remote tunnel endpoint of this virtual interface Packets In Number of datagrams received on this interface 2 238 show dvmrp Packets Out Number of datagrams sent on this interface Updates Rec d Number of DVMRP route update messages received Updates Sen
157. 24029193 5 01 02 04 08 10 20 0 6 00 00 A2 06 B9 85 3 7 00 00 A2 06 B9 85 3 8 00 00 A2 06 B9 85 545299270 9 01 02 04 08 10 20 4294967295 10 01 02 04 08 10 20 4294967295 11 01 02 04 08 10 20 4294967295 12 00 80 2D 00 98 01 130506617 13 00 00 A2 03 C1 CO 17870737 sample lt period in seconds gt port lt port number gt Displays the repeater statistics generated during a prescribed period default 10 seconds This command can be used for all ports default or for selected ports 2 476 show rptr Sample Display show rptr sample ALL Repeater Ports Statistics Sampled Data over 10 seconds Port Readabl Readabl Total Auto Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions 1 0 0 0 0 0 O 2 0 0 0 0 0 O 3 3 192 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 O 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 O 10 0 0 0 0 0 O 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 700 97973 0 0 0 C 13 3 192 0 0 0 0 Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch 1 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 9 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 477 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show rptr sample 3 port 12 Repeater Port Statistics Sampled Data over 3 seconds
158. 270 show fr lines lt ine gt lt line llindex gt Displays information about all or some of the Frame Relay lines configured on the router lt line gt Limits the display to the specified line identifier lt line llindex gt Limits the display to the specified instance identifier The table includes the following information Line LLIndex Line or instance identifier for the Frame Relay interface Circuit Name of the main Frame Relay circuit this interface is associated with Mgt Type See alerts command Status See alerts command In addition to those listed Status is Disabled by a user Faults Number of times the interface has been in fault status Discard Number of outbound frames discarded because of errors Drop Number of inbound frames dropped because of errors Sample Display show fr lines Frame Relay Data Link Control Management Interface Table Line LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Status Faults Discard Drop 202101 0 S21 None Running 0 0 0 202102 0 S22 LMI Fault 1 0 0 202103 0 S23 AnnexA Disabled 1 0 0 Total entries 3 2 271 Using Technician Interface Scripts pvcs lt l ine gt lt line llindex gt lt line llindex DLCI gt Displays information about all or selected Frame Relay permanent virtual connections You can use the following options with the pyes command lt line gt Limits the display to the specified Frame Relay line lt line llindex gt Limits the display to the
159. 39760 2111608 728152 25 4 2839760 1994088 845672 29 2 466 show process list Displays a list of all the processes that are or may have run on the router since boot time The show process list command supports only the lt s ot gt option show process list lt s of gt If you do not specify a slot the command returns a list of processes that have run on all slots Use the slot option to display processes only on the slot you specify Sample Display show process list List of Processes Name Slot kernel 2 kernel 3 kernel 4 qenet 2 qenet 3 qenet 4 ilacc 2 ilacc 3 ilacc 4 version Displays the current version number and modification date of the process bat script Sample Display show process version Process bat Version 1 2 Date 11 12 94 2 467 Using Technician Interface Scripts show protopri The show protopri lt option gt commands display information about DLSw protocol prioritization queues For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of protocol prioritization for DLSw traffic refer to Configuring Traffic Filters and Protocol Prioritization The show protopri command supports the following subcommand options cc_stats qstats filters version cc_stats Displays current congestion control statistics for DLSw priority queues Generally it is a good idea to increase bandwidth to a queue with consistently high congestion statistics The table includes the follo
160. 47 circuits 2 148 to 2 159 console 2 160 to 2 166 csmacd 2 167 to 2 179 dcmmw 2 180 to 2 182 decnet 2 183 to 2 196 dls 2 197 to 2 207 dslel 2 208 to 2 231 dvmrp 2 232 to 2 241 el 2 242 to 2 248 egp 2 249 to 2 251 fddi 2 252 to 2 267 fr 2 268 to 2 275 ftp 2 276 to 2 278 hardware 2 279 to 2 285 Index 10 hssi 2 286 to 2 294 igmp 2 295 to 2 298 ipx 2 323 to 2 355 irredund 2 356 isdn 2 359 to 2 367 isdn bri 2 368 to 2 374 lapb 2 384 to 2 388 list of 1 8 Inm 2 389 to 2 398 nbip 2 399 to 2 401 nml 2 402 to 2 405 osi 2 406 to 2 413 ospf 2 414 to 2 421 packet 2 422 to 2 430 ping 2 431 to 2 435 ppp 2 436 to 2 462 protopri 2 468 to 2 471 rarp 2 472 to 2 474 rptr 2 475 to 2 483 rredund 2 484 rsc 2 492 to 2 495 sdlc 2 496 to 2 499 smds 2 500 to 2 504 snmp 2 505 to 2 510 span 2 511 to 2 517 sr 2 518 to 2 529 srspan 2 530 to 2 536 st2 2 537 to 2 540 sta 2 541 to 2 543 state 2 544 to 2 545 sws 2 546 to 2 563 sync 2 120 to 2 129 2 564 to 2 573 system 2 574 to 2 578 tl 2 579 to 2 586 tcp 2 587 to 2 590 telnet 2 591 to 2 594 tftp 2 595 to 2 596 token 2 597 to 2 608 vines 2 609 to 2 619 wep 2 620 to 2 626 x25 2 627 to 2 634 xb 2 635 to 2 644 xns 2 645 to 2 655 Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP 2 505 to 2 510 slots dls 2 207 hardware 2 283 SMDS 2 500 to 2 504 SMDS subcommands 2 500 to 2 504 smt fddi 2 262 SNMP 2 505 to 2 510 SNMP sub
161. 47 8414845 2327 0 4 2 042 597724135 7941684 453448487 6024141 2347 4 2 entries in table 2 603 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats line circuit lt circuit name gt Displays Token Ring line statistical information for all Token Ring circuits or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line ARI FCI Errors Number of times this station has received both an AMP MAC frame and an SMP MAC frame with the a amp c bits clear or more than one SMP MAC frame with the a amp c bits clear without an intervening AMP MAC frame This condition indicates that the upstream neighbor is unable to set the a amp c bits in a frame that it has copied Frame Copied Err Number of frames addressed to this station that had their a amp c bits previously set Token Errors Number of token protocol errors relevant only when this station is the active monitor Soft Errors Number of soft errors corresponds to the number of Report Error MAC frames that this station has transmitted Sample Display show token stats line TOKEN RING Line Statistics ARI FCI Frame Token Soft Slot Conn Circuit Errors Copied Err Errors Errors 4 1 O41 0 0 0 393 4 2 042 3 0 0 373 2 entries in table 2 604 show token Sample Display show token stats line circui
162. 4B 4E 4568 16 Mbps Enabled 1 entry in table 2 150 show circuits configuration lt circuit name gt Displays the circuits used on the router The table includes the circuit type circuit number interface type and the protocols configured to run on each circuit in the display You can also display this information for a specific circuit Sample Display show circuits configuration Name E33 Number 1 Type Normal IF Type CSMACD Protocols 1 IP 2 IP RIP Name E31 Number 2 Type Normal IF Type CSMACD Protocols 1 IP 3 VINES 5 IPX RIP 2 IP RIP 4 IPX disabled Displays all circuits that a user has manually disabled 2 151 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show circuits disabled CSMACD Modules Disabled Slot Conn Circuit State BOFL MAC Address TMO MTU Found 0 matches out of HSSI Modules Disabled Slot Conn Circuit State 4 entries in table BOFL MAC Address TMO MTU HW Filter WAN Line Protocol Number Found 0 matches out of TOKEN RING Modules Disabled Slot Conn Circuit State 2 entries in table Ring MAC Address MTU Speed Early Token Release Found 0 matches out of 1 entry in table 2 152 enabled Displays all currently enabled circuits Sample Display show circuits enabled CSMACD Modules Enabled BOFL HW Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filte
163. 5 or X 21 ID number of the line ID number of the line pool ID number of the line Number of B channels in the pool Specifies the router s order of preference for using each line pool Indicates whether any of the available channels are in use 2 554 show sws Sample Display show sws bandwidth pool 1 Switched Services Bandwidth Pool Information PRIMARY CIRCUIT INFORMATION FOR POOL 1 Primary Bandwidth Inactivity Outgoing Phone Circuit Mode Time Sec Phone Number Extension Type S51 Monitor 60 1234567 Not Used DIAL Total of 1 Primary Circuits found for this Bandwidth Pool LINE INFORMATION FOR POOL 1 Sync Dial Bandwidth Entries Hold Slot Port Line Active Down Media Cable Line Num Num State Circuit Time Type Type Number 5 5 Up None NA V 25bis RS232 205105 ISDN Bandwidth Pool Entries Pool Line Channel Channels ID Number Count Priority In Use No ISDN Bandwidth pool entries found Total of 1 Dial Bandwidth Entries Configured for this Pool 2 555 Using Technician Interface Scripts caller resolution table Displays the entries in the caller resolution table The router uses the caller resolution table for identification and security purposes The display includes the following information Caller Name Lists the name of the calling party This name needs to be a part of the incoming call from that party CHAP Secret Lists the CHAP secret of the calling pa
164. 6 bridge 2 144 decnet 2 187 dls 2 200 enabling disabling 3 13 igmp 2 296 ip 2 303 ipx 2 328 Inm 2 393 nml 2 402 osi 2 408 rarp 2 473 sdlc 2 497 smds 2 501 span 2 513 sr 2 520 srspan 2 534 st2 2 538 vines 2 612 wep 2 620 xns 2 648 circuits subcommands 2 148 to 2 159 clients bootp 2 131 commands adding to menu 1 20 clearing from menu 1 22 disable defined 1 3 See also enable disable commands editing menu 1 22 enable defined 1 3 See also enable disable commands menu 1 3 monitor 1 3 show defined 1 3 See also show commands community snmp 2 506 config packet command A 1 to A 6 configuration at 2 47 circuits 2 151 console 2 161 dls 2 201 Inm 2 394 Packet Capture 2 424 to 2 427 span 2 514 sr 2 520 sta 2 542 tcp 2 588 telnet 2 592 Index 3 vines 2 613 x25 2 629 xb 2 637 xns 2 648 configuration file hardware 2 281 ConnectionLess Network Protocol statistics 2 412 connections aurp 2 98 dls 2 201 tcp 2 588 x25 2 629 console subcommands 2 160 to 2 166 copying scripts 1 5 to 1 6 CSMA CD subcommands 2 167 to 2 179 D Data Collection Module DCM enabling and disabling 3 15 status 1 9 1 13 2 180 Data Link Switching 2 197 to 2 207 enabling disabling 3 17 Datagram Delivery Protocol DDP statistics 2 53 datagram statistics TP 2 314 DCMMW subcommands 2 180 3 15 DECnet NCP PPP 2 445 DECnet Phase IV 2 183
165. 61 Local 0 1 0 1 Entries found Sample Display show ipx routes find 5555 IPX Routing Table Information Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops 0x00005555 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 60 18 7 1 Entries found 2 339 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx route net 0x2E0252 IPX Routing Table Information Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops 0x2E025290 6 0x2E025290 0x000045C00443 Local 0 1 0 1 Entries found Sample Display show ipx route host 0x000045C00443 IPX Routing Table Information Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops 0x2E025290 6 0x2E025290 0x000045C00443 Local 0 1 0 1 Entries found sap Displays the state of IPX Service Advertising Protocol SAP interfaces and includes the following information Circuit Index SAP Interface State Mode Unique number for each IPX interface on the router Network address of the SAP interface Condition of the interface which can be Down Init initializing NotPres not present or Up Operating mode for this circuit as follows e Listen Supply Interface both listens for and supplies SAP updates e Listen Interface listens to SAP Periodic and Triggered updates from neighboring networks and conveys received routing information to its internal routing table e Supply Interface transmits all SAP Periodic and
166. 71 101226678 13 2157788935 1628793423 1100513600 14 194 2832631700 show rptr 2 479 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show rptr stats all 802 3 Repeater HUB Statistics Repeater Total Frames 111726086 Repeater Total Octets 3246687465 Repeater Total Errors 3290410074 Repeater Transmit Collisions 805377464 Port Readabl Readabl Total Auto Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions 1 104 6719 24 14 43 456 2 0 63 4294967289 6 4294967295 150 3 931688 296895150 22 6 4294967295 5862 4 1354357247 1629798783 4294967289 4 4294967295 1620234528 5 10 4271 4294967289 9 4294967295 195 6 348 111353 4294967289 177 4294967295 951 7 297 95157 4294967289 522055204 4294967295 962400002 8 317023833 1077284480 4294967289 87 36 7187 9 4294967295 4294967295 4160749557 4 4294967295 35 10 4294967295 4294967295 4294967285 1096835530 4294967295 570 11 4294967295 4294967295 4294967289 4 4294967295 4 12 576591092 2908688941 2324114227 201334951 2569404472 101226678 13 2157788948 1628797983 1100513600 14 194 2832631700 Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch 1 62 4294967295 4294967295 4294967263 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 2 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 3 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 0 27 4294967295 4 4294967295 42949672
167. 8 IP bat version 7 Enabled Circuits 19 RIP 8 ICMP Client Stats 20 Routing Table 9 ICMP In Stats 21 Security In Stats 10 ICMP Miscellaneous Stats 22 Security Out Stats 11 ICMP Out Stats 23 Static Routes Table 12 ICMP Server Stats 24 Traffic Filters D Disable MORE M Menu control on Q Quit or Return Enter menu number or TI command All of the commands shown in the second level menu display information Next enter the number that corresponds to the table you want to display For example to display IP statistics enter 17 This action runs the script that displays the IP Statistics table as the following example shows Note that you can display the same table by entering the show ip stats command at the Technician Interface command line Enter menu number or TI command 17 IP Statistics In Out In Out Circuit IP Address Receives Requests Forwards Discards Discards E33 6 6 6 6 0 15642 0 0 0 E34 oe We 14976 15642 0 0 0 E31 192 168 130 165 46218 18459 0 0 0 3 Entries Press Enter to continue Using Technician Interface Scripts When you press Enter the menu utility returns to the submenu in this example pressing Enter displays the IP Menu again You can select another option Or to return to the Main Menu enter q for Quit or press Return You can also display the submenu of a specific protocol by entering the name of the protocol on the command line as an option to the menu command
168. 929 1 15 Tx 1929 194 23K USWELTO1 TESTEN eebbbebc4474cd92 Rx 1929 195 53K Tx 1929 T5 8 Entries isr address lt FQCP name gt show appn Displays address information for all Intermediate Session Routing ISR sessions or for sessions from a particular node FQ CP Name PCID Priority COS Hop LS Fully Qualified Control Point name of the node assigning the PCID for this session Procedure Correlation Identifier of this session Transmission priority used by this session Low Medium High or Network Class of Service being used by this session Indicates whether the local LU was the BIND sender Primary or the BIND receiver Secondary Adjacent Link Station used by this session 2 19 Using Technician Interface Scripts SIDH Session Identifier High value used by this session SIDL Session Identifier Low value used by this session ODAI OAF DAF Assignor Indicator value used by this session Sample Display show appn isr address APPN ISR Session Addressing Info FQ CP Name PCID Priority COS Hop LS SIDH SIDL ODAT USWFLTO1 TESTEN eebbbebc4774cd92 Network SNASVCMG Pri 1I000002 2 2 1 Sec 1000003 2 1 1 1 Entry isr parameters Displays parameter information about the Intermediate Session Routing ISR function ISR State Indicates whether ISR is enabled The default is enabled Maximum RU Size Maximum Request Unit size for intermediate sessions Rece
169. 95 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 5 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 6 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 7 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 8 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 9 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4160749563 10 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967291 11 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 12 2 4464905 39 4294967295 2182103142 137546127 13 13 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 2 1100513603 4294967295 2 480 Sample Display show rptr stats totals 802 3 Repeater HUB Statistics Totals Repeater Total Frames 111728214 Repeater Total Octets 3247091908 Repeater Total Errors 3290410074 Repeater Transmit Collisions 805377464 Sample Display show rpir stats port 1 802 3 Repeater HUB Port Statistics show rptr Port Readabl Readabl Total Auto Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions I 104 6719 24 14 456 Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch 1 62 4294967295 4294967295 4294967263 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 2 481 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display sho
170. C E21 2 1 Enabled 2 1 nil stats hello update error Displays statistics tables for each circuit The information displayed is specific to the stats subcommand entered The stats command displays the following items for each circuit Packets Received Number of transit packets received Packets Sent Number of transit packets sent Packets Dropped Number of dropped packets Hello Router Received Number of hellos received Hello Router Sent Number of hellos sent Hello End Node Received Hello End Node Sent Number of end node hellos received Number of end node hellos sent 2 192 show decnet Sample Display show decnet stats DECnet Statistics Hello Hello Hello Hello Packets Packets Packets Router Router End Node End Node Circuit Received Sent Dropped Received Sent Received Sent E21 0 0 0 431 429 0 0 E41 0 0 0 433 435 0 433 stats hello Displays the number of hellos sent and received on each circuit The table includes the following items for each circuit Sent Router Number of router hellos sent Received Router Number of router hellos received Send Endnode Number of end node hellos sent Received Endnode Number of end node hellos received Sample Display show decnet stats hello iw ECnet Hello Statistics Sent Received Sent Received Circuit Router Router Endnode Endnode E21 430 432 0 0 E41 436 434 434 0 2 193 stats update Se
171. C address Remote MAC address ATM address representing the MAC address 2 378 show lane Sample Display show lane learp ATM mulation Client MAC to ATM ARP Cache Cct Circuit Name IsRemote EntryType Status VPI VCI 3 ATMSR_1405101 3 TRUE LEARNED_CTRL ENABLE 0 38 MAC Address ATM Address FF FF FF FF FF FF 39 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 00 20 1A 42 C4 88 Cct Circuit Name IsRemote EntryType Status VPI VCI 4 ATMSR_1405101 4 TRU LEARNED_CTRL ENABLE 0 45 MAC Address ATM Address 00 00 A2 0E 9F CO 39 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 17 00 00 70 00 Cct Circuit Name IsRemote EntryType Status VPI VCI 4 ATMSR_1405101 4 TRUE LEARNED_CTRL ENABLE 0 39 MAC Address ATM Address FF FF FF FF FF FF 39 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 00 20 1A 42 C4 87 Total entries 3 2 379 Using Technician Interface Scripts mac lt circuit name gt Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client MAC address information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table displays the following information Cct Circuit number of the LEC Circuit Name Circuit name that Site Manager assigned MAC address The local MAC address on this ATM interface that the LEC uses ATM address registered for The ATM address configured for this service record and that this MAC address LEC uses Sample Display s
172. Circuit Circuit Compression History Name Number Enable Mode Size S31 2 Enabled Inherit Inherit S41 3 Enabled Inherit Inherit 2 WCP circuit s configured lines lt ine gt Displays information about WCP lines for all configured lines or for a specified line lt line gt Limits the display to the specified line In addition to the information described under the circuits command this command displays the following information Line Number Line number for the physical WCP port LLIndex Logical line index Most lines have an LLIndex of 0 Slot Slot number Module Module number Conn Connector number Enable Indicates whether the compression facility is enabled or disabled Compression Mode History Size Buffer Size for this line Compression mode for this circuit CPC Continuous Packet Compression or PPC Packet by Packet Compression History size for the compression facility 32 KB or 8 KB Buffer size allocated for the lines displayed Very Large Large Normal or None 2 621 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show wcp lines WCP Line Entries Line Compression History Buffer Number LLIndex Slot Module Conn Enable Mode Size Size 203101 0 3 1 COM1 Disabled CPC 32K Normal 204101 0 4 1 COML Enabled CPC 32K Normal 2 WCP line s configured ves lt ine number llindex circuit number VC ID gt Displays configuration information for all existing
173. Circuit Errors Errors 5 1 A51 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 94 show atm line transmit stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the total number of frames octets and cells transmitted by the specified circuit or by all circuits For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line transmit stats ATM Module Transmit Statistics Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells ok 4 1 A41 42405432 2190795656 45641568 j 1 5 1 A51 86273694 1793648210 37367672 2 entries in table Sample Display show atm line transmit stats circuit A51 ATM Module Transmit Statistics g g Out Q Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells Length g 5 4 A51 g 86273694 1793648210 g 7 37367672 o 1 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 95 Using Technician Interface Scripts show aurp The show aurp lt option gt commands display information about the AppleTalk Update based Routing Protocol AURP and services For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of AURP services refer to Configuring AppleTalk Services The show aurp command supports the following subcommand options alerts filters zone base stats traffic peer transport lt IP address gt connection lt IP address gt version disabled alerts Displays all AURP connections that are enabled but not up State is always Down Use this display to identify th
174. Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU 5 1 A51 1105101 Up 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 3 4500 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 86 show atm line disabled Displays the ATM link modules that are configured as disabled For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line disabled ATM Modules Disabled Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table enabled Displays the ATM link modules that are configured as enabled For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line enabled ATM Modules Enabled Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU 4 1 A41 1104101 Up 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 3 4500 5 1 A51 1105101 Up 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 3 4500 Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table 2 87 Using Technician Interface Scripts phy circuit lt circuit name gt Displays physical circuit information about all ATM link module circuits or a specified circuit Speed Estimate of the interface s current bandwidth in megabits per second 155 520 000 Mb s 140 000 000 Mb s 100 000 000 Mb s or 44 736 000 Mb s Type Interface type OC 3 MM multimode OC 3 SM single mode Framing Mode Transceiver mode SDH or SONET For more information on column definitions see the
175. Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Receive Bytes Receive Frames Number of octets received without error Number of frames received without error 2 176 Transmit Bytes Transmit Frames Transmit Deferred Total Errors show csmacd Number of octets transmitted without error Number of frames transmitted without error Number of transmissions delayed for a short time because the network was busy Total number of errors of all types Sample Display show csmacd stats CSMACD Module I O Statistics Slot Conn Circuit 2 1 E21 5 1 E51 5 2 E52 3 entries in table Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Transmit Total Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Deferred Errors 208227053 404889 755536 2393 284 Al 30336 474 688894 1747 0 0 688958 1748 30400 475 0 0 system errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Memory Errors Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot
176. D Number MTU TE State Loopback 3 4 T 12 Disabled O 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750 2 370 show isdn bri enabled Displays circuits that a user has enabled In this case State is Down Init Not Present or Up For definitions of the columns in the table refer to the alerts command Sample Display show isdnbri enabled ISDN BRI Modules Enabled DSL Line BChannel Tmr Tmr Slot Conn State ID Number MTU TE State Loopback 3 4 uF 12 Init O 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750 I 32 Init 1 1301302 400 Activated Disabled 10 750 receive errors Displays receive error information for all circuits or for a specified circuit Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges from 1 to 4 Over Flows Number of data overflows anomalies received by the circuit Bad CRC Number of bad cyclic redundancy checks received Aborts Number of abort messages received Frames Too Long Number of frames received that were too long for processing They exceeded the standard ISDN frame length Sample Display show isdnbri receive errors ISDN BRI Module Receive Errors Over Frames Slot Conn Flows Bad CRC Aborts Too Long 1 12 0 0 0 0 1 32 0 0 0 0 2 371 Using Technician Interface Scripts sample lt period in secondss gt circuit lt drcuit name gt stats Displays the ISDN BRI statistics generated during a prescribed period default 10 seconds
177. DCM sets up the RMON Default Host table at every boot ENABLED or lets an RMON application set up the table DISABLED Some RMON network management applications expect the DCM to set up a host configuration Others enable and disable their own configurations during normal operations Note that the DCM allows only one host table RMONDfitMtrix Indicates whether DCM sets up the RMON Matrix Control table at every boot ENABLED or lets an RMON application set up the table DISABLED Some RMON network management applications expect the DCM to set up a matrix configuration Others enable and disable their own configurations during normal operations Note that the DCM allows only one matrix table 2 181 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show dcmmw base DCMMW Base Information Application State DCMMW Enabled BootOption ImgSaveMode CfgOption Cf gSaveMode LOCAL SAVE LOCAL WRITE RMONMaxHost RMONDf1ltHost RMONDf1tMtrix 500 Enabled Enabled dcm Displays information about the current state of the DCM board The table includes the following information DCM MemSize Indicates the size in bytes of the DCM board s Flash memory DCM HWRev Indicates the revision of the DCM firmware DCM AgntImage Ver Indicates the version of the Agent Image software RMON Hosts Configured Indicates the maximum number of hosts in the RMON Default Host table Default is 500 RMON Agent Indicates wh
178. DECnet services 2 183 to 2 196 enabling disabling 3 16 designated router decnet 2 188 OSPF 2 417 Diagnostics PROM revision date 2 283 Dial Backup 2 546 to 2 551 dialing pools backup 2 548 on demand 2 557 dial on demand 2 557 to 2 561 disable commands 1 3 list of 1 12 disable commands See enable disable commands disabled circuits all drivers 2 151 at 2 49 2 357 2 487 atm 2 59 atm line 2 87 atmdxi 2 72 aurp 2 99 autoneg 2 109 bridge 2 144 csmacd 2 172 decnet 2 189 dls 2 202 dslel 2 212 dvmrp 2 234 el 2 245 fddi 2 255 fr 2 270 hssi 2 288 igmp 2 296 ip 2 304 ipx 2 329 isdn bri 2 370 lapb 2 385 Inm 2 396 osi 2 409 ppp 2 445 rarp 2 473 sdlc 2 498 smds 2 502 span 2 515 sr 2 522 srspan 2 534 sync 2 123 2 567 tl 2 582 token 2 600 vines 2 613 Index 4 xb 2 637 xns 2 649 disabled lines packet 2 428 disabled serial ports console 2 164 Displays 2 370 DLSw protocol priority queues 2 468 to 2 471 DLSw subcommands 2 197 to 2 207 DS1E1 2 208 to 2 231 enabling disabling 3 18 DVMRP 2 232 to 2 241 3 19 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP 2 130 to 2 134 E E1 2 242 to 2 248 enabling disabling 3 20 El subcommands 2 242 to 2 248 ECHO protocol statistics 2 53 EGP subcommands 2 249 to 2 251 enable commands 1 3 list of 1 12 enable disable commands 3 1 to 3 59 appn 3 2 3 28 3 42 at 3 5 atm 3 6 3 8
179. DS1E1 lines enable disable dste1 lt option gt Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol base circuit enable disable dvmrp lt option gt E1 line circuit connector enable disable e1 lt option gt FDDI circuit connector enable disable fddi lt option gt Frame Relay line enable disable fr lt option gt File Transfer Protocol base enable disable ftp lt option gt HSSI circuit connector enable disable hssi lt option gt Internet Gateway Management Protocol base circuit enable disable igmp lt option gt Internet Protocol base circuit RIP enable disable ip lt option gt Internet Packet Exchange Protocol base circuit enable disable ipx lt option gt Interface redundancy ports enable disable iredund lt option gt Integrated Services Digital Network B Channel Bri Filter enable disable isdn lt option gt Integrated Services Digital Network BRI circuit connector enable disable isdnbri lt option gt Link Access Procedure Balanced line llindex enable disable lapb lt option gt continued 1 13 Using Technician Interface Scripts Table 1 2 Enabling and Disabling Services continued To Enable or Disable This Service Use This Command LAN Network manager base circuit enable disable Inm lt option gt NetBIOS over IP base interface enable disable nbip lt o
180. Display enable sync connector 3 2 SYNC connector 3 2 enabled 3 49 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable t1 Use the enable t1 lt option gt commands to enable T1 services on a Bay Networks router and the disable t1 lt option gt commands to disable T1 services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of T1 refer to Configuring Line Services The enable disable t1 commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit_name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable t1 circuit t1 21 Tl circuit T1 21 enabled connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable t1 connector 2 2 Tl connector 2 2 enabled 3 50 enable disable tcp enable disable tcp base Use the enable tcp lt option gt commands to enable Transmission Control Protocol TCP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable tcp lt option gt commands to disable TCP services For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of TCP refer to Configuring TCP Services The enable disable tcp command supports the lt base gt subcommand option as follows Enables or disables TCP at the base record thus enabling or disabling TCP services for the entire router Sample Display enable tcp base TCP base record enabled
181. E22 Disabled 60070 60070 Dynamic Internal 1 entries found 1 total entries enabled Displays all enabled circuits that contain an AppleTalk port A circuit is enabled if the disable enable parameter is set to enable and the state is up For definitions of the columns in the table see the circuit command Note Jf a circuit is down the rest of the table is blank Sample Display show at enabled Enabled AppleTalk Circuits Circuit State Network Address Zone List E23 Up 60130 60130 60130 34 External E24 Up 60100 60100 60100 34 Mac Apple S31 Down 32 Up 60020 60020 60020 138 WAN S34 Up 60120 60120 60120 1 PPP 5 entries found 5 total entries 2 49 Using Technician Interface Scripts filters zone circuit lt circuit name gt Displays information about the zone filters for all circuits or a specified circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the port is on AppleTalk Port Number of the port Port Filter Mode Zone filter type Include Exclude 5 X Include or 5 X Exclude Filtered Zones s Zones that are filtered for this port Total zones Number of zones that are filtered on this port Sample Display show at filters zone Circuit E31 AppleTalk Port 1 Port Filter Mode Include Filtered Zone s for this port MARKETING SALES Total zones for circuit E31 is 2 Circuit E21 AppleTalk Port 2 Port Filter
182. E34 0 0 0 0 4 entries in table HSSI Module Receive Errors Frames Slot Conn Circuit CRC Errors Overruns Aborts Too Long 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table TOKEN RING Receive Errors Line Burst Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors 2 1 021 0 0 1 entry in table 2 155 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats lt circuit name gt Displays the Input Output statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit Sample Display show circuits stats CSMACD Module I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Deferred Errors 3 1 E31 383755961 1689896 76728438 242760 592 15 3 2 E32 0 0 0 0 0 77438 3 3 E33 0 0 72749532 208962 0 dl 3 4 E34 69919188 199953 72770404 208060 20 1 4 entries in table HSSI Module I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table TOKEN RING I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit MAC Rx Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Frames Errors 2 1 O21 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 entry in table 2 156 system errors lt circuit name gt show circuits Displays the system error statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit Sample Display show circuits system errors CSMACD Module System Err
183. EE EAE tend E AEREE EE E erT 2 130 SHOW DOL erer Tar ETE E EA AE eee E AOAN E AA ee 2 135 show bridge niasa a a ikl ieee a ella eae 2 142 SHOW CHCU S saeia Need etree ta tee tA tees 2 148 SNOW CONSOIS aoran E E a EE 2 160 Show Gsmacd senaia eeri n EEEE aN aiid TNE A N AERE KAANTE NEE EE 2 167 SNOW CCIW dates Se anera KARA TASEEN ANAA KAA EENAA ENE ENTA 2 180 show GOGOL i aE A E A 2 183 Show dls seare eee E E a a a eat 2 197 SHOWS 164 uea E a T a ote en ea 2 208 Show CVIMI p aaao onaniaa Ete a AE ENa Gasol i 2 232 SNOW A EEE EE A tees A EAE O E E EEN 2 242 SNOW GOD rora S EA E NE AEE E AERES 2 249 vi SHOW NGO efiileets sec naasna ntaa aaa a a a aa a caveenphanbed aA Aaaa aaa Aaaa RASS 2 252 CANONA A E A E EEA E AT E E SET 2 268 ShOwW Tp E E A E A E E eaves 2 276 Show hardware tat cate a aa e a aa a AA eae at 2 279 SHOW NSS KAn e n a a teeta MAM tau a E E a A EE 2 286 show OMP anaa ie e ae ale ele geen lias ake eats eine ae A et 2 295 1010 dl Ome A eee A E A reer rerecercre retrace EE rer erecerctr creer repre EE E TE 2 299 SOW sO EE EE E sahatace E E AEE baceaht ee hassanabnea baal ey 2 323 SNOW redunde aea ce tice Atelier cat eter antl caliente tier the hates ba t 2 356 SHOW ISG EEE E EAE T Aauaaaaeten sida ne th Sov ead veers ore tiaey A Tee eee 2 359 SHOW isan DML enra a seer Oiva yeast co aeeeh cats ad aa aaa aada diaa aaa adiada diaaa 2 368 oaa FaN E E E E EPEE EEE ATE E AA E E ERS 2 375 SNOW LA e e a A E be aan N 2 384 SHOW MINIM
184. Entries found 2 362 show isdn local Lists the local phone number entry for each line in the line pool The display includes the following information Line Number Lists the line number Directory Number Lists the local phone number Subaddress Lists the subaddress number for the main phone number if one exists SPID Lists the service profile identifier SPID assigned by your ISDN provider SPID Status Indicates if the SPID was accepted or rejected by the called router Sample Display show isdn local 2 1 show isdn local ISDN Local Numbers Line Directory SPID Number Number Subaddress SPID Status 1301302 5084361011 Not used 1011 Accepted 1301302 5084361012 Not used 1012 Accepted Total of 2 ISDN Local Number s found 2 363 Using Technician Interface Scripts messages received Displays the number of messages the router received on each ISDN line The table displays the following information Slot DSL ID Setup Ind Connect Ind Disconn Ind Clear Ind Activ Ind Deactiv Ind Slot that has the ISDN interface Digital Subscriber Loop ID Setup indication received from the network Connect indication received from the network Disconnect indication received from the network Release indication received from the network Activation indication received from the ISDN driver Deactivation indication received from the ISDN driver Sample Display show isdn messages received
185. FDL and CRC information as well as frame and multiframe alignment information T1 transmit power level measured in length of cable connecting the router and associated T1 equipment ranges from 1 to 655 feet Status of Bipolar Eight Zero Substitution On or Off B8ZS maintains sufficient ones density requirements within the T1 data stream without disturbing data integrity Source of the T1 transmit clock as follows e Internal Clock is generated internally e Slave Clock is derived from the incoming data stream e Manual Jumpers on the T1 Link Module determine the clock source Internal or Slave Function assigned to each of 24 DSO channels timeslots The table shows these functions in a string of 24 characters one character per channel The characters and their meaning are as follows e Assigns the timeslot to the first HDLC controller Circuit 1 e 2 Assigns the timeslot to the second HDLC controller Circuit 2 e D Assigns the timeslot to data passthrough HDLC controller to HDLC controller e I Assigns the timeslot to idle e V Assigns the timeslot to voice passthrough HDLC controller to HDLC controller For example the sample display shows the Mini Dacs Configuration on circuit 21 as 111111111111111 L000 This string shows timeslots 16 assigned to the HDLC controller 1 and timeslots 17 24 idle 1 2 580 show t1 Sample Display show t1 aler
186. For example to display the IP submenu directly enter the following command at the Technician Interface prompt S menu ip Configuring Menus You can change any menu that the menu utility displays You can keep your changes for the current session only or you can save them permanently Using the menu control feature you can e Change the contents of a menu add delete and edit commands edit the menu title show commands instead of command titles e Load anew menu into the menu structure e Enter a Technician Interface command while using the menu utility To use the menu control feature enter m at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt The menu utility displays a list of options below the Main Menu as the example on the next page shows ND N FPF CO O O JN BD oO FF W NHN FPF DOD oO WO IN BD Oo FSF W NY FF APPN AURP BGP BOOTP Bridge Circuit Console CSMACD DCMMW DECnet DLS gJ lt Y FDDI Frame Relay Frame Relay Switch Add a command Clear all commands Delete command Edit command L NLS Repeater Using Technician Interface Scripts Main Menu x ETP Hardware HSSI IP IPX Interface Redundancy LAPB LN BNX MCT1 NetBIOS over IP Native Mode LAN 4 OSL OSPF Packet Capture PPP Protocol Priority RARP HUB Router Redundancy
187. For detailed information on Source Routing refer to Configuring Bridging Services The show sr command supports the following subcommand options alerts enabled base ip bridges stats circuit lt circuit name gt stats circuit lt circuit name gt configuration circuit lt circuit name gt version disabled alerts Displays Source Routing interfaces that have been enabled but are not currently up In this case Mode is always Enabled and State is always Down The table helps determine which Source Routing interfaces are not forwarding traffic 2 518 show sr Sample Display show sr alerts Source Routing SR Interface Information Circuit Mode State O31 Enabled Down 1 entries found base Displays global Source Routing information Base Record The base record controls Source Routing for the entire system The table indicates whether or not Source Routing is operating and includes the following information Protocol Name of the protocol in this case Source Routing Mode Mode of SR Enabled or Disabled State State of SR Up or Down Sample Display show sr base Source Routing SR Base Record Information Protocol Mode State Source Routing Enabled Up bridges Displays all Bay Networks Source Routing Bridge IDs used in the network A Source Routing Bridge ID ranges from 0x1 to OxE This display helps determine which bridges the system recogni
188. Freq Loss Conf Req Term Req Fail S31 203101 0 Opened 3 0 3 1000 2 10 32 203102 0 Stopped 3 0 3 1000 2 10 Special 203102 0 Starting 3 0 3 1000 2 10 Special 203103 0 Starting 3 0 3 1000 2 10 4 Entries found Note A circuit name of Special means that PPP created the circuit for negotiating addresses on a demand backup or bandwidth line Currently no dial circuit is active on the two lines marked Special They could be demand backup or bandwidth circuits For more information see the show sws command parameters Displays the parameters associated with the specific PPP connection The display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on Line LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Magic Number Number that the line uses MRU Maximum receive unit which specifies the MTU size to use for the line Local Auth Prot Local authorization protocol that the peer needs to use for the originator s side of the link Remote Auth Prot Remote authorization protocol that the peer wants the originating router to use on its side of the link 2 451 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ppp line param PPP Line Parameter Information Line LCP Local Remote Circuit LLIndex State Magic Number MRU Auth Prot Auth Prot S3
189. ID of the next hop node to which packets for the destination are forwarded Routing mechanism through which the router obtained this routing information is one of the following e Local From the network that the router is attached to e NetMgmt Through a network management application e RIP Through the Routing Information Protocol Number of seconds since the router last updated or verified this route The interpretation of too old depends upon the source of the routing information Primary routing metric for this route depends on the routing method displayed under Method A value of 1 means that this route is unreachable Sample Display show xns routes XNS Rou ting Table Destina tion Next Hop Host Method Age Metric 0x00000 0x00000 0x00000 0x00000 0x00000 5 Routes in table 001 0x0000A2010203 Local 002 0x0000A2010203 Local 003 0x0000A2010203 Local 005 0x0000A2030303 Local 006 0x0000A2020202 Local oo mone ho PwWRRPR 2 651 Using Technician Interface Scripts static routes stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays all configured XNS static routes The table includes the following information XNS Address Nexthop Interface Nexthop ID Metric State Destination network address of this route The value 0 0 0 0 indicates a default route Configured network address of the local interface through which the router reaches the next hop Host ide
190. Index Line identifier and the lower layer index identifier Circuit Circuit number for this LAPB subsystem associated with the driver or application running underneath it Station Type Station type for this interface DTE DCE or DXE unassigned role DXE indicates the instance is enabled but negotiation has not yet occurred Network Type Network type GOSIP or NET2 Sample Display show lapb disabled LAPB Disabled Table Line LLIndex Circuit Station Type Network Type Total entries 0 2 385 Using Technician Interface Scripts enabled Displays LAPB lines that are configured and enabled For definitions of column headings see the disabled command Sample Display show lapb enabled LAPB Enabled Table Line LLIndex Circuit Station Type Network Type 201101 0 s11 DCE NET2 Total entries 1 lines lt ine gt lt line llindex gt Displays information about LAPB lines for all configured lines or for a specified line lt line gt l lt line llindex gt Limits the display to the specified line or line and line index The table includes the following information Line LLIndex Line identifier and the lower layer index identifier Circuit Circuit number for this LAPB subsystem associated with the driver or application running underneath it Station Type Station type for this interface DTE DCE or DXE unassigned role DXE indicates that the instance is enabled but that negoti
191. L WAN Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number 3 1 H31 Up 00 00 A2 03 C1 C3 1 4495 WF STANDARD 703101 1 entry in table disabled Displays HSSI circuits that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In this case State is Disabled 2 288 show hssi Sample Display show hssi disabled HSSI Modules Disabled BOF L WAN Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number Found 0 matches out of 1 entry in table enabled Displays HSSI modules that a user has manually enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show hssi enabled HSSI Modules Enabled BOF L WAN Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number 3 1 H31 Up 00 00 A2 03 C1 C3 1 4495 WF STANDARD 703101 Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line CRC Errors Number of frames received with CRC errors 2 289 Using Technician Interface Scripts Overrun Errors Number of frames received that were aborted due to the memory bandwidth of the FIFO buffer overrunning
192. Member ID Role Good IF Good RES Priority 1 Secondary 2 0 1 2 Primary 2 0 1 sonmp Displays the status of sonmp The table includes the following information Circuit name Circuit number Transmit count Receive count Receive error count The name of the circuit The circuit number representing the circuit name in the MIB The number of frames transmitted on the circuit The number of frames received on the circuit The number of error frames received on the circuit 2 490 Sample Display show rredund sonmp Router Redundancy SON P Stats show rredund Circuit Circuit Transmit Receiv Receive Error ame Number Count Count Count E41 J 0 0 0 E42 2 0 0 0 2 Entries found version Displays the current version and modification date of the rredund bat script Sample Display show rredund version rredund bat Version 1 18 2 1 Date 1 17 95 2 491 Using Technician Interface Scripts show rsc The show rsc lt option gt commands display information about managed line resources The Bay Networks Line Resource Manager LRM lets you define a certain percentage of bandwidth as reservable resources on lines configured with the ST2 protocol ST2 applications that require a guaranteed quality of service can negotiate for the reservable bandwidth Refer to Configuring Line Services for detailed information about LRM The show rsc command supports the following subcom
193. Mode Deny Filtered Zone s for this port MARKET ING SALES 2 50 show at Total zones for circuit E21 1572 Circuit E32 AppleTalk Port 3 Port Filter Mode 5 x series Include Filtered Zone s for this port MARKETING Total zones for circuit E32 TSi routes nets find lt netlow gt lt nethigh gt zones Displays information from the AppleTalk routing table The table receives routes through the AppleTalk Routing Table Maintenance Protocol RTMP or from AppleTalk interfaces find lt netlow gt lt nethigh gt Displays information about network address ranges that fall within the specified start and end values for example 60401 60406 zones Displays an extended format of the routing table which adds the zone list for each network range The table includes the following information Network Start and end numbers of the destination network range These numbers are in the range of 1 through 65279 A range for example 60020 60020 indicates the network is an extended network A single number indicates the network is nonextended Hop Number of hops to the destination network range Next Hop Network address of the router that is the next hop toward the destination network range State State of the network Good Suspect Bad 0 going bad or Bad 1 completely bad 2 51 Using Technician Interface Scripts Port Physical port that serves as the source of the route An lt A
194. N services on a Bay Networks router and the disable isdn lt option gt commands to disable ISDN services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of ISDN refer to Configuring Dial Services The enable disable isdn commands support the following subcommand options bchannel lt line index gt filter lt slot gt bri bchannel lt ine index gt Enables or disables a specific ISDN B Channel line Sample Display enable isdn bch lt line index gt ISDN B Channel lt line index gt enabled bri Note See enable disable isdn bri 3 29 Using Technician Interface Scripts filter lt s ot gt Enables or disables a specific ISDN filter Sample Display enable isdn filter lt slot gt Incoming Filter on Slot lt slot gt is now ON 3 30 enable disable isdn bri enable disable isdn bri Use the enable isdn bri lt option gt commands to enable Integrated Services Digital Network Basic Rate Interface ISDN BRI services on a Bay Networks router and the disable isdn bri lt option gt commands to disable ISDN BRI services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of ISDN BRI refer to Configuring Dial Services The enable disable isdn bri commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit_name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables an ISDN circuit Sample Di
195. N s Active Packets Packets RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX 2 1 4 0 1 1 2 0 0 1 Stats Entries version Displays the current version and the modification date of the x25 bat script Sample Display show x25 version X25 bat Version 1 9 Date 10 31 94 virtual circuit vc lt s ot connector circuit name gt Displays all X 25 virtual circuits currently in use and their statistics or displays a specified virtual circuit The table includes the following information Line Line number for this virtual circuit LCN Logical channel number for this virtual circuit VC Circuit Virtual circuit number selected from a user specified range of virtual circuit numbers RX Packets Number of data packets received on this line since starting up TX Packets Number of data packets transmitted on this line since starting up Dropped Packets Number of application or redirector packets dropped Resets RX TX Number of reset packets sent and received on this line 2 633 Using Technician Interface Scripts Rejects RX TX Number of reject packets sent and received on this line Intrpts RX TX Number of interrupt packets sent and received on this line Sample Display show x25 vc X 25 Virtual Circuit Statistics VC RX TX Dropped Resets Rejects Intrpts Line LCN Circuit Packets Packets Packets RX TX RX TX RX TX Zio 4 2 420 420 0 0 0 0 1 VC Entries 2 634 show xb alerts show xb The show xb lt option g
196. NES server ID gt find lt VINES network address pattern gt lt VINES ID address pattern gt Displays VINES neighbor table information Neighbor entries result from RTP packets received from clients and servers directly adjacent to the router You can use the following options with the neighbors command lt VINES network address gt Limits the display to neighbors of a specific network lt VINES network address gt Limits the display to a specific neighbor lt VINES server ID gt find lt vines network address pattern gt Limits the display to neighbors whose network address matches the given network pattern find lt network ID address pattern gt Limits the display to neighbors whose network ID matches the given ID pattern 2 614 show vines The table includes the following fields Network ID Network identifier of this neighbor Subnet ID Subnetwork identifier of this neighbor Type Type of node server or client WorkStat Circuit Name of the circuit connected to this neighbor Cost Cost for reaching this neighbor Remote Hw Address Media Access Control address of the remote system neighbor Nbr State Current state of NBR Init initializing Full Request Change Request or Up Nbr Sequence Num NBR s sequence number Sample Display show vines neighbors VINI ES Neighbors Network Subnet Nbr Nbr ID ID Type Circuit Cost Remote Hw Address State Sequence Num routes lt V NES network add
197. P Point to Point interface e BCAST Broadcast network e NBMA Non Broadcast Multi Access network e DFLT Not configured appropriately Point to multipoint is needed State of the interface as follows e Down Interface is not operational e Waiting Interface is waiting e P to P Interface is in Point to Point state occurs when the type is Point to Point e DR Router is the Designated Router on this network e BackupDR Router is the Backup Designated Router on this network e DR Other Router is neither the DR nor the BDR on this network Cost of using this interface Router s priority on this interface used in multi access networks Broadcast or NBMA for electing the designated router If the value is 0 this router is not eligible to become the designated router on this network Two IP addresses for each interface The first address is the IP address of the Designated Router on the network The second address is the IP address of the Backup Designated Router on this network Point to Point links do not contain a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router 2 417 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ospf interface OSPF Interfaces Designated DR IP Address Area Id Type State Metric Prioity Backup DR 192 32 174 65 0 0 0 0 PtoP P to P 10 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 192 32 174 97 0 0 0 0 BCAST BackupDR 1 1 192 32 174 98 192 32 174 97 Isdb lt a
198. Platforms The show ping command supports the following subcommand options config sourceroutes history version sourceroutes config Displays configuration information about the Ping MIB service IP Address IP addresses that the router is configured to ping Size Number of bytes of data that the router is configured to send each time it pings an IP address Retry Number of successive times that the router is configured to repeat a ping of an IP address Timeout Length of time in seconds after which the router is configured to time out an unsuccessful ping of an IP address Status Status of the ping attempt for example initializing done busy or one of a number of error messages 2 431 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ping config IP Address Size Retry Timeout Status 192 32 243 83 16 10 5 DONE 192 32 243 82 16 20 5 DONE 192 32 6 95 16 5 5 DONE 192 32 92 2 16 10 5 DONE 192 32 243 81 16 1 5 INIT history Displays the following information about each attempt to ping an IP address Received Dropped Round Trip Time Minimum Round Trip Time Maximum Round Trip Time Average Round Trip Time Number of times the router received an acknowledgment from the IP address Number of times the router did not receive an acknowledgment from the IP address Length of time in milliseconds it took the router to ping the IP address and receive an acknowledg
199. SDLC Yes DLCO0004 S54 Active 4 SDLC Yes DLCO0006 E23 11c2 Active 6 LLC TB Yes DLCO0008 E24 11c2 Active 8 LLC TB Yes DLCO0010 O31 11c2 Active 10 LLC SRB Yes 7 Entries diur lu lt LU name gt Displays the status of all the DLUR LUs or a specific DLUR LU LU PU DLUS NAU Address PLU Logical Unit name Physical Unit name with up to 8 characters Fully qualified Dependent LU Server name containing 3 to 17 characters Network Addressable Unit address Primary LU name 2 14 show appn Sample Display show appn dlur lu APPN DLUR LUs NAU LU PU DLUS Address PLU LO000C22 PU188004 USWFLTO1 S156CDRM 2 L0000C23 PU188004 USWFLT0O1 S156CDRM 3 2 Entries diur pu lt LU name gt Displays the status of all the DLUR PUs or a specific DLUR PU PU Physical Unit name with up to 8 characters Active DLUS Displays the fully qualified name of the active DLUS The name can contain from 3 to 17 characters Primary DLUS Displays the fully qualified primary Dependent Logical Unit Server name The name can contain from 3 to 17 characters Backup DLUS Displays the fully qualified backup Dependent Logical Unit Server name The name can contain from 3 to 17 characters Sample Display show appn dlur pu APPN DLUR PUs PU Active DLUS Primary DLUS Backup DLUS PU188004 USWFLTO1 S156CDRM USWFLTO1 S156CDRM USWFLT0O1 S157CDRM 1 Entry 2 15 Using Technician Interface Scripts diu
200. SYNC circuits that a user has manually enabled Sample Display show bisync enabled BISYNC Modules Enabled Line Media Char Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type ode 1 1 S11 Up 01501101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table For column definitions see the alerts command 2 123 Using Technician Interface Scripts interrupt errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays interrupt errors in character reception The BISYNC driver uses an interrupt procedure to check for control characters in the information stream The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line BCZero Number of error situations where no characters appear in the buffer BCSix Number of error situations where six or more bytes of data were received BCInvalid Number of error situations where the fifth byte of information is not a control character BCErrors Total number of errors sum of BCZero BCSix and BCInvalid values Sample Display show bisync interrupt BISYNC Module Interrupt Errors Slot Conn Circuit BCZero BCSix BCInvalid BCErrors 1 1 S11 0 0 0 0 1 entry in table 2 124 show bisync receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit B
201. Services The enable disable bridge commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables Bridging services on the router Sample Display enable bridge base BRIDGE base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable bridge circuit e21 BRIDGE Circuit e21 enabled 3 12 enable disable circuits enable disable circuits Use the enable circuits lt option gt commands to enable a driver circuit on a Bay Networks router and the disable circuits lt option gt commands to disable a driver circuit You can enable or disable CSMA CD DS1E1 E1 FDDI HSSI Synchronous T1 and Token Ring circuits For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of drivers refer to Configuring Line Services The enable disable circuits command supports the lt circuit_name gt subcommand option as follows lt circuit_name gt The name of the circuit that you want to enable or disable Sample Display enable circuit e21 CSMACD circuit E21 enabled 3 13 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable csmacd Use the enable csmacd lt option gt commands to enable Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection CSMA CD services on a Bay Networks router and the disable csmacd lt option gt commands to disable CSMA CD services For more information abo
202. Switched Services Bandwidth Circuit Information Primary Bandwidth Bandwidth Forced Forced Circuit Pool Mode Protocol Dial TakeDown S51 1 Monitor PPP Disabled Disabled Total of 1 Bandwidth Circuits 2 552 show sws bandwidth pool lt poo ID gt lt circuit name gt Displays detailed line information for each line in each pool You can display information about all pools a specific pool and or a specific circuit in the specified pool The display includes the following information Circuit Information Primary Circuit Bandwidth Mode Inactivity Time Sec Outgoing Phone Number Extension Phone Type Identifies the primary circuit Operating mode of the router as follows e Monitor designates the router as the congestion monitor for the primary line e Non monitor indicates that the router does not monitor congestion on the primary line Number of seconds the router waits without receiving data across the line before bringing down the connection Telephone number of the remote router Extension line for a main telephone number Indicates whether the phone type is Dial or ISDN Synchronous Line Information Slot Num Port Num Line State Identifies the slot where this line resides Identifies the port where the line connects State of the line which can be one of the following e Down Line is not operational e DSR Wait External equipment such as a modem DSU or CSU
203. T CONFIGURE JOIN INITIAL_REG BUSCONNECT OPERATIONAL Configured ATM address of the LAN Emulation Server Configured ATM address of the LAN Emulation Configuration Server Emulation Client Table Cct Circuit Name LAN Name LAN Type State 5 ATMSR_1405101 5 UNSPECIFIED LECSCONNECT LES ATM addr 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 9A LECS A M addr 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 9A Total entries 1 learp lt circuit name gt Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client MAC to ATM address resolution protocol ARP Cache information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table displays the following information Cct Circuit Name IsRemote Circuit number of the LEC Circuit name that Site Manager assigned Indicates whether the MAC address belongs to a remote client 2 377 Using Technician Interface Scripts Entry Type Status VPI VCI MAC Address ATM Address Indicates how this table entry was created LEARNED LEARNED CTRL LEARNED DATA STATIC VOL STATIC NONVOL OTHER In the router s case the LEC will always learn this entry via the Control VCC the entry type will never be STATIC Row status ENABLE or DISABLE In the router s case the status will always be ENABLE Virtual Path Interface VPD that will be used for this MAC address Virtual Channel Interface VCI that will be used for this MA
204. Terminal Endpoint state of the S T interface Inactive 1 Sensing 2 Deactivated 3 Await Signal 4 Identify Input 5 Synchronized 6 Activated 7 Lost Framing 8 Indicates whether B Channel Loopback is enabled Used for conformance testing Maximum amount of time in seconds the router has to activate the S T interface Amount of time in milliseconds the router waits for the line to recover from a deactivated state Sample Display show isdnbri alerts ISDN BRI Modules on Alert DSL Line BChannel Tmr Tmr Slot Conn State ID Number MTU TE State Loopback 3 4 oF 12 Init 0 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750 1 32 Init 1 1301302 400 Activated Disabled 10 750 2 369 Using Technician Interface Scripts base Displays base record information for all ISDN BRI circuits or for a specified circuit For definitions of the columns in the table refer to the alerts command Sample Display show isdnbri base ISDN BRI Modules DSL Line BChannel Tmr Tmr Slot Conn State ID Number MTU TE State Loopback 3 4 1 12 Init O 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750 1 32 Init 1 1301302 400 Activated Disabled 10 750 disabled Displays the circuits that a user has manually disabled In this case State is Disabled For definitions of the columns in the table refer to the alerts command Sample Display show isdnbri disabled ISDN BRI Modules Disabled DSL Line BChannel Tmr Tmr Slot Conn State I
205. The first two bytes of the RIF are the routing control field and the remainder is the route indicator which consists of ring bridge pairs The first three nibbles of the route indicator are the ring ID and the last nibble is the bridge ID Use this information to identify the stations that the router has heard from 2 639 Using Technician Interface Scripts saps Sample Display show xb rifs Translation Bridge XB Learned RIFs MAC Address RIF 00 00 84 00 88 80 0x0810 OxFFEA 0x101A 0x0030 1 entries found Displays the SAPs that the Translation Bridge will convert The SAP value can range from 0x00 to OxFF Use this display to determine which packets get filtered and which get converted Sample Display show xb saps Translation Bridge XB SAPS 0x00 0x04 0x08 0x0C OxFO OxFC 6 entries found sr circuit lt circuit name gt Displays all Source Routing interfaces that are participating in the Translation Bridge You can also display only a specified circuit Mode is Enabled or Disabled and State is Down or Up Use this display to identify the Source Route interfaces that are present and part of the Translation Bridge 2 640 Sample Display show xb sr circuit 031 Source Routing Circuits Circuit Mode State O31 Enabled Up 1 entries found sr stats circuit lt circuit name gt show xb Displays statistical information about traffic flowing through the Translati
206. This command can be used for all circuits default or for a selected circuit Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges from 1 to 4 Tx Frames Number of frames the router transmits Rx Frames Number of frames the router receives Rx Lack of Resources Number of times there is a lack of resources for received frames Due to a heavy traffic load the D channel device driver could not find a buffer in which to receive a D channel frame Tx Lack of Resources Number of times there is a lack of resources for transmitted frames The driver received more than seven frames at once for transmission Sample Display show isdnbri sample ISDN BRI Sampled Data over 10 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Frames Frames Resources Resources i 12 0 0 0 if 32 0 0 0 Displays I O statistics for all ISDN BRI circuits or for a specific circuit Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges from 1 to 4 Receive Bytes Number of bytes the router receives over the circuit Receive Frames Number of frames the router receives over the circuit 2 372 show isdn bri Transmit Bytes Number of bytes the router transmits over the circuit Transmit Frames Number of frames the router transmits Total Errors Number of total errors for the circuit Sample Display show isdnbri stats ISDN BRI Module I O Statistics Receiv Re
207. Triggered updates to routers in neighboring networks 2 340 show ipx In Packets Number of SAP packets received on this interface Out Packets Number of SAP packets sent out this interface Bad Packets Number of bad SAP packets received on this interface Sample Display show ipx sap IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information Circuit SAP In Out A11 Bad Index Interfac Stat Mode Packets Packets Packets 1 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 2 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 3 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 4 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 5 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 6 0x2E025290 Up Lstn Sply 0 13587 0 7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn Sply 13313 1 0 8 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 SAP Interfaces configured 2 341 Using Technician Interface Scripts sap alerts Displays IPX SAP interfaces whose Disable Enable parameter conflicts with their state For column definitions see the sap command Sample Display show ipx sap alerts IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information Alerts Circuit SAP In Out Bad Index Interfac Stat Mode Packets Packets Packets 1 one Disabled Lstn Sply 0 0 0 2 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 3 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 4 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 5 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 SAP Interfaces configured sap disabled Displays IPX SAP interfaces that are disabled For column definitions see the sap command Sa
208. URP gt in this column means that the router learned this route through the AppleTalk Update based Routing Protocol Zone List Name of the zone associated with this network The table includes this column when you include the zones option on the command line If the zone name is more than 32 characters the script displays as much of the name as possible followed by ellipses Sample Display show at routes AppleTalk Routing Table Network Hop Next Hop State Port 60020 60020 1 205 121 051 Good lt AURP gt 60040 60040 2 205 1 10 2 Good lt AURP gt 60050 60050 2 20 9e1 104 1 Good lt AURP gt 60400 60400 0 60400 96 Good E21 60401 1 60040 169 Good E32 60404 2 205 1 10 1 Good lt AURP gt 60410 3 205 1 10 2 Good lt AURP gt 7 total entries Sample Display show at nets find 60401 60404 AppleTalk Routing Table Network Hop Next Hop State Port 60401 1 60040 169 Good E32 60404 2 205 1 10 1 Good lt AURP gt 2 total entries 2 52 show at Sample Display show at routes zones Network Hop Next Hop State Port Zone List 60020 60020 1 205 1 10 1 Good lt AURP gt WAN 60080 60081 1 60090 4 Suspect F41 Internal Token 60090 60090 O 60090 61 Good F41 Internal 60100 60100 1 205 1 10 1 Good lt AURP gt Internal Mac Apple 60130 60130 1 205 1 10 1 Good lt AURP gt External 60401 I 2OS eL OL Good lt AURP gt Building 3 Floor 2 Sec 60403 2 205 1 10 1 Good lt AURP gt LT Cr
209. USWELTO1 DURHAM SWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 1133 128 128 1 O 128 128 128 USWELTO1 DURHAM SWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 2 133 128 128 1 O 128 128 128 USWFLT0O1 DURHAM SWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 USWFLTO1 DURHAM SWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 4 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 USWELTO1 DURHAM SWFLTO1 WF3174A 21 133 128 128 1 O 128 128 128 USWELTO1 ANAHEIM USWELTO1 DURHAM 1133 128 128 i O 128 128 128 USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM USWEFLTO1 DURHAM 2 133 128 128 1 O 128 128 128 USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM SWFLTO1 DURHAM 3 0 0 0 I 0 0 0 0 USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM SWFLTO1 WFAS400 21 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 USWFLTO1 WF3174A USWELTO1 DURHAM 21 68 0 0 32 113 0 0 0 12 Entries topology tg status lt owner name gt Displays transmission group topology information for all transmission group owners or for a specific transmission group owner TG Owner TG Destination TG Num FRSN RSN Fully qualified name for the originating node for this transmission group The format is lt network ID gt lt CP name gt Fully qualified network name for the destination node for this transmission group Number associated with this transmission group Range is 0 to 255 Flow Reduction Sequence Numbers are associated with Topology Database Updates TDUs and are unique only within each APPN network node This FRSN indicates the last time this resource was updated at this node Current owning node s Resource Sequence Number for this resource 2 39 Using Technician Interface Scripts Up Indicates whether the transmission group is
210. Using Technician Interface Scripts Router Software Version 10 0 Site Manager Software Version 4 0 Software Version BNX 6 0 Site Manager Software Version BNX 6 0 Part No 112943 Rev A January 1996 a Bay Networks Bay Networks 4401 Great America Parkway 8 Federal Street Santa Clara CA 95054 Billerica MA 01821 Copyright 1988 1996 Bay Networks Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA January 1996 The information in this document is subject to change without notice The statements configurations technical data and recommendations in this document are believed to be accurate and reliable but are presented without express or implied warranty Users must take full responsibility for their applications of any products specified in this document The information in this document is proprietary to Bay Networks Inc The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement and may only be used in accordance with the terms of that license A summary of the Software License is included in this document Restricted Rights Legend Use duplication or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph c 1 Gi of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 227 7013 Notice for All Other Executive Agencies Notwithstanding any other license agreement that may pertain to or accompany the delivery of this computer software t
211. WCP virtual circuits This command displays the following information Line Number LLIndex Cct Name Vc Id Compression State Decompression State Compression Mode History Size Line number for the physical WCP port Logical line index Most lines have an LLIndex of 0 Circuit name Virtual circuit ID Virtual circuit compression state Data operational state Disabled Disconnected Init initializing or Rexmit_Nak retransmit ting Virtual circuit decompression state Data Disabled Disconnected Init initializing Rexmit Reset Connecting Disconnecting Compression mode for this virtual circuit CPC Continuous Packet Compression or PPC Packet by Packet Compression History size for this virtual circuit 32 KB or 8 KB 2 622 show wcp Sample Display show wcp vcs WCP Virtual Circuit Entries Line Ve Compression Decompression Compression History Number LLIndex Cct Name Id State State Mode Size 201301 0 Demand 2 0 Data Data CPC 32K 1 WCP virtual circuit s Compression Ratio Decompression Ratio Compressor In Compressor Out Decompressor In Decompressor Out CPC Packets Transmitted CPC Packets Received PPC Packets Transmitted PPC Packets Received configured stats errors lt ine number llindex circuit number VC ID gt Compressor In divided by Compressor Out Compressor Out divided by Compressor In Number of bytes inputed into the compression facility Numbe
212. Yellow Red BiPolar Alarms Carrier Alarms Slot Conn Circuit Violtns Recvd Loss Recvd 2 1 T1 21 396177689 0 1 3 2 2 TL 22 396063622 0 4 0 2 entries in table 2 585 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show t1 line errors circuit t1 21 T1 Module Line Errors Yellow Red BiPolar Alarms Carrier Alarms Slot Conn Circuit Violtns Recvd Loss Recvd 2 T TI 21 396183809 0 1 3 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table version Displays the current version number and modification date for the t bat script Sample Display show t1 version tl bat Version 1 7 Date 11 1 94 2 586 show tcp show tcp base The show tcp lt option gt commands display information about the Transmission Control Protocol TCP For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of TCP refer to Configuring TCP Services The show tcp command supports the following subcommand options base stats configuration version connections Displays the base record for TCP The base record controls TCP for the entire system The table includes the name of the protocol its state and the number of TCP connections State is Down Init initializing Not Present not yet loaded or Up Sample Display show tcp base TCP Base Information 2 587 Using Technician Interface Scripts configuration Displays the TCP configuration parameters The table includes the following informa
213. a aa aaa aa aai aa Eatu aT 3 55 enable disable WCP eet ieena E eane RE EE E ESAI E ES E ERATES 3 56 enable disable X25 E E EE E AA 3 57 eniable GISADle XD EPPES EE E LEEA E EE cout 3 58 Enable disable XnS meii a aaa aa aa A T e ats 3 59 Appendix A Packet Configuration config packet line lt line _number gt cceeeceeeeee cence eeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeecaeeeeeaaeeseeeeetaeetsaes config packet load lt slot gt config packet unload lt slot gt Index Tables Table 1 1 Displaying Service Information ccccccceeesseeeeeeesseeeeeeeseeeeseesnaeeeeeseaas 1 8 Table 1 2 Enabling and Disabling Services ccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaeeeeeneeess 1 12 xi About This Guide Use this guide if you are responsible for monitoring and maintaining the performance of Bay Networks routers and BNX platforms using the Bay Networks Technician Interface Refer to this guide for An overview of Technician Interface scripts Instructions on how to Load scripts Set up scripts Use script commands Use the menu utility Instructions on how to display Show a snapshot or monitor via periodic polling statistical and configuration information about router services Instructions on how to enable or disable router or BNX services Instructions on how to configure the Packet Capture utility on the router or BNX platform xiii Using Technician Interface Scripts Software Suites Aud
214. able stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the total number of bytes and frames received and transmitted for the specified circuit or for all circuits In addition displays the total number of errors For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line stats ATM Module I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 4 1 A41 0 0 2190795656 42405432 16 5 TASI 0 0 1793648210 86273694 3 2 entries in table Sample Display show atm line stats circuit A51 ATM Module I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 5 1 A51 0 0 1793648210 86273694 3 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 93 Using Technician Interface Scripts transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the total number of full errors transmitted and the total number of Segmentation and Reassembly SAR errors for the specified circuit or for all circuits For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line transmit errors ATM Module Transmit Errors Xmt Q Full SAR Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors 4 1 A41 0 0 5 1 A51 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show atm line transmit errors circuit A51 ATM Module Transmit Errors Xmt Q Full SAR Slot Conn
215. able includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Rx Frames Tx Frames Rx Lack of Resources Tx Lack of Resources Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of frames received Number of frames transmitted Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of system resources for example buffers Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of system resources for example buffers 2 175 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show csmacd sample CSMACD Sampled Data over 10 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 2 1 E21 401 3 0 0 5 1 E51 2 2 0 0 5 2 E52 2 2 0 0 3 entries in table Sample Display show csmacd sample 5 circuit E51 CSMACD Sampled Data over 5 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 5 1 E51 1 1 0 0 Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays transmission and receive statistical information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model
216. abled version remote 2 484 base show rredund Displays the base record information for router redundancy The base record controls router redundancy for the entire system The table includes the following information State Role Group ID Member ID Priority Hello Timer Bid Duration Timeout Counter Primary cfg file Role Switch Delay State of the protocol States include the following Up Down Init initializing and bidding Not Pres enabled but not yet started Wait SOS Reply waiting for a reply to an SOS PDU Wait Pri Gdby waiting for a Primary Good bye PDU Revd Pri Gdby received a Primary Good bye PDU Wait New Pri Waiting for a New Primary PDU Delay Bidding Role of the router Primary or Secondary Identification number of this router redundancy group Identification number of this member of the group This router s priority to become the primary router if the current primary router fails A high value indicates higher priority The configured time interval in seconds between sending Hello protocol data units PDUs The amount of time in seconds for the bidding period that determines which router in the group becomes the primary router The number of Hello timer periods when the secondary routers do not receive a Hello PDU from the primary router before they begin to choose a new primary router The name of the primary configuration file the router uses when it boot
217. about Source Route Spanning Tree Bridge services For detailed information about the Spanning Tree algorithm and parameters refer to Configuring Bridging Services The show srspan command supports the following subcommand options alerts disabled base enabled circuits lt circuit name gt stats configuration version configuration circuits lt circuit name gt alerts Displays all enabled circuits that are not up Use this display to identify the ports that are not working The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this port is on State Current state of the port as the Source Route Spanning Tree Protocol application defined it which in this case is Port Disabled Designated Root Unique Bridge ID recorded as the root in the Configuration BPDUs The Designated Bridge for the segment to which this port is attached transmits this value Designated Port Port Identifier on the Designated Bridge for this port s segment 2 530 base Sample Display show srspan alerts Source Route Spanning Tree Circuit Alert Information show srspan Designated Circuit State Designated Root Port E51 E TEDA oeoa 00000000000 g 32770 S31 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32771 S41 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32772 3 Entries found Displays source route Spanning Tree global parameters in the base record The table includes the following information
218. about the router s memory buffers drivers and configured protocols the command name as long as the abbreviation uniquely identifies the command Note You can abbreviate command names using the first three characters of gt To establish the search path used to find the script files use the run setpath command It defines the aliases that integrate the scripts into the Technician Interface command set The setpath command uses the setpath bat script and is explained in the Setting Up Scripts section Using Technician Interface Scripts Loading bat and mnu Scripts You can use the Bay Networks implementation of File Transfer Protocol FTP to load bat version scripts and mnu script menu files into a memory card on the router FTP enables you to load more than one script at a time Before you can load any scripts ensure that you have enabled the Bay Networks FTP service on the target router The Configuring TCP Services guide contains instructions on how to configure FTP using Site Manager software To load all the bat scripts and mnu menu files located in a directory on a Unix workstation change to that directory using the cd command Then issue the following commands at your workstation s command line ftp lt router IP address gt Name Manager Password lt Jechnician_Interface_password gt ftp gt cd lt router volume gt ftp gt bin ftp gt prompt ftp gt mput bat ftp gt mput mnu
219. ace Scripts Sample Display show csmacd collisions CSMACD Module Collision Information Single Multiple Late Late Collision Collision Excessive Collision Collision Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Collisions Transmit Receive 2 1 E21 0 0 0 0 0 5 1 E51 0 0 0 0 0 5 2 E52 0 0 0 0 0 3 entries in table disabled Displays the circuits that a user has manually disabled In this case State is Disabled For definitions of the columns in the table refer to the alerts command Sample Display show csmacd disabled CSMACD Modules Disabled BOFL HW Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed 1 11 E111 Disabled 00 00 A2 0D 73 37 5 1518 Disabled 100 Mbps Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table enabled Displays circuits that a user has enabled In this case State is Down Init Not Present or Up For definitions of the columns in the table refer to the alerts command 2 172 Sample Display CSMACD Modules show csmacd show csmacd enabled Enabled BOFL HW Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed 2 1 E21 Up 00 00 A2 00 DC A9 5 1518 Disabled 10Mbps 5 1 ESL Up 00 00 A2 0B 66 AF 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps 5 2 E52 Up 00 00 A2 0B 66 B0 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps Found 3 matches out of 3 entries in table hwfilters Displays status and statistical information about the hardware filters in use if any The table includes the following in
220. ace Scripts circuits lt circuit name gt Displays source route Spanning Tree circuit information For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show srspan circuit Source Route Spanning Tree Circuit Information Designated Circuit State Designated Root Port S21 g Forwarding g Re T g 32769 E51 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32770 S31 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32771 S41 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32772 4 Total entries disabled Displays source route Spanning Tree circuits that are disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show srspan disabled Source Route Spanning Tree Disabled Circuit Information Designated Circuit State Designated Root Port 5 Port Disabled 0 1 Entries found 2 534 enabled stats show srspan Displays source route Spanning Tree circuits that are currently enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show srspan enabled Source Route Spanning Tree Enabled Circuit Information Circuit State Designated Designated Root Port S21 Forwarding 1 Entries found 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32769 Displays source route Spanning Tree traffic statistics The table includes the following information Circuit Rx Packets Tx Packets Name of the circuit this port is o
221. ackets AntiExp Packets Reset Packets Reset Packets Transmitted Received Transmitted Received 0 0 0 0 Rexmit Reqs RexmitReqs RexmitNaks RexmitNaks Transmitted Received Transmitted Received 0 0 0 0 DataOutOfSeq RexmitOutOfSeq RexmitTimeouts ExceededKs 0 0 0 0 1 Entry Sample Display show wcp stats errors 201301 0 2 0 WCP Error Statistics Line Vc Compression Decompression Number LLIndex Circuit Id Ratio Ratio 201301 0 Demand 2 0 10 0 1 Je TeL AntiExp Packets Antil Reset Packets Exp Packets Reset Packets Transmitted Received Transmitted Received 0 0 P g g 0 Rexmit Reqs RexmitReqs RexmitNaks RexmitNaks Transmitted Received Transmitted Received 0 0 0 0 DataOutOfSeq RexmitOutOfSeq RexmitTimeouts ExceededKs g 0 g g 0 o 7 0 1 Entry 2 625 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the current version number and date of the wcp bat script Sample Display show wcp version WCP bat Version 1 5 Date 1 17 95 2 626 show x25 show x25 alerts The show x25 lt option gt commands display information about X 25 services For complete information about the Bay Networks implementation of X 25 services refer to Configuring X 25 Services The show x25 command supports the following subcommand options alerts services lt slot connector circuit name gt base stats lt slot connector gt configuration lt slot connector gt version conn
222. ad Frames Runt Frames Receive Errors Replen Misses Overflow Frames LackRescs Chars Slot identifier Connector identifier Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of bad receive frames caused by Frame Check Sequence FCS errors or nonoctet aligned errors Number of incomplete frames received on this line Number of frame reject errors received on this line Number of times the buffer fails to clear after receiving information Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the device s FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA cycle No buffer resources are available Number of characters received and discarded due to lack of resources such as buffers Sample Display show bisync receive BISYNC Module Receive Errors Bad Runt Receiv Replen Overflow lLackRescs Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Errors Misses Frames Chars i a Sil 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 entry in table 2 125 Using Technician Interface Scripts sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays data sampled from BISYNC over a period of 10 seconds You can change the number of seconds over which you want to sample the data and you can display sampled data for a specific circuit only The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Rx Frames Number of frames received on t
223. age for a particular process or slot on the router show process cpu lt process gt sample lt seconds gt lt repeat gt lt slot gt process sample lt seconds gt lt repeat gt slot Specifies the process for which you want to view cpu Statistics Specify all to display cpu statistics for all processes running on the router Specify total to display only cpu statistic totals For information on how to obtain a list of available processes refer to the show process list command later in this section Periodically samples and displays cpu usage statistics The mandatory lt seconds gt argument indicates the time interval between samples The manadatory lt repeat gt argument indicates the number of times to sample cpu usage If you use sampling the values displayed represent the amount of cpu usage for the interval last sampled The minimum sample interval is 5 seconds If you specify a shorter interval the command automatically substitutes the minimum interval of 5 seconds If you choose not to use sampling the values displayed represent the total cpu usage since slot boot time Limits display to statistics for the slot you specify Sample Display show process cpu total Total Cpu Use Statistics Slot Max Idle Used SUsed 2 17463 17191 272 1 3 17315 17045 270 1 4 19427 16075 3352 17 2 465 Using Technician Interface Scripts memory Displays the number and percentage of memory used
224. alerts command Sample Display show atm line phy ATM Module Physical Interface Phy Speed Framing Slot Conn Circuit State Mops Type Mode 3 1 A31 Up 155520000 OC 3 MM SONET 1 entry in table Sample Display show atm line phy circuit A51 ATM Module Physical Interface Phy Speed Framing Slot Conn Circuit State Mbps Type Mode 5 1 A51 Up 155520000 OC 3 SONET Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 88 phy errors circuit lt circuit name gt show atm line Displays loss of signal loss of pointer loss of frame and out of cell delineation information for the specified circuit or for all circuits For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line phy errors ATM Module Physical Interface Errors Loss of Loss of Loss of Out of Cell Slot Conn Circuit Signal Pointer Frame Delineation 4 1 A41 10 0 3 5 1 A51 1 0 a 2 entries in table Sample Display show atm line phy errors circuit A51 ATM Module Physical Interface Errors Loss of Loss of Loss of Out of Cell Slot Conn Circuit Signal Pointer Frame Delineation 5 1 A51 1 0 1 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 89 Using Technician Interface Scripts receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays receive error information for the specified circuit or for all circuits Dropped Cells Number of cells received at the transceiver receive interface t
225. alfunctioning e INIT Interface is initializing e Not Present Interface is not operating because another subsystem is malfunctioning You should check the state of the physical circuit DECnet Phase IV Area ID for this circuit the first six bits of a DECnet Phase IV node address DECnet Phase IV Node ID for this circuit the last ten bits of a DECnet Phase IV node address Media type of this circuit for example Ethernet 2 187 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show decnet circuit DECnet Circuit Information Circuit State Area Node ID Type E21 Up 3 1 Ethernet E41 Up il 1 Ethernet Sample Display show decnet ciruit e21 J ECnet Circuit Information Circuit State Area Node ID Type E21 Up 3 1 Ethernet designated router Displays information about the designated router for each circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this router is on Designated Router Address of the designated router on this circuit Priority Place of this router for becoming the designated router on this circuit The value ranges from through 127 The default value is 64 Exec Cost Relative cost of routing over the circuit The value ranges from 1 through 63 The default value is 10 Circuit Address DECnet address of the circuit 2 188 show decnet Sample Display show decnet designated router DECnet Designated R
226. alues are All No Charge Low Cost LANS Server All Server No Charge Server Low Cost Server LANS For definitions see Configuring VINES Services Network identifier that the user defines A null value indicates that the router should assign the network ID rather than the user Network identifier that the router defines If the user configures a network ID the router adds the Bay Networks code for VINES to the user configured ID Indicates whether sequenced RTP Routing Update Protocol mode or nonsequenced RTP mode will be supported or both modes will be supported Sequenced Non Sequenced or Automode both Specifies the current router sequence number 2 611 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show vines base VINES Base Record Information Protocol State Beast Class Config Netid Router Netid RTP Mode Seq Num VINES Up BCAST 0 810025115 AUTO 2997171688 circuit lt circuit name gt Displays information about all VINES circuits or a specific circuit For column definitions in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show vines circuit VINES Circuit Table End Remote Split Circuit State Arp Station Clt Priv Horizon MAC Address E31 Up Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00 00 A2 03 00 6E S21 Up Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00 00 A2 01 4B 4F E32 Not Pres Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled nil 2 612 show vines configuration
227. ame Relay Switch Add a command C Clear all commands Delete command Edit command Using Technician Interface Scripts Protocol Statistics L NLS Repeater ETP Hardware HSSI IP IPX Interface Redundancy LAPB LN BNX MCT1 NetBIOS over IP Native Mode LAN OSI OSPF Packet Capture PPP Protocol Priority RARP HUB Router Redundancy SDLC Change menu title Load new menu Menu control off Enter menu number or TI command 43 SMDS 44 SNMP 45 Source Routing 46 SR Spanning Tree 47 Spanning Tree 48 System State 49 Switch Services 50 SYNC 51 SYSLOG 52 System 53 EL 54 TCP 55 TELNET 56 TETE 57 Thresholds amp Alarms 58 Token Ring 59 Translation Bridge 60 61 VINES WCP 62 XNS 63 X25 Q Quit S Save menu commands T Toggle cmd display 1 25 Using Technician Interface Scripts Loading a New Menu With menu control on load a new menu by entering I at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt Then enter the name of the new menu as the example shows Enter menu number or TI command Pleas nter menu setup file Type lt Enter gt to use default menu vol filename gt newmain mnu If you do not enter a volume number or letter the program automatically saves the file to the default volume Toggling Menu Titles and Commands
228. ample Display show fddi version fddi bat Version 1 13 Date 1 19 95 2 267 Using Technician Interface Scripts show fr The show fr lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about Frame Relay services For details on the Bay Networks implementation of Frame Relay services see Configuring Frame Relay Services The show fr command supports the following subcommand options alerts pvcs lt line gt lt line llindex gt lt line llindex DLCI gt disabled stats pve lt line gt lt line llindex gt lt line llindex DLCI gt enabled stats circuit lt circuit name gt lines lt line gt lt line lindex gt version alerts Displays information about interfaces that are enabled but not running The table includes the following information Line LLIndex Instance identifier or interface specification for the Frame Relay interface Circuit Name of the main Frame Relay circuit this interface is associated with 2 268 Mgt Type Status Faults show fr Type of Data Link Control Management Interface DLCMI configured for the interface as follows e Annex A Management services as specified by CCITT Annex A e Annex D Management services as specified in Annex D to ANSI standard TI 617 e Annex A Sw Management services for the DCE side of the connection Annex A e Annex D Sw Management services for the DCE s
229. and directory names and book titles Indicate the title of a chapter or section within a book Indicates data that appears on the screen Example set Bay Networks Trap Monitor Filters Horizontal and vertical ellipsis points indicate omitted information Indicates that you enter only one of the parts of the command The vertical line separates choices Do not type the vertical line when entering the command Example If the command syntax is show at routes nets you enter either show at routes or show at nets but not both xviii Acronyms About This Guide Ordering Bay Networks Publications To purchase additional copies of this document or other Bay Networks publications order by part number from Bay Networks Press at the following numbers You may also request a free catalog of Bay Networks Press product publications Phone FAX U S Canada FAX International ACE AFN ALN AN ANH APING APPN ASCH ASN ASN 1 AT ATM BCN BLN BLN 2 BOOTP CLNP CN CPU CRC CSMA CD DLCMI 1 800 845 9523 1 800 582 8000 1 916 939 1010 Advanced Communications Engine Access Feeder Node Access Link Node Access Node Access Node Hub APPN Ping Advanced Peer to Peer Routing American Standard Code for Information Interchange Access Stack Node Abstract Syntax Notation AppleTalk Protocol Asynchronous Transfer Mode Backbone Concentrator Node Backbone Link Node Backbone Link Node
230. ands support the following subcommand options area lt area_ID gt interface lt IP_address gt base area lt area_ ID gt Enables or disables OSPF for a specific IP area base Enables or disables OSPF on the router Sample Display enable ospf base OSPF base record enabled interface lt P_address gt Enables or disables OSPF on a specific IP interface 3 37 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable packet Use the enable packet lt option gt commands to enable the Packet Capture utility on a Bay Networks router and the disable packet lt option gt commands to disable the Packet Capture utility For more information about Bay Network s Packet Capture utility refer to Using Technician Interface Software The enable disable packet commands support the following subcommand options capture lt line_number gt line lt line_number gt capture lt ine_number gt Starts or stops packet capture on a specific line This is the line number of the interface connected with the desired packet capture When you execute this command the router does not display a response line lt ine_number gt Enables or disables packet capture on a specific line This is the line number of the interface connected with the desired packet capture When you execute this command the router does not display a response 3 38 enable disable ppp enable disable ppp Use th
231. ardware drops local frames at the interface Bridging software performance is improved because it no longer uses resources to receive and reject local frames Line Speed Circuit s configured line speed 10 Mb s or 100 Mb s Note The alerts base disabled and enabled tables all include the same information Sample Display show csmacd alerts CSMACD Modules on Alert BOFL HW Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed 0 0 Not Pres nil 5 1518 Disabled 10Mbps 2 3 Down 00 00 A2 0B 67 0C 5 1518 Disabled 100Mbps Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table 2 168 show csmacd autoneg circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the line speed characteristics of Ethernet circuits that are configured with automatic line negotiation Some Ethernet modules can run at either 10 Mb s or 100 Mb s using a hardware process to detect the speed to use Use this command to identify the status of auto negotiation The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit State Auto Negotiation State Remote Signaling Capability in Use The Ethernet module s slot identifier For routers other than the ASN indicates the Link Module s physical slot on the router backplane ranges vary from 14 according to router model For an ASN indicates the Net Module s configured slot ID ranges from 4 Specifies this line s connector on the Ethernet module For a Link Module in a router ot
232. at a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Number of Line Code Violations that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval 2 218 show ds1e1 Sample Display show ds1e1 fdl DS1E1 Facility Data Link FDL Errors first half ANSI 403 mode CRE BPV OOF FE ES Slot Conn Counts Counts Counts Counts Counts 2 1 56581 196653 3581 22504 32965 DS1E1 Facility Data Link FDL Errors second half ANSI 403 mode SES UAS PRMES PRMSES PRME Slot Conn Counts Counts Counts Counts Counts 2 1 2561 2154 24 23 129 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table DS1E1 Facility Data Link FDL Errors first half AT amp T 54016 mode Valid Total Total Total Total Total Slot Conn Intervals ESs SESs SEF s UASs CSSs 2 2 1 1 0 0 368 256 DS1E1 Facility Data Link FDL Errors second half AT amp T 54016 mode Valid Total Total Total Total Total Slot Conn Intervals PCVs LESs BESS DMs LCVs 2 2 1 0 0 1 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 219 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ds1e1 fdl att1 DS1E1 Facility Data Link FDL Errors first half AT amp T 54016 mode Valid Total Total Total Total Total Slot Conn Intervals ESs SESs SEF s UASs CSSs 2 2 1 1 0 0 368 256 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt Disp
233. ater Sample Display show rptr status 802 3 Repeater HUB Status Repeater Operating Status OK Repeater Health Text Repeater Health Operational Total Partitioned Ports 2 Group Operating Status Operational Last Group Status Change 0 SNMP SysUpTime of Change 2 482 Sample Display show repeater status ports 802 3 Repeater HUB Ports Status Port Admin Autopart Link Number Status State Test 1 Enabled Reconnected Passed 2 Enabled Reconnected Failed 3 Enabled Reconnected Passed 4 Disabled Reconnected Failed 5 Enabled Reconnected Failed 6 Enabled Partitioned Passed 7 Enabled Reconnected Failed 8 Enabled Reconnected Failed 9 Disabled Reconnected Failed 10 Enabled Partitioned Passed 11 Enabled Reconnected Failed T2 Enabled Reconnected Passed 13 Enabled Reconnected Passed version Displays the current version number and date of the rptr bat script Sample Display show rptr version RPTR bat Version 1 5 Date 12 28 94 show rptr 2 483 Using Technician Interface Scripts show rredund The show rredund lt option gt commands display information about router redundancy For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of router redundancy refer to Configuring Interface and Router Redundancy The show rredund command supports the following subcommand options base resources circuits lt circuit name gt role disabled sonmp en
234. ation has not yet occurred Window Size Default transmit and receive window size for this line This parameter identifies the maximum number of unacknowledged sequence frames allowed for this DXE at one time Window size ranges from 1 through 127 the default is 7 2 386 show lapb N1 Maximum N1 frame size in bytes for a frame that the DXE transmits excluding flags and 0 bits inserted for transparency N1 frame size ranges from 3 to 4500 bytes the default is 1600 bytes N2 N2 retry count which is the maximum number of retries after the T1 timer expires before determining that the line is down N2 ranges from 1 to 64 the default is 10 Tl T1 timer which specifies the maximum number of seconds to wait for an acknowledgment of a frame T1 timer ranges from 1 through 9999 seconds the default is 3 seconds T3 T3 timer which specifies the number of seconds to wait before considering the link disconnected A value of 1 means to consider the link disconnected when the frame has been exchanged T3 timer ranges from 1 through 9999 seconds the default is 60 seconds Sample Display show lapb line 201101 APB Line Information Table iine LLIndex Circuit Station Type Window Size N1 N2 T1 T3 201101 0 S11 DCE 7 135 10 3 60 Total entries 1 stats lt ine gt lt ine lindex gt Displays statistics for all LAPB lines or for a specified line lt line gt lt line llindex gt Limits the display to
235. atistics Connection 205 1 10 1 peer Out DDP In AURP Out AURP Packets Packets Packets 16293 16497 155 152 Displays information about AURP peer routers The display includes the following information Connection Peer Domain ID Rate Environ Flags SUI Flags IP address of the peer router Domain identifier for the domain this router resides in Rate in tens of seconds that the peer router specified in its Open Response Environment Flags in the peer router s Open Response e None No flags active e HCR Hop Count Reduction is active e Remap Network number remapping is active on the peer e Remap HCR Both HCR and Remap are in effect Send Update Information flags in the peer router s Open Request and Routing Information Request The possible values are e Add Network added e Delete Network deleted e Dist Distance changed e Zone Zone changed 2 103 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show aurp stats peer AURP Connection Peer Information Peer Update Environ Connection Domain ID Rate Flags SUI Flags 192 32 14 85 0 0 0 0 0 lt none gt lt none gt 192 32 14 86 0 0 0 0 0 lt none gt lt none gt 205 le Led 205 ciel 054 30 lt none gt Zone Dist Delete Add transport Displays information about AURP transports The table includes counts of delayed duplicates command retries and updates received and generated for each c
236. ay Networks maintains a WWW Home Page that you can access at http www baynetworks com One of the menu items on the Home Page is the Customer Support Web Server which offers technical documents software agents and an E mail capability for communicating with our technical support engineers How to Get Help For additional information or advice contact the Bay Networks Technical Response Center in your area United States 1 800 2LANWAN Valbonne France 33 92 966 968 Sydney Australia 61 2 903 5800 Tokyo Japan 81 3 328 005 xvii Using Technician Interface Scripts Conventions This section describes the conventions used in this guide angle brackets lt gt arrow character gt bold text brackets italic text quotation marks screen text ellipsis points vertical line l Indicate that you choose the text to enter based on the description inside the brackets Do not type the brackets when entering the command Example if command syntax is ping lt ip_address gt you enter ping 192 32 10 12 Separates menu and option names in instructions Example Protocols gt AppleTalk identifies the AppleTalk option in the Protocols menu Indicates text that you need to enter and command names in text Example Use the dinfo command Indicate optional elements You can choose none one or all of the options Indicates variable values in command syntax descriptions new terms file
237. ays try decreasing the reserved latency MIB object Reserved Latency You can edit both parameters at the Configuration Manager Edit Line Resources window unreserved Displays information about the portion of bandwidth left to service best effort traffic The table includes the following information Line Circuit Policed Packets Policed Bytes Internal line number Site Manager circuit name Total number of unreserved packets dropped since the line came up Total number of unreserved bytes dropped since the line came up 2 494 show rsc Sample Display show rsc unres TX Line Resources Unreserved Traffic Statistics Policed Line Circuit Packets Bytes 203102 32 0 0 204101 S41 0 0 204102 S42 0 0 204103 S43 0 0 5 total entries Note f Priority Queueing is enabled for the line show rsc unreserved will not show the policing statistics for unreserved flows 2 495 Using Technician Interface Scripts show sdic The show sdlc lt option gt commands display information about the Synchronous Data Link Control SDLC protocol For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of SDLC refer to Configuring SDLC Services The show sdic command supports the following subcommand options base enabled circuits lt circuit number gt stats lt circuit number gt disabled version base Displays the base record for SDLC The base record controls SDLC for the
238. ays the Source Routing interfaces that are enabled Mode is always Enabled and State will be Up or Down You can use this display to determine which Source Routing interfaces have been enabled 2 522 Sample Display show sr enabled Source Routing SR Interface Information Circuit Mode State O31 Enabled Down 1 entries found Use with the following subcommands e 9 alerts base e circuits lt circuit name gt e configuration e configuration circuit lt circuit name gt e disabled e enabled e explorers e routes e stats e stats circuit lt circuit name gt show sr 2 523 Using Technician Interface Scripts ip Displays a list of Source Routing IP subcommands and their syntax ip alerts Displays Source Routing IP interfaces that have been enabled but are not currently up In this case Mode is always Enabled and State is always Down The table helps determine which Source Routing IP interfaces are not forwarding traffic Sample Display show sr ip alerts Sample Display Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Interface Information Circuit Mode State O31 Enabled Down 1 entries found ip base Displays the state of Source Route IP Encapsulation The SR IP Mode is Enabled or Disabled and SR State is Down or Up Sample Display show sr ip base Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Base Record Information Protocol SR IP Mode SR State SR
239. ble entries FDB Size Maximum available entries in the forwarding table Sample Display show bridge base Bridge Base Record Information Protocol State FDB Entries FDB Size Bridge Up 0 1024 2 143 Using Technician Interface Scripts circuits lt circuit name gt Displays Bridge circuit parameters for all circuits or for a specific circuit State is Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up For the remaining column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show bridge circuits Bridge Circuit Table Frame 802 9 Circuit Port State Length Translations S21 1 Up 0 Disabled 0 0 Down 0 Disabled 0 0 Down 0 Disabled 0 0 Down 0 Disabled 4 Entries disabled Displays circuits that a user has manually disabled State is Down for remaining column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show bridge disabled Bridge Circuit Table Frame 802 9 Circuit Port State Length Translations 0 Entries found 2 144 show bridge enabled Displays circuits that are currently enabled State is Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up For the remaining column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show bridge enabled Bridge Circuit Table Frame 802 9 Circuit Port State Length Translations S21 1 Up 0 Disabled 0 0 Down 0 Disabled 0 0 Down 0 Disabled 0 0 Down 0 Disable
240. bsent A N A 3 Absent A N A 4 SPEX 1 5 4 ASN 4 21 1 Absent A N A 2 Absent A N A 3 Absent A N A 4 PPX 1 1001 Sample Display show hardware slot Hardware Information per Slot Processor Processor Processor Link Link Link Slot Module Revision Serial No iodule Revision Serial No 1 Access Node 1 4246 ANSEDSH 1 4246 version Displays the current version and modification date of the hardware bat script Sample Display show hardware version Hardware bat Version 1 29 Date 1 19 95 2 285 Using Technician Interface Scripts show hssi The show hssi lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about the High Speed Serial Interface HSSD lines For detailed information about configuring HSSI refer to Configuring Routers The show hssi command supports the following subcommand options alerts sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt stats circuit lt circuit name gt disabled system errors circuit lt circuit name gt enabled transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt version alerts Displays all HSSI modules that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to
241. buffer Operation in effect Start or Stop State of the operation Started or Stopped Line number of the physical interface connected to the instance Size of the capture buffer in 1024 byte increments Number of bytes saved from a packet in 32 byte increments Direction of capture Receive Transmit or both Number of packets captured 2 424 RxTrigger TxTrigger RxFiltr1 Type RxFitr1 Offset RxFitr1Ref RxFitr1 Size RxFitr1 Match TxFltr1 Type TxFitr1 Offset TxFltr1 Ref TxFltr1 Size TxFltr1 Match RxFltr2Type RxFltr2Offset show packet Trigger type for receive when the capture buffer is full or a match on a trigger filter occurs Buffer full Match filter1 Match filter2 Not Used Trigger type for transmit when the capture buffer is full or a match on a trigger filter occurs Buffer full Match filter1 Match filter2 or Not Used Filter type as follows e Capture Limits the types of packets saved e Trigger Stops a capture when a match occurs e Not Used Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet the first byte to be checked for a match Reference point in the packet for the offset as follows e MAC First byte of the packet e Data Link Value that varies with the medium e Multicast Filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a byte is 1 Number of bytes in the match field Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet Filter typ
242. ce Scripts capabilities circuit lt circuit name gt Displays Ethernet line capabilities You can display this information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges according to router model Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line State State of the line driver Disabled Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up Local Capabilities The line capabilities of the circuit Advertised Capabilities The line capabilities the circuit is advertising on the bus Remote Capabilities The advertised capabilities of the remote station Capability in Use The agreed upon line capability See the line capability codes in the sample display Sample Display show autoneg capabilties Auto Negotiation Interface Capabilities Local Advertised Remot Capability Slot Conn Circuit State Capabilities Capabilities Capabilities In Use 5 1 E51 Up cd cd cd d 5 2 E52 Up cd cd d Capability Codes a 10BASE b 10BASE T Full Duplex c 100BASE X d e 100BASE X Full Duplex 100BASE T4 Found 2 matches out of 3 entries in table 2 108 show autoneg disabled Displays all Ethernet circuits that
243. ceiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 1 12 0 0 0 0 0 a 32 556 40 180 34 0 system errors Displays statistical information about general interface errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges from 1 to 4 Timer 3 Timeouts Number of T3 timeouts that occurred for the circuit Timer 4 Timeouts Number of Timer 4 timeouts that occurred for the circuit Sample Display show isdnbri system errors ISDN BRI Module System Errors Timer 3 Timer 4 Slot Conn Timeouts Timeouts 1 12 TE 11 1 32 0 0 2 373 Using Technician Interface Scripts transmit errors Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges from 1 to 4 Underflow Frames Number of underflow frames anomalies for the circuit D Channel Collisions Number of collisions on the D channel Sample Display show isdnbri transmit errors ISDN BRI Module Transmit Errors Underflow D Channel Slot Conn Frames Collisions 1 12 0 0 T 32 0 0 version Displays the current version number and date of the isdnbri bat script Sample Display show isdnbri version isdnbri bat Version 1 4 Date 1 20 95 2 374 show lane show lane The show lane lt options gt command d
244. ceiving a request to configure the connection the router sends either an appropriate response or acknowledges the termination request Stopping Router has sent a termination request to close the open connection When the router receives an acknowledgment the state changes to Stopped 2 437 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ppp alerts PPP ALERTS Circuit Protocol State 32 OSI Starting DECnet Starting IPX Starting BRIDGE Starting VINES Starting appletalk configured negotiated configured Displays all configurable parameters for NCP negotiations The display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on State State of the Network Control Protocol NCP Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Network No Configured network number The peer must use the same number Local Node No Configured node number for the local router Remote Node No Configured node number for the peer to use Routing Protocol Routing protocol desired for the link RTMP 2 438 show ppp Sample Display show ppp appletalk config PPP APPLETALK NCP Configured Information Local Remote Routing Circuit State Network No Node No Node No Protocol 31 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP 532 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP negotiated Displays all configurable parameters after negotiation The display includes the following in
245. chnician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ip static IP Static Routes IP Destination Network Mask Cost Nexthop Valid Enabled 255 0 0 0 1 Unn Cet 2 Yes Yes 2 Entries stats circuit lt circuit name gt 255 0 0 0 1 Unn Cet 2 Yes Yes Displays packet statistics that the router collects for all circuits or a specified circuit The table includes the following information Circuit IP Address In Receives Out Requests Forwards In Discards Out Discards Name of the circuit that the interface runs on Internet address of the interface Number of packets received on the interface including errors Number of packets that local clients including ICMP supplied to IP for transmitting Number of packets forwarded through this interface included in the In Receives count Number of packets that IP received and discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Number of packets given to IP to transmit but discarded because of lack of resources for example insufficient buffers 2 312 show ip Sample Display show ip stats IP Statistics In Out In Out Circuit IP Address Receives Requests Forwards Discards Discards S31 192 32 174 65 2150309 211845 34771 0 0 E23 192 32 174 97 1305158 76700 30495 0 0 E21 1922321742129 3191531 163026 3238130 0 0 E22 192 32 175 129 51219 59655 3070948 0 0 stats cache lt circuit name gt Displays statistics about the cache
246. ckup Active State of the Circuit Active Standby Unavailable 2 356 show iredund Sample Display show iredund circuit Interface Redundancy Circuit Table Circuit Slot Port State Role Active E43 4 3 Enabled primary standby E43 4 4 Enabled backup active 2 Entries found disabled Displays all disabled circuits that contain an interface redundancy port A circuit is disabled if the disable enable parameter is set to disable and the state is down For definitions of the columns in the table see the circuit command Sample Display show iredund disable Interface Redundancy Circuit Table Circuit Slot Port State Role Active 0 Entries found 2 357 Using Technician Interface Scripts enabled Displays all enabled circuits that contain an interface redundancy port A circuit is enabled if the disable enable parameter is set to enable and the state is up For definitions of the columns in the table see the circuit command Sample Display show iredund enable Interface Redundancy Circuit Table Circuit Slot Port State Role Active E43 4 3 Enabled primary standby E43 4 4 Enabled backup active 2 Entries found 2 358 show isdn show isdn The show isdn lt option gt commands display information about the Integrated Services Digital Network ISDN service For information about ISDN refer to Configuring Dial Services Note Refer to the show is
247. cludes the following information Circuit Line LLIndex LCP State LQR Repeat Period Inbound Quality Outbound Quality In LQRs Out LQRs Name of the circuit the protocol runs on Line number associated with the circuit State of the Line Control Protocol either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Maximum number of seconds between the transmission of LQR packets as agreed upon with the peer router Percentage of LQR packets that the originating router expects to receive from the peer averaged over the last five LQR reporting periods A value of 100 indicates that the router will tolerate no loss Percentage of LQR packets that the peer router expects to receive from this router averaged over the last five LQR reporting periods Number of LQR packets received from the peer Number of LQR packets transmitted 2 453 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ppp lqr stats PPP Line Line Quality Reporting Stats Line LCP LOR Repeat Inbound Outbound Circuit LLIndex State Period Quality Quality In LORs Out LORs S31 203101 0 Opened 3 100 100 61044 61052 32 203102 0 Stopped 3 0 0 0 0 2 Entries found multilink information circuits information Displays information about the multilink bundle The display includes the following information Circuit Displays the circuit number Line Count Shows the number of lines in the multili
248. commands 2 505 to 2 510 Source Routing 2 518 to 2 529 alerts 2 635 enabling disabling 3 45 3 46 ip parameters 2 523 to 2 528 RIFs 2 639 span subcommands 2 511 to 2 517 Spanning Tree Bridge 2 511 to 2 517 enabling disabling 3 44 sr interfaces xb 2 640 SR subcommands 2 518 to 2 529 ST 2 protocol reserved resources 2 492 ST2 subcommands 2 537 to 2 540 STA subcommands 2 541 to 2 543 state ppp 2 458 state subcommands 2 544 to 2 545 static ip 2 311 ipx 2 349 2 350 static adjacencies decnet 2 191 static routes xns 2 652 Station Management FDDI 2 262 Index 1 1 stations xb 2 642 statistical thresholds 2 541 statistics 2 146 all driver circuits 2 156 at 2 53 atm 2 64 to 2 65 atm line 2 91 2 93 to 2 95 atmdxi 2 75 to 2 78 aurp 2 102 to 2 104 bgp 2 117 bootp 2 133 bridge 2 146 cache ip 2 313 console 2 165 csmacd 2 176 datagrams ip 2 314 decnet 2 192 to 2 195 dslel 2 223 dvmrp 2 238 to 2 240 egp 2 251 errors XNS 2 653 fddi 2 265 fr 2 273 fragments ip 2 315 ftp 2 277 to 2 278 hssi 2 291 icmp ip 2 316 to 2 319 igmp 2 298 ip 2 312 ipx 2 352 isdn bri 2 372 to 2 373 lapb 2 387 nml 2 404 osi 2 411 to 2 413 rptr 2 478 to 2 482 sdlc 2 499 security ip 2 319 2 320 smds 2 503 span 2 516 sr 2 529 srspan 2 535 st2 2 539 sta 2 543 sync 2 127 2 140 2 570 tcp 2 590 telnet 2 594 token 2 603 to 2 606 vines 2 616 to 2 617 x25
249. connectionless datagram service e Unknown Protocol is unidentified Forced Dial Status of the Forced Dial parameter Enabled or Disabled When Enabled the router immediately activates the backup circuit Forced TakeDown Status of the Forced TakeDown parameter Enabled or Disabled When Enabled the router immediately terminates the backup circuit Sample Display show sws backup_dialing circuits Switched Services Dial Backup Circuit Information Primary Backup Backup Forced Forced Circuit Pool Mode Protocol Dial TakeDown S21 1 Master Wflt Disabled Disabled Total of 1 Dial Backup Circuits 2 547 Using Technician Interface Scripts backup _dialing pools lt poo ID gt lt circuit name gt Displays detailed line information for each line in each pool You can display information about all pools a specific pool and or a specific circuit on the specified pool The display includes the following information Circuit Information Primary Circuit Identifies the primary circuit Primary DownTime Number of seconds the router waits before bringing up the line This delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a reactivated primary line and there are problems on the line Outgoing Phone Number Telephone number of the remote router Extension Extension line for a main telephone number Phone Type Indicates whether the phone type is Dial or ISDN Synchronous Line Information Slot Num Ident
250. console alerts The show console lt option gt commands display console port configuration state and statistics information For more information refer to Using Technician Interface Software The show console command supports the following subcommand options alerts enabled configuration lt port number gt stats lt port number gt disabled version Displays the port number port name and state of any serial port that is enabled but not currently up Use this command to detect potential problems with the serial ports configured on your system The listing of a serial port in the display doesn t necessarily mean that a problem exists with the port it means only that a problem could exist For example all the ports could be initializing which would be normal as long as the ports go into the Up state within a reasonable period of time The table also includes the number of serial port alerts and the total number of ports configured on the system For more information on port states see the configuration command 2 160 show console Sample Display show console alerts Console Serial Port Alert Information Port Port Port Number Name State 2 MODEM1 Init 3 MODEM2 Init 4 PRINTER Init 3 serial port alerts 4 serial ports configured configuration lt port number gt Displays serial port configuration and Technician Interface environment information for the serial ports config
251. corresponds to the next hop Cost of the route to the destination area 2 185 Using Technician Interface Scripts Hops Number of hops to the destination area Next Node Next address for getting to the area Type Adjacency s class DYNAMIC or STATIC Sample Display show decnet area routes DECnet Area Level II Routing Information Area Circuit State Cost Hops Next Nod Typ T2rgs Reachable 0 0 0 0 DYNAMIC 13 S41 Reachable 10 Ty 13 12 DYNAMIC 2 Level II Route s in table Sample Display show decnet area routes J ECnet Node Level I Routing Information Area Node ID Circuit Address Cost Hops Next Nod Typ 12 12S 12 12 0 0 0 0 DYNAMIC 1 Level I Route s in table base Displays state information in the DECnet base record The base record controls DECnet for the router State is Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up 2 186 Sample Display show decnet base DECnet Base Record Information Protocol State show decnet circuits lt circuit name gt Displays the attributes of all DECnet circuits or a specified DECnet circuit configured on the router The table includes the following information Circuit State Area Node ID Type Name of the circuit State of the circuit as follows e Up Interface is operating e Disable User has manually disabled the interface e Down Interface is m
252. cripts Sample Display show appn Is status APPN Link Station Status TG Cu r Frames Bytes Frames Bytes LS CP Name State Num Sessn Rcvd Rcvd Sent Sent PLUTO USWFLT01 PLUTO Active 21 4 56 10K 57 9K ANAHEIM USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM Pend Active 3 0 0 0 0 0 WF3174A USWFLTO1 WF3174A Active 21 2 51 10K 41 5K ANAHEIM2 USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM Active 2 6 81 4K 68 3K 4 Entries memory Displays information about CP memory usage Available Memory Memory in Use Warning Threshold Critical Threshold Sample Display show appn memory APPN Memory Utilization Available Memory 0 Memory in Use 147915 Warning Threshold 0 Critical Threshold 0 Memory in use by the APPN service Warning memory threshold 0 means no threshold Critical memory threshold 0 means no threshold Total memory available to the APPN service 0 means unlimited 2 26 mode lt mode name gt show appn Displays mode to COS mappings for all modes or for a specific mode For information on the columns see the cos node and cos priority commands Sample Display show appn mode APPN Mode to COS Mappings ode COS AT CH N AT ER CHSC IN S oD B T PSVCMG B I ERSC NASVCMG Entries BATCH INTER CPSVCMG BATCHSC INTERSC SNASVCMG port definition lt port name gt Displays port definition information for all p
253. cripts Sample Display show fr stats Frame Relay PVC Statistics Sent Received Line LLIndex DLCI Frames Octets Frames Octets Discard Drops 202101 0 100 0 0 0 0 202101 0 200 0 0 0 0 202101 0 300 0 0 0 0 202102 0 1023 127 1651 0 0 202103 0 0 127 1651 0 0 202104 0 0 127 1778 0 0 Total entries 6 stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistics associated with all Frame Relay circuits or a specified circuit Because of multiline a Frame Relay circuit can have several Frame Relay interfaces associated with it Circuit statistics count the number of frames dropped or discarded at the circuit level This includes both the main level circuit and the circuits associated with hybrid and direct PVCs Sample Display show fr stats circuit Frame Relay Circuit Statistics Circuit Discards Drops S21 0 0 202101 0 400 0 0 202101 0 500 0 0 Total entries 3 2 274 show fr version Displays the current version number and modification date of the fr bat script Sample Display show fr version Frame Relay Version 1 7 Date 10 31 94 2 275 Using Technician Interface Scripts show ftp The show ftp lt option gt commands display configuration and statistical information about the Bay Networks File Transfer Protocol FTP service For more information on the Bay Networks implementation of FTP see Configuring TCP Services The show ftp command supports the following subcommand opt
254. curs the interface is disabled and then enabled again automatically Maximum transfer unit size the buffer size for the HSSI port also the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the HSSI port The value ranges from 3 to 4608 bytes WAN protocol enabled on this interface as follows e ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode e FRAME RELAY Frame Relay e PPP Point to Point e SMDS Switched Multi Megabit Data Service e WF STANDARD Wellfleet Standard a proprietary protocol used between two Bay Networks routers Based on the CCITT HDLC High level Data Link Control protocol Wellfleet Standard provides LLC1 connectionless datagram service The line number for this line Use this value to correlate driver level information with information displayed using scripts for PPP Frame Relay SMDS or ATM 2 287 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show hssi alerts HSSI Modules on Alert BOFL WAN Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number 4 1 CAwait 00 00 A2 03 60 C2 1 4495 WE STANDARD 0 Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base level information for all HSSI circuits or a specific circuit For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In addition to the states listed under the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show hssi base HSSI Modules BOF
255. cy is an end node Class Adjacency s class DYNAMIC or STATIC Sample Display show decnet adjacency DECnet Adjacency Information Adjacency Adjacency Circuit Address State Type Class E21 382 UP AREA DYNAMIC E41 Ze2 UP AREA DYNAMIC Total of 2 Adjacency s 2 184 alerts show decnet Displays all circuits configured as enabled but not currently up Use this command to display information about the physical circuits State in this case is Down Sample Display show decnet alerts DECnet Circuits J Circuit State ECnet Address E21 Down 1 Entries found area routes find lt area gt 3 1 Displays attributes of the level 2 routing table You can use the following option to display area routes for a specific area find lt area gt where lt area gt is the number of a specific area Use this option to search through the routing table and display information about the specified area number or display an empty table if the area number does not exist The table includes the following information Area Circuit State Cost Route s area number Circuit that the route uses If the node or area is directly connected within a router this column shows two dashes State of the route as follows e Reachable Destination area is reachable e Unreachable The destination area is unreachable in which case you should display the adjacency that
256. d L NLS Repeater Main Menu ETP Hardware HSSI IP IPX Interface Redundancy LAPB LN BNX MCT1 NetBIOS over IP Native Mode LAN OSI OSPF Packet Capture EPP Protocol Priority RARP HUB Router Redundancy SDLC Change menu title Load new menu Menu control off Enter menu number or TI command 43 SMDS 44 SNMP 45 Source Routing 46 SR Spanning Tree 47 Spanning Tree 48 System State 49 Switch Services 50 SYNC 51 SYSLOG 52 System 530 T1 54 TCP 55 TELNET 56 TETP 57 Thresholds amp Alarms 58 Token Ring 59 Translation Bridge 60 VINES 61 WCP 62 63 XNS X25 Q Quit S Save menu commands T Toggle cmd display 1 23 Using Technician Interface Scripts Editing a Menu Title With menu control on edit a menu title by entering h at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt Then enter the new title as the example shows Enter menu number or TI command h Enter new menu title Protocol Statistics The Main Menu automatically refreshes displaying a new menu title as the example on the next page shows 1 24 N N PO 6 YO oO BR UNEO wo ND UO B amp B WD EB APPN AURP BGP BOOTP Bridge Circuit Console CSMACD DCMMW DECnet DLS DS1E H DVI W EDDI Frame Relay Fr
257. d 4 Entries found forwarding tables lt VAC address gt lt pattern gt Displays the bridge forwarding tables for all ports for a specified port or for ports that match a specified address pattern lt MAC address gt Limits the display to the specified Media Access Control address lt paitern gt Limits the display to ports that match the specified address pattern You can also use the wildcard in your pattern definition This display includes the following information MAC Address Media Access Control address of the port Port Port number Circuit Name Name of the circuit the port is on 2 145 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats Sample Display show bridge forwarding tables Bridge Forwarding Tables AC Address Port Circuit Name No Entries Displays bridge traffic statistics for each port The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on Port Number of the port Rx frames Number of frames that this interface has received from its circuit Tx frames Number of frames that this interface has transmitted to its circuit Discards Number of valid frames that this interface received but then discarded Sample Display show bridge stats Bridge Statistics Circuit Port Rx Frames Tx Frames Discards S21 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 146 show bridge version Displays the current version and modification date
258. d Console Serial Port Enabled Information Port POTE Port Number Name State 1 CONSOLE Up 3 MODEM2 Up 2 serial ports enabled stats lt port number gt 4 serial ports configured Displays login information and serial port error statistics for all serial ports configured on your system or for a specific port lt port number gt Limits the display to a specified port number currently 1 through 4 The table includes the following information Port Number Port Name Port State Total Logins User Login Errors Port number for the information displayed Corresponding port name Port s current state Absent Disabled Down Init or Up Number of logins failed and successful on the serial port Number of failed login attempts the User login account has made on the serial port 2 165 Using Technician Interface Scripts Manager Login Errors Number of failed login attempts the Manager login account has made on the serial port Other Login Errors Number of failed login attempts made by login accounts other than User and Manager on the serial port TTY IO Errors Number of data errors on the serial port the sum of all frame parity overrun and FIFO errors that the serial port DUART chip has detected A high number of errors over a short period of time indicates a possible problem with the line Sample Display show console stats Console Serial Port Statistical Information
259. d 32 Starting 2 Entries found disabled Displays the state of all NCPs disabled on each circuit State is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Sample Display show ppp disabled PPP Entities Disabled Circuit Protocol State S31 OSI Closed DECnet Closed APPLETALK Closed BRIDGE Closed S32 IP Initial XNS Initial APPLETALK Initial 2 445 Using Technician Interface Scripts enabled Displays the state of all NCPs enabled on each circuit States are listed under the alerts command Sample Display show ppp enabled PPP Entities Enabled Circuit Protocol State S31 LCP Opened IP Opened XNS Opened IPX Opened VINES Opened S32 LCP Stopped OSI Starting DECnet Starting IPX Starting BRIDGE Starting VINES Starting Displays state configured and negotiated parameters for Internet NCP The display includes the following information Local Cfg IP Address Configured IP address of the interface Local Neg IP Address Local IP address after negotiation Remote Cfg IP Address IP address desired for the peer router Remote Neg IP Address Remote IP address after negotiation 2 446 show ppp Sample Display show ppp ip PPP IP NCP Information Local Local Remote Remote Circuit State Cfg IP Addr Neg IP Addr Cfg IP Addr Neg IP Addr S31 Opened Welle 32 Disabled 0 0 0 0 athe Le dicd ool Ted
260. d USWFLTO1 AF ACTIVE 0 3561 207 USWFLTO1 SNEEZY INACTIVE 0 3554 853 USWFLTO1 WF3174A ACTIVE 0 3561 687 3 Entries 2 4 base show appn Displays base record information for APPN The table displays the following information Capabilities Negotiated LS Support Segment Reassembly BIND Reassembly Parallel TG Support Dynamic LS Support Adaptive BIND Pacing Receive Registered Chars Border Node Support Central Directory Support Route Tree Caching Incremental Tree Updates Mode to COS Mapping Multi Domain Support Endpoint RSCV Storage Capacity Alert Queue Size COS Cache Size Directory Cache Size Indicates that the APPN node supports negotiable link stations Indicates that the APPN node supports segment reassembly Indicates that the APPN node supports BIND reassembly Indicates that the APPN node supports the ability to establish multiple transmission groups Indicates that the APPN node supports the ability to accept connections that have not been predefined from adjacent nodes Indicates whether the APPN node supports the ability to control the flow of BINDs Indicates whether the APPN node supports resource registration Indicates whether the APPN node supports border nodes Indicates whether the APPN node is a central directory server Indicates that the APPN node supports route tree caching Indicates that the APPN node supports incremental updates to the route selection tre
261. d lt circuit_name gt dial_forced lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables forced dialing on a circuit We support this feature only for on demand dialing When you enable forced dialing on a circuit you make it possible for someone to initiate a connection across the line When you disable forced dialing you inhibit a connection across the line Sample Display enable sws dial_forced s31 Switch Services Forced Dial Enabled for Circuit s31 takedown_forced lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables the ability to take down a specific circuit When you enable this parameter you are choosing to take the circuit down When you disable this parameter you are making it possible to use the line Sample Display enable sws takedown_forced s31 Switch Services Forced TakeDown Enabled for Circuit s31 3 48 enable disable sync enable disable sync Use the enable sync lt option gt commands to enable synchronous services on a Bay Networks router and the disable sync lt option gt commands to disable synchronous services The enable disable sync commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit_name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable sync circuit s31 SYNC circuit S31 enabled connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample
262. d Multi Megabit Data Service protocol e WF STND Wellfleet Standard a proprietary protocol used between two Bay Networks routers Based on the CCITT HDLC High level Data Link Control protocol Wellfleet Standard provides LLC1 connectionless datagram service This protocol is sometimes referred to as Wellfleet Point to Point e X 25 X 25 protocol 2 565 Using Technician Interface Scripts Loc Adr 1 byte value used in the address field of the HDLC packet It may be extended to two octets if the lt circuit name gt Extended Address parameter is enabled The values are DTE DCE and Explicit Rem Adr 1 byte value used in the address field of the HDLC packet It may be extended to two octets if the Extended Address parameter is enabled The values are DTE DCE and Explicit Med Typ Media type this SYNC module uses as follows e STD Normal connection e T T1 lines e El El lines DTR Connection to a modem that dials out when Data Terminal Ready DTR gets raised e V25 Connection to a V25 BIS modem Sample Display show sync alerts SYNC Modules on Alert Line WAN Loc Rem Med Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address Number MTU Protocol Adr Adr Typ 2 1 T1 21 Down 00 00 A2 00 B6 1B 00302101 1600 WE STND 7 7 TL 2 2 EFL 22 Down 00 00 A2 00 B6 1C 00302102 1600 WE STND 7 ep Eade Found 2 matches out of 4 entries in table base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base level inf
263. d forwarding tables that IP uses for forwarding traffic for all circuits or a specified circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit that the interface runs on IP Address Internet address of the interface Cache Networks Number of entries in the forwarding table Cache Misses Number of times the forwarding table did not contain information about a destination and IP had to look up the route Cache Removes Number of entries removed from the forwarding table because they timed out Sample Display show ip stats cache IP Cache Statistics Cache Cache Cache Circuit IP Address Networks Misses Removes S31 192 32 174 65 128 4 78 E23 192 32 174 97 238 1768 1797 2 313 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats datagrams lt circuit name gt Displays error statistics about IP datagrams that IP has processed for all interfaces or for a specific interface The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on IP Address Internet address of the interface Header Errors Number of IP packets received with header errors Address Errors Number of IP packets received with address errors Unknown Protocol Number of IP packets received locally that IP discarded because the router did not implement the protocol In Discards Number of packets that IP received but discarded because of lack of resources for example insufficient buffers Out D
264. d pattern You can use the wildcard characters and The table includes the following information Network Network start and end numbers that constitute the range of the network numbers where the zone resides These numbers are in the range of 1 through 65 279 Zone Name Name of each zone assigned to the entire network or the specified group Sample Display show at zones AppleTalk Zone Table Network Zone Name 1 1 37_Network 2 2 net_1 3 3 net_2 50 50 ring_2ACC 50 50 ring_2DEV 50 50 ring_2ENG 50 50 ring_2 200 200 net_200 201 201 net_201ACC 201 201 net_201DEV 201 201 net_201ENG 201 201 net_201 203 203 net_203ACC 203 203 net_203DEV 203 203 net_203ENG 203 203 net_203 18 total entries 2 56 Sample Display show at zones find net AppleTalk Zone Table Zone Name Network 2 2 net_1 353 net_2 200 200 net_200 201 201 net_201ACC 201 201 net_201DEV 201 201 net_201ENG 201 201 net_201 203 203 net_203ACC 203 203 net_203DEV 203 203 net_203ENG 203 203 net_203 11 entries found 16 total entries show at 2 57 Using Technician Interface Scripts show atm The show atm lt option gt commands display information about the Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM Adaption Layer Controller ALC link module service For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of the ATM link module service refe
265. de to run Technician Interface commands on a router or BNX platform you must e Install the router or BNX platform e Use one of the following methods to establish a connection to the router or BNX platform Connect the serial port of an ASCII terminal device for example a DEC VT100 directly to the console port of the router or BNX platform Connect the serial port of a workstation or PC directly to the console port of the router or BNX platform Run ASCII terminal emulation software on the workstation or PC Dial in to the console port of the router or BNX platform from a workstation or PC running ASCII terminal emulation software This alternative requires one modem locally attached to your workstation or PC and another modem locally attached to the console port of the router or BNX platform you want to access Establish a Telnet in band connection to the router or BNX platform Note Before you can access the Technician Interface using Telnet the router or BNX platform must have at least one assigned IP address Although there is no limit to the number of Telnet connections that you can make to the Technician Interface we recommend that you establish no more than one Telnet session per router or BNX platform Bay Networks Customer Support Bay Networks provides live telephone technical support to our distributors resellers and service contracted customers from two U S and three international support cente
266. dn bri section for more information on the isdn bri command The show isdn command supports the following subcommand options alerts messages received bri messages sent calls general pools calls time switch inphone version local 2 359 Using Technician Interface Scripts alerts bri Displays all enabled circuits that are not active Use this display to identify the ports that are not working Sample Display show isdn alerts ISDN Alerts Slot 1 does not have Line Manager loaded Slot 2 does not have ISDN loaded Total of 2 slot s on alert Note See show isdn bri calls general Displays the active call information for all ISDN lines The table displays the following information Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface DSL ID Digital Subscriber Loop ID Call ID Entry in the ISDN Call Information Table B Chan B channel that this call resides on Called Party Number Phone number of the called party Called Sub Addr Subaddress of the called party Calling Party Number Phone number of the calling party Calling Sub Addr Subaddress of the calling party 2 360 show isdn Sample Display show isdn calls general ISDN Active Call Information DSL B Called Called Calling Calling Slot ID Call ID Chan Party Number Sub Addr Party Number Sub Addr 1 0 32769 1 384020 Not used None None Total of 1 call is active calls time Displays the d
267. dund Router Redundancy Remote Members Group ID Member ID IP Address Role State 1 2 0 0 0 0 Primary Up resources Displays resources the router can access by the IP addresses of the resources The table includes the following information Circuit Name Circuit Number IP Address Update The name of the circuit such as E54 The circuit number representing the circuit name in the MIB The IP address of the resource Updates information about whether resources are reachable by this router Configurable to Enable or Disable Status Results of update Reachable Unreachable Unknown Sample Display show rredund resources Router Redundancy Resources Circuit Circuit IP Address Update Status Name Number E54 4 2323 23 23 Enabl Reachab1l 2 489 Using Technician Interface Scripts role Displays the roles of known members of this redundancy group from the point of view of this router The first member displayed is the local member others are the remote members The table includes the following information Member ID Identification number of the member of the group Role Role of the router Primary or Secondary Good IF Count of usable interfaces on the member Good RES Count of resources the member can reach Priority The member s priority to become the primary router if the current primary router fails Sample Display show rredund role Router Redundancy Role Selection Information
268. during DMA Aborts Number of frames received with abort errors Frames Too Long Number of frames received that exceeded the MTU size Sample Display show hssi receive errors HSSI Module Receive Errors Frames Slot Conn Circuit CRC Errors Overruns Aborts Too Long 3 1 H31 0 0 0 0 1 entry in table sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays data sampled from HSSI over a period of 10 seconds You can change the number of seconds over which you want to sample the data and you can display sampled data for a specific circuit only The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Rx Frames Number of frames received on this line Tx Frames Number of frames sent on this line Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers 2 290 show hssi Sample Display show hssi sample HSSI Sampled Data over 10 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 3 1 H31 11 12 0 0 1 entry in table Sample Display show hssi sample circuit H31 HSSI Sampled Data over 5 seconds Rx cx Rx Lack of Tx Lack
269. e circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables IGMP on the router Sample Display enable igmp base Igmp base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable igmp circuit E21 IGMP circuit E21 enabled 3 25 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable ip Use the enable ip lt option gt commands to enable Internet Protocol IP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable ip lt option gt commands to disable IP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of IP refer to Configuring IP Services The enable disable ip commands support the following subcommand options base rip lt IP_interface_address gt circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables IP on the router Sample Display enable ip base IP base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables IP on a specific circuit rip lt P_interface_address gt Enables or disables the Routing Information Protocol RIP on a specific IP interface 3 26 enable disable ipx enable disable ipx Use the enable ipx lt option gt commands to enable Novell s Internet Packet Exchange IPX services on a Bay Networks router and the disable ipx lt option gt commands to disable IPX services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of IPX refer
270. e Prev Hop Next Hop Desired Packet Size Desired Packet Rate Sent Packets Sent Octets Sample Display streams T2 Streams Identifier for tan ST2 stream supported by the router Address of the next hop upstream Address of the next hop downstream Packet size specified in the flowspec for the stream Packet rate specified in the flowspec for the stream Number of packets forwarded on the specified stream Number of octets forwarded on the specified stream Desired Packet Sent Sent Name Size Rate Packets Octets x0027 192 253 93 3 x33013494 528 163 20915 11209136 Prev Hop a 192 5253 93 3 Next Hop s 192 253 143 3 x0066 192 253 143 3 x32CA1592 528 284 20985 11239264 Prev Hop 92 253 143 73 Next Hop s 192 253 93 3 2 Entries version Displays the version number and date for the st2 bat script Sample Display show st2 version st2 bat Version 1 35 Date 10 31 94 2 540 show sta show sta base The show sta lt option gt commands display configuration statistical and status information about statistical thresholds and alarms For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of thresholds refer to Configuring SNMP BOOTP DHCP and RARP Services The show sta command supports the following subcommand options base stats lt object ID gt configuration lt object ID gt version Displays the base record for statistical thresholds and alarms T
271. e VEL VEL Line VEI VCI Line VPI VCI 1103101 0 34 1103101 0 35 1103101 0 36 Total entries 1 stats lt circuit name gt Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client Statistics information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table displays the following information Cct Circuit number of the LEC Circuit Name Circuit name assigned by Site Manager Req Out Number of MAC to ATM address resolution protocol ARP requests this LEC made over the logical User to Network Interface LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface Req In Number of MAC to ATM ARP requests this LEC received over the LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface ReplyOut Number of MAC to ATM ARP replies this LEC sent over the LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface ReplyIn Number of MAC to ATM ARP replies this LEC received over the LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface FrameOut Total number of control packets this LEC sent over the LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface 2 382 show lane FrameIn Total number of control packets this LEC received over the LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface SVCFails Number of SVCs this LEC tried to open but could not Sample Display show lane stats ATM LAN Emulation Client Statistics Cct Circuit Name Req Out Req In ReplyOut ReplyiIn 4 ATMSR_1405101 4 126 0 0 126 FrameOut FrameIn SVCFails 128 128 0 Tota
272. e as follows e Capture Limits the types of packets saved e Trigger Stops a capture when a match occurs e Not Used Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet the first byte to be checked for a match Reference point in the packet for the offset as follows e MAC First byte of the packet e Data Link Value that varies with the medium e Multicast Special filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a byte is 1 Number of bytes in the match field Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet Filter type as follows e Capture Limits the types of packets saved e Trigger Stops a capture when a match occurs e Not Used Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet the first byte to be checked for a match 2 425 Using Technician Interface Scripts RxFltr2Ref Reference point in the packet for the offset as follows e MAC First byte of the packet e Data Link Value that varies with the medium e Multicast Special filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a byte is 1 RxFltr2Match Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet RxFltr2Group Capture filter type grouping as follows e Or ORs the results of RxFltr1 and RxFitr2 e And ANDs the results of RxFltr1 and RxFltr2 TxFltr2Type Filter type as follows e Capture Limits the types of packets saved e Trigger Stops a capture when a match occurs
273. e configuration parameters configuration Displays the configuration of the PPP line and the state of the Line Control Protocol LCP The display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on Line LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit always 0 for now LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Restart Time Number of seconds the Restart Timer waits before retransmitting data The maximum value is 1000 Echo Request Frequency Number of seconds between transmissions of Echo Request Packets Echo Reply Loss Number of unacknowledged Echo Reply packets counted before declaring the point to point link down Maximum Conf Req Maximum number of unacknowledged configuration requests to send without receiving a valid response from the peer router on the other end of the link Maximum Term Req Maximum number of terminate requests to send without receiving a valid response and before assuming the peer router on the other end of the link is unavailable Max Conf Fail Maximum number of Configure Nak packets to send before sending a Configure Ack and before assuming that the configuration does not converge 2 450 show ppp Sample Display show ppp line config PPP Line Configuration Line LCP Restart Echo Req Echo Rep Maximum Maximum Max Conf Circuit LLIndex State Timer
274. e ATM DXI network interface e Hybrid Allows protocols to view this PVC as part of the group while the bridge views the PVC in direct mode Sublayer Convergence Sublayer configuration of the line AAL3 4 AALS or None AAL3 4 is ATM Adaption Layer 3 4 AAL is ATM Adaption Layer 5 Encaps Multiprotocol Encapsulation that the PVC uses RFC 1294 RFC 1483 or None 2 74 stats Sample Display show atmdxi pvcs ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI PVC Table show atmdxi Total entries 3 Line LLIndex VPI VCI Direct Cct State PVC Mode Sublayer Encaps 120120 E Up Group AAL3 4 RFC1294 1 0 255 32000 ATMInter Up Direct AAL3 4 RFC1294 200 1 21 NotPres Group AAL3 4 RFC1294 Displays ATM DXI statistics The table includes the number of frames and octets transmitted and received and the number of frames dropped due to errors Sample Display show atmdxi stats ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI PVC Statistics Transmitted Received Line LLIndex VPI VCI Frames Octets Frames Octets Drops 10 120 0 0 0 0 1 0 255 32000 0 0 0 0 ZO Leo 0 0 0 0 Total entries 3 2 75 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats Imi Displays statistics for all active ATM DXI Local Management Interfaces LMIs The table includes following information Line LLIndex Identifier of the line and line level Circuit Name or number of the circuit the interface runs on State State of the LMI as follows e Down
275. e Display show atmdxi line ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI Line Table Converg Line LLIndex Circuit Mode State VCs Sublayer Encaps Drop 1 0 ATM Enabled Up 2 AAL3 4 RFC1294 0 2 0 NONE Disabled NotPres 0 AAL3 4 RFC1294 0 2 73 Using Technician Interface Scripts pvcs lt line lindex gt lt line llindex VPI gt lt line llindex VPI VCI gt Displays all or a subset of ATM DXI Permanent Virtual Circuits PVCs lt line llindex gt Displays all PVCs for the specified line level lt line llindex VPI gt Displays all PVCs for the specified virtual path on the specified line level lt line llindex VPI VCI gt Displays the PVC for the specified virtual path and virtual channel The displays include the following information Line LLIndex Identifier of the PVC line and line level Direct Cct PVC s Direct Circuit name or number if there is one State State of the PVC as follows e Down PVC is disabled e Init PVC is initializing e NotPres PVC is not functioning e Up PVC is functioning fully PVC Mode Mode of the PVC as follows e Direct Upper layer protocols view this PVC as a point to point connection as an individual network interface e Group Upper layer protocols treat this PVC as one of a group of destinations to the switched network The upper layer protocols use a single network address to send all traffic destined for the switched network to th
276. e Display show fddi disabled FDDI Modules Disabled BOF L HW Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TO MTU Filter Found 0 matches out of 3 entries in table enabled Displays FDDI circuits that a user has manually enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show fddi enabled FDDI Modules Enabled BOFL HW Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter 2 1 F21 Up 00 00 A2 02 9F D6 3 4495 Disabled Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table 2 255 Using Technician Interface Scripts hwfilters Displays status and statistical information about the hardware filters in use if any The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line State State of the filtering hardware on the line Down Full or Up Line Type FDDI Maximum Tbl Siz Maximum number of table entries that a line can use based on the hardware filter devices present and available Current Tbl Siz Current capacity of the hardware filter table The protocol dynamically allocates hardware filter table resources as needed in increments of 256 up to the available table size Used Entries Number of hardware filter table entries used Dropped Frames Number of frames dropped because they matched the hardware filter Sample Display show
277. e Display show ftp base FTP Base Information Protocol State Default Idle Volume Time Out FTP Enabled 2 900 Max of Max Login File Xfer Control Data FTP TCP Sessions Retries Service Type Service Type Window Size 3 3 Binary Low Delay Hi Thru Put 16000 Displays statistical information about the Bay Networks FTP service Logins Logins Failed Files Received Average In Kb s In Errors Files Sent Avg Out Kb s Out Errors Number of successful FTP logins Number of FTP logins that failed Number of files successfully received Average transfer rate in kilobytes per second for receiving data Number of errors logged during in bound transfer Number of files successfully sent Average transfer rate in kilobytes per second for sending data Number of errors logged during out bound transfer 2 277 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ftp stats FTP Statistics Information Logins Files Avg In In Files Avg Out Out Logins Failed Received Kb s Errors Sent Kb s Errors 2 0 99 147 0 0 0 version Displays the current version number and modification date of the ftp bat script Sample Display show ftp version FTP bat Version 1 5 Date 12 12 94 2 278 show hardware show hardware The show hardware lt option gt commands display information about a router s hardware The show hardware command supports the following subcommand options
278. e IP address of the interface Address ATM address this interface uses Server Conn State Indicates the state of the VC connecting the client to the server and whether the client is currently registered with the server Sample Display show atmarp interface Interface Address Server Conn State SAES E 47000580FFE1000000F2151540 0000A20CD5C100 Open Registered 6 6 6 7 47000580FFE1000000F2151540 0000A20CD5C101 Server 2 Atmarp Interfaces stats lt P_address gt Displays statistics information for all ATMARP interfaces or a specific interface lt P_address gt Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface The table displays the following information Interface IP address of the client Open SVCs Number of SVCs currently open Calls Attempted Number of calls attempted both to the server and to other clients 2 67 Using Technician Interface Scripts Calls Succeeded Number of attempted calls that succeeded Failed May Retry Number of attempted calls that did failed but that the client may retry Failed No Retry Number of attempted calls that failed but that the client will not retry Calls Accepted Number of calls that this interface accepted Sample Display show atmarp stats Open Calls Calls Failed Failed Calls Interface SVCs Attempted Succeeded May Retry No Retry Accepted Da Dee T 1 37 2 0 35 0 6 6 6 7 2 0 0 0 0 3 2 Atmarp Interfaces table lt P_address gt Displays table informa
279. e Local B The B port is inserted into a local path and the A port is not e Local AB Both the A and B ports are inserted into the local path e Wrap A Secondary path is wrapped to the A port e Wrap B Primary path is wrapped to the B port e C Wrap A Primary and secondary paths are joined internal to the node and wrapped e C Wrap B Primary and secondary paths are joined internal to the node and wrapped to the B port e Wrap AB Primary path is wrapped to the B port and the secondary path is wrapped to the A port Thru Primary path enters the A port and emerges from the B port The secondary path enters the B port and emerges from the A port Interval in seconds between successful iterations of the Neighbor Notification Protocol This protocol identifies the MAC address of the FDDI upstream and downstream neighbors detects duplicate MAC addresses on the ring and generates periodic keep alive traffic that verifies the local MAC transmit and receive paths Sample Display show fddi smt FDDI Modules SMT Parameters Connection Policy R Reject Local MMMMSSSSBBBBAAAA Neighbor MSBAMSBAMSBAMSBA T ean a Te I IP Det Le sik lt el ECM Connect Notify Slot Conn Erreurt poh fe ios i eo ike ceo alee State State secs 2 1 F21 RRRRRRRR RR R RIn C_Wrap_B 22 1 entry in table 2 264 stats circuit lt circuit name gt show fddi Displays FDDI input output statistical informa
280. e MDIP orerar E EEEE A E E 3 34 enable disable nm aer tte ie eae Reese ea fn edie ee Ae 3 35 enable diSable OSl E E se cach eoseevete sted EEA EEE 3 36 enable disable OSpf 00 2 2 EER AEE TEREA T EE E E ENEE E EE E 3 37 enable disable Packet iuc ass hirii iieri aiSia AA E 3 38 e abledisable Ppp areni a a a a 3 39 OMAablS AISABIS ALP uper ir TA E EE A E ER 3 40 enable diSable rote ceaiorie e a r TEER E EAEn T Ea Ri ERE RERS aE EEEE TSE 3 41 enable disable rr dUnN Ges cscf2sc csiceccis vend oeeuey eke ca cave vate thw aaee RAE Eaa A a a Caie KESE dase 3 42 enable disable sdle at a r eh Re a ees Ate Bc eae ee 3 43 enable disable Span centet cei ee Att ie ie AA en he eee 3 44 enable disable Stiecteccteves a Marines ke hed 3s cg dasa testa afucesielbes a a nA aie at es aaa EF 3 45 enable disable SrSPAn ccccceeeecceeeeeeeceeeeeneeeeeeeeeseececeeensaeaeeeessenasesesneenaeeeeesenseeeeeenenes 3 46 enable disable star rE TEE cease case TETE A E subeeseues seaeecdenevendceste 3 47 relele lEt e gt ee 3 48 enable disable SVIE moca ie e E E e a ia ae ia 3 49 enable disable T a a a a ae Mase oA eens 3 50 enable disable tep sareei e i aaa dene satin vee EAEE EE NAE E ANDA AEE EAE TSS 3 51 enable disable telriet a ie a r eT aa r a a raaa a e a ie anaE Aa 3 52 Gie ee eene anie A E A E A E E E divest hed eutviagieelacs 3 53 nable disable token anin ariaa arenes aeaa e aa a aaea aa a 3 54 enable disable WINGS raea ea a ar a aaa a
281. e Not Used TxFltr2Offset Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet the first byte to be checked for a match TxFltr2Ref Reference point in the packet for the offset as follows e MAC First byte of the packet e Data Link Value the varies with the medium e Multicast Special filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a byte is 1 TxFltr2Size Number of bytes in the match field TxFltr2Match Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet TxFltr2Group Capture filter type grouping as follows Or ORs the results of TxFltr1 and TxFitr2 e And ANDs the results of TxFltr1 and TxFltr2 2 426 Sample Display show packet configuration 102101 Packet Capture Configuration for Line 102101 Delete Disable State Fname Control Capture LineNumber BufSize PktSize Direction Count RxTrigger TxTrigger RxFltrlType RxFltrlo0ffset RxFltrlRef RxFltr1lSize RxF1ltrlMatch TxFltrlType TxFltrl0ffset TxFltrlRef TxFltr1lSize TxFltriMatch RxFltr2Type RxF1ltr20ffset RxF1ltr2Ref RxF1ltr2Size RxF1ltr2Match RxF1ltr2Group TxFltr2Type TxFltr20ffset TxFltr2Ref TxFltr2Size TxFltr2Match TxFltr2Group Created Enabled Up PCAP0200 Start Started 102101 1 1Kbyte Increment s 2 32 Byte Increment s Receive amp Transmit 11 ot Used Not Used ot Used O ac x nil ot Used OF Ore ac x nil ot Used Or FOO ac 0 Ox
282. e PAP ID PAP Password S31 203101 0 Opened None None S32 203102 0 Stopped None None 2 Entries found 2 457 Using Technician Interface Scripts remote Displays the configured Password Authentication Protocol PAP identifier and password of the remote router The display includes the following information Circuit Line LLIndex LCP State Remote PAP ID Remote PAP Password Name of the circuit the protocol runs on Line number associated with the circuit State of the Line Control Protocol either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command PAP identifier assigned to the peer router During the authentication phase this interface must include this PAP ID in all password Authenticate Request messages it sends to the peer router PAP password assigned to the peer router During the authentication phase this interface must include this password in all password Authenticate Request messages it sends to the peer router Sample Display show ppp pap remote PPP Line Remote PAP Configuration Line LCP Remote Remote Circuit LLIndex State PAP ID PAP Password S31 203101 0 Opened None None S32 203102 0 Stopped None None 2 Entries found state lt circuit name gt For all circuits or for a specified circuit displays the state of LCP and of all the NCPs per circuit There are two types of displays one the Sync driver and the other for the HSSI driver State is e
283. e Scripts chap local remote The displays for the local and remote include the following information Circuit Line LLIndex LCP State Local Remote CHAP Name Local Remote CHAP Secret local Circuit name Logical Line Index Identifies the line number associated with the circuit Indicates the state of the link control protocol which helps establish the link Displays the CHAP name for the circuit Displays the CHAP secret for the circuit Displays the configured Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CHAP name and secret of the local router Sample Display show ppp chap local PPP Line Local CHAP Configuration Line LCP Local Local Circuit LLIndex State CHAP NAME CHAP Secret Special 202102 0 Initial None None S31 203101 0 Opened None None S32 203102 0 Opened None None Demand 5 10904101 0 Initial None None Demand 6 10905101 0 Initial None None Special 20904101 0 Initial None None 6 Entries found remote Displays the configured Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CHAP name and secret of the remote router 2 442 Sample Display show ppp chap remote PPP Line Remote CHAP Configuration show ppp Line LCP Remote Remote Circuit LLIndex State CHAP NAME Expected CHAP Secret Special 202102 0 Initial None None S31 203101 0 Opened None None S32 203102 0 Opened None None Demand 5 10904101 0 Initial None None Demand 6 10905101 0 Initial None N
284. e cache Indicates that the APPN node supports mapping of mode name and COS and transmission priority Indicates whether the APPN node supports multi domain traffic flows Indicates whether the APPN node supports Route Selection Control Vectors RSCVs storage during ISR sessions Maximum number of alerts that are held while waiting for the establishment of a link to a reporting point Size of the COS database weight cache Maximum number of entries that can be stored in the directory database at the network node 2 5 Using Technician Interface Scripts Max Directory Entries Maximum number of cached directory entries that can be stored in the local directory database at any one time Route Tree Cache Size Size of the topology and routing services tree database Route Tree Use Limit Maximum number of Route Selection Trees RSTs cached Max Nodes in Topology Maximum number of times an RST will be used before Route Selection Services RSS calculates a new route tree for that route Max TGs in Topology Maximum number of transmission groups in the local topology database Sample Display show appn base APPN Base Information Node Name USWFLTO1 DURHAM State Active Capabilities Negotiated LS Support Yes Segment Reassembly Yes BIND Reassembly Yes Parallel TG Support Yes Dynamic LS Support Yes Adaptive BIND Pacing Yes Receive Registered Chars Yes Border Node Support No Central Directory Support No
285. e connections that are not working The table includes the following information Connection IP address of the AURP connection State Current state of the connection which in this case is always Down Timeout Number of seconds to wait for an acknowledgment before retrying the connection Retry Number of attempts at a connection before determining that the peer is no longer responding 2 96 base show aurp Update Rate Rate in seconds at which the router sends routing table updates out this connection This value is a multiple of ten The range is 10 to 604 800 seconds one week The default is 30 seconds LHF Timeout Last Heard From Timeout specifies the number of seconds to wait for a Routing Information Response RI Rsp Routing Information Update RI Upd or Zone Information Response ZI Rsp before sending a tickle request This value is a multiple of ten The range is 10 through 31 536 000 seconds one year The default is 90 seconds Sample Display show aurp alerts AURP Connection Alerts Enabled but state is down Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout 192 32 14 85 Down 3 3 30 90 1 entries found 3 total entries Displays the base record information for AURP The base record controls AURP for the entire system The table includes the following information Protocol Name of the protocol which is AURP State State of the protocol Disabled Down Init initializing Not Pre
286. e enable ppp lt option gt command to enable Point to Point Protocol PPP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable ppp lt option gt command to disable PPP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of PPP refer to Configuring PPP Services The enable disable ppp command supports the lt ine lindex gt subcommand option as follows lt line llindex gt Enables or disables the line or instance identifier for the PPP interface Sample Display enable ppp s31 PPP line s31 enabled 3 39 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable rarp base Use the enable rarp lt option gt command to enable Reverse Address Resolution Protocol RARP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable rarp lt option gt command to disable RARP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of RARP refer to Configuring SNMP BOOTP DHCP and RARP Services The enable disable rarp command supports the lt base gt subcommand option as follows Enables or disables RARP on the router Sample Display enable rarp base RARP base record enabled 3 40 enable disable rptr enable disable rptr Use the enable rptr lt option gt commands to enable Access Node AN Repeater services and the disable rptr lt option gt commands to disable AN Repeater services For more information about the Bay Networks AN Repeater refer to Connecting BayStack AN and ANH Syst
287. e from transmitting traps to this manager e Generic Lets the agent software transmit the well defined SNMP traps coldStart warmStart egpNeighborLoss linkUp linkDown authenticationFailure and enterpriseSpecific to the manager e Specific Lets the agent software transmit all enabled log event traps to this manager e All Transmits both generic and specific trap types to this manager Sample Display show snmp community SNMP Community Information Community Community Community Index Name Access 1 public Read Write SNMP Community Manager Information Manager Community Manager Manager Index Manager Address Trap Port Trap Type 1 0 0 0 0 162 Generic 2 507 Using Technician Interface Scripts entity traps find entity lt entity number gt name lt entity name gt slot lt slot number gt Displays general information about entity traps or displays information for a specific entity number entity name or slot number find entity lt entity number gt Limits the display to the entity number specified find name lt entity name gt Limits the display to the entity name specified find slot lt slot number gt Limits the display to the slot number specified The displays contain the following information Entity Number Number that uniquely defines the entity Slot Number Number of the slot where the entity resides State Operating state of the entity s traps Enabled o
288. e has been properly configured for the SMDS network The table contains the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on State Operational state of the interface Down Init initializing Not Present not started or Up 2 501 Using Technician Interface Scripts Polling Net Mgt Version State of heartbeat polling on the interface Enabled or Disabled Polling verifies the integrity of the Bay Networks router DSU connection by regularly transmitting Keep Alive messages from the Bay Networks router to the DSU and acknowledging their receipt by DSU State of LMI network management on the interfac Enabled or Disabled LMI is an SNMP like protocol that enables the Bay Networks router and the DSU to exchange management information Value indicating the version s of the SNMP Interface Protocol SIP that this interface supports The value is a sum initialized at zero For each version V that this interface supports 2 raised to V 1 is added to the sum For example a port supporting versions and 2 would have a value of 24 1 1 2 4 2 1 3 The SipL3VersionSupport parameter is effectively a bit mask with Version 1 equal to the least significant bit LSB Sample Display show smds circuit SMDS Circuit Interface Table Circuit State Polling 21 Init S22 Down S23 Up disabled Enabled Enabled Disabld Net Mgt Version Disabled a Disabled 1 Disabled
289. e information Bridge Hello Time Interval in hundredths of a second between BPDUs that the bridge transmits BPDUs are periodic transmissions exchanged between bridges in the network to convey configuration and topology change data Bridge Forward Delay Value all bridges use for Forward Delay when this bridge is acting as the root specifies the time in hundredths of a second that a circuit spends in the Listening and Learning states 2 532 show srspan Sample Display show srspan configuration Source Route Spanning Tree Configuration Table Bridge Bridge Bridge Bridge ID Max Age Hello Time Forward Delay 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 2000 200 1500 configuration circuits lt circuit name gt Displays configuration parameters for all source route Spanning Tree circuits or for a specified circuit These parameters are user configurable The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this port is on Mode Mode of the port Enabled or Disabled Path Cost Contribution of this port to the root path cost offered in all configuration BPDUs that the bridge transmits 802 9 Translation Status of the translation parameter Enabled or Disabled This field is not currently used Sample Display show srspan configuration circuits Source Route Spanning Tree Circuit Configuration Parameters Circuit Mode Path Cost 802 9 Translation 5 Disabled 1 Disabled 2 533 Using Technician Interf
290. e of the security list Enabled or Disabled Action Action taken on a packet if it matches one of the ranges of CUGIDs Drop or Forward 2 403 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats From To Low end of a range of CUGIDs in the security list A circuit can have more than one set of ranges High end of a range of CUGIDs in the security list A circuit can have more than one set of ranges Sample Display show nml seclists NML Security Lists Circuit Port Status Action From To F31 1 Enabled Drop 224 238 E21 2 Enabled Forward 22 22 Forward 224 238 2 Entries Note that circuit E21 in the sample display has two ranges Displays the number of packets dropped because of security violations for each circuit on the router The table shows the following information Circuit Port Discards Name of the circuit configured for NML Circuit number of the port on which NML resides Number of packets dropped because of security violations 2 404 Sample Display show nml stats Bridge Statistics Circuit Port Discards F31 1 0 E21 2 0 version Displays the current version and date of creation of the nml bat script Sample Display show nml version NML bat Version 1 3 Date 12 8 94 show nml 2 405 Using Technician Interface Scripts show osi The show osi lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about Open Sys
291. e physical interface Interface is functioning properly Sample Display show ip enabled IP Circuits ate IP Address Circuit Circuit st E31 2 Up E23 3 Up E21 1 Up 3 Entries found 0 0 0 0 12814141 192 32 29 130 rfilters export import lt protocol gt Displays all configured route filters or specific route filters For example you can display all export filters or export filters for a specific protocol only You can use the following options with the rfilters command export import lt protocol gt Displays only export route filters Displays only import route filters Limits the display to the specified protocol which is one of the following e all Displays route filters for all protocols e RIP Displays only RIP route filters e OSPF Displays only OSPF route filters e EGP Displays only EGP route filters e BGP3 Displays only BGP 3 route filters 2 305 Using Technician Interface Scripts rip The table includes the following information Address Mask From Protocol Action Peer Address Peer AS IP network address of the network to which this filter applies If 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to all networks Range of addresses upon which this filter acts depends on the address class of the network address Source of the routing information any direct static RIP OSPF EGP or BGP 3 Flow of routing information For export filter
292. e record enabled line lt slot connector gt Enables or disables a specific X 25 line Sample Display enable x25 line 2 1 X 25 line 2 1 enabled service lt s ot connector cct index gt Enables or disables a specific X 25 service 3 57 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable xb Use the enable xb lt option gt commands to enable Translation Bridge services on a Bay Networks router and the disable xb lt option gt commands to disable Translation Bridge services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Translation Bridge refer to Configuring Bridging Services The enable disable xb commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables XB on the router Sample Display enable xb base XB base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit 3 58 enable disable xns enable disable xns Use the enable xns lt option gt commands to enable Xerox Network Systems XNS services on a Bay Networks router and the disable xns lt option gt commands to disable XNS services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of XNS refer to Configuring XNS Services The enable disable xns commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables XNS on the router Sample
293. e runs on State of the interface in this case Disabled Circuit index unique number for each IPX interface on the router IPX network address of the interface Host part of the interface s address Encapsulation method Ethernet Novell 802 3 LSAP SNAP 2 329 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx disabled IPX Circuit Configuration Information Disabled Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address F51 Disabled 1 None None 8 Circuits in table enabled Ethernet Encaps Method Displays all enabled IPX circuits A circuit is enabled if the Disable Enable parameter is set to Enable and the state is Up For column definitions see the disabled command Sample Display show ipx enabled IPX Circuit Configuration Information Enabled Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method E22 Down 2 None None Ethernet 203101 0 Down 3 None None Ethernet S32 iwup Down 4 None None Ethernet S33 iwpp Down 5 None None Ethernet 042 Up 6 0x2E025290 0x0000A20320C2 LSAP S34 smds Up 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368061 SNAP E24 Down 8 None None Ethernet 8 Circuits in table 2 330 forward hosts show ipx Displays the entries in the IPX forwarding table which includes the following information Network Ckt Idx Types Method Eql Cost Paths Address of the network to which this entry is forwarding packets Circuit index associated w
294. e value is the number of complete 15 minute intervals since the interface has been on line Number of Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Number of Severely Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Number of Severely Errored Framing Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Number of Unavailable Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Number of Controlled Slip Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval 2 217 Using Technician Interface Scripts DS1E1 Facility Data Link FDL Errors second half AT amp T 54016 mode Slot Conn Valid Intervals Totals PCVs Totals LESs Total BESs Totals DMs Total LCVs Slot identifier Connector identifier Number of previous time intervals for which valid data was collected The value is 96 unless the interface was brought on line within the last 24 hours In this case the value is the number of complete 15 minute intervals since the interface has been on line Number of Path Code Violations that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Number of Line Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Number of Burst Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Number of Degraded Minutes th
295. eYOUSBOGIN wier esi tren een ea E REEE EEEE EE EEE EA EEEE E ERES AEAEE EEE ARN EEEREN ESSEE XV Bay Networks Customer Support ccccceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeesecaeeeeeaaeeeeeeeestaeeneneeeess XV COMPUSEIVE iniiae aa tent deat inal a edt ee eg eae qa xvi INfORAGH S a aara aaae a a a a aa S xvii World Wida We seere eE A E AN ER xvii How t Get Help rniii enara aia eee ee ei aa aai eee xvii GOMVENTIONS E TEATER A A A E O A xviii Ordering Bay Networks Publications c ccccsceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeneeeesaeeeeeeeeess xix ACFONYINS scatter eee lets as tee date ee alent San AAT ear fad ad fae xix Chapter 1 Using Technician Interface Scripts What Are Technician Interface Scripts 0 cecccecseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeseeeeeetsaeeeeenes 1 2 SCTIPU AYP OS warts nc ccc AEE E LE swat ha gst E E T 1 2 Commands for Scripts cceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeceeeeeeaaeeeeeeeceaaeeeeeeeeseeaeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeaeeee 1 3 Loading batand MNU SCYipts aieeaa aae aaa aa ae aaa aaaea iaaa iadaaa iadaaa 1 5 Setting Up Scripts niai a d ae a octet 1 6 Using Script Command Sa pissin iriti a a a a e a aad ia iaia 1 8 Using the show COMMANG sirisser e belies dinaetbleenaeeeds 1 8 Using the enable and disable COMMANAS ccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeteeeeeeneeess 1 12 Using the Menu Utility i2i s ccce etait cries incite ee nei EE EEA A 1 15 Displaying MENUS Son ot veer eaters ainsi iin acim amenities 1 15
296. ections lt slot connector gt virtual circuit vc lt slot connector circuit name gt lines lt slot connector gt Displays the abnormal conditions in the packet level Use the display to determine why the packet level is not in data transfer state or why virtual circuits VCs have not been established The table contains the following information Line Line number of the driver X 25 runs on Restarts RX TX Number of restart packets sent and received over this VC Resets RX TX Number of reset packets sent and received over this VC Rejects RX TX Number of reject packets sent and received over this VC Intrpts RX TX Number of interrupt packets sent and received over this VC 2 627 Using Technician Interface Scripts Failed VC Connections Number of unsuccessful VC connections performed since starting up Abnormal VC Disconnects Number of abnormal VC disconnections SYNC Driver State State of the driver Down Init initializing Not Pres not yet started or Up Sample Display show x25 alerts X 25 Packet Level Alert Status Restarts Resets Rejects Intrpts Failed VC Abnormal VC SYNC Driver Line RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX Connections Disconnects State 2d 4 0 0 0 0 0 Up 1 Alert Entries base Displays the state of the X 25 protocol in the base record The base record controls X 25 for the entire system State is Disabled Down Init initializing Not Present configured but not yet started o
297. ed for translation You can also display a specific circuit Mode is Enabled or Disabled and State is Down Up Init initializing or Not Present Use this display to identify the Transparent Bridge interfaces that are present 2 642 Sample Display show xb tb Transparent Bridge Circuits Circuit Mode State 202102 0 Enabled Down 40 202102 0 Enabled Down 41 202102 0 Enabled Down 40 S21 Enabled Up E32 Enabled Down 202102 0 Enabled Down Aa 6 entries found tb stats circuit lt circuit name gt show xb Displays statistical information about traffic flowing through the Translation Bridge Each count represents one packet For frames traveling from a Transparent Bridge network to a Source Route network the count Transparent Bridge In Frames should increment For frames traveling from the Source Route network to the Transparent Bridge network the count Transparent Bridge Out Frames should increment Use the display to determine whether a Translation Bridge Transparent Bridge circuit is converting Sample Display show xb tb stats circuit e22 Transparent Bridge Circuits Transparent Transparent Bridge Bridge Circuit In Frames Out Frames E22 0 2 1 entries found 2 643 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the current version and modification date of the xb bat script Sample Display show xb version XB bat Version 1 7 Date 10 31 94
298. ed stats mpe enabled stats pve lt line Ilindex gt lt line llindex VPI gt lt line llindex VPI VCI gt lines lt line llindex gt version pves lt line Ilindex gt lt line llindex VPI gt lt line llindex VPI VCI gt 2 70 alerts base show atmdxi Displays abnormal conditions in the ATM DXI line level Use this command to identify lines configured as enabled but not currently up The table displays the following information Line LLIndex Identifier of the line and line level Circuit Name or number of the circuit that the interface runs on State State of the line Down Init initializing NotPres not present or Up Sample Display show atmdxi alerts ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI Line Alert Table Line LLIndex Circuit State Zed NONE NotPres Total entries 2 Displays the ATM DXI base record state The base record keeps statistics on each ATM DXI line for the entire system State is one of the following Healthy All configured lines are up Interface Anomaly One or more configured lines are down Other Anomaly One or more configured lines are initializing or not present 2 71 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show atmdxi base ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI Base Record Protocol State Lines ATM Other Anomaly 2 disabled Displays the ATM DXI interfaces that are configured as disabled For more infor
299. eeecceeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeseneeeeeceaaeeeseeeseeaeeseeseeeaeeeeeseeaeeeeeeseaes 3 12 enable disable circuit reiese n a anan tana cote eee A a ae ants 3 13 enable disable csmacd 22 06 e 202 gedit tetany Madea ot a ee a on Tet whee hl en teeth 3 14 enable disable ACMIMW cccsssesesesseeeeseeeececcececeeceeeecesesaeaeaeaeasaeseseseseseseseseeeeeeeeeeeees 3 15 enable disable decnet arrasean a a i a Wie ides eae eee eke 3 16 Enable disable cS 2s22zessecehedseaees verde cetesncee A A E us aveatausvatd costs 3 17 enable disable dS1O1 a e ea ca bedi du a aa raaa iaa aa eaa Sa 3 18 enable disable avmrp cire e a a ian a a a a ei 3 19 Tarcie leno Eele EE Er E E A A E E 3 20 enable disable tdi nsss a e a a einen E 3 21 Taye lo EIo leelo 2i i AR nE E E ES EEEE EE sdeeystaysieaceted 3 22 SrMable disable ftp reee n EAEE E E AAEE E A EREA A E 3 23 viii enable disable ASsiiicxcc2escdeccvetsoh aa eal aaa een estes aa a tec eve snl oe ana 3 24 enable disable igmio o AE E E EAA A EEEE AE 3 25 snable disable Ip siirsin dant a a eaae ANENE eed NE VNESENE AEE N dates 3 26 enable disable lpx merien data Ge a ee en eae ta 3 27 enable disable ireAund zia a aai a aiaa a a e a a ETR iR 3 28 enable disable isdn soinn eia a aa a a ie a a 3 29 enable disable Sd D a r a p aaa devs ae 1h Eaa i e iTe oasis 3 31 enable disable lap aa ri ear EEEE A EEE EIE ENA 3 32 nable disable NM ente eta aea a Seat a a aeea a aade teeth 3 33 enable disabl
300. effect e Error Application has detected an error in the rule definition Rx Matches Number of packets received that match this rule Rule Number Rule identifier Fragment Number Fragment identifier for large rules Sample Display show ip traffic filters IP Traffic Filters Rx Rule Fragment Circuit IP Address Mode Status Matches Number Number one 0 0 0 0 Enabled Inactive 0 0 0 E21 0 0 0 0 Enabled Inactive 0 0 0 2 321 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the version number and date for the ip bat script Sample Display show ip version IP bat Version 1 35 Date 10 31 94 2 322 show ipx show ipx The show ipx lt option gt commands display information about Novell s Internet Packet Exchange IPX services on a Bay Networks router For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of IPX refer to Configuring IPX Services The show ipx command supports the following subcommand options adjacent hosts sap alerts alerts sap disabled base sap enabled base stats sap circuits lt circuit name gt server net level filters disabled service addresses enabled services lt name search pattern gt type lt hex search pattern gt Net lt name search pattern gt lt search pattern gt type lt search pattern gt net lt search pattern gt forward static netbios routes hosts static routes 2 323 Usi
301. ems to a Network The enable disable rptr commands support the following subcommand options port lt port_number gt test reset port lt port_number gt reset test Enables or disables all ports or just a selected port Enables the repeater to reset and test itself Enables the repeater to run a self test without also resetting the AN Sample Display enable rpir test 802 3 Repeater HUB Non Disruptive Selftest Repeater Selftest Initiated Completed Repeater Post Selftest Status Repeater Operating Status OK Repeater Health Text Repeater Health Operational Total Partitioned Ports 2 Group Operating Status Operational Last Group Status Change 29221136 SNMP SysUpTime of Change 3 41 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable rredund Use the enable rredund lt option gt commands to enable router redundancy RREDUND services on a Bay Networks router and the disable rredund lt option gt commands to disable router redundancy For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of router redundancy refer to Configuring Interface and Router Redundancy The enable disable rredund commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables RREDUND on the router Sample Display enable rredund base RREDUND base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or
302. ences to other manuals that describe each protocol in detail 1 29 Chapter 2 Using the show Command Use the show command to display routing configuration interface and statistical data from the Management Information Base MIB The type and amount of data displayed depends on the specific protocol or network service you want to view In the command syntax items in square brackets indicate optional information Items in curly braces indicate choices that complete a command and you must enter one of the choices offered Text in angle brackets lt gt indicates the type of information to enter as an optional part of the command syntax for example lt circuit name gt Use lowercase for all commands they are case sensitive Note For on line help After loading the scripts you need on a given router you can display a list of available script subcommands by entering show lt option gt without additional options or with a question mark as an option For example after you load at bat and associated baseline script files on a router entering show at or show at at the Technician Interface prompt invokes the list of all show at subcommand options In command syntax lt pattern gt means that you can use wildcard searching with the and characters Use to find a string of any characters and any length Use to designate any character in a specific position of the search string For example to locate all network
303. ened The display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on Protocol Protocols used on the line State State of the protocol as follows e Ackrcvd Acknowledgment received the router received an acknowledgment to its request for configuring the connection It has yet to acknowledge the receipt of the request from the other side of the connection Acksent Acknowledgment sent the router has sent a request for configuring the connection It has also acknowledged a similar request from the other side of the connection but has yet to receive an acknowledgment of its request from the other side Closed Link is available but has not yet received an Open request Closing Router has sent a request to close the connection and is expecting an acknowledgment When it receives the acknowledgment the connection will enter the Closed state Initial Initial state the lower layer is unavailable Opened Router has sent a configuration request and the other side has acknowledged its request Also the router has received a configuration request from the other side and has acknowledged this request This layer is now up Reqsent Request sent The router has sent a request to configure the connection Starting Lower level is still unavailable but the router has initiated an Open request Stopped Link is available and an Open event has occurred Upon re
304. entire system The table includes information on the protocol type in this case SDLC and state of the protocol The state can be Active Inactive Pending Active Not Present Enabled or Disabled Sample Display sdic show base SDLC Base Record Information Protocol State SDLC Inactive 2 496 circuits lt circuit number gt show sdlc Displays SDLC configuration information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Circuit State Role Link Type Duplex Primary Duplex Secondary SDLC Address Circuit number of this interface Operational state of this interface Active Inactive Pending Active Not Present Enabled or Disabled Link station role Primary Secondary or Negotiable Indicates whether the SDLC port is connected to a Leased or Switched line Indicates whether the primary SDLC station is full duplex or half duplex Indicates whether the secondary SDLC station is full duplex or half duplex Link station address of the secondary link station on this SDLC link Sample Display show sdlc circuits SDLC Circuits Circuit State Role Link Type Duplex Duplex SDLC Primary Secondary Address 1 Enabled Negotiable Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 2 Enabled Secondary Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 4 4 Enabled Secondary Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 6 3 Total entries 2 497 Using Technician Interface Scripts
305. er model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Late Collision Number of collisions that occur after the timeslot of the channel has elapsed 2 178 Excessive Collision Frames Too Long Underflow Errors Internal MAC Transmit Errors show csmacd Number of times the transmitter failed in 16 attempts to successfully transmit a message due to repeated collisions on the interface Number of frames transmitted larger than 1518 octets Number of frames in which the transmitter was unable to obtain an entire packet from memory fast enough to keep up with the interface Number of excessive deferrals An excessive deferral indicates that during the previous transmission the deferral time was greater than 2 46 ms and the transmission was aborted Sample Display show csmacd transmit CSMACD Module Transmit Errors Late Excessive Slot Conn Circuit Collision Collision Frames Underflow Too Long Errors Internal MAC 2 1 E21 5 1 E51 5 2 E52 3 entries in table version 0 0 0 0 0 0 Transmit Errors 0 0 0 Displays the current version number and modification date of the csmacd bat script Sample Display show csmacd version csmacd bat Version 1 14 Date 7 25 95 2 179 Using Technician Interface Scripts show dcmmw The show dcmmw
306. er ranges from 1 to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of frames received Number of frames transmitted Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Sample Display show token sample 5 TOKEN RING Sampled Data over 5 seconds Rx TX Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 4 1 041 0 0 0 0 4 2 042 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table 2 602 show token stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays Token Ring input output statistical information for all Token Ring circuits or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error Receive Frames Number of frames received without error Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error MAC Rx Frames Number of MAC frames received without error Total Errors Total number of errors of all types Sample Display show token stats TOKEN RING I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit MAC Rx Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Frames Errors 4 1 041 418532016 5550944 6326501
307. es For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of SNMP refer to Configuring SNMP BOOTP DHCP and RARP Services The show snmp command supports the following subcommand options base exceptions find entity lt entity number gt event lt event number gt name lt entity name gt community version entity traps find entity lt entity number gt name lt entity name gt slot lt slot number gt Displays the base record for SNMP The base record controls SNMP for the entire system The table includes the following information State Authentication Packets Received Packets Sent Invalid Communities Operating state of SNMP Enabled or Disabled Type of authentication the agent uses as follows e Trivial Standard SNMP network security e Party Reserved for future use e Proprietary Bay Networks network security only for set requests With this type you can prohibit specific users from executing set requests Number of PDUs that SNMP has received from the transport system Number of PDUs that SNMP has sent to the transport system Number of PDUs containing an invalid community string 2 505 Using Technician Interface Scripts Get Requests Number of get request PDUs accepted and processed Get Next Requests Number of get next request PDUs accepted and processed Set Requests Number of set request PDUs accepted and processed noSuchName Err
308. et or system startup Rejects Received Total number of reject frames received from an adjacent SDLC link station since last reset or system startup Rejects Sent Total number of reject frames transmitted to an adjacent SDLC link station since last reset or system startup Sample Display show sdlc stats SDLC Statistics Circuit SDLC I Frames I Frames Rejects Rejects Add Received Sent Re Tx s Received Sent 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 193 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 0 0 0 0 0 4 5 0 0 0 0 0 4 6 38 22 4 a 2 version Displays the current version number and modification date of the sdlc bat script Sample Display show sdlic version SDLC bat Version 1 1 Date 1 23 95 2 499 Using Technician Interface Scripts show smds The show smds lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about the Switched Multi Megabit Data Service SMDS protocol For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of SMDS refer to Configuring SMDS Services The show smds command supports the following subcommand options addresses lt circuit name gt enabled alerts stats lt circuit name gt circuits lt circuit name gt version disabled addresses lt circuit name gt Displays the individual group and ARP addresses of all SMDS circuits or for a specific circuit The information displayed is useful for determining whether you have properly configured the stat
309. ether or not the Translation Bridge is operational Sample Display show xb base Translation Bridge XB Base Record Information Protocol Mode Translation Bridge Enabled 2 636 show xb configuration Displays how a Translation Bridge has been configured globally The table includes the following information Mode Status of the XB Enabled or Disabled Transparent Bridge Ring ID Ring number for the entire translation bridge network ranges from 0x001 to OxFFF Default Mode Default type of frame to be sent to the transparently bridged network Ethernet or 802 3 Broadcast Conversion Status of broadcast conversion Enabled or Disabled When enabled the translation bridge converts broadcast addresses between 802 3 and 802 5 Aging Time Number of seconds an address entry remains in the translation bridge s forwarding or RIF table when no data from that address has been received between 2 and 600 seconds Sample Display show xb configuration Translation Bridge XB Base Record Configuration Transparent Bridge Default Broadcast Aging Mode Ring ID Mode Conversion Time Enabled OxFFE Ethernet Enabled 300 disabled Displays the Source Routing and Transparent Bridge circuits that are disabled Mode is always Disabled and State is always Down Use this display to identify the Source Route or Transparent Bridge circuits that are not enabled The Source Routing Circuits table i
310. ether an RMON agent application is Active or Not Active Sample Display show dcmmw dem DCM Information DCM MemSize DCM HWRev DCM AgntImageVer 2097152 a 8E V1 3 0 4A RMON Hosts Configured RMON Agent 500 ACTIVE 2 182 show decnet show decnet The show decnet lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about DECnet Phase IV services For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of DECnet refer to Configuring DECnet Services The show decnet command supports the following subcommand options adjacency enabled alerts node routes find lt area node gt area routes find lt area gt static adjacency base stats hello update error circuits lt circuit name gt traffic filters lt circuit name gt designated router version disabled 2 183 Using Technician Interface Scripts adjacency Displays attributes of the adjacency table An adjacency is a directly connected circuit neighbor pair toward which the router forwards packets The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the adjacency is on Adjacency Address Destination address a valid DECnet address State State of the adjacency UP or INIT initializing Adjacency Type Adjacency type as follows e AREA Adjacency is a level 2 router e ROUTING IV Adjacency is a level 1 router e NONROUTING IV Adjacen
311. expires the driver does not notify the protocol level software Maximum transfer unit size the maximum frame length allowed on the wire excluding frame delimiters such as preamble and the ending delimiter The MTU of a FDDI frame is 4495 octets State of hardware filtering Enabled or Disabled When enabled the Link Module filtering hardware prevents the software from copying local frames into system memory Filtering hardware drops local frames at the interface Bridging software performance is improved because it no longer uses resources to receive and reject local frames 2 253 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show fddi alerts FDDI Modules on Alert BOFL HW Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter B 1 F31 Init 00 00 A2 03 01 79 3 4495 Enabled Found 1 matches out of 1 entry in table base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base level information for all FDDI circuits or a specific FDDI circuit For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show fddi base FDDI Modules BOF L HW Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TO MTU Filter 3 IESI Init 00 00 A2 03 01 79 3 4495 Enabled 1 entry in table 2 254 show fddi disabled Displays FDDI circuits that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In this case State is Down Sampl
312. face a unique number for each IPX interface on the router Nexthop Net IPX address of the next hop network Type Type of service Multiple routes to a single destination can appear in the table but access to such multiple entries is dependent on the table access mechanisms defined by the network management protocol in use Sock Socket for this service Sample Display show ipx static services additional IPX Static Service Table additional Information Nexthop Server Ckt Idx Nexthop Net Type Sock oneputt 1 None 0x0002 0x0023 1 Static Services configured 2 351 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats Displays general forwarding statistics for IPX interfaces The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router IPX Network Network address of the interface In Receive Number of input datagrams received from interfaces including those received in error In Deliver Number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IPX user protocols Out Request Number of IPX datagrams that local IPX user protocols supplied in transmission requests doesn t include datagrams counted in Forwards Forward Number of input datagrams for which this router was not the final IPX destination When this is the case the router tries to find a route for forwarding the datagram to the appropriate final destination If
313. ffers 2 261 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show fddi sample FDDI Sampled Data over 10 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 2 1 F21 2 3 0 0 1 entry in table Sample Display show fddi sample 5 circuit F21 FDDI Sampled Data over 5 seconds Rx cx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 2 1 F21 4 5 0 0 Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table smt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays Station Management SMT parameters for all FDDI circuits or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Slot Slot identifier associated with the FDDI circuit Conn Identifier of the connector associated with the FDDI circuit Circuit Name of the circuit associated with the FDDI circuit 2 262 Connection Policy ECM State show fddi Table that represents the requested connection possibilities for this node Each column identifies whether a connection should be accepted or rejected for a specific pair of port types The top header row shows the port types that are local to this node The next header row represents the port types of the neighbor port The table also displays the requested connection policy accept or R reject for this node for each port pair State of Entity Coordination Management ECM within SMT ECM controls the optional optical bypass switch and si
314. filters ipx 2 336 2 344 forced dialing enabling disabling 3 48 forced takedown enabling disabiling 3 48 forwarding tables bridge 2 145 cached IP 2 313 FR subcommands 2 268 to 2 275 fragmented packets statistics IP 2 315 frame errors el 2 246 tl 2 583 Frame Relay services 2 268 to 2 275 enabling disabling 3 22 FTP 1 5 to 1 6 2 276 to 2 278 3 23 FTP using to load scripts 1 5 to 1 6 H hardware filters CSMACD 2 173 displaying all 2 154 FDDI 2 256 Index 6 hardware information 2 279 to 2 285 hardware subcommands 2 279 to 2 285 High Speed Serial Interface 2 286 HSSI 2 286 to 2 294 enabling disabling 3 24 HSSI subcommands 2 286 to 2 294 hwfilters all driver circuits 2 154 csmacd 2 173 fddi 2 256 ICMP statistics IP 2 316 IGMP 2 295 to 2 298 3 25 image software 2 281 information show system command 2 576 interfaces ospf 2 417 Internet Control Message Protocol IP 2 316 Internet NCP PPP 2 446 Internet Packet Exchange IPX 2 323 to 2 355 enabling disabling 3 27 Internet Protocol IP 2 299 to 2 322 enabling disabling 3 26 IP address DLS 2 204 IP parameters Source Routing 2 523 IP static routes displaying 2 311 IP subcommands 2 299 to 2 322 IPX Adjacent Host Table 2 324 IPX NCP negotiation PPP 2 447 IPX Route Filter Information 2 336 IPX routing table 2 337 IPX subcommands 2 323 to 2 355 ISDN 2 359 to 2 374 3 29 to 3 31 L LAPB layer
315. for Optivity LAN software For detailed information on RMON topics refer to the Remote Network Monitoring MIB RMON REC 1757 The show dcmmw command supports the following subcommand options base dem 2 180 base show dcmmw Displays the base record information for the DCM software subsystem The table includes the following information Application DCMMW DCM middleware software subsystem State State of the DCMMW software Enabled or Disabled BootOption Indicates whether DCM boots from the boot image in its Flash memory LOCAL or downloads an image in the DCM board s shared DRAM DOWNLOAD ImgSaveMode Indicates whether DCM saves the boot image in shared memory to the DCM board Flash memory SAVE or leaves it in RAM to be lost at the next boot NO_SAVE CfgOption Indicates whether DCM uses the configuration information in its Flash memory LOCAL or a configuration file in the DCM board s shared DRAM SHARED CfgSaveMode Indicates whether DCM saves configuration information currently in RAM to the DCM board flash memory WRITE or leaves it in RAM to be lost at the next boot NO_WRITE RMONMaxHost Indicates the maximum number of host address entries in the RMON Host Control table This limit changes according to the amount of memory available to DCM If the table reaches the maximum value DCM deletes entries based on an LRU least recently used algorithm RMONDfitHost Indicates whether
316. for intermediate routing Maximum route addition resistance allowed Minimum congestion allowed Maximum congestion allowed 2 7 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show appn cos node APPN COS Nodes Resist Resist Congest Congest COS Weight Min Max Min Max BATCH 5 0 31 0 0 BATCH 10 0 63 0 0 BATCH 20 0 95 0 0 BATCH 40 0 127 0 0 BATCH 60 0 159 0 0 BATCH 80 0 191 0 0 BATCH 120 0 223 0 1 BATCH 160 0 259 0 l INTER 5 0 31 0 0 INTER 10 0 63 0 0 INTER 20 0 95 0 0 INTER 40 0 127 0 0 INTER 60 0 159 0 0 INTER 80 0 191 0 0 INTER 120 0 223 0 1 INTER 160 0 255 0 1 CPSVCMG 5 0 31 0 0 17 Entries cos priority lt COS name gt Displays the transmission priority for all COS types or for a specific COS type For more information about COS types see the cos node command The priority can be Low Medium High or Network 2 8 show appn Sample Display show appn cos priority APPN COS Priorities COS Priority PSVCMG NASVCMG 7 Entries cos tg lt COS name gt BATCH Low INTER High CONNECT Medium BATCHSC Low INTERSC High S Displays Transmission Group TG information for all COS types or for a specific COS type Eff Cap Min Eff Cap Max Connect Min Connect Max Byte Cst Min Byte Cst Max Minimun effective capacity Effective capacity is the bit transmission rate of
317. formation Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on State State of the Network Control Protocol NCP either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Network No Negotiated network number to be used Local Node No Negotiated node number that the local router will use Remote Node No Negotiated node number the peer will use Routing Protocol Routing protocol selected for the link Sample Display show ppp appletalk negotiated PPP APPLETALK NCP Negotiated Information Local Remote Routing Circuit State Network No Node No Node No Protocol S31 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP S32 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP 2 Entries found 2 439 Using Technician Interface Scripts bad packets Displays the number of bad packets received over each circuit and the first 16 bytes of the last bad packet If the number of bad packets is above zero then the PPP circuit is receiving misformed packets or packets meant for other protocols The hexadecimal display of the last bad packet will show the kind of packet being received The display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit receiving the bad packets Number of Bad Packets Number of bad packets received at this point Last Bad Packet First 16 bytes of the last bad packet Sample Display show ppp bad PPP Circuit Bad Packet Information of Bad Circuit Packets Last Bad Packet S31 0 None S32 0 None 2
318. formation Slot Conn Circuit State Line Type Maximum Tbl Siz Current Tbl Siz Used Entries Dropped Frames Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Name of the circuit associated with this line Status of the filtering hardware on the line Down Full or Up CSMACD Maximum number of table entries that a line can use based on the hardware filter devices present and available Current capacity of the hardware filter table The protocol dynamically allocates hardware filter table resources as needed in increments of 256 up to the available table size Number of hardware filter table entries used Number of frames dropped because they matched the hardware filter 2 173 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show csmacd hwifilters Hardware Filters Modules Slot Conn Circuit State Line Maximum Current Used Dropped Type Tbl Siz Tbl Siz Entries Frames 2 1 E21 Down 1 entry in table CSMACD 1024 0 0 0 receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Checksum Errors Alignment Errors Overflow Errors Frames Too Long Receive Symbol Errors
319. ftware Directive dated 14 May 1991 as may be amended from time to time shall apply for interoperability purposes Licensee must notify Bay Networks in writing of any such intended examination of the Software and Bay Networks may provide review and assistance Notwithstanding any foregoing terms to the contrary if licensee licenses the Bay Networks product Site Manager licensee may duplicate and install the Site Manager product as specified in the Documentation This right is granted solely as necessary for use of Site Manager on hardware installed with licensee s network This license will automatically terminate upon improper handling of Software such as by disclosure or Bay Networks may terminate this license by written notice to licensee if licensee fails to comply with any of the material provisions of this license and fails to cure such failure within thirty 30 days after the receipt of written notice from Bay Networks Upon termination of this license licensee shall discontinue all use of the Software and return the Software and Documentation including all copies to Bay Networks Licensee s obligations under this license shall survive expiration or termination of this license Bay Networks Inc 4401 Great America Parkway Santa Clara CA 95054 8 Federal Street Billerica MA 01821 Contents About This Guide Software SUNOS spie ii aaie luc aaea ad ea Eae a a aa a ada aeaa xiv AUGIEnCO oeiras O E E E OE xiv BeTOr
320. g Table Information Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host lethod Age Ticks Hops 0x00000002 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 23 13 0x00000003 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 25 14 0x00000022 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 17 6 0x00000042 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 20 9 0x00000043 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 19 8 0x00000044 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 20 9 0x00000100 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 21 10 0x00000123 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 20 9 0x00000192 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 22 9 0x00000730 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 20 9 0x00000986 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 4 3 0x00002FCA 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 18 7 0x00005555 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 18 7 0x0000AAA1 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 20 9 Ox0000F2AB 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 19 8 Ox0000F2B8 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 20 9 16 Routes in table 2 338 Sample Display show ipx routes type local IPX Routing Table Information show ipx Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops 0x2E025290 6 0x2E025290 0x000045C00443 Local 0 1 0 0x2E025360 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368061 Local 0 1 0 2 Entries found Sample Display show ipx routes 0x2E025360 IPX Routing Table Information Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops 0x2E025360 7 0x2E025360 0xC150843680
321. g from operating RMT passes through a variety of states as follows e Isolated Initial state of RMT e NonOp MAC being managed is participating in ring recovery and the ring is not operational RingOp MAC being managed is part of an operational FDDI ring Detect Ring has not been operational for a certain period of time In this state RMT detects duplicate addresses a condition that prevents ring operation NonOpDup TMAC under control is a duplicate of another MAC on the ring The ring is not operational in this state RingOpDup MAC under control is a duplicate of another MAC on the ring The ring is operational in this state Directed RMT has instructed the MAC it is controlling to send beacon frames notifying the ring of a stuck condition Beacon frames indicate that the interface doesn t see the token and that this condition should be transient If this state persists contact your customer service representative e Trace RMT has initiated the trace function Ring Op Count Number of times the ring has entered the Ring Operational state from the Ring Not Operational state This count is updated when there is a change in the state but does not have to be exact Sample Display show fddi mac FDDI Modules MAC Parameters Upstream Downstream TNeg Ring Mgmt Ring Op Slot Conn Circuit Neighbor Neighbor ms State Count 0 entries in table 2 258 port show fddi Di
322. ger s AutoScript User s AutoScript show console Number of minutes allowed between when the system displays the login banner and a user enters a login ID relevant only if modem control is enabled If this timeout occurs the system hangs up on the line Number of minutes allowed for a user to enter a password If this timeout period occurs the system hangs up on the line Command line timeout value relevant only if modem control is enabled If someone doesn t enter a command in this number of minutes the system hangs up on the serial port Switch to execute control C to break out of the user autoscript When a user autoscript is in effect and this parameter is enabled you can break out of the script when logged in as User not Manager Also if this parameter is enabled and the script terminates due to an error the system automatically logs you out List of file system volumes to be searched when you run a script without a volume specifier or if an autoscript does not contain a volume specifier The environment variable PATH is set to this string The string format is as follows lt vol gt lt vol gt Example 2 3 4 5 Name of the script to run when the Manager account logs in to the router If the script name does not contain a volume specifier the system searches the volumes listed in Initial Search Path Name of the script to run when the User account logs in to the router If the script name doe
323. gins as Manager Other Login Errors Number of login name errors Current Active Sessions Number of active inbound Telnet sessions Sample Display show telnet stats TELNET Statistical Information User Manager Other Current Total Login Login Login Active Logins Errors Errors Errors Sessions version Displays the version number and modification date of the telnet bat script Sample Display show telnet version TELNET bat Version 1 9 Date 5 3 94 2 594 show tftp base show tftp The show tftp lt option gt commands display information about the Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP status For information on TFTP refer to Configuring Routers The show tftp command supports the following subcommand options base version Displays the base record for TFTP which controls the protocol for the entire system The table includes the following information Protocol State Default Volume Retransmit Timeout Max Number Retransmits of Writes of Reads of Retransmits Name of the protocol in this case TFTP Operating state of TFTP Enabled or Disabled Volume number of the default file system for writing and retrieving transferred files General retransmission timeout value in seconds Maximum number of retransmissions allowed Number of Write requests received Number of Read requests received Number of retransmitted packets
324. gnals other entities within SMT when the medium is available ECM passes through a variety of states as follows e By_Check Confirms that both the primary and secondary optical bypass switches have switched e Bypassed Initial state of ECM after path test If an optical bypass switch is present it is in a bypassed state e Deinsert State allows time for the optical bypass switch to deinsert e In Normal state for a completed connection e Insert State that allows for the switching time of the optical bypass switch The ECM remains in this state until the optical bypass switch has completed switching e Leave Transition to allow enough time to break any existing connections e Pathtest Node performs a test of its entities as data paths ECM enters this state after completing the trace function e Trace State used to identify a stuck beacon condition which indicates that the interface doesn t see the token This state should be a transient condition If it persists contact your customer service representative 2 263 Using Technician Interface Scripts Connect State T Notify secs State of Configuration Management CFM within SMT CFM interconnects physical connections and MAC entities to configure the ports and MACs within a node The states are as follows e Isolated Port is not inserted into any path e Local A The A port is inserted into a local path and the B port is not
325. guration state and statistical information about Bridging services For more information on Bridging services refer to Configuring Bridging Services The show bridge command supports the following subcommand options alerts enabled base forwarding tables lt MAC address gt lt pattern gt circuits lt circuit name gt stats disabled version alerts Displays all circuits that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface runs on Port Port number State State of the interface In this case State is Down Frame Length Maximum size of the INFO non MAC field that this port will receive or transmit 802 9 Translations State of the translation bridging parameter Enabled or Disabled The default is Disabled 2 142 base show bridge Sample Display show bridge alerts Bridge Circuit Table Frame 802 9 Circuit Port State Length Translations 0 Entries found Displays the Bridge global parameters The base record controls Bridging services for the entire system The table includes the following information Protocol Name of the protocol in this case Bridge State Current state of the protocol Disabled manually disabled Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up FDB Entries Current number of forward ta
326. hat have been discarded Address Translation Errors Number of address translation errors received Rev Q Full Errors Number of full queue errors received Rev Q Write Errors Number of write queue errors received Write failures occur when the SAR device tries to write to an already full queue Rev Q Empty Errors Number of empty queue errors received Empty errors occur when the SAR device has no place to put the data it has received For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line receive errors ATM Module Receive Errors Address Rev Q Rev Q Rev Q Dropped Translation Full Write Empty Slot Conn Circuit Cells Errors Errors Errors Errors 4 1 A41 0 0 0 0 0 5 1 A51 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table 2 90 show atm line Sample Display show atm line receive errors circuit A51 ATM Module Receive Errors Address Rev Q Rev Q Rev Q Dropped Translation Full Write Empty Slot Conn Circuit Cells Errors Errors Errors Errors 5 1 A51 0 0 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table receive stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the total number of frames octets and cells received by all circuits or by the specified circuit Sample Display show atm line receive stats ATM Module Receive Statistics Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells 4 1 A41 0 0 0 5 1 A51 0 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display sho
327. he rights of the United States Government regarding its use reproduction and disclosure are as set forth in the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52 227 19 Trademarks of Bay Networks Inc ACE AFN BCN BLN BN CN FRE LN Optivity SynOptics SynOptics Communications Wellfleet and the Wellfleet logo are registered trademarks and AN ANH ASN BaySIS BayStack BCNX BLNX BNX EZ Internetwork EZ LAN FN PathMan PhonePlus PPX Quick2Config RouterMan SPEX Bay Networks Bay Networks Press the Bay Networks logo and the SynOptics logo are trademarks of Bay Networks Inc Third Party Trademarks All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners Statement of Conditions In the interest of improving internal design operational function and or reliability Bay Networks Inc reserves the right to make changes to the products described in this document without notice Bay Networks Inc does not assume any liability that may occur due to the use or application of the product s or circuit layout s described herein Portions of the code in this software product are Copyright 1988 Regents of the University of California All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms of such portions are permitted provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation advertising materials and
328. he DCM middleware DCMMW software subsystem Sample Display enable dcmmw base DCMMW base record enabled Sample Display disable dcmmw base DCMMW base record disabled 3 15 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable decnet Use the enable decnet lt option gt commands to enable DECnet services on a Bay Networks router and the disable decnet lt option gt commands to disable DECnet service For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of DECnet refer to Configuring DECnet Services The enable disable decnet commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables DECnet on the router Sample Display enable decnet base DECNET base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable decnet circuit e21 DECNET Circuit e21 enabled 3 16 enable disable dls enable disable dis Use the enable dls lt option gt commands to enable Data Link Switching DLSw services on a Bay Networks router and the disable dls lt option gt commands to disable DLSw services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of DLSw refer to Configuring DLSw Services The enable disable dls commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables DLS
329. he following subcommand options alerts receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt disabled smt circuit lt circuit name gt enabled stats circuit lt circuit name gt hwfilters system errors circuit lt circuit name gt mac circuit lt circuit name gt transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt port version 2 252 alerts show fddi Displays all FDDI modules that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address BOFL TMO MTU HW Filter Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier 1 or 2 Name of the circuit associated with this line State of the line driver Disabled Down Init initializing LLC off or Not Pres not present The Not Pres state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver software The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration Physical address of the line Number of seconds the driver waits before notifying protocol level software of a service loss if service is lost for some reason If service is restored before this number
330. he table includes information about the state of thresholds and alarms Enabled or Disabled and the polling interval in seconds for examining objects in the threshold table for threshold exceptions Sample Display show sta base Statistical Thresholds and Alarm Information State Poll Interval Enabled 5 2 541 Using Technician Interface Scripts configuration lt object ID gt Displays configuration information for all objects or for a specific object The table includes the following information Object State Threshold State Low Medium High Current Action Identifier of the MIB object to examine for threshold exceptions Operating state of the threshold Enabled or Disabled When State is Disabled the router ignores the threshold during its polling Threshold state Valid Ignored Held Suspended or Invalid Level of low threshold for this statistic This is the level at which the system generates a low threshold exception event Level of medium threshold for this statistic This is the level at which the system generates a medium threshold exception event Level of high threshold for this statistic This is the level at which the system generates a high threshold exception event Most recently computed threshold value for the polled object How to evaluate the threshold with respect to the threshold values e Greater than Generates threshold events when the value of the
331. her than the ASN the range is 4 For an ASN the value is a two digit decimal number 11 to 44 The first digit is the Net Module number and the second digit is the connector number Name of the circuit associated with this line State of the line driver Disabled Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up Disabled Configuring Complete True or False 100Base X 100Base TX or 100Base FX 100Base X FD Full Duplex 100Base T FD Cong with congestion control 2 169 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show csmacd autoneg Auto Negotiation Information Auto Negotiation Remote Capability Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling In Use 2 1 E21 Up NOT SUPPORTED 5 1 E51 Up Complete RUE 100Base X FD 5 2 E52 Up Complete RUE 100Base X FD 3 entries in table base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays base level information about CSMACD You can also display base information for a specific circuit For definitions of the columns in the table refer to the alerts command Sample Display show csmacd base CSMACD Modules BOFL HW Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed 2 1 E21 Up 00 00 A2 00 DC A9 5 1518 Disabled 10Mbps 5 1 ESL Up 00 00 A2 0B 66 AF 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps 5 2 E52 Up 00 00 A2 0B 66 BO 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps 3 entries in table 2 170 show csmacd collisions circuit
332. his line Tx Frames Number of frames sent on this line Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Sample Display show bisync sample BISYNC Sampled Data over 10 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames RescsChar RescsFrms 1 1 11 16 4 0 0 1 entry in table 2 126 show bisync stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays BISYNC input output statistical information for all BISYNC modules or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error Receive Frames Number of frames received without error Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error Total Errors Total number of errors of all types Sample Display show bisync stats BISYNC Module I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 1 1 S11 18697 1163 1254 413 0 1 entry in table 2 127 Using Technician Interface Scripts transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about transmissio
333. how lane mac ATM LAN Emulation Client MAC address table Cct Circuit Name 9 ATMSR_1405101 9 MAC address ATM address registered for MAC address 00 00 A2 0E 9F CA 39 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 00 00 71 00 Total entries 1 servers lt circuit name gt Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client Server VCC information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table displays the following information 2 380 Cct Circuit Name Config Direct Line Config Direct VPI Config Direct VCI Control Direct Line Control Direct VPI Control Direct VCI Control Distributed Line Control Distributed VPI Control Distributed VCI Multicast Send Line Multicast Send VPI Multicast Send VCI Multicast Forward Line Multicast Forward VPI Multicast Forward VCI show lane Circuit number of the LEC Circuit name that Site Manager assigned Interface associated with the Configuration Direct VCC If the value is 0 no Configuration Direct VCC exists The Virtual Path Identifier VPI that identifies the Configuration Direct VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC The Virtual Channel Identifier VCI that identifies the Configuration Direct VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC Interface associated with the Control Direct VCC If the value is 0 no Control Direct VCC exists The VPI that identifies the Control Direct VCC
334. icator If available the value in hexadecimal of the Multi Exit Discriminator MED for BGP 4 or the Inter AS Metric for BGP 3 associated with the path 2 114 Aggregator Atomic Local preference AS Path show bgp If it exists the aggregator attribute displayed in the form Aggregator n x x x x where n is the AS number and x x x x is the Internet address Whether the aggregate is atomic if it is the word Atomic appears Local preference of the route as received from IBGP or as calculated for EBGP routes On IBGP connections the value is in the form Local Pref received x where x is a hexadecimal value If a different value was calculated for policy reasons calculated x also appears On EBGP links Local Pref calculated x appears AS Path of the route as a sequence of AS numbers preceded and possibly intermingled with SEQ and SET SEQ indicates that the following AS path segment is sequence type SET indicates set type The show bgp routes command displays the routing information in the following format Destination Author V l Best Used Next Hop l 0 0 0 0 0 from 192 32 175 130 BEST USED nexthop 192 32 17 13 IGP Aggregator 104 200 104 0 104 Local Pref calculated 0x4aleff7 AS Path SEQ 104 SET 5 6 Origin 4A AS Path Aggregator Attribute Local Preference 2 115 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show bgp routes BGP Routes 0 0 0 0
335. ices The show at command supports the following subcommand options aarp lt net gt lt node gt find lt net gt filters zone circuit lt circuit name gt alerts routes nets find lt netlow gt lt nethigh gt zones base stats aarp ddp rtmp zipquery zipgni zipes nbp echo lt circuit name gt circuit lt circuit name gt total routes nets zones aarp configuration circuit lt circuit name gt version disabled zones zip find lt pattern gt enabled 2 43 Using Technician Interface Scripts aarp lt net gt lt node gt find lt net gt Displays all entries in the AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol AARP table only the AARP entry for a specific node or all entries that have a network address that matches a specified pattern lt net gt lt node gt find lt ne Displays the AARP entry for the specified network node in the format lt network ID gt lt node ID gt twork pattern gt Displays the AARP entries that have a network address that matches the given pattern The table includes the following information Address Physical Address Circuit AppleTalk network address of the node Hardware address of the node for example the Ethernet address Name of the circuit on which the address resolution is in effect Sample Display show at aarp AppleTalk AARP Table Address Physical Address Circuit
336. ich this router performed the fragmenting Sample Display show ip stats fragments IP Fragments Statistics Fragmnts Sucssful Failed Fragmnt Fragmnt Total Circuit IP Address Received Reassem Reassem Sent Failed Fragmnts S31 192 32 174 65 0 0 0 0 0 0 E23 192 32 174 97 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 315 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats icmp client lt circuit name gt Displays echo timestamp and address mask statistics about Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP packets for all interfaces or for a specified interface The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on IP Address Internet address of the interface Echo Requests Number of ICMP Echo Request messages received Echo Replies Number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received Timestmp Requests Number of ICMP Timestamp Request messages received Timestmp Replies Number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received AddrMask Requests Number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received AddrMask Replies Number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received Sample Display show ip stats icmp client IP ICMP Client Statistics Echo Echo Timestmp Timestmp AddrMask AddrMask Circuit IP Address Requests Replies Requests Replies Requests Replies 31 192 32 174 65 0 0 0 0 0 0 E22 192 32 175 129 0 2 0 0 0 0 stats icmp in lt circuit name gt Displays statistics about ICMP packets received for
337. ide of the connection Annex D to TI 617 e LMI Management services as specified by revision 1 of the Local Management Interface standard e LMI Sw Management services for the DCE side of LMI e None No management interface between the router and the Frame Relay network State of the interface as follows e Fault Interface is not operating e Init Interface is initializing has not yet started e NotPres Interface is not yet present e Running Interface is operating properly Number of times the interface has been in fault mode Sample Display show fr alerts Frame Relay DLCMI ALERT Table Line LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Status Faults 202102 0 22 LMI Fault 1 202103 0 23 AnnexD Fault 1 Total entries 2 2 269 Using Technician Interface Scripts disabled Displays the interfaces that are currently disabled For column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show fr disabled Frame Relay DLCMI Disabled Table Line LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Status Faults 202103 0 S23 AnnexA NotPres li Total entries 1 enabled Displays the interfaces that are currently enabled For column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show fr enabled Frame Relay DLCMI Enabled Table Line LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Status Faults 202101 0 S21 None Running 0 202102 0 S22 LMI Fault 1 202103 0 S23 AnnexA Fault 1 Total entries 3 2
338. identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of frames received with CRC errors Number of frames received with internal overrun errors Number of badly formed frames received from the FDDI ring frames that do not contain a valid Frame Status field of at least three control indicator symbols that is E A C flags Number of frames received that exceed the MTU size 2 260 show fddi Sample Display show fddi receive FDDI Module Receive Errors Slot Conn Circuit CRC Overrun Invalid Frames Errors Errors Frames Too Long 2 1 F21 0 0 0 0 1 entry in table sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays data sampled from FDDI over a period of 10 seconds You can change the number of seconds over which you want to sample the data and you can display sampled data for a specific circuit only The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Rx Frames Tx Frames Rx Lack of Resources Tx Lack of Resources Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of frames received Number of frames sent Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources for example bu
339. ience Routing and Switching software is available in the following suites The System Suite includes IP routing 802 1 Transparent Bridge Source Route Bridge Translation Bridge SNMP Agent Bay Networks HDLC PPP OSPF EGP BGP and basic DLSw The LAN Suite includes DECnet Phase 4 AppleTalk Phase 2 OSI VINES IPX and ATM DXI in addition to the System Suite The WAN Suite includes ATM DXI Frame Relay LAPB and X 25 in addition to the System Suite The Corporate Suite includes the System LAN and WAN suites in their entirety The ARE ATM Suite provides RFC 1483 and 1577 compliance ATM UNI 3 0 signaling in addition to the LAN Suite The ARE VNR Corporate Suite provides ATM Forum LAN Emulation in addition to the ARE ATM Suite and Corporate Suite The BNX Suite includes IP Routing SNMP Agent Bay Networks HDLC PPP OSPF EGP BGP File Based Performance Statistics Frame Relay switching and Frame Relay billing and selected components from the Corporate ARE ATM and ARE VNR Corporate suites Availability of features and functionality described in this guide depends on the suites you are using Written for network managers and router technicians this guide assumes that you have a working knowledge of TCP IP networking and have some familiarity with network management principles concerning the MIB SNMP configuration and statistics management xiv About This Guide Before You Begin Before using this gui
340. if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC The VCI that identifies the Control Direct VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC Interface associated with the Control Distributed VCC If the value is 0 no Control Distributed VCC exists The VPI that identifies the Control Distributed VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC The VCI that identifies the Control Distributed VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC Interface associated with the Multicast Send VCC If the value is 0 no Multicast Send VCC exists The VPI that identifies the Multicast Send VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC The VCI that identifies the Multicast Send VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC Interface associated with the Multicast Forward VCC If the value is 0 no Multicast Forward VCC exists The VPI that identifies the Multicast Forward VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC The VCI that identifies the Multicast Forward VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC 2 381 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show lane servers ATM LAN Emulation Client Server VCC Table Config Direct Control Direct Cct Circuit Name Line VPI VCI Line VPI VCI 4 ATMSR_1405101 4 1103101 0 32 1103101 0 33 Control Distributed Multicast Send Multicast Forward Lin
341. ific circuits show Inm lt option gt NetBIOS over IP service interfaces names show nbip lt option gt NetWare Link Services Protocol NLSP and services circuits maps neigbors statistics translations show nlsp lt option gt Native Mode LAN service circuits security lists Bridge statistics show nml lt option gt Open Systems Interconnection service adjacency circuits routes show osi lt option gt Open Shortest Path First Protocol service area AS external routes interfaces LSDB neighbors statistics show ospf lt option gt Packet Capture service captured packets configuration line numbers loaded slots status show packet lt option gt Ping MIB service configuration history source and trace routes show ping lt option gt continued Using Technician Interface Scripts Table 1 1 Displaying Service Information continued To Display Information About This Service Use This Command Point to Point Protocol service AppleTalk bad packets Bridge CHAP circuits DECnet IP IPX line LQR OSI PAP protocol VINES XNS show ppp lt option gt DLSw protocol prioritization queues cc_stats filters qstats show protopri lt option gt Reverse Address Resolution Protocol service circuits show rarp lt option gt Repeater service last address sample data port status statistics show rptr lt
342. ifies the slot where this line resides Port Num Identifies the port where this line connects Line State State of the line which can be one of the following e Down Line is not operational e DSR Wait External equipment such as a modem DSU or CSU is not currently up and thus is not sending a Data Set Ready signal e HoldDown Line is in holding mode e Init Line is initializing e LMI Wait Line is waiting for the WAN protocol to indicate that a link layer connection has been established to another device e Not Pres Line is enabled but not active This state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration e Up Line is operating normally Active Circuit Name of the circuit using this line 2 548 Hold Down Time Media Type Cable Type Line Number ISDN Line Information Pool ID Line Number Channel Count Priority Channels In Use show sws Number of seconds the router waits before bringing up the line This delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a reactivated primary line and there are problems on the line Signaling method used for this backup line as follows e RaiseDTR Router can initiate monitor and terminate dial connections using a programmed number in the
343. ile port 4 is called PRINTER it is exactly like ports 1 2 and 3 Port 4 doesn t support a printer It has that name because that s what is printed near the port connector on the link module Slot on which the login session for the serial port is running Current baud rate setting for the serial port Number of data bits in the serial port s configuration Serial port s current parity setting Number of stop bits in the serial port s configuration Configuration of modem control as follows e Disabled Port is directly connected to a device such as a dummy terminal or a terminal server e Enabled Port is attached to a modem and modem leads are enabled Number of lines the serial port displays before displaying the more prompt Setting of the Technician Interface more feature Enabled or Disabled according to the MIB record The Technician Interface more command affects only the current login session doesn t change the MIB and therefore doesn t affect the setting of this field Technician Interface prompt Maximum number of login retries relevant only if modem control is enabled This value determines the maximum number of failed login attempts a system allows on the serial port If the maximum occurs the system hangs up on the line causing a modem connection to lose carrier detect 2 162 Login Time Out Password Time Out Command Time Out User Abort Logout Initial Search Path Mana
344. in hundredths of a second that a circuit spends in the Listening and Learning states Sample Display show span configuration Spanning Tree Configuration Table Bridge Bridge Bridge Bridge ID Max Age Hello Time Forward Delay 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 2000 200 1500 configuration circuits lt circuit name gt Displays configuration parameters for all Spanning Tree circuits or for a specified Spanning Tree circuit These parameters are user configurable The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this port is on Mode Mode of the port Enabled or Disabled 2 514 show span Priority Value of the priority field contained in the first octet of the 2 octet port ID for this circuit This value specifies the relative priority of the port The lower the priority the more likely this will be the root bridge Path Cost Contribution of this port to the root path cost offered in all configuration BPDUs that the bridge transmits 802 9 Translation Status of the translation parameter Enabled or Disabled Enabled means that the Spanning Tree protocol is used as part of the transparent to source routing translation bridged network for this interface Sample Display show span configuration circuits Spanning Tree Circuit Configuration Parameters Circuit Mode Priority Path Cost 802 9 Translation S21 Enabled 128 1 Disabled E51 Enabled 128 1 Disabled S31 Enabled 128 1 Disabled
345. ine which Source Route IP interfaces have not been enabled Sample Display show sr ip disabled Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Circuit Information Circuit SR Mode SR State 0 entries found 2 526 ip enabled show sr Displays Source Route IP interfaces that are enabled Mode is always enabled and State is either Down or Up You can use this display to determine which Source Route IP interfaces have been enabled Sample Display show sr ip enabled Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Circuit Information Circuit SR Mode SR State O21 Enabled Down S51 Enabled Up 043 Enabled Down 3 entries found ip explorers Displays the list of Source Route IP Encapsulation explorers Source Routing sends a copy of each Source Route Broadcast packet to each IP address in the list Sample Display show sr ip explorers Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Explorers 10055 1 entries found 2 527 Using Technician Interface Scripts ip routes Displays the list of Source Route IP Encapsulation learned routes Ring ID is the identifier that SR assigns to the network segment and can range from 0x001 to OxFFF Bridge ID can range from 0x1 to OxF You can use the display to identify the address to use for routing specific packets over an IP network Sample Display show sr ip routes Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Routes IP Address Ring ID Bridge ID
346. ins to the overall system and not to any specific protocol The show system command supports the following subcommand options buffers protocols drivers tasks information version memory buffers Displays the current buffer usage for all active slots in the system Note that buffers circulate rapidly through the system A low free percentage doesn t necessarily indicate a buffer shortage it may be a transient condition Sample Display show system buffers Buffer Usage Statistics Slot Total Used Free Free 2 378 124 254 6 3 378 90 288 7 oe 7 6 oe 2 574 show system drivers Displays link modules and drivers installed on all active slots in the system If the configuration displayed differs from that expected your configuration file may be incorrect wrong module type specified for example or there may be a problem loading the software Sample Display show system drivers Link Module Slots QENET 2 FDDI 5 QSYNC 8 DT 4 Link Drivers System Software Configuration Driver Slots ILACC 2 ESTS 5 TMS 380 4 MK5025 3 2 575 Using Technician Interface Scripts information Displays general system information Sample Display show system information System Information System Name Bay Networks Node 1 Contact John Doe Location Corp HQ Image rel 7 70 Created on Tue Mar 29 15 10 50 EST 1994 MIB Version
347. interface T count Cells Received Number of ATM layer cells received at the transciever receive interface that have not been discarded R count Checksum Errors Number of occurances of cyclical redundancy check 32 CRC 32 failures across user payload data for any given VCL Invalid Length Errors Number of active Cell Sequence PDU assembly processes closed aborted accumulation discarded due to detecting a length field error in a received SAR PDU Sample Display show atm stats ATM Interface PVC Statistics Line VPI VCI 1105101 0 33 Cells Transmitted 0X Cells Received OX Checksum Errors Length Errors Total entries 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 EB 93 0A A6 00 00 00 00 0 0 2 64 stats pvc lt ine gt lt ine VPI gt lt line VPI VCI gt show atm Displays all ATM PVC statistics or a subset of ATM PVC statistics lt line gt Displays all PVCs for a specified line lt line VPI gt Displays all PVCs for a specified VPI on that line lt line VPI VCI gt Displays a specific PVC For more information about column definitions see the stats command Sample Display show atm stats pvc 1105101 0 33 ATM Interface PVC Statistics Line VPI VCI 1105101 0 33 Cells Transmitted 0X Cells Received OX Checksum Errors Length Errors Total entries 1 version 00 00 00 00 EB 93 0A A6 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 Displays the current versio
348. ion Slot Conn Log Line Circuit Rx Frames Slot identifier Connector identifier Logical line number for this line Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of frames received on this line 2 221 Using Technician Interface Scripts Tx Frames Number of frames sent on this line Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of resources for example CPU is overworked Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources for example transmit queue length is too small Sample Display show ds1e1 sample Taking first sample Waiting 10 seconds Taking second sample DS1E1 Sampled Data over 10 seconds Log RX TX Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 2 1 1 Boston 2 2 0 0 2 E 2 Chicago 3 3 0 0 2 2 1 Seattle 2 9 0 0 3 entries in table Sample Display show ds1e1 sample 5 Taking first sample Waiting 5 seconds Taking second sample DS1E1 Sampled Data over 5 seconds Log RX Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 2 1 1 Boston 1 8 0 0 2 1 2 Chicago 2 8 0 0 2 2 1 Seattle 1 1 0 0 3 entries in table 2 222 stats circuit lt circuit name gt show ds1e1 Displays DS1E1 input output statistical information for all DS1E1 circuits or for a specific circuit The table contains the following informatio
349. ion BPDUs The Designated Bridge for the segment to which this port is attached transmits this value Designated Port Port Identifier on the Designated Bridge for this port s segment 2 511 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show span alerts Spanning Tree Circuit Alert Information Designated Circuit State Designated Root Port E51 E TEDA 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 o 32770 S31 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32771 S41 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32772 3 Entries found base Displays Spanning Tree global parameters in the base record The table includes the following information State Current state of the Spanning Tree Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up Root Bridge ID Bridge ID of the root of the Spanning Tree This is the lowest Bridge MAC address or if there is no Bridge MAC address the bridge with the lowest priority Time Since last top chg Time in hundredths of a second since the bridge detected the last change in topology Number of Topology Total number of topology changes that this bridge has detected since Changes it was last reset or initialized Bridge ID Identifier of the bridge the script is running on You can compare this ID to the Root Bridge ID above it 2 512 show span Sample Display show span base Spanning Tree Base Record Information Time Since Number Of State Root Bridge ID last
350. ion to receive and send data The table contains the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on Individual Address MAC layer address a complete SMDS E 164 address provided by the SMDS subscription agreement Group Address MAC layer multicast address a complete SMDS E 164 address provided by the SMDS subscription agreement ARP Address Address resolution multicast address a complete SMDS E 164 address provided by the SMDS subscription agreement 2 500 show smds Sample Display show smds addresses SMDS Circuit Address Table Circuit Individual Address Group Address ARP Address S21 0xC16175551212FFEFF 0xE16175551313FFFF 0xE16165551313FFFF S22 0xC15084363835FFFF 0xE15085551414FFFF 0xE15085551515FFFF 23 0xC15086632222FFFF 0xE15085556677FFFF 0xE15085556677FFFF alerts Displays all SMDS interfaces that are enabled but not up The table identifies the circuit whether or not it s configured to be enabled and its current state State can be Down Init initializing or Not Pres enabled but not yet started To search for possible reasons for the problem examine the log file Sample Display show smds alerts SMDS Circuit ALERT Table Circuit ode State S21 Enabled Down circuits lt circuit name gt Displays SMDS configuration information for all interfaces or for a specific interface Use this display to determine whether or not the interfac
351. ions base version stats base Displays the base record for FTP services Protocol Specifies that this is an FTP service State Indicates whether the FTP service is enabled or disabled for this router Default Volume File system volume to which transferred files are written and from which they are retrieved The volume number corresponds to the slot number on which the volume resides Idle Timeout Timeout in seconds to close the FTP control connection if the connection remains idle The default is 900 seconds 15 minutes Max of sess Maximum number of FTP sessions allowed at one time The default is 3 sessions Max Login Retries Maximum number of FTP login retries allowed after a login failure The default is 3 retries File Xfer Type File transfer type ASCII or Binary Control Service Type Type of Service TOS value set for control connection in the IP datagram that specifies to the Transport Layer how the datagram should be handled The options are Normal and Low Delay with Low Delay being the default 2 276 stats Data Service Type FTP TCP Window Size show ftp Type of Service TOS value set for data transfer in the IP datagram that specifies to the Transport Layer how the datagram should be handled The options are Normal and High Throughput with High Throughput being the default Size in bytes of the windows used for FTP TCP connections The default is 16 000 bytes Sampl
352. ions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm enabled ATM Interface Line Enabled Tabl Line Circuit State 1103101 A31 Up Total entries 1 interfaces lt ine gt Displays all ATM interfaces or ATM interfaces for a specified line This table includes the following information VPCs Maximum number of Virtual Path Connections supported by the ATM interface VCCs Maximum number of Virtual Channel Connections supported by the ATM interface Address Type Type of ATM address configured for use by the ATM interface Private NSAP E 164 Native E 164 Other or Null For more information about column definitions see the alerts command 2 60 show atm Sample Display show atm interfaces ATM Interface Table Line Circuit State VPCS VCCs Address Type 1103101 A31 Disabled 0 0 Null Total entries 1 line lt ine option gt Note See the show atm line section vcs lt ine gt lt ine vpi gt lt line vpi vci gt Displays all ATM virtual channel link VCL instances or a subset of VCL instances lt line gt Displays all VCs for a specified line lt line vpi gt Displays all VCs for a specified VPI on that line lt line vpi vci gt Displays a specific VC The table displays the following information Line VIP VCI Line number Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier associated with this Virtual Circuit VC Type Type of VC SVC or PVC
353. ircuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt disabled stats circuit lt circuit name gt enabled transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt interrupt errors circuit lt circuit name gt version 2 120 alerts show bisync Displays all BISYNC circuits that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit State Line Number MTU Media Type Char Mode Slot identifier Connector identifier Name of the circuit associated with this line State of the line driver as follows e Disabled User has manually disabled the driver e Down Driver is not operational e DSR Wait External equipment such as a modem DSU or CSU is not currently up and thus is not asserting a Data Set Ready signal e Init Driver is initializing e Not Pres Driver is enabled but not yet started This state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver software The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration e Up Driver is functioning fully Line number for this line Maximum transfer unit size the buffer size for the BISYNC port also
354. ircuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables NML on a specific circuit Sample Display enable nml circuit e21 NML circuit e21 enabled seclist lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables all ranges in the NML security list on a specific circuit Sample Display enable nml seclist e21 NML Security list on e21 enabled 3 35 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable osi Use the enable osi lt option gt commands to enable Open Systems Interconnection OSI services on a Bay Networks router and the disable osi lt option gt commands to disable OSI services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of OSI refer to Configuring OSI Services The enable disable osi commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables OSI on the router Sample Display enable osi base OSI base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable osi circuit e31 OSI Circuit e31 enabled 3 36 enable disable ospf enable disable ospf Use the enable ospf lt option gt commands to enable Open Shortest Path First OSPF services on a Bay Networks router and the disable ospf lt option gt commands to disable OSPF services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of OSPF refer to Configuring IP Services The enable disable ospf comm
355. is a list of options you can use with the routes command lt address gt Displays only routes to the specified Internet network prefix network number For example show bgp routes 192 32 0 0 shows all routes to 192 32 0 0 from lt peer address gt Displays only routes received from the specified BGP peer The peer address is the same as the Remote Address entry in the show bgp peers table For example show bgp routes from 200 1 2 3 shows all routes received from peer 200 1 2 3 find lt search pattern gt Displays only routes that match the specified search pattern For example the command show bgp routes find 200 displays routes 200 1 5 0 200 1 6 0 and 200 1 190 0 The table includes the following information for each entry Destination network IP address and the length of the prefix of the destination network in the dot notation form x x x x n where x x x x is the Internet address and n is the prefix length for example 200 4 0 0 16 Author of address IP address of the peer that provided the route Best Used indication BEST means that the route is the best BGP route to the destination USED means that the route is in the IP routing table Next hop IP address of the next hop route This is the forwarding address for the route Origin of route Ultimate origin of the route as follows INC Origin is undetermined IGP Network is interior to the originating Autonomous System AS EGP Network is learned from EGP MED ind
356. is either Enabled or Disabled Sample Display show osi disabled OSI Circuit Information Circuit State Forwarding E31 Disabled Enabled enabled Displays circuits that have OSI enabled on this router For information on the columns in the table see the circuits command Sample Display show osi enabled OSI Circuit Information Cleculte State Forwarding E31 Up Enabled E32 Up Enabled 2 409 Using Technician Interface Scripts level1 routes find lt destination sys ID gt Displays information from the level 1 routing table for all entries or for a specific destination address The table includes the following information Destination SysID NSAP address of the destination system Route Type Route type which is one of the following e Level 1 Level 1 routing within the local area only e Level 2 Level 2 routing between routing domains only e Level 1 amp 2 Level 1 and Level 2 routing within the local area and to systems located in a different area Next Hop NSAP address of the intermediate system that is the next hop on the path to the destination end system Cost Number of hops it takes to reach the destination Sample Display show osi level1 routes OSI Level I Routing Information Destination SysId Route Type Next Hop Cost 0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00 Level 1 amp 2 0x490040AAAAAAAAAAAAOO 10 level2 routes find lt destination sys ID gt Displays informa
357. is not currently up and thus is not sending a Data Set Ready signal e HoldDown Line is in holding mode e Init Line is initializing e LMI Wait Line is waiting for the WAN protocol to indicate that a link layer connection has been established to another device e Not Pres Line is enabled but not active This state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration e Up Line is operating normally 2 553 Using Technician Interface Scripts Active Circuit Hold Down Time Media Type Cable Type Line Number ISDN Line Information Pool ID Line Number Channel Count Priority Channels In Use Name of the circuit using this line Number of seconds the router waits before bringing up the line This delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a reactivated primary line and there are problems on the line Signaling method used for this line as follows e RaiseDTR Router can initiate monitor and terminate dial connections using a programmed number in the attached dial up device e V25bis Router can initiate monitor and terminate dial connections using telephone numbers that the router passed to the dial up device Interface type that the attached dial unit supports RS232 RS422 V 3
358. iscards Number of packets given to IP to transmit but discarded because of lack of resources for example insufficient buffers No Routes Number of packets with unknown destination addresses that an upper layer protocol gave to IP to transmit Sample Display show ip stats datagrams IP Datagram Statistics Header Address Unknown In Out No Circuit IP Address Errors Errors Protocol Discards Discards Routes S31 192 32 174 65 0 0 4 0 0 0 E23 192 32 174 97 0 0 39286 0 0 0 E21 192 32 174 129 0 0 0 0 0 0 E22 192 32 175 129 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 314 show ip stats fragments lt circuit name gt Displays all information about fragmented IP packets or information for all interfaces or for a specific interface The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on IP Address Internet address of the interface Fragmnts Received Number of IP fragments received that this router had to reassemble Sucssful Reassem Number of datagrams that this router successfully reassembled Failed Reassem Number of datagrams that this router failed to reassemble not necessarily a count of discarded IP fragments Fragmnt Sent Number of IP datagrams that this router fragmented Fragmnt Failed Number of IP datagrams that this router discarded because it could not fragment them properly for example could not set the Don t Fragment bit Total Fragmnts Number of fragments that this router sent in wh
359. isp 7 total entries stats aarp ddp rtmp Zipquery zipgni zipes nbp echo lt circuit name gt Displays general forwarding statistics for specified AppleTalk ports You can limit the display to a specific circuit aarp ddp rtmp zipquery zipgni zipes nbp echo lt circuit name gt Displays AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol AARP statistical information Displays Datagram Delivery Protocol DDP statistical information Displays Routing Table Maintenance Protocol RTMP statistical information Displays Zone Information Protocol ZIP statistical information specific to ZIP Query packets Displays statistical information specific to ZIP GetNetInfo request packets Displays ZIP statistical information specific to Client activity Displays Name Binding Protocol NBP statistical information Displays ECHO protocol statistical information Limits the display to the specified circuit 2 53 Using Technician Interface Scripts The table includes the following information Circuit In Datagrams In Local Datagrams Forwarded Datagrams Output Requests Out No Routes Hop Count Errors Name of the circuit the AppleTalk protocol is on Number of packets the port has received Number of datagrams destined for this port Number of packets forwarded to the destination network Number of packets that the router has sent out of this port Number of packets missing a destination
360. isplay show atmsig saal ATM SAAL Entry Table SSCOP Arbi Poll Alive NoResp CnCtrl MaxCn Max Ver Line Circuit State tration Timer Timer Timer Timer Ctrl MaxPd Stat sion 1405101 A51 Up Active 7 20 70 10 4 25 67 UNI30 Total entries 1 sig lt ine gt Displays all instances in the ATM Signaling Entry Table or a specific instance lt line gt Displays ATM Signaling information for a specific line The table displays the following information Line Line number of the router Circuit Circuit number of the ATM driver associated with this instance 2 81 Using Technician Interface Scripts State Max of SvcApps Max Pt Pt Max Pt Mp Max Parties In MultiPt Min Buf Threshold VPI VCI Version of Restart of Stat Enquiries T303 T308 T309 T310 T313 T316 T316C T322 TDisc T398 T399 State of the entity Up Down Initializing Not Present Maximum number of service access points SAPs allowed for this circuit Maximum number of simultaneous point to point connections allowed for this circuit Maximum number of simultaneous point to multipoint connections allowed for this circuit Maximum number of simultaneous parties in a point to multipoint connection allowed for this circuit Minimum percentage of the buffer memory that must be free to enable new calls Virtual Path Identifier for the Signaling VC Virtual Channel Identifier for the Signaling VC Sig
361. isplay show token version token bat Version 1 7 Date 10 31 94 2 608 show vines show vines The show vines lt option gt commands display information about Virtual Networking System VINES services on a Bay Networks router For detailed information refer to Configuring VINES Services The show vines command supports the following subcommand options alerts stats datagrams base stats echo lt circuit name gt circuit lt circuit name gt stats fragments configuration circuit lt circuit name gt stats icp lt circuit name gt disabled stats rtp lt circuit name gt enabled total neighbors neighbors lt VINES network address gt total routes lt VINES network address gt lt VINES server ID gt find lt VINES network address pattern gt lt VINES ID address pattern gt routes lt VINES network address gt find traffic filters lt VINES network address pattern gt 2 609 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats circuit lt circuit name gt version stats arp lt circuit name gt alerts Displays the VINES interfaces that are enabled but not currently up Use this command to identify interfaces that are not forwarding traffic The table includes the following information Circuit State Arp End Station Remote Clt Priv Split Horizon MAC Address Name of the circuit the interface runs on State of
362. isplays all ATM service record instances or a subset of service record instances along with its AAL layer data encapsulation type state VC type and ATM address a combination of network prefix and user part Note ATM address applies only to SVC type services records SVCs are currently not supported lt line gt Displays all service record instances for a specified line lt line circuit gt Displays service record instance for a specified circuit on that line The table displays the following information Line Circuit Line number and circuit associated with this service record Encaps Encapsulation type of this VC RFC 1483 LLC RFC 1483 Null State State of the ATM line Up Down Init initializing Disabled or Absent Type Type of virtual circuit PVC only ATM Address This parameter applies only to SVC type service records SVCs are currently not supported Sample Display show atm services ATM Service Record Table Line Circuit Encaps State Type ATM Address 1103101 3 RFC1483 LLC Absent PVC nil Total entries 1 2 63 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats Displays statistical information about all ATM PVCs The table includes the following information Line VPI VCI Line number Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier associated with this Permanent Virtual Circuit Cells Transmitted Number of assigned ATM layer cells transmitted at the transceiver transmit
363. isplays information about ATM LAN Emulation For details about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM refer to Configuring ATM Services The show lane command supports the following subcommand options clients lt circuit name gt mac lt circuit name gt config lt circuit name gt servers lt circuit name gt learp lt circuit name gt stats lt circuit name gt clients lt circuit name gt Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client running information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table displays the following information Cct Circuit Name LecID State Fail Code Cfg Src LAN type Max Data Frm Size Circuit number of the LEC Circuit name assigned by Site Manager LEC ID that the LE Server LES assigns during the Join state State for the LEC INITIAL LECSCONNECT CONFIGURE JOIN INITIAL_REG BUSCONNECT OPERATIONAL Status code from the last failed Configure or Join response Indicates whether this LEC used the LAN Emulation Configuration Server LECS and if so what method is used to establish the Configuration Direct VCC VIAILMI KNOWNADR CFGPVC or NO LECS Data frame format this client is now using Unspecified IEEE 802 3 or IEEE 802 5 Maximum data frame size this client is now using Unspecified 1516 4544 9234 or 18190 2 375 Using Technician Interface Scripts ELAN Name The name of the emulated LAN ELAN that this clie
364. isplays information for all ST2 circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name of a circuit configured for IP and ST2 State State of the circuit Disabled Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up IP Address IP address assigned to the circuit Note f a circuit is down the rest of the table is blank Sample Display show ST2 circuit Circuit State IP Address 32 Up 1923293 41432 S42 Up 192 253 93 2 S41 Up 192 168 101 14 S43 Down 192 168 101 10 4 Total entries 2 538 stats lt circuit name gt show st2 Displays statistics for ST2 circuits You can limit the display to a specific circuit The table includes the following information Circuit IP Address Packets Recd Packets Sent Octets Received Octets Sent Sample Display stats ST2 Statistics Name of circuit on which IP and ST2 are configured IP address assigned to the circuit Number of packets received on the circuit Number of packets sent on the circuit Number of octets received on the circuit Number of octets sent on the circuit Packets Packets Octets Octets Circuit IP Address Recd Sent Recd Sent 32 19225314372 20575 20508 10951556 10939176 S42 192 253 9382 20546 20549 10944412 10954768 S41 192 168 101 14 0 82 0 2624 S43 192 168 101 10 0 0 0 0 4 Entries 2 539 Using Technician Interface Scripts streams Nam
365. isplays the LNM Servers circuits and servers that a user has manually disabled The table includes the name of each server and the circuit the server is on If the server is disabled Disabled appears under the name of the server If the server is enabled the value in the table is blank Sample Display show Inm disabled LNM Servers Circuits Disabled Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS O31 Disabled Disabled 1 Entries found enabled Displays the current state of all LNM Servers circuits that are currently enabled The state of LNM will display as Enabled The state of specific servers for example LNM LRM is one of the following Init Protocol or server is initializing on the circuit Not Pres Circuit is down the server has not yet started Up Protocol or server is functioning on the circuit If the server is disabled the value under its name is blank 2 396 show Inm Sample Display show Inm enabled LNM Servers Circuits Enabled Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS O31 Enabled Up Up Up 032 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up O41 Enabled Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres 042 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up 4 Entries found links lt circuit name gt Displays the LNM links currently existing between LNM Servers as an entity and IBM LAN Network Manager and their addresses When no link exists for a specific address the display shows Not Linked
366. ission group The most common values are nonsecure 32 public switched 64 underground 128 conduit 160 encrypted 192 guarded radiation and 255 maximum Relative amount of time that it takes for a signal to travel the length of the logical link with a range of 0 through 255 This is an administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group The most common values are 76 negligible 113 terrestrial 145 packet 153 long and 255 maximum First user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of 0 to 255 This is an administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group Second user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of 0 to 255 This is an administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group Third user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of 0 to 255 This is an administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group 2 38 Sample Display show appn tg definition show appn APPN Topology TG Definition TG Eff Conn Byte Secu D User User User TG Owner TG Destination Num Cap Cost Cost rity lay 1 2 3 USWFLTO1 PLUTO SWFLTO1 DURHAM 21 48 0 0 1113 128 128 128 USWELTO1 DURHAM SWFLTO1 PLUTO 21 133 128 128 1 0 128 128 128
367. it Pool Specifies the backup pool that the circuit uses Day s Days that the circuit is available Start Time The beginning of the time interval that the circuit is available End Time The end of the time interval that the circuit is available Sample Display show sws backup_dialing schedules Switched Services Backup Schedule Information CircuLt Pool Day s Start Time End Time S11 f i Not d i S21 3 Weekday 0 2359 Tuesday 0 2359 S31 3 Not Configured Total of 3 Backup Circuits bandwidth circuit Displays all circuits that are configured for bandwidth on demand The display includes the following information Primary Circuit Name of the primary circuit Bandwidth Pool ID number of the bandwidth on demand pool ranges between 1 to 255 2 551 Using Technician Interface Scripts Bandwidth Mode Operating mode of the router as follows e Monitor designates the router as the congestion monitor for the primary line e Non monitor indicates that the router does not monitor congestion on the primary line Protocol Type of WAN protocol configured on this primary circuit Forced Dial Status of the Forced Dial parameter Enabled or Disabled When Enabled the router immediately activates the secondary line Forced TakeDown Status of the Forced TakeDown parameter Enabled or Disabled When Enabled the router immediately terminates the secondary line Sample Display show sws bandwidth circuit
368. it Explicit indicates that the user has selected the address Sample Display show ds1e1 alerts DS1E1 Logical Lines on Alert Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr Found 0 matches out of 3 entries in table base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base level information for all DS1E1 circuits or a specific circuit For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In addition to the states listed under the alerts command State can also be Up 2 210 clock show ds1e1 Sample Display show ds1e1 base DS1E1 Logical Lines Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr 2 1 1 T1 Boston Up 10902101 WF STND 56K LSB 7 7 2 1 2 T1 Chicago Up 20902101 WF STND 56K LSB 7 7 2 2 1 T1 Seattle Up 10902102 WF STND 56K LSB 7 7 3 entries in table Sample Display show ds1e1 base circuit Boston DS1E1 Logical Lines Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr 2 1 1 Tl Boston Up 10902101 WF STND 56K LSB 7 7 Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table Displays the DS1E1 clock status The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Current clock Clock source currently in use Primary clock Primary source for transmit timing Secondary clock Secondary source for transmit timing
369. ith the network a unique number that identifies each IPX interface on a router Type of forwarding table entry Local Remote or Other Source through which IPX discovered the route Local NLSP RIP SAP Static or Other Number of equal cost paths to this network Sample Display show ipx forward IPX Forwarding Table Information Network Ckt Idx Type Method Eql Cost Paths Ox0000DD00 1 Ox0000FFOO 1 Ox0000DD00 3 Local Local 1 Local Local 1 Local Local 1 3 Forwarding entries total Displays the entries in the IPX host table which includes the following information Host Addr Ckt Idx Network Address of the host Next hop circuit index for the host unique number for each IPX interface on a router Address of the network associated with the host 2 331 Using Technician Interface Scripts Method Source through which IPX discovered the host Local NLSP RIP SAP Static or Other Wan Address Host s WAN address if the host is associated with a WAN interface Sample Display show ipx hosts IPX Host Table Information Host Addr Ckt Idx Network Method Wan Address 0x0000A2084694 1 OxO000FFOO Local 0x0000000000000000 OxFFFFFFFFFFFF 1 Ox0000FF00 Local 0x0000000000000000 0x000000000001 3 0x0000DD00 RIP 0x0000000000000000 Ox0000A20186E8 3 0x0000DD00 Local 0x0000000000000000 Ox4000AABBAA11 3 0x0000DD00 RIP 0x0000000000000000 OxFFFFFFFFFFFF 3 0x0000DD00 Local 0x
370. ither Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command The table also displays the line the circuit is currently on since with dial backup the backup circuit can be on another line when the primary connection fails 2 458 Sample Display show ppp state PPP State Information PPP over Sync Driver Driver Circuit Line State Protocol State S31 203101 Init LCP Opened IP Starting IPX Disabled OSI Disabled XNS Disabled VINES Disabled BRIDGE Disabled DECnet Disabled APPLETALK Disabled Special 203102 Init LCP Starting IP Initial IPX Initial OSI Disabled XNS Disabled VINES Disabled BRIDGE Disabled DECnet Disabled APPLETALK Initial Demand 3 203103 Up LCP Opened IP Opened IPX Disabled OSI Disabled XNS Disabled VINES Disabled BRIDGE Disabled DECnet Disabled APPLETALK Disabled show ppp 2 459 Using Technician Interface Scripts Note As the sample display shows the circuit labeled Special is only for lines configured for dial on demand dial backup and bandwidth on demand A circuit name of Special means that PPP created the circuit for negotiating addresses on a demand backup or bandwidth line If your two circuit entries have the same name one of them is a primary circuit and the other is a backup circuit See show sws for more information A demand or backup circuit becomes associated to a physical line when the call is in
371. ive Filtering rule is not in use e Error Application detected an error in the filtering rule Matches Number of packets received that match this rule Rule Rule identifier Sample Display show decnet traffic filters i ECnet Traffic Filter Information Circuit Status Matches Rule E41 Active 0 1 2 195 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show decnet traffic filters e41 DECnet Traffic Filter Information Circuit Status Matches Rule E41 Active 0 1 version Displays the current version and modification date of the decnet bat script Sample Display show decnet version DECNET bat Version 1 13 Date 10 31 94 2 196 show dis show dls The show dls lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about Data Link Switching DLSw services For detailed information on the items displayed refer to Configuring DLSw Services The show dis command supports the following subcommand options alerts local base mac circuits lt circuit name gt netbios configuration peers connections saps disabled slots enabled version filters 2 197 Using Technician Interface Scripts alerts base Displays all enabled DLSw circuits whose state is not up The table does not show configured DLSw circuits that have been disabled Circuit The name of the circuit on which DLSw is
372. ive Pacing Window Maximum number of messages that the network node can receive in one pacing window during an ISR session Maximum ISR Sessions Maximum number of ISR sessions that the local network node will process concurrently Congestion Upper Threshold Maximum number of ISR sessions that can take place before new sessions are directed away from the network node Congestion Lower Threshold Number of active ISR sessions that the local network node must drop to before it is no longer considered congested ISR RSCV Storage Indicates whether Route Selection Control Vectors are stored during ISR sessions see isr route command 2 20 show appn Sample Display show appn isr parameters APPN ISR Parameters ISR State Enabled Maximum RU Size 1024 Receive Pacing Window 7 Maximum ISR Sessions 1000 Congestion Upper Threshold 900 Congestion Lower Threshold 800 ISR RSCV Storage Yes isr route lt FQCP name gt Displays routing information for all ISR sessions or for ISR sessions from a specific node For more information about column definitions see the isr address command Note JSR RSCV storage must be enabled in order to display the route Sample Display show appn isr route APPN ISR Session Routing Info FQ CP Name PCID Route USWFLTO1 TESTEN eebbbebc4774cd92 USWFLT01 TESTEN gt TG 21 gt USWFLTO1 RALEIGH gt TG 1 SUSWFLTO1 AFN gt TG 21 gt USWFLTO1 WFAS400
373. k node Registered entries are registered by the served end node Type of wildcard Explicit Partial or Full Explicit means the full LU name has been specified Partial means the entry is a partial wildcard Full means the entry is a full wildcard and all searches for unknown LUs will be directed to this node Sample Display show appn directory entry APPN Directory Entries LU NN Server LU Owner Location Type Woodard USWFLTO1 TESTEN USWFLTO1 RALEIGH USWFLTO1 TESTEN Domain Registr Explicit USWFLTO1 RALEIGH USWFLTO1 RALEIGH USWFLTO1 RALEIGH Local Home Explicit USWFLTO1 TESTENLU USWFLTO1 RALEIGH USWFLTO1 TESTEN Domain Registr Explicit 3 Entries directory statistics Displays information concerning the performance of the directory services function Maximum Cached Entries Current Cached Entries Current Home Entries Current Registered Entries Directed Locates Received Broadcast Locates Received Directed Locates Sent Maximum number of cache entries allowed Current number of cache entries Current number of home entries Current number of registered entries Number of directed locates received Number of broadcast locates received Number of directed locates sent 2 12 Broadcast Locates Sent show appn Number of broadcast locates sent Directed Locates Not Found Number of directed locates
374. k of buffer resources Doesn t include those discarded while awaiting reassembly Out Discards Number of output XNS datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as lack of buffer space Includes datagrams counted under Forwards if they match this criterion Sample Display show xns stats XNS Circuit Statistic s Table In Out In Out Circuit XNS Address Receives Requests Forwards Discards Discards E21 0x00000001 0 23 23 0 0 E31 0x00000002 0 23 23 0 0 E22 0x00000003 0 23 23 0 0 stats errors lt circuit name gt Displays error information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface runs on XNS Address Network address of the interface 2 653 Using Technician Interface Scripts Header Errors Address Errors Unknown Protocol In Discards Out Discards No Routes Number of input datagrams discarded because of errors in their XNS header including bad checksums version number mismatch format errors and so on Number of input datagrams discarded because the XNS address in their XNS header s destination field was not a valid address to be received at this router This count includes invalid addresses such as 0 0 0 0 and addresses of unsupported classes such as Class E If a router is not an XNS Gateway and does not forward datagrams this value includes datagrams discarded because the de
375. ks will not grant any Software license whatsoever either explicitly or implicitly except by acceptance of an order for either Software or for a Bay Networks product Equipment that is packaged with Software Each such license is subject to the following restrictions 1 Upon delivery of the Software Bay Networks grants to licensee a personal nontransferable nonexclusive license to use the Software with the Equipment with which or for which it was originally acquired including use at any of licensee s facilities to which the Equipment may be transferred for the useful life of the Equipment unless earlier terminated by default or cancellation Use of the Software shall be limited to such Equipment and to such facility Software which is licensed for use on hardware not offered by Bay Networks is not subject to restricted use on any Equipment however unless otherwise specified on the Documentation each licensed copy of such Software may only be installed on one hardware item at any time Licensee may use the Software with backup Equipment only if the Equipment with which or for which it was acquired is inoperative Licensee may make a single copy of the Software but not firmware for safekeeping archives or backup purposes Licensee may modify Software but not firmware or combine it with other software subject to the provision that those portions of the resulting software which incorporate Software are subject to the restrictio
376. l Disabled Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up Nets Number of networks in this protocol s routing table Zones Number of zone network associations in the routing table Zone Names Number of unique zone names in the routing table Sample Display show at base AppleTalk Base Information Protocol State Nets Zones Zone Names AppleTalk Up 26 24 17 circuit lt circuit name gt Displays circuit and state information for all AppleTalk ports or for a specific port The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the port is on State State of the circuit Disabled Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up Network Network start and end numbers that constitute the range of the network numbers These numbers are in the range of through 65 279 Address AppleTalk address of the port Zone List List of the zones associated with the network this interface is on 2 46 show at Note Jf a circuit is down the rest of the table is blank Sample Display show at circuit AppleTalk Circuit Information Circuit State Network Address Zone List E23 Up 60130 60130 60130 34 External E24 Up 60100 60100 60100 34 Mac Apple S31 Down 32 Up 60020 60020 60020 138 WAN 34 Up 60120 60120 60120 1 PPP 5 total entries configuration circuit lt circuit name gt Displays configurable parameters within
377. l entries 1 2 383 Using Technician Interface Scripts show lapb The show lapb lt option gt commands display information about the Link Access Procedure Balanced LAPB layer For information about LAPB refer to Configuring Routers The show lapb command supports the following subcommand options alerts lines lt line gt lt line llindex gt disabled stats lt line gt lt line llindex gt enabled version alerts Displays information about LAPB lines that are configured but not currently operating The table includes the following information Line LLIndex Line identifier and the lower layer index identifier FRMR RX TX Number of Frame Rejects received and transmitted Resets Number of Link Connection Resets Rejects RX TX Number of reject frames received and transmitted RNR RX TX Number of Receiver Not Ready frames received and transmitted Setups Refused Number of unsuccessful link connections Abnormal Disconnects Number of abnormal link disconnections Retransmit Occurrence Number of retransmissions that have occurred 2 384 show lapb Sample Display show lapb alerts LAPB ALERT Table FRMR Rejects RNR Setups Abnormal Retransmit Line LLIndex RX TX Resets RX TX RX TX Refused Disconnects Occurrence 201101 0 4 13 0 0 0 0 0 Total entries 1 disabled Displays LAPB lines that are configured but disabled The table includes the following information Line LL
378. lays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Log Line Logical line number for this line Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Null Frames Number of frames containing no data bytes received Short Frames Number of frames received with only one or two data bytes CRC Errors Number of frames received with CRC errors Long Frames Number of frames received that exceeded the MTU size Abort Frames Number of frames received with abort errors 2 220 show ds1e1 Sample Display show ds1e1 receive DS1E1 Logical Line Receive Errors Log Null Short CRC Long Abort Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Frames Errors Frames Frames 2 1 1 Boston 0 1256 0 0 0 1 2 Chicago 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 Seattle 0 40 0 0 0 3 entries in table Sample Display show ds1e1 receive errors circuit Boston DS1E1 Logical Line Receive Errors Log Null Short CRC Long Abort Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Frames Errors Frames Frames 2 1 1 Boston 0 1256 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays data sampled from DS1E1 over a period of 10 seconds You can change the number of seconds over which you want to sample the data and you can display sampled data for a specific circuit only The table includes the following informat
379. le Sample Display show sync system errors circuit s31 SYNC Module System Errors Receive Transmit Tl lemory Slot Conn Circuit Rejects Rejects Timeouts Errors 3 1 S31 0 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 4 entries in table transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Underflow Frames Number of retransmission underflow errors These occur when the device s FIFO buffer empties before the device obtains the next DMA request 2 572 Sample Display show sync transmit errors SYNC Module Transmit Errors Underflow Slot Conn Circuit Frames 5 1 S51 0 5 2 S52 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show sync transmit errors circuit 31 SYNC Module Transmit Errors Underflow Slot Conn Circuit Frames 3 1 S31 0 Found 1 match out of 4 entries in table version Displays the current version and modification date for the sync bat script Sample Display show sync version sync bat Version 1 12 Date 10 31 94 show sync 2 573 Using Technician Interface Scripts show system The show system lt option gt commands display information about the system state which perta
380. le this service For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM refer to Configuring ATM Services The enable disable atm commands support the following subcommand options interface lt line_number gt line connector lt slot connector gt line circuit lt circuit_name gt service lt circuit_number gt interface lt ine_number gt Enables or disables a specific ATM interface Sample Display enable atm interface 1104101 ATM Interface 1104101 enabled line circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific ATM circuit Sample Display enable atm line circuit A51 ATM circuit A51 enabled 3 6 enable disable atm line connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables a specific ATM connector Sample Display enable atm line connector 5 1 ATM connector 5 1 enabled service lt circuit_number gt Enables or disables a specific circuit number Sample Display enable atm service 2 ATM Service Record circuit number 2 enabled 3 7 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable atmdxi Use the enable atmdxi commands to enable Asynchronous Transfer Mode Data Exchange Interface ATM DXT services on Bay Networks router and the disable atmdxi commands to disable ATM DXI services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM DXI refer to Configuring ATM Services The enable disable atm command supports the l
381. led Displays IPX RIP interfaces that are disabled For column definitions see the rip command Sample Display show ip rip disabled IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information Disabled Circuit RIP In Out Bad Index Interfac Stat Mode Packets Packets Packets i None Disabled Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 RIP Interfaces configured rip enabled Displays IPX RIP interfaces that are enabled For column definitions see the rip command Sample Display show ipx rip enabled IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information Enabled Circuit RIP In Out Bad Index Interfac Stat Mode Packets Packets Packets 2 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 3 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 4 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 5 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 6 0x2E025290 Up Lstn Sply 0 1612 0 7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn Sply 1542 386 0 8 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 RIP Interfaces configured 2 335 Using Technician Interface Scripts route filters Displays the IPX Route Filter Information table which contains the following information Prio Network priority of this filter compared to other filters of the same type The highest priority is 1 Target Net Address of the target network to monitor Network Mask Network mask State State of the filter Enabled or Disabled Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router IPX Interface Identifier of the circuit unique to the IPX instance Proto The p
382. ll disabled circuits that contain an BTS port A circuit is disabled if you set the Enable parameter to disable and the state is down Sample Display show bot disabled BOT Disabled Circuits Circuit Interface Interface Packet slot cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count 132 S11 Disabled Disabled Multi Point Primary 742 Total entries 1 For column definitions see the alerts command enabled Displays all enabled circuits that contain an BTS port A circuit is enabled if you set the Enable parameter to enable and the state is up Sample Display show bot enabled BOT Enabled Circuits Circuit Interface Interface Packet slot cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count 12 Sil Enabled Up Multi Point Primary 742 Total entries 1 For column definitions see the alerts command 2 139 Using Technician Interface Scripts peers Displays all BTS peer connections for this router Sample Display show bot peers BOT Peer Table Local Peer Local Peer Conn Listen Listen TCP TCP cctname Enable Peer IP Origin Port Port Port Port S11 Enabled 193 32 33 2 Self 0 1027 17271 1027 Total entries 1 stats lt circuit name gt Displays general statistical information for all BTS connections or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information cctname Enable Peer IP Conn Origin Local Listen Port Peer Listen Port Name of the circuit IP add
383. lot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration 2 1 E1 21 Disabled Internal 111111111IITIIIIII11111111111111I1 2 2 E1 22 Disabled Slave 22222222TIITIIIII22222222T11III1 2 entries in table Sample Display show e1 base circuit e1 21 El Modules HDB3 Clock Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration 2 1 E1 21 Disabled Internal 11111111ITIIIIII111111111111I11I1 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 244 disabled show e1 Displays E1 circuits that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show e1 disabled El Modules Disabled HDB3 Clock Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table enabled Displays E1 circuits that a user has manually enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show e1 enabled El Modules Enabled HDB3 Clock Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration 2 1 E1 21 Disabled Internal 111111111IITIIIIII111111111111I111 2 2 E1 22 Disabled Slave 22222222T1IIIIIII22222222T11III1 Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table 2 245 Using Technician Interface Scripts frame errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays E1 frame errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Sl
384. lowing subcommand options base names interfaces version Displays the base record for NetBIOS over IP The table includes the following information Protocol Name of the protocol which in this case is NBIP State State of the protocol on the router Up Down manually disabled Init initializing or Not Present not yet initialized Sample Display show nbip base NBIP Base Information Protocol State NBIP Up 2 399 Using Technician Interface Scripts interfaces Displays information about each interface IP Address IP address of this interface State State of the protocol on the interface Up Down Init or Not Present Input Beasts Indicates whether the input of NetBIOS broadcasts is enabled Output Beasts Indicates whether the output of NetBIOS broadcasts is enabled Name Caching Indicates whether NetBIOS name caching is enabled Input Packets Number of frames that have been received by this interface Input Errors Number of invalid frames that have been received by this interface Output Packets Number of frames that have been transmitted by this interface Sample Display show nbip interfaces NBIP Interfaces Input Output Name Input Input Output IP Address State Beasts Bcasts Caching Packets Errors Packets 130 U sale Up Yes Yes Yes 10 0 65 ne ee eae eee Up Yes Yes Yes 68 0 7 192 32 14 92 Down Yes No No 0 0 0 3 Entries 2 400 show nbip
385. lt circuit name gt Displays status on bus collisions You can display collision information for a specific circuit or all circuits The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Single Collision Frames Multiple Collision Frames Excessive Collisions Late Collision Transmit Late Collision Receive Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of frames that encountered a single collision before it was successfully transmitted This is normal CSMA CD activity Number of frames that encountered 2 to 16 collisions before they were transmitted successfully This could indicate a network problem or that the network is simply heavily loaded Number of frames that encountered more than 16 collisions and were therefore not transmitted The transmission is aborted and the packet is dropped This could indicate a network problem or be the result of an overloaded network Number of transmits that occur after an out of window collision These collisions usually indicate wiring or other hardware problems Number of transmitter out of window collisions while receiving the next packet Usually indicates wiring or other hardware problems 2 171 Using Technician Interf
386. lue of the Virtual Ring MTU parameter for the local router Enabled or disabled protocol prioritization for configured DLSw peers setting Enabled or disabled protocol prioritization for unconfigured DLSw peers setting Specifies the maximum package size in bytes when sending multiple DLSw frames in a single TCP frame for transmission over a wide area network Specifies the maximum number of seconds that inactive MAC addresses can exist in the MAC to DLSw Peer mapping cache Specifies the maximum number of seconds that inactive NetBIOS names can exist in the NetBIOS to DLSw Peer mapping cache Specifies the time interval after which the router sends a DLSw keepalive message to inactive established TCP connections to verify that the connection is still available Specifies the time interval in milliseconds to delay a package before sending it to TCP 2 199 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show dls base DLS Base Information State TCP Window Uncfg Peer Int Ring Bridge Virt Ring Virt MTU Up 8000 Accept 0x154 OxF 0x64 1532 ProtoPriority PPriUnCfgPeer PkgMaxSize Enabled Enabled 1532 Timers MAC Age NB Age WankKeepAlive PkgTimeOut Sec lt 300 300 60 1 circuits lt circuit name gt Displays the state of DLSw on all circuits or a specific circuit State is either Up or Down these are the only possible states for DLSw on the circuit For definitions
387. mand options bandwidth unreserved reserved bandwidth Displays information about an ST2 line s reserved bandwidth The table includes the following information Line Internal line number Circuit Site Manager circuit name Reservable The remaining reservable bandwidth available for reserved flows on this line bits per second Allocated The bandwidth currently allocated to reserved flows on this line bits per second Current Bandwidth used for reserved flows during the last measurement interval Average Average bandwidth used by reserved flows during the last measurement interval Maximum Maximum bandwidth used by reserved flows over one measurement interval since the line came up 2 492 show rsc Note The measurement interval for the Current Average and Maximum statistics is by default 10 seconds You can change this interval by setting the MIB object Bandwidth Interval at the Configuration Manager Edit Line Resources window Sample Display show rsc band TX Line Resourc Reserved Bandwidth Statistics S3 Reserved Bandwidth in bits per second Line Circuit Reservable Allocated Current Average Maximum 203102 32 1311821 70579 21745 95426 124887 204101 S41 460800 0 0 0 0 204102 S42 1259428 122972 110880 95368 122530 204103 S43 1389600 0 0 0 0 reserved Displays information about reserved flows The table includes the following information Line Circuit Flows
388. mation Static Net Address of the statically configured network Mode State of the network Enabled or Disabled Nexthop Ckt Idx Circuit index of IPX interface a unique number for each IPX interface on the router Nexthop Net IPX address of the next hop network Nexthop Host Host address of the next hop network Ticks Cost of the static route in numbers of ticks Hops Cost of this route in numbers of hops Sample Display show ipx static routes IPX Static Route Table Information Nexthop Static Net Mode Ckt Idx Nexthop Net Nexthop Host Ticks Hops 0x00000001 Enabled 1 None 0x000000000001 0 0 1 Static Routes configured static services Displays all configured Static Services Name Internal Network Host address and Hops only The table includes the following information Server Name of the target server Internal Net Internal network address for this service Host Address Host address for this service Hops Cost of this route in numbers of hops 2 350 show ipx Sample Display show ipx static services IPX Static Service Table Information Internal Server Network Host Address Hops oneputt 0x23AAFF00 0x000000002345 1 1 Static Services configured static services additional Displays an alternative format that includes next hop type socket and server name information The table includes the following information Server Server name Nexthop Ckt Idx Circuit index of IPX inter
389. mation on column definitions see the lines command Sample Display show atmdxi disabled ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI Line Disabled Table Line LLIndex Circuit Mode State 2 20 NONE Disabled NotPres enabled Displays the ATM DXI interfaces that are configured as enabled For more information on column definitions see the lines command Sample Display show atmdxi enabled ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI Line Enabled Tabl Line LLIndex Circuit Mode State 2 0 NONE Enabled NotPres 2 72 lines lt l ine lindex gt show atmdxi Displays all ATM DXI interfaces or a just a specific line The table includes the following information Line LLIndex Circuit Mode State VCs Converg Sublayer Encaps Drop Identifier of the line and line level Name or number of the circuit that the interface runs on Mode for which the interface has been configured enabled or disabled State of the line as follows e Down Line is disabled e Init Line is initializing e NotPres Line is not functioning e Up Line is functioning fully Number of virtual circuits enabled for the line Convergence sublayer configuration of the line AAL3 4 AALS or None AAL3 4 is ATM Adaption Layer 3 4 AALS is ATM Adaption Layer 5 Multiprotocol Encapsulation that the PVC uses RFC1294 RFC1483 or None Number of frames dropped at the line level Sampl
390. ment during the last retry Taken from all the retries this is the minimum length of time in milliseconds it takes the router to ping the IP address and receive an acknowledgment Taken from all the retries this is the maximum length of time in milliseconds it takes the router to ping the IP address and receive an acknowledgment Taken from all the retries this is the average length of time in milliseconds it takes the router to ping the IP address and receive an acknowledgment 2 432 show ping Sample Display show ping history Round Min Round Max Round Avg Round IP Address Received Dropped Trip Time Trip Time Trip Time Trip Time 192 32 243 83 0 0 7 1 19 6 0 0 15 il 15 4 0 0 15 1 15 6 0 0 7 1 7 3 0 0 7 1 7 4 0 0 1 1 7 3 0 0 3 1 7 3 0 0 1 1 42 9 0 0 3 i 11 3 0 0 1 at 7 4 0 0 3 1 7 3 192 32 243 82 20 0 7 il 23 7 20 0 7 1 7 4 20 0 1 1 rI 4 20 0 v 1 15 5 20 0 1 1 TI 3 20 0 3 1 11 4 192 32 6 95 5 0 1 1 3 1 5 0 3 1 Lal 4 5 0 3 1 7 4 5 0 7 il 7 4 5 0 1 1 y 4 LOPS 32 2922 10 0 19 1 19 9 10 0 7 1 23 11 10 0 Lal 1 TI 10 0 27 1 62 15 192 32 243 81 1 0 1 1 1 1 2 433 Using Technician Interface Scripts traceroutes Displays the hops between the source address and the specified destination address Sample Display show ping traceroutes IP Address Trace Address 192 32 243 83 192 32 6 1 192 168 2 65 192 168 7 2 192 32 243 83 192 32 243 82 192 32 6 1 192 168 2 65 192 168 7 2
391. mentation of FDDI refer to Configuring Line Services The enable disable fddi commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit_name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable fddi circuit f 51 FDDI circuit F1 enabled connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable fddi connector 3 1 FDDI connector 3 1 enabled 3 21 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable fr Use the enable fr lt option gt commands to enable Frame Relay services on a Bay Networks router and the disable fr lt option gt commands to disable Frame Relay services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Frame Relay refer to Configuring Frame Relay Services The enable disable fr command supports the lt ine lindex gt subcommand option as follows lt line llindex gt Enables or disables the line or instance identifier for the Frame Relay interface Sample Display enable fr 202101 0 Frame Relay line 202101 0 enabled 3 22 enable disable ftp enable disable ftp Use the enable ftp lt option gt commands to enable File Transfer Protocol FTP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable ftp lt option gt commands to disable FTP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of FTP refer to
392. mple Display show dvmrp tunnels DVMRP Tunnels Circuit Local IP Remote IP State Encaps Metric Threshold E21 192 32528 33 T92 32 Voce Up IPinIP 1 1 1 Total entries version Displays the current version and modification date for the dvmrp bat script Sample Display show dvmrp version dvmrp bat Version 1 1 Date 1 30 95 2 241 Using Technician Interface Scripts show e1 The show e1 lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about the E1 lines For more information about E1 refer to Configuring Routers The show e1 command supports the following subcommand options alerts frame errors circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt line errors circuit lt circuit name gt disabled version enabled alerts Displays all circuits that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line HDB3 Support Status of High Density Bipolar Coding Enabled or Disabled HDB3 maintains sufficient ones density within the E1 data stream without disturbing data integrity Clock Mode Source of the E1 transmit clock as follows e Internal Clock is generated internally e Slave Clock is derived from
393. mple Display show ip sap disabled IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information Disabled Circuit SAP In Out Bad Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets 1 None Disabled Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 SAP Interfaces configured 2 342 show ipx sap enabled Displays IPX SAP interfaces that are enabled For column definitions see the sap command Sample Display show ipx sap enabled IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information Enabled Circuit SAP In Out Bad Index Interfac Stat Mode Packets Packets Packets 2 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 3 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 4 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 5 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 6 Ox2E025290 Up Lstn Sply 0 13621 0 7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn Sply 13383 1 0 8 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 SAP Interfaces configured server name level filters Displays all name level service filters on the router Name level filters filter individual services based on the name of the server and the type of service The display includes the following information Prio Priority of this filter compared to other filters of the same type The highest priority is 1 Server Name of the server State State of the filter Enabled or Disabled Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router IPX Interface Network address of the server 2 343 Using Technician Interface Scripts Type Type of service to monitor for example printer
394. n Slot Conn Log Line Circuit Receive Bytes Receive Frames Transmit Bytes Transmit Frames Total Errors Slot identifier Connector identifier Logical line number for this line Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of octets received without error Number of frames received without error Number of octets transmitted without error Number of frames transmitted without error Total number of errors of all types Sample Display show ds1e1 stats DS1E1 Logical Line I O Statistics Log Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Line CircuLt Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 2 1 1 Boston 7124 274 190596 700 1257 2 1 2 Chicago 7124 274 190636 700 0 2 2 1 Seattle 153838 557 179276 644 43 3 entries in table 2 223 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ds1e1 stats circuit Boston DS1E1 Logical Line I O Statistics Log Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Line Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 2 1 1 Boston 7150 275 190622 701 1257 Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table system errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Log Line Logical line number for this line Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this li
395. n Displays the current version number and modification date of the rarp bat script Sample Display show rarp version RARP bat Version 1 8 Date 10 31 94 2 474 show rptr show rptr The show rptr lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about Bay Networks Access Node products For detailed information on ANs refer to Connecting BayStack AN and ANH Systems to a Network and Connecting ASN Routers and BNX Platforms to a Network The show rptr command supports the following subcommand options info last_addr status ports sample lt period in seconds gt port lt port number gt version stats all totals port lt port number gt errors info last_addr Displays general information about the repeater or about the last source MAC address of the packets entering the ports of the repeater Sample Display show rptr info 802 3 Repeater HUB Information Repeater Group Capacity 1 Group Port Capacity 13 Group Wellfleet Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 Group Description Wellfleet Comm ANmpr 12 Port 10BASE T Router Repeater Rev 2 2 475 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show rptr info last_addr 802 3 Repeater HUB Port Last Source Address Information Port Last Source Total Number Address Changes 1 01 02 04 08 10 20 9 2 01 02 04 08 10 20 0 3 00 00 A2 06 B9 85 4 4 01 02 04 08 10 20 6
396. n Number of BPDU packets received on this port Number of BPDU packets transmitted out this port Sample Display show srspan stats Source Route Spanning Tree Statistics Circuit Rx Packets Tx Packets S21 E51 31 S41 OO OO 1521 0 0 0 2 535 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the current version number and date of the srspan bat script Sample Display show srspan version SRSPAN bat Version 1 5 Date 12 8 94 2 536 show st2 base show st2 The show st2 lt option gt commands display information about the ST2 protocol and services For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of ST2 services refer to Configuring ST2 Services The show st2 command supports the following subcommand options base streams circuits lt circuit name gt version stats lt circuit name gt Displays the base record information for ST2 The base record controls ST2 for the entire system The table includes the following information Protocol State Tunneling Name of the protocol which is ST2 State of the protocol Disabled Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up Tunneling capability Not Capable or Capable Sample Display show ST2 base ST2 Base Information ST2 Up Not Tunneling Capable 2 537 Using Technician Interface Scripts circuits lt circuit name gt D
397. n date of the isdn bat script Sample Display show isdn version ISDN BAT Version 1 6 Date 6 8 95 show isdn 2 367 Using Technician Interface Scripts show isdn bri The show isdn bri lt option gt commands display information about the ISDN Basic Rate Interface ISDN BRI service For information about ISDN BRI refer to Configuring Dial Services Note The isdn bri set of commands is a subset of the isdn command Refer to show isdn preceding this section for more information on the isdn command The show isdn bri command supports the following subcommand options alerts sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt base stats disabled system errors enabled transmit errors receive errors version 2 368 alerts show isdn bri Displays all enabled circuits that are not active Use this display to identify the ports that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Conn State DSL ID Line Number MTU TE State B Channel Loopback Timer 3 Timer 4 Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector s instance identifier ranges from 1 to 4 State of the line driver Disabled Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up ID of this Digital Subscriber Loop interface Line number for this line instance Acceptable Link Access Protocol D channel LAPD Maximum Transfer Units
398. n errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Transmit Errors Number of frame reject errors transmitted on this line Lack Rescs Number of characters not transmitted due to lack of resources such as buffers Underflow Frames Number of retransmission underflow errors These occur when the device s FIFO buffer empties before the device obtains the next DMA request Sample Display show bisync transmit errors BISYNC Module Transmit Errors Transmit Lack Underflow Slot Conn Circuit Errors Rescs Frames 1 1 11 0 0 0 1 entry in table 2 128 show bisync version Displays the current version and modification date for the bisync bat script Sample Display show bisync version bisync bat Version 1 12 Date 10 31 94 2 129 Using Technician Interface Scripts show bootp base The show bootp lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about Bootstrap Protocol BOOTP services and Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP services For details on the Bay Networks implementation of BOOTP and DHCP refer to Configuring SNMP BOOTP DHCP and RARP Services The show bootp command supports the following subcommand options base prefserv clients stat
399. n number and modification date of the atm bat script Sample Display show atm version ATM bat Version 1 7 Date 1 23 95 2 65 Using Technician Interface Scripts show atmarp The show atmarp lt options gt command displays ATMARP information For details about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM refer to Configuring ATM Services The show atmarp command supports the following subcommand options configuration lt IP_address gt table lt IP_address gt interface lt IP_address gt version stats lt IP_address gt configuration lt P_address gt Displays configuration information for all ATMARP interfaces or a specific interface lt P_address gt Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface The table displays the following information Interface IP address of the interface Mode Whether the router is confirmed as an ATM ARP client or server Server Address if client ATM address of the server Sample Display show atmarp configuration Interface Mode Server Address if client D0 s 5h Client 47000580FFE1000000F2151540 0000A20E9FCCO0 6 6 6 7 Server nil 2 Atmarp Interfaces 2 66 show atmarp interface lt P_address gt Displays interface information for all ATMARP interfaces or a specific interface lt P_address gt Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface The table displays the following information Interfac
400. n the advertisement 2 415 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ospf ase OSPF AS External Routes Link Originating Forwarding State ID Router Age Metric Address Type Tag 0 0 0 0 192 32 174 65 621 4104 0 0 0 0 2 0000000 0 0 0 0 192 32 174 66 697 4104 0 0 0 0 2 0000000 7 0 0 0 192 32 174 65 622 4104 0 0 0 0 2 e 0000000 15 0400 192 32 174 65 617 4104 0 0 0 0 2 0000000 21 0 0 0 192 32 174 65 618 4104 0 0 0 0 2 0000000 52 0 0 0 192 32 174 65 618 4104 0 0 0 0 2 0000000 53 0 0 0 192 32 174 65 619 4104 0 0 0 0 2 0000000 base Displays global information for the OSPF router The base record controls OSPF for the entire system The table includes the following information Router Id Router identifier which is unique among all OSPF routers Area Border Router Whether or not the router is an area border router Yes or No AS Boundary Router Whether or not the router is an Autonomous System boundary router Yes or No Sample Display show ospf base OSPF Base Information Router Area Border AS Boundary Id Router Router 192 32 174 65 No Yes 2 416 show ospf interface Displays a table of OSPF interfaces The table includes the following information IP Address Area Id Type State Metric Priority Designated DR Backup DR Internet address of the OSPF interface Identifier of the area where the interface belongs Type of interface link as follows e Pto
401. n this count Number of topology transmission group updates received by this node with an RSN equal to the current RSN Both even and odd RSNs are included in this count Number of topology transmission group updates received by this node with an RSN greater than the current RSN Number of topology transmission group updates received by this node with an odd RSN greater than the current RSN Number of topology transmission group records built as a result of internally detected node state changes that affect APPN topology and routing Number of topology transmission group records inconsistencies detected by this node Number of topology transmission group records built for this node s resource due to timer updates Number of topology transmission group records purged from this node s topology database Number of routes calculated for all class of services since the last initialization 2 36 show appn Sample Display show appn topology statistics APPN Topology Statistics Node Record Statistics Max Nodes 0 Current Nodes 38 Received TDUs 45 Sent TDUs 50 Received Low RSNs 3 Received Equal RSNs 39 Received High RSNs 19 Received Bad RSNs 10 State Updates 0 Errors Timer Updates Records Purged oO d TG record Statistics Received Low RSNs 18 Received Equal RSNs 210 Received High RSNs 125 Received Bad RSNs 43 State Updates 5 Errors Timer Updates Records Purged R
402. naling Protocol Standard Uni 3 0 UNI_V30 Uni 3 1 UNI_V31 or Trillium Symmetrical Uni UNI_SYM Number of RESTART messages permitted before the link is considered down Number of STATUS ENQUIRY messages permitted before the link is considered down Setup Sent Timer value in seconds Release Sent Timer value in seconds SAAL Data Link Connect Timer value in seconds Call Proceeding Received Timer value in seconds Connect Sent Timer value in seconds Restart Request Sent on Interface Timer value in seconds Restart Request Sent on Channel Timer value in seconds Status Enquiry Sent Timer value in seconds SAAL Data Link Disconnect Timer value in seconds Drop Party Sent Timer value in seconds Add Party Sent Timer value in seconds 2 82 show atmsig Sample Display show atmsig sig ATM Signaling Entry Table Q 93B Max of Max Max MaxParties Min Buf Line Circuit State SvcApps Pt Pt Pt Mp In MultiPt Threshold 1405101 A51 Up 20 1000 40 i 2 of of Stat VPI VCI Version Restart Enquiries T303 T308 T309 T310 T313 T316 0 5 UNI_V30 3 3 4 30 10 10 4 120 T316C T322 TDisc T398 T399 120 4 4 4 14 Total entries 1 version Displays the current version number and modification date of the atmsig bat script Sample Display show atmsig version ATMSIG bat Version 1 Date 10 26 95 2 83 Using Technician Interface Scripts show atm line The sho
403. ncludes all circuits that have translation enabled on the corresponding Transparent Bridge circuit The Transparent Bridge Circuits table shows only the circuits that have Translation disabled 2 637 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show xb disabled Source Routing Circuits Circuit Mode State O31 Disabled Down 1 entries found Transparent Bridge Circuits CLECuULt Mode State E22 Disabled Down 1 entries found enabled Display the Source Routing and Transparent Bridge circuits that are enabled Mode is always Enabled and State is either Up or Down Use this display to identify the Source Route or Transparent Bridge circuits that are currently enabled The Source Routing Interfaces table includes all circuits that have translation enabled on the corresponding Transparent Bridge circuit The Transparent Bridge Circuits table shows only the circuits that have Translation disabled 2 638 rifs show xb Sample Display show xb enabled Source Routing Circuits Circuit Mode State O31 Enabled Up 1 entries found Transparent Bridge Circuits CLECULt Mode State E22 Enabled Up 1 entries found Displays the Source Routing Routing Information Fields RIFs that the Translation Bridge has learned Each MAC address is associated with only one RIF The table includes the following information MAC Address This address is in Ethernet format RIF
404. nd Sample Display show xns circuit XNS Circuit Table Circuit State XNS Address Encaps Method E21 Up 0x00000001 Ethernet E31 Up 0x00000002 Ethernet E22 Up 0x00000003 Ethernet 3 Total entrie s configuration circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the configurable parameters within the XNS base record for all circuits or for a specific circuit You can use the following options with the configuration command The table includes the following information for the protocol Route Method Routing method that the XNS protocol uses vanilla XNS or Ungermann Bass functionality only Router ID Host ID of the router Sample Display show xns configuration XNS Protocol Protocol Route Method Router ID XNS Vanilla XNS 0x0000010203 2 648 show xns disabled Displays XNS circuits that are disabled and down In this case State is always Down For column definitions in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show xns disabled XNS Table of Disabled Circuits Circuit State XNS Address Encaps Method E21 Down 0x00000001 Ethernet E31 Down 0x00000002 Ethernet E22 Down 0x00000003 Ethernet 3 Entrie s found enabled Displays all XNS circuits that have their disable enable parameter set to enable and their state is up For column definitions in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show xns enabled XNS Table of Enabled Circuits
405. nd 2 1 Disabled Disabled Demand 3 2 Disabled Disabled Total of 2 Dial OnDemand Circuits ondemand_dialing pools lt pool D gt lt circuit name gt Displays line information for each line in a pool You can display information about all pools a specific pool and or a specific circuit on the pool The display includes the following information 2 557 Using Technician Interface Scripts Circuit Information Circuit Connection Mode Inact Time MaxUp Time Outgoing Phone Number Extension Phone Type Circuit name of the demand circuit Operating mode of the router as follows e Master Retries the call when the first connection attempt fails as a result of a collision on the network e Slave Waits for the master router to retry the call if the first attempt fails as a result of a collision on the network e No Dial Never initiates calls always waits for another router to call Number of seconds the router waits without receiving data across the line before bringing down the connection Specifies the maximum duration of the call in minutes Once the call meets the specified time the router terminates the connection Telephone number of the remote router Extension line for a main telephone number Indicates whether the phone number type is Dial or ISDN Synchronous Line Information Slot Num Port Num Line State Identifies the slot where this line resides Identifies the port where
406. ne 2 229 Using Technician Interface Scripts Underflow Frames Number of retransmission underflow errors These occur when the device s FIFO buffer empties before the device obtains the next DMA request Descriptor Errors Internal device error Sample Display show ds1e1 transmit errors DS1E1 Logical Line Transmit Errors Log Underflow Descriptor Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Errors 2 1 1 Boston 1 0 2 1 2 Chicago 0 0 2 2 1 Seattle 1 0 3 entries in table Sample Display show ds1e1 transmit errors circuit Boston DS1E1 Logical Line Transmit Errors Log Underflow Descriptor Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Errors 2 ut 1 Boston 1 0 Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table 2 230 show ds1e1 version Displays the current version and modification date for the ds e bat script Sample Display show ds1e1 version dslel bat Version 1 14 Date 1 23 95 2 231 Using Technician Interface Scripts show dvmrp base The show dvmrp lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about the Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol DVMRP For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of DVMRP refer to Configuring IP Services The show dvmrp command supports the following subcommand options base stats circuits lt circuit name gt circuits lt circuit name gt enabled disabled stats tunnels
407. ne Unaligned Frames Number of frames containing a bit count not divisible by eight Internal Overflows Number of frames received with internal overflow errors Overflow Frames Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the device s FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA cycle No buffer resources are available Losses of Sync Number of instances of sync losses detected on this line This error statistic is equivalent to the red alarm received statistic on T1 2 224 Sample Display show ds1e1 system errors DS1E1 Logical Line System Errors show ds1e1 Log Unaligned Internal Overflow Losses Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Overflows Frames of Sync 2 1 1 Boston 0 0 0 0 2 1 2 Chicago 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 Seattle 0 0 0 0 3 entries in table Sample Display show ds1e1 system errors circuit Boston DS1E1 Logical Line System Errors Log Unaligned Internal Overflow Losses Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Overflows Frames of Sync 2 1 1 Boston 0 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table 2 225 Using Technician Interface Scripts t1framer current total interval lt interval number gt Displays T1 framer error information Sample Display show ds1e1 t1framer current T1 Current Framer Statistics Bipolar Out of Frame Loss of Loss of Violation Frame Error Frame Signal Indicat Alarm Slot Conn Counts Counts Counts Failures Failure
408. ne uses flow control negotiation 16 32 64 128 256 512 1024 2068 4096 2 630 show x25 Standard Network standard to be used on this line NONE ISO or DOD Facilities Status of this line s support for user configurable facilities such as flow control negotiation ON or OFF Year Year of CCITT conformance 1980 1984 or 1988 Local X 121 Address Local X 121 address of the line Stats Setting of statistics gathering ON or OFF Turning Stats to OFF can improve performance Sample Display show x25 line X 25 Packet Line Configuration Network Def Def Standard Local X 121 Line State Type Window Packet Facilities Year Address Stats 2 1 Up DTE RES 7 7 NONE OFF 1988 8217021 ON 1 Line Entries services lt s ot connector circuit name gt Displays the X 25 services available on all lines or a specific line The table includes the following information Type Type of service used to connect to the remote address specified in this service record PDN DDN or PTOP Line Line slot and connector numbers that make up parts of the line s identification State State of the line which is Disabled Down Init initializing Not Present configured but not yet started or Up Circuit Circuit number part of the line s identification Facilities Status of this service s support for facilities such as flow control ON or OFF WCP Data compression ON or OFF Remote X 121 Address
409. network to this circuit will be incorporated into routing updates and multicast datagrams will be forwarded in native mode via this circuit If disabled this circuit exists only to support unicast tunnels in this case all other parameters are ignored Sample Display show dvmrp circuits DVMRP Circui ts Circuit State Metric Threshold Route Enabled E22 Up 1 1 Yes E31 Up 1 1 Yes E32 Up il 1 Yes E33 Up 1 1 Yes E34 Up 1 aE Yes 5 Total entries 2 234 show dvmrp neighbors lt circuit name gt Displays all DVMRP neighbor information or neighbor information for a specified circuit The table displays the following information Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface Local Tunnel IP Local tunnel ID of the virtual interface This value is Physical for non tunneled interfaces Otherwise it contains the IP address of the local tunnel endpoint Neighbor IP IP address of the neighboring router Neigh Timer Current value of the neighbor timer Sample Display show dvmrp neighbors DVMRP Neighbors Circuit Local Tunnel IP Neighbor IP Neigh Timer E21 Physical LOZ 3228221 135 E21 192 32 28 33 192 32 51e02 140 2 Total entries routes main lt P address gt lt search pattern gt Displays the main DVMRP routing table You can specify routes that match an IP address or routes with a source network number matching a portion of an IP address for example 192 34 The table
410. ng Technician Interface Scripts ping lt service name gt static services rip static services additional rip alerts stats routes type direct nlsp rip static lt IP address gt find lt search pattern gt net lt search pattern gt host lt search pattern gt stats datagrams rip enabled traffic filters route filters version routes type direct nlsp rip static lt IP address gt find lt search pattern gt net lt search pattern gt host lt search pattern gt net lt search pattern gt host lt search pattern gt sap adjacent hosts Displays the configurable parameters for all statically configured adjacent hosts The IPX Adjacent Host Table includes the following information Mode Mode is Enabled or Disabled Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router Host ID Address Host address of the static host IPX Interface Network address of the next hop interface Host WAN Address Host address of the next hop interface 2 324 alerts show ipx Sample Display show ipx adjacent hosts IPX Adjacent Host Table Information Circuit IPX Host ID Host Mode Index Interface Address WAN Address Enabled 1 None OxOOOOFFAAFFAA 0x0400 Displays potential problem areas for the IPX protocol The table shows any IPX interfaces that are enabled but whose state is not up The table includes the following info
411. ng subcommand options circuit lt circuit_name gt connection lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables autonegotiation on a specific circuit Sample Display enable autoneg E21 AUTONEG Circuit E21 enabled connection lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables autonegotiation on a specific connector Sample Display enable autoneg connection 2 1 AUTONEG connector 2 1 enabled 3 10 enable disable bootp enable disable bootp Use the enable bootp lt option gt command to enable BOOTP bootstrap protocol services on a Bay Networks router and the disable bootp lt option gt command to disable bootp services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of BOOTP refer to the Configuring SNMP BOOTP DHCP and RARP Services guide The enable disable bootp commands support only the interface lt P_address gt subcommand option interface lt P_address gt Enables or disables BOOTP services on a specific interface Sample Display enable bootp interface 130 1 1 1 BOOTP interface 130 1 1 1 enabled Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable bridge Use the enable bridge lt option gt commands to enable Bridging services on a Bay Networks router and the disable bridge lt option gt commands to disable Bridging services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Bridging refer to Configuring Bridging
412. nitial Search Path Switch to execute control C to break out of the user autoscript When a user autoscript is in effect with this parameter enabled anyone logged in as User can break out of the script Also if this parameter is enabled and the script terminates due to an error the system automatically logs you out Sample Display show telnet configuration TELNET Configuration In formation Screen Size 24 More Enabled TI TELNET prompt Max Login Retries 3 Login Time Out Password Time Out Command Time Out Initial Search Path Manager s AutoScript User s AutoScrip t 1 minutes t 1 minutes t 15 minutes 2335455 automgr bat User Abort Logout Disabled sessions t autouser bat show telnet Displays the Internet address and port number of each remote system to which the router is connected The table also includes the state of the connection Sample Display show telnet sessions TELNET TCP Sessions Remote Remote IP Port State 192 32 18 9 1069 Established 192 32 18 9 1086 Established 2 593 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats Displays statistical information that the Telnet daemon records The information includes the following Total Logins Number of attempted logins User Login Errors Number of password errors for logins as User Manager Login Errors Number of password errors for lo
413. nk bundle Bundle Speed Lists the current speed of each line in the multilink bundle Line Lists the line number of each line in the multilink bundle 2 454 show ppp Sample Display show ppp multilink information PPP Multilink Information Circuit Line Count S31 S32 Demand 4 Demand 5 Demand 6 5 Entries found circuits Circuit Config Mode Actual Mode Tx Packets Rx Packets OO OO OS Bundle Speed Line 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Displays information about each circuit in the multilink bundle Thedisplay includes the following information Displays the circuit number Shows the mode you configured for this circuit e Normal this is a nonmultilink circuit e Multilink the circuit is a multilink circuit e Monitor the circuit is a multilink circuit and the router for which this circuit is configured is the congestion monitor The congestion monitor is responsible for monitoring congestion on the line Displays the actual mode in which this circuit is operating Displays the number of packets transmitted over the circuit Displays the number of packets received over the circuit 2 455 Using Technician Interface Scripts osi Sample Display show ppp multilink circuits PPP Multilink Circuits Circuit Config Mode Actual Mode Tx Packets Rx Packets S31 Normal Normal 0 0 S32 Normal Normal 0 0 Demand 4 Normal Inactive 0 0 Demand 5 Normal Inactive 0 0 Demand 6
414. nning Tree Bridging on the router Sample Display enable srspan base Source Route Spanning Tr base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable srspan circuit S21 Source Route Spanning Tree circuit S21 enabled 3 46 enable disable sta enable disable sta Use the enable sta lt option gt commands to enable Statistical Thresholds and Alarms STA services on a Bay Networks router and the disable sta lt option gt commands to disable STA services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of STA refer to Configuring SNMP BOOTP DHCP and RARP Services The enable disable sta commands support the following subcommand options base object lt object_ID gt base Enables or disables STA on the router Sample Display enable sta base STA base record enabled object lt object_ D gt Enables or disables STA for a specific object 3 47 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable sws Use the enable sws lt option gt commands to enable Switched Services on a Bay Networks router and the disable sws lt option gt commands to disable Switched Services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Switched Services refer to Configuring Dial Services The enable disable sws commands support the following subcommand options dial_forced lt circuit_name gt takedown_force
415. not up Use this display to identify interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model For routers other than the ASN indicates the physical slot number Conn Connector s instance identifier For an Ethernet Link Module the range is 1 or 2 For a Net Module the value is 11 to 44 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line 2 167 Using Technician Interface Scripts State State of the line driver Disabled Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up The Not Present state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver software The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration MAC Address Line s physical address The driver assigns this address BOFL TMO Time in seconds between transmissions of Breath of Life messages from this interface A timeout occurs if five periods elapse without a successful frame transmission When timeout occurs the interface is disabled and and then enabled again automatically MTU Maximum transfer unit size for frames on this line HW Filter Status of hardware filtering Enabled or Disabled When enabled the Link Module filtering hardware prevents the copying of local frames into system memory Filtering h
416. ns of this license Licensee shall not make the resulting software available for use by any third party Neither title nor ownership to Software passes to licensee Licensee shall not provide or otherwise make available any Software in whole or in part in any form to any third party Third parties do not include consultants subcontractors or agents of licensee who have licensee s permission to use the Software at licensee s facility and who have agreed in writing to use the Software only in accordance with the restrictions of this license Third party owners from whom Bay Networks has acquired license rights to software that is incorporated into Bay Networks products shall have the right to enforce the provisions of this license against licensee Licensee shall not remove or obscure any copyright patent trademark trade secret or similar intellectual property or restricted rights notice within or affixed to any Software and shall reproduce and affix such notice on any backup copy of Software or copies of software resulting from modification or combination performed by licensee as permitted by this license Bay Networks Inc 4401 Great America Parkway Santa Clara CA 95054 8 Federal Street Billerica MA 01821 Bay Networks Software License continued 10 11 12 Licensee shall not reverse assemble reverse compile or in any way reverse engineer the Software Note For licensees in the European Community the So
417. nt Level 1 Received Level 1 Sent Level 2 Received Level 2 Using Technician Interface Scripts Displays the counters for update packets sent and received on each circuit as follows Number of level 1 updates sent Number of level 1 updates received Number of level 2 updates sent Number of level 2 updates received Sample Display show decnet stats update DECnet Routing Update Statistics Sent Received Sent Received Circuit Level 1 Level 1 Level 2 Level 2 E21 82 80 84 40 E41 80 78 88 40 stats errors Displays the error counters for each circuit as follows Aged Out Number of aged packets lost Node Unreachable Number of node unreachable packets lost Node Out of Range Number of node out of range packets lost Oversized Packets Format error Total Dropped Number of oversized packets lost Number of packet format errors Number of dropped packets show decnet Sample Display show decnet stats error DECnet Error Statistics Aged Node Node Oversized Format Total Circuit Out Unreachable Out of Range Packets Error Dropped E21 0 0 0 0 0 0 E41 0 0 0 0 0 0 traffic filters lt circuit name gt Displays attributes of filters configured on each circuit or a specified circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit containing the traffic filter Status Status of the circuit as follows e Active Filtering rule is in use e Inact
418. nt last joined Proxy Indicates whether the LEC acts as a proxy when it joins an ATM emulated LAN 1 True or 2 False Primary addr ATM address of the LEC Cfg Server addr ATM address of the LAN Emulation Configuration Server LE Server addr ATM address of the LES Sample Display show lane clients ATM LAN Emulation Client Running Config Info Cct Circuit Name LecID State Fail Code Cfg Src 4 ATMSR_1405101 4 29 OPERATIONAL NONE KNOWNADR LAN type Max Data Frm Size ELAN Name Proxy IEEE8023 1516 01 hi Primary addr 39 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C0 A8 8D A0 00 Cfg Server addr 47 00 79 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A0 3E 00 00 01 00 LE Server addr 39 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 00 20 1A 42 C4 01 Total entries 1 config lt circuit name gt Displays the ATM LAN Emulation Client record for each circuit or for a specific circuit The table displays the following information Cct Circuit number of the LEC Circuit Name Circuit name assigned by Site Manager 2 376 LAN Name LAN Type State LES ATM addr LECS ATM addr Sample Display show lane config ATM LAN show lane Emulated LAN name this client will use the next time it returns to the Initial state Data frame format that this client will use the next time it returns to the Initial state Unspecified IEEE 802 3 or IEEE 802 5 State for the LEC INITIAL LECSCONNEC
419. nterface Scripts enable disable appn Use the enable appn lt option gt commands to enable APPN services on a Wellfleet router and the disable appn lt option gt commands to disable APPN services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of APPN refer to Configuring APPN Services The enable disable appn commands support the following subcommand options base Is lt LS name gt directory lt LU name gt port lt port name gt dic lt DLC name gt tunnel lt circuit gt log vrn lt VRN name gt base Enables or disables APPN on the router Sample Display enable appn base APPN base record enabled 3 2 enable disable appn directory lt LU name gt Enables or disables a specific Logical Unit directory Sample Display enable appn directory Enter Fully qualified resource name USWFLTO1 VENUS2 Directory entry for USWFLTO1 VENUS2 enabled dic lt DLC name gt Enables or disables a specific Data Link Control entry Sample Display enable appn dic Enter DLC Name DLC00001 DLC DLC00001 enabled log Enables or disables APPN problem determination logs Is lt LS name gt Enables or disables a specific Link Station Sample Display enable appn Is Enter Locally known Link Station Name DURHAM2 Link Station DURHAM2 enabled Using Technician Interface Scripts port lt port name gt Enables or disables a specific APPN port
420. ntifier of the next hop Primary routing metric for this route depends on the routing method displayed under Method A value of 1 means that this metric is not used State of the next hop interface which is Enabled or Disabled Sample Display show xns static XNS Static Routes XNS Address Nexthop Interface Nexthop ID Metric State 0x00000005 0x00000003 0x0000A2030303 2 Enabled 0x00000006 0x00000002 0x0000A2020202 0 Enabled 2 Static Routes configured Displays general forwarding statistics for all XNS circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Circuit XNS Address In Receives Name of the circuit this interface runs on Network address of the interface Total number of input datagrams received from interfaces including those received in error 2 652 show xns Out Requests Total number of XNS datagrams that local XNS user protocols supplied in transmission requests Doesn t include datagrams counted in Forwards Forwards Number of input datagrams for which this router was not their final XNS destination When this is the case the router tries to find a route for forwarding the datagram to the appropriate final destination If the router isn t an XNS Gateway this counter includes only the packets that were source routed through the router successfully In Discards Number of input XNS datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as lac
421. ntry in table timeslots circuit lt circuit name gt Displays timeslot assignments for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Log Line Logical line number for this line Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Timeslots Circuit s timeslot assignment An X under the timeslot indicates that the logical line is using the timeslot T1 lines have 24 slots and E1 lines have 31 The following examples are for T1 lines 2 228 show ds1e1 Sample Display show ds1e1 timeslots DS1E1 Timeslot Assignment Timeslots e Log 1111111111222222222233 Slot Conn Line Circuit 1234567890123456789012345678901 2 1 1 Boston X_ xX X 1 2 Chicago X X 2 2 1 Seattle X 3 entries in table Sample Display show ds1e1 timeslots circuit Boston DS1E1 Timeslot Assignment Timeslots Log 1111111111222222222233 Slot Conn Line Circuit 1234567890123456789012345678901 2 1 1 Boston X_X X Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Sot identifier Conn Connector identifier Log Line Logical line number for this line Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this li
422. nts Number of individual bit errors in the FPS ES Counts Number of Errored Seconds ES An ES is any one second time interval with either a frame bit error or a CRC 6 error 2 216 show ds1e1 DS1E1 Facility Data Link FDL Errors second half ANSI 403 mode Slot Conn SES Counts UAS Counts PRMES Counts PRMSES Counts PRME Counts Slot identifier Connector identifier Number of Severely Errored Seconds SES An SES is any 1 second time interval with an OOF error or more than 320 CRC errors Number of Unavailable Seconds UAS A UAS is the number of seconds between ten consecutive SES events inclusive and ten consecutive non SES events exclusive For more information refer to the 1989 ANSI T1 403 specification Carrier to Customer installation DS1 Metallic Interface Number of Errored Seconds reported in the Performance Report Messages PRMs Number of Severely Errored Seconds reported in the PRMs Number of PRMs received in error In error means that the calculated CRC does not match the incoming CRC word DS1E1 Facility Data Link FDL Errors first half AT amp T 54016 mode Slot Conn Valid Intervals Total ESs Total SESs Total SEFs Total UASs Total CSSs Slot identifier Connector identifier Number of previous time intervals for which valid data was collected The value is 96 unless the interface was brought on line within the last 24 hours In this case th
423. oducts Software agents and patches are available and the message boards are monitored by technical staff and can be a source for problem solving and shared experiences Customers and resellers holding Bay Networks service contracts can visit the special libraries to acquire advanced levels of support documentation and software To open an account and receive a local dial up number call CompuServe at 1 800 524 3388 and ask for Representative No 591 e Inthe United Kingdom call Freephone 0800 289378 e In Germany call 0130 37 32 e In Europe except for the United Kingdom and Germany call 44 272 760681 e Outside the U S Canada and Europe call 614 529 1349 and ask for Representative No 591 or consult your listings for an office near you Once you are online you can reach our forum by typing the command GO BAYNETWORKS at any prompt xvi About This Guide InfoFACTS InfoFACTS is the Bay Networks free 24 hour fax on demand service This automated system contains libraries of technical and product documents designed to help you manage and troubleshoot your Bay Networks products The system can return a fax copy to the caller or to a third party within minutes of being accessed World Wide Web The World Wide Web WWW is a global information system for file distribution and online document viewing via the Internet You need a direct connection to the Internet and a Web Browser such as Mosaic or Netscape B
424. of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 3 1 H31 5 6 0 0 Found 1 matches out of 1 entry in table stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays HSSI input output statistical information for all HSSI circuits or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error Receive Frames Number of frames received without error Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error 2 291 Using Technician Interface Scripts Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error Total Errors Total number of errors of all types Sample Display show hssi stats HSSI Module I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 3 1 H31 600808237 10617073 3692023 141294 0 1 entry in table system errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Rx Ring Errors Number of errors that the DMA controller has detected while processing the receive ring Tx Ring
425. of session control frames sent on the RTP connection Current receive transmit rate in Kbits sec of the RTP connection Total number of bytes sent by the remote node that were discarded as duplicates Total number of packets sent by the remote node that were discarded as duplicates Total number of bytes resent by the local node that were lost in transit Total number of packets resent by the local node that were lost in transit Sample Display show appn rtp statistics APPN RTP Connection Statistics RTP Conn Cur SessCtl Discarded Resent Name Sessn Dir Bytes Pkts Frames Rate Bytes Pkts Bytes Pkts ROOOOOL 1 Rx 196 7 1K 0 0 Tx 285 a 1K 0 0 ROO0002 1 Rx 344 14 1K 0 0 Tx 354 15 1K 0 0 ROOO0003 1 Rx 352 218 1K 0 0 E Tx 420 215 1K a 0 0 ROOO0004 1 Rx 352 195 1K 0 0 5 Tx 420 199 1K 0 0 4 Entries 2 32 show appn topology node lt CP name gt Displays node information on the topology database for all control points or for a specific control point Node Administratively assigned name for a specific node in the format lt network ID gt lt CP name gt Type Type of APPN node NN network node or VRN virtual node FRSN Flow Reduction Sequence Numbers are associated with Topology Database Updates TDUs and are unique only within each APPN network node A TDU can be associated with multiple APPN resources This FRSN indicates the last time this resource was upda
426. of the bridge bat script Sample Display show bridge version BRIDGE bat Version 1 14 Date 1 26 95 2 147 Using Technician Interface Scripts show circuits The show circuits lt option gt commands display specific configuration state and statistical information for all drivers on the router CSMA CD DS1E1 E1 FDDI HSSI SYNC T1 and or Token Ring modules For example you can display the receive error statistics for all drivers by entering only one command show circuits receive errors You can also display selected information for a specific circuit without knowing the circuit s type The show circuits command looks up the circuit in the MIB and invokes the correct driver to display the information you have requested Refer to the sections on the specific driver commands for more sample displays and for the definitions of display columns generated by the show circuits lt option gt commands The show circuits command supports the following subcommand options alerts receive errors lt circuit name gt base lt circuit name gt stats lt circuit name gt configuration lt circuit name gt system errors lt circuit name gt disabled transmit errors lt circuit name gt enabled version hwfilters Displays all enabled circuits whose state is not Up Sample Display show circuits alerts CSMACD Modules on Alert show circuits
427. of the remaining columns see the alerts command Sample Display show dls circuit DLS Circuits Circuit State Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type 011 11c2 Down OxF 0x278 LLC SRB S12 Up OxF 0x0 SDLC 2 200 show dls configuration Displays the configuration information for the DLSw base record circuits slots peers SAPs MACs NetBIOS names filters and SDLC local devices Refer to the appropriate show dls command for definitions connections Displays connections currently established between two stations using DLSw Circuit Name of the circuit for the DLSw connection Status Status of the connection In this case the status is always Connected Destination MAC Source MAC destination address on the top line and the source MAC MAC address on the bottom line Remote IP local IP Remote internet IP address on the top line and the local IP address on the bottom line Tx Rx Frames The number of IFrames sent and received on this circuit Tx Rx RNRs The number of Receiver Not Ready frames sent and received on this circuit Sample Display show dls connections DLSw Connections Destination MAC Remote IP Tx IFrames Tx RNRs Circuit Status Source MAC local IP Rx IFrames Rx RNRs 12 Established 40 00 00 03 17 22 154 154 154 154 0 0 40 00 00 00 00 D1 78 78 78 78 0 0 2 201 Using Technician Interface Scripts disabled Displays all DLSw circuits that the user has manually disabled In
428. ol 2 77 NML enabling disabling 3 35 nml subcommands 2 402 to 2 405 node routes decnet 2 190 Non Broadcast Multi Access network 2 417 O ondemand_dialing circuits sws 2 557 2 562 ondemand_dialing pools sws 2 557 Open Shortest Path First OSPF 2 414 to 2 421 enabling disabling 3 37 Open Systems Interconnection OSI 2 406 to 2 413 enabling disabling 3 36 OSI NCP PPP 2 456 OSI subcommands 2 406 to 2 413 OSPF areas 2 414 Index 8 OSPF subcommands 2 414 to 2 421 OUI ATM protocol 2 77 P packet capture enabling disabling 3 38 Packet Capture configuring A 1 Packet Capture enabling disabling 3 38 packet subcommands 2 422 to 2 430 Password Authentication Protocol PPP 2 457 passwords Inm 2 398 PATH environmental variable 1 6 pattern searching 2 1 peers bgp 2 112 dls 2 206 permanent virtual circuits atm 2 74 permanent virtual connections frame relay 2 272 PID ATM protocol 2 77 ping ipx 2 332 Ping MIB 2 431 to 2 435 Point to Point network OSPF neighbors 2 420 Point to Point Protocol 2 436 to 2 462 enabling disabling 3 39 port fddi 2 259 PPP subcommands 2 436 to 2 462 PROM information hardware 2 283 protocols show system command 2 577 protopri subcommands 2 468 to 2 471 pycs atm 2 74 fr 2 272 R RARP subcommands 2 472 to 2 474 receive errors all driver circuits 2 155 csmacd 2 174 dslel 2 220 fddi 2 260
429. ol off Enter menu number or TI command M with menu control ON enabled Alerts AppleTalk Conf AppleTalk Neg Bad Packets Bridge Conf Bridge Neg Circuits DECnet Disabled Circuits omAItnau BWN EF Add a command Clear all commands Delete command E Edit command vE e BP S2IHRKGKRWNHHO PPP Menu nabled Circuits P PX Config PX Neg PX Name Local PX Name Remote Line Conf Line Parameters LOR Conf HHHHH EA H Change menu title L Load new menu M Menu control off Enter menu number or TI command t 19s 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 213 22 23 24 253 26 27 LOR Stats OSI PAP Local PAP Remote CHAP Local CHAP Remote PPP bat version Vines XNS QO Quit S Save menu commands T Toggle cmd display LOR Stats OSI PAP Local PAP Remote CHAP Local CHAP Remote PPP bat version Vines XNS QO Quit S Save menu commands T Toggle cmd display 1 28 Using Technician Interface Scripts PPP subcommand menu Toggled to display subcommands instead of subcommand functions PPP Menu 1 show ppp alerts 15 show ppp ipx name remote 2 show ppp appletalk configured 16 show ppp line configuration 3 show ppp appletalk negotiated 17 show ppp line parameters 4 show ppp bad packets 18 show ppp lgr configuration 5 show ppp bridge configured 19 show ppp lgr stats 6 show ppp bridge negotiated 20 sho
430. ommand you use to enable or disable that service For a detailed description of options refer to Chapter 3 Table 1 2 Enabling and Disabling Services To Enable or Disable This Service Use This Command Advanced Peer to Peer Networking Protocol enable disable appn lt option gt directory DLC LS port tunnel VRN AppleTalk base circuit enable disable at lt option gt Asynchronous Transfer Mode line enable disable atm lt option gt Asynchronous Transfer Mode DXI enable disable atmdxi lt option gt line continued Table 1 2 Using Technician Interface Scripts Enabling and Disabling Services continued To Enable or Disable This Service Use This Command AppleTalk Update based Routing Protocol connection enable disable aurp lt option gt Automatic line speed negotiation on 100Base T Ethernet interfaces enable disable autoneg lt option gt Bootstrap protocol enable disable bootp lt option gt Bridge base circuit enable disable bridge lt option gt Circuits for all drivers enable disable circuits lt option gt CSMA CD circuit connector enable disable csmacd lt option gt N11 Data Collection Module DCM for the 8 Port Access Node Hub ANH enable disable dcmmw lt option gt DECnet base circuit enable disable decnet lt option gt Data Link base circuit enable disable dls lt option gt
431. on Entity Number Number of the entity Event Number Number of the event State Operating state of the exception Enabled or Disabled Name Name of the entity 2 509 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show snmp exceptions SNMP Exception Information Entity Event Number umber State Name T3 22 Disabled MIB 13 24 Disabled MIB 14 20 Disabled TBL version Displays the current version number and modification date for the snmp bat script Sample Display show snmp version SNMP bat Version 1 8 Date 6 20 94 2 510 show span alerts show span The show span lt option gt commands display information about Spanning Tree Bridge services For detailed information about the Spanning Tree algorithm and parameters refer to Configuring Bridging Services The show span command supports the following subcommand options alerts disabled base enabled circuits lt circuit name gt stats configuration version configuration circuits lt circuit name gt Displays all enabled circuits that are not up Use this display to identify the ports that are not working The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this port is on State Current state of the port as the Spanning Tree Protocol application defined it which in this case is Port Disabled Designated Root Unique Bridge ID recorded as the root in the Configurat
432. on Bridge Each count represents one packet For frames traveling from a Source Route network to a Transparent Bridge network the counts Source Routing In Frames Transparent Bridge In Frames and Translation Bridge in Frames should all increment For frames traveling from the Transparent Bridge network to the Source Route network the count Source Routing Out Frames should increment The Translation Bridge Frames Not Converted count will increment for packets that the Translation Bridge cannot convert Use this display to determine whether a Translation Bridge Source Route interface is converting Sample Display show xb sr stats circuit 031 Source Routing Circuits Translation Source Source Transparent Translation Bridge Routing Routing Bridge Bridge Frames Not Circuit In Frames Out Frames In Frames In Frames Converted O31 dl 0 t 1 1 entries found 2 641 Using Technician Interface Scripts stations Displays how the Translation Bridge will convert packets destined for Ethernet stations MAC Address will be in default format and Station Type is either Ethernet or 802 3 Use the display to determine how packets are converted Sample Display show xb stations Translation Bridge XB Station Types MAC Address Station Type 44 44 44 44 44 43 Ethernet 44 44 44 44 44 44 Ethernet 2 entries found tb circuit lt circuit name gt Displays all Transparent Bridge circuits that have not been configur
433. on Demand and Bandwidth on Demand For detailed information about configuring SWS refer to Configuring Dial Services The show sws command supports the following subcommand options backup_dialing circuits outbound filters ip data_link backup_dialing pools lt pool ID gt lt circuit name gt ondemand_dialing pools lt pool ID gt lt circuit name gt backup_dialing schedules ondemand_dialing schedules bandwidth circuit outbound filters ip data_link bandwidth pool lt pool ID gt lt circuit name gt version caller resolution table 2 546 show sws backup_ dialing circuits Displays primary circuits that are configured for dial backup The display includes the following information Primary Circuit Circuit name of the primary circuit Backup Pool Identifies the backup pool available for the primary circuit ranges from 1 to 255 Backup Mode Operating mode of the router as follows Master Initiates the backup call when the primary circuit fails Slave Waits for the incoming call when the primary circuit fails Protocol Type of WAN protocol configured on this primary circuit as follows e Frame Relay Frame Relay protocol e PPP Point to Point Protocol e Wift Standard protocol a proprietary protocol used between two Bay Networks routers Based on the CCITT HDLC High level Data Link Control protocol Standard provides LLC1
434. one Special 20904101 0 Initial None None 6 Entries found circuits lt circuit_name gt Displays the state of the circuit The displays includes the following information Circuit Line Driver State Protocol State Shows the circuit name Indicates the line number Displays the state of the synchronous driver Displays the protocols for the circuit Displays the state of the protocol 2 443 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ppp circuits 2 1 show ppp circuits PPP Circuit Information PPP over Sync Driver Driver Circuit Line State Protocol State S51 205101 Up LCP Opened IP Opened IPX Disabled OSI Disabled XNS Disabled VINES Disabled BRIDGE Disabled DECnet Disabled WCP Disabled APPLETALK Disabled 552 205102 Up LCP Reqsent IP Initial IPX Disabled OSI Disabled XNS Disabled VINES Disabled BRIDGE Disabled DECnet Disabled WCP Disabled APPLETALK Disabled 2 Entries found PPP over Hssi Driver Driver Circuit Line State Protocol State No Entries found 2 Total Entries found 2 444 show ppp decnet Displays the state of DECnet NCP on all circuits on which PPP is configured State is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Sample Display show ppp decnet PPP DECNET NCP Information Circuit State S31 Disable
435. onnection Sample Display show aurp stats transport AURP Transport Statistics Delayed Command Updates Updates Connection Duplicates Retries Received Generated 192 32 14 85 0 7 0 0 192 32 14 86 0 3 0 0 205 012 1051 0 4 2 1 2 104 show aurp version Displays the current version and modification date of the aurp bat script Sample Display show aurp version AURP bat Version 1 5 Date 8 16 94 2 105 Using Technician Interface Scripts show autoneg alerts The show autoneg lt option gt commands display the status of automatic line speed negotiation on 100Base T Ethernet interfaces Some Ethernet modules can run at either 10 Mb s or 100 Mb s using a hardware process to detect the speed to use For more information refer to Configuring Line Services The show autoneg command supports the following subcommand options alerts disabled base circuit lt circuit name gt enabled capabilities circuit lt circuit name gt version Displays Ethernet circuits that are capable of auto negotiation but are not currently up The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit State Auto Negotiation State Remote Signaling Capability in Use Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector n
436. or a specific Token Ring circuit For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In addition to the states listed under the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show token base TOKEN RING Modules Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release 3 1 031 Up 00 00 A2 00 5B 46 4568 16 Mbps Enabled 4 2 042 Up 00 00 A2 00 C8 Cl1 4568 16 Mbps Enabled 2 entries in table Sample Display show token base circuit 031 TOKEN RING Modules Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release 3 1 031 Up 00 00 A2 00 5B 46 4568 16 Mbps Enabled Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 599 Using Technician Interface Scripts disabled Displays Token Ring circuits that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In this case State is Disabled Sample Display show token disabled TOKEN RING Modules Disabled Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table enabled Displays Token Ring circuits that a user has manually enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show token enabled TOKEN RING Modules Enabled Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release Found 0 matche
437. ormation about the ATM Signaling service For details about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM refer to Configuring ATM Services The show atmsig command supports the following subcommand options ilmi lt line gt sig lt line gt saal lt line gt version ilmi lt ine gt Displays all instances in the ATM Interim Local Management Interface ILMD Entry Table or a specific instance lt line gt Displays ATM ILMI information for a specific line The table displays the following information Line Circuit State Low Thre Up Thre VPI VCI Get Line number of the router Circuit number of the ATM driver associated with this ILMI instance State of the entity Up Down Initializing Not Present Lower threshold when the percentage of the buffer memory drops below this value congestion is reached Upper threshold when the percentage of the buffer memory exceeds this value congestion is stopped Virtual Path Identifier for the ILMI VC Virtual Channel Identifier for the ILMI VC ILMI Get Request Timer value in seconds 2 79 Using Technician Interface Scripts Get Retry Maximum number of retransmissions of the ILME GET request before the link is considered down Get Next ILMI GetNext Request Timer value in seconds GetNext Retry Maximum number of retransmissions of the ILMI GET NEXT request before the link is considered down Set ILMI Set Reque
438. ormation for all SYNC circuits or a specific SYNC circuit For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In addition to the states listed under the alerts command State can also be Up 2 566 show sync Sample Display show sync base SYNC Modules Line WAN Loc Rem Med Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address Number MTU Protocol Adr Adr Typ 5 TSSL Up 00 00 A2 00 A1 73 00205101 1600 WF STND 7 7 STD 5 2 S52 Up 00 00 A2 00 A1 74 00205102 1600 WF STND 7 7 STD 2 entries in table disabled Displays SYNC circuits that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In this case State is Disabled Sample Display show sync disabled SYNC Modules Disabled Line WAN Loc Rem Med Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address Number MTU Protocol Adr Adr Typ Found 0 matches out of 4 entries in table 2 567 Using Technician Interface Scripts enabled Displays SYNC circuits that a user has manually enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show sync enabled SYNC Modules Enabled Line WAN Loc Rem Med Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address Number MTU Protocol Adr Adr Typ 5 12 51 Up 00 00 A2 00 A1 73 00205101 1600 WE STND 7 7 STD 5 2 S52 Up 00 00 A2 00 A1 74 00205102 1600 WF STND 7 7 STD Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table receive errors circuit l
439. ors lemory Collision Internal Loss of Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Buffer Carrier 3 1 E31 0 1 0 0 3 2 E32 0 1 0 77458 3 3 E33 0 T 0 0 3 4 E34 0 1 0 0 4 entries in table HSSI Module System Errors Rx Ring Tx Ring Internal Host Port Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Op Errors Errors Errors 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table TOKEN RING System Errors Adapter DMA Bus DMA Parity Command Host Iface Slot Conn Circuit Checks Errors Errors Timeouts Errors 2 1 O21 0 0 0 0 0 1 entry in table 2 157 Using Technician Interface Scripts transmit errors lt circuit name gt Displays the transmit error statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit Sample Display show circuits transmit errors CSMACD Module Transmit Errors Late Excessive Frames Underflow Slot Conn Circuit Collision Collision Too Long Errors 3 1 E31 0 0 0 0 3 2 E32 0 0 0 0 3 3 E33 0 0 0 0 3 4 E34 0 0 0 0 4 entries in table HSSI Module Transmit Errors Slot Conn Circuit Aborts Underruns 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table TOKEN RING Transmit Errors Lost Slot Conn Circuit Frame Errs 2 1 O21 0 1 entry in table 2 158 show circuits version Displays the current version number and modification date of the circuits bat script Sample Display show circuits version CIRCUITS bat Version 1 13 Date 1 20 95 2 159 Using Technician Interface Scripts show
440. ors Number of PDUs that the agent has generated with an error status of noSuchName Trap PDUs Number of trap PDUs the agent has generated Sample Display show snmp base SNMP Base Information Packets Packets Invalid State Authentication Received Sent Communities Enabled Trivial 0 0 0 Get Get Next Set noSuchName Trap Requests Requests Requests Errors PDUs 0 0 0 0 0 community Displays information about communities An SNMP community is a logical relationship between an SNMP agent and one or more SNMP managers The table includes the following information Community Index Unique number that corresponds to the community name Community Name Name of the community 2 506 Community Access Manager Community Index Manager Address Manager Trap Port Manager Trap Type show snmp Access privileges the router grants to all members of this community as follows e Read All members of this community can only view configuration and performance information about this router e Read Write All members of this community can both view configuration and performance information about this router and change the router s configuration Number that associates this manager with a community in the community table Internet address of this manager UDP port on which this manager is listening for traps Valid trap types to be sent to the manager as follows e None Prohibits the agent softwar
441. ort the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables DVMRP on the router Sample Display enable dvmrp base Dvmrp base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable dvmrp circuit E21 DVMRP circuit E21 enabled 3 19 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable e1 Use the enable e1 lt option gt commands to enable E1 services on a Bay Networks router and the disable e1 lt option gt commands to disable E1 services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of E1 refer to Configuring Line Services The enable disable e1 commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit_name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables all circuits or a specific circuit Sample Display enable e1 circuit e1 21 El circuit El 21 enabled connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable e1 connector 2 2 El connector 2 2 enabled 3 20 enable disable fddi enable disable fddi Use the enable fddi lt option gt commands to enable Fiber Distributed Data Interface FDDI services on a Bay Networks router and the disable fddi lt option gt commands to disable FDDI services For more information about the Bay Networks imple
442. orts or for a specific port Port Number DLC Receive BTU Size Send BTU Size Max Window Port Type Link Address Administratively assigned name for this APPN port The name can be from one to eight characters Port number associated with the port name Indicates the name of the DLC supporting this port Maximum Basic Transmission Unit BTU size that a link station on this port can receive Maximum BTU size that a link station on this port can send Maximum number of I frames that can be received by the Exchange Identification XID sender before an acknowledgement is received Identifies the type of line used by this port Leased Switched or Shared Access Transport Facility SATF Link address using MAC address and SAP 2 27 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show appn port definition APPN Port Definitions Receive Send Max Port Port Number DLC BTU Size BTU Size Window Type Link Address PORTOOO1 0 DLC00001 2048 2048 7 Leased 201 PORTOO002 0 DLCO0002 2048 2048 7 Leased 203 PORT0003 0 DLC00003 2048 2048 7 Leased 05 PORT0004 0 DLC00004 2048 2048 7 Leased 07 PORT0008 0 DLC00008 2057 2057 7 SATF 000045222224 04 PORT0010 0 DLC00010 2057 2057 7 SATF 000045C0E4B6 04 6 Entries port hpr Displays High Performance Routing capabilities for a single port or multiple ports Port Administratively assigned name for this APPN port The name can be from one to
443. ot Conn Circuit Frame Errors Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier 1 or 2 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of frame errors on this line This counter indicates errors in the frame alignment signal Signalling All 1 s Received Number of occurrences of receive signaling all 1 s This error occurs when timeslot 16 has been all 1 s for two consecutive frames This statistic is relevant only for Channel Associated Signalling CAS mode Unframed All 1 s Received Number of occurrences of receive unframed all 1 s This occurs when less than three bit positions of the last aligned and nonaligned frames have been 0 Sample Display show e1 frame El Module Frame Errors Signalling Unframed Frame All 1 s All 1 s Slot Conn Circuit Errors Received Received 2 1 El 21 0 0 0 2 2 E1 22 0 0 0 2 entries in table 2 246 show e1 line errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays several categories of line errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit BiPolar Violtns Remote Alarms Received Multiframe Alarms Received Multiframe Errors Sync Losses Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier 1 or 2 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of bipolar violations on this line On an E1 line ones are transmitted as alternating negative and po
444. ot present Line number for this line assigned during configuration This line number uniquely identifies this interface and is not equal to any of the line numbers assigned to logical lines configured through this port WAN protocol enabled on this interface ATM FRM RLAY Frame Relay LAPB PASSTHRU PPP SMDS WF STND Wellfleet Standard or X 25 Wellfleet Standard is a proprietary protocol used between two Bay Networks routers Based on the CCITT HDLC High level Data Link Control protocol Wellfleet Standard provides LLC1 connectionless datagram service Rate adaption the number of bits and their positions within the timeslot as follows e 64K Uses all 8 bits in the timeslot 56K MSB Uses 7 of the 8 bits in the timeslot does not use the most significant bit e 56K LSB Uses 7 of the 8 bits in the timeslot does not use the least significant bit 2 209 Using Technician Interface Scripts Loc Adr This parameter is used only when the logical line HDLC service is LLC1 It is a value in the range 1 through 7 in the address field of the HDLC packet 1 indicates DCE 3 indicates DTE All other numbers indicate Explicit Explicit indicates that the user has selected the address Rem Adr This parameter is used only when the logical line HDLC service is LLC1 It is a value in the range 1 through 7 in the address field of the HDLC packet 1 indicates DCE 3 indicates DTE All other numbers indicate Explic
445. ot used as well as best routes Limits the display to one specified protocol Limits the display to the routes that match the specified IP address Limits the display to the routes that match the specified subnet part of the IP address The table includes the following information Network Mask Proto Age Slot Cost NextHopAddr AS Destination IP address for this route 0 0 0 0 indicates a default route Subnet mask to be combined with the destination address and then compared with the value in Destination If the value of Destination is 0 0 0 0 a default route then the value of Mask is also 0 0 0 0 Routing method through which the router learned this route Other Local Netmgmt ICMP EGP GGP Hello RIP IS IS OSPF or BGP Number of seconds since this route was last updated or verified to be correct The meaning of too old depends on the routing protocol specified under Proto Number of the slot on which the network address mask is configured Number of hops to reach the destination IP address of the next hop and next Autonomous System of this route If the next hop is an unnumbered interface the command displays 0 0 0 n where n is the number of the circuit on which the interface has been configured In the following sample display the next hop field for destinations 10 0 0 0 55 0 0 0 and 99 0 0 0 indicates that the next hop is an unnumbered interface configured on circuit 2 2 309
446. out the Packet Capture utility refer to Using Technician Interface Software The show packet command supports the following subcommand options alerts linenumbers capture lt line number gt s lt start gt c lt count gt loaded configuration lt line number gt status lt line number gt disabled version enabled Displays Packet Capture instances that are enabled but not Up State is either Down the physical interface has not connected to Packet Capture or Absent Packet Capture is not loaded on the slot connected to this line number 2 422 show packet Sample Display show packet alerts Packet Capture Line Information Alerts Line Number State 102103 Down 103101 Absent capture lt ine number gt s lt start gt c lt count gt Displays packets captured on a specific line In the table the header line is followed by one or more lines of hexadecimal data lt line number gt Displays the physical interface the capture is connected to This is a unique 10 digit decimal number Leading zeros are eliminated The number identifies the physical media type slot module and connector s lt start gt Displays the first packet to display from the capture buffer lt count gt Displays the number of packets to display from the capture buffer The header line has the following six parts e Number of the packet within the capture buffer e Date
447. outer Both routers will use this number Result of the IPX NCP negotiations True or False Routing protocol negotiated for use on the link None indicates that the peer routers have not completed negotiations or that the negotiations have not yet converged Sample Display show ppp ipx negot PPP IPX NCP Negotiated Information Circuit State Config Routing Network No Complete Protocol S31 Opened 32 Starting None 2 Entries found 0x0000F000 True RIP SAP False None 2 448 name local show ppp Displays the local router name its circuit name and its state State is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Sample Display show ppp ipx name local PPP IPX NCP Local Router Name Circuit State Local Router Name S31 Opened Locrouterl 32 Starting Locrouter2 2 Entries found name remote Displays the remote router name resulting from negotiation its circuit name and its state None indicates that no router name has been configured on the peer or that negotiations have not taken place State is either Disabled or if enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Sample Display show ppp ipx name remote PPP IPX NCP Remote Router Nam Circuit State Remote Router Nam S31 Opened Remrouterl 32 Starting None 2 Entries found 2 449 Using Technician Interface Scripts lin
448. outer Information Designated Exec Circuit Circuit Router Priority Cost Address E21 3 2 64 10 351 E41 TaN 64 LO ay 1 disabled Displays all the circuits whose state is disabled The table includes the name of the circuit and its DECnet address Sample Display show decnet disabled J ECnet Circuits Circuit State DECnet Address E21 Disabled ci 1 Entries found 2 189 Using Technician Interface Scripts enabled Displays all the circuits whose state is enabled State is Down INIT initializing Not Present not yet started or Up Sample Display show decnet enabled DECnet Circuits Circuit State DECnet Address E21 UP Set 1 Entries found node routes find lt area node gt Displays attributes of level 1 routing tables or a specific address find lt area node gt where lt area node gt is an optional DECnet address Using this option limits the display to a specified destination address The displays include the following information Area DECnet Phase IV Area ID for this circuit the first six bits of a DECnet Phase IV node address Node ID DECnet Phase IV Node ID for this circuit the last ten bits of a DECnet Phase IV node address Circuit Circuit name of the node Address DECnet address of the node about which routing information is contained in this level 1 routing table Cost Total cost of the path to the destination node Hops
449. outes Calculated 0 S amp S our 2 37 Using Technician Interface Scripts topology tg definition lt owner name gt Displays transmission group information for all transmission group owners or for a specific transmission group owner TG Owner TG Destination TG Num Eff Cap Conn Cost Byte Cost Security Delay User 1 User 2 User 3 Fully qualified name for the originating node for this transmission group The format is lt network ID gt lt CP name gt Fully qualified network name for the destination node for this transmission group Number associated with this transmission group Range is 0 to 255 Indicates the effective capacity of this transmission group It is derived from the link bandwidth and maximum load factor with the range of 0 through 255 This is an administratively assigned value for this transmission group Cost per connection time This value represents the relative cost per unit of time to use the transmission group Range is from 0 which means no cost to 255 which indicates maximum cost This is an administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group Relative cost of transmitting a byte over this link Range is from 0 lowest cost to 255 This is an administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group Security is represented as an integer with a range of to 255 This is an administratively assigned value associated with this transm
450. outing uses to route frames to other circuits on the Bay Networks router This value must match the value defined in the SR base record Bridge number defined in the SR base record IBM LAN Network Manager uses this number with the Internal LAN ID External LAN ID Internal MAC Address and External MAC Address to identify the Bay Networks bridge on the circuit 2 394 show Inm The circuit record configuration display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on MAC Cct MAC circuit on which LNM Servers as an entity is defined LLC Cct LLC circuit with which LNM Servers as an entity is associated Internal MAC Address MAC address defined to the Internal LAN This is a virtual association used only to define LNM Servers on this circuit within IBM LAN Network Manager Weight Threshold Maximum error count that LNM REM Server uses to send alerts to IBM LAN Network Manager Sample Display show Inm configuration LNM Servers Base Configuration IBM LNM Set Internal Bridge Protocol State Privilege LAN ID Number LNM Servers Up Enabled BO 5 Sample Display show Inm configuration circuit LNM Servers Circuit Configuration MAC LLC Internal Weight Circuit Cet Ect MAC Address Threshold 031 2 3 00 00 45 00 00 09 128 032 4 5 00 00 45 00 00 02 128 041 6 7 00 00 45 00 00 05 128 042 8 9 00 00 45 00 00 06 128 2 395 Using Technician Interface Scripts disabled D
451. ows Screen Size More TI TELNET prompt Max Login Retries Login Time Out Password Time Out Command Time Out Initial Search Path Manager s AutoScript User s AutoScript User Abort Logout Default screen size in number of lines Status of display paging whether the more feature is enabled or not User definable prompt string Number of login attempts permitted before disconnecting the caller Number of minutes allowed between when the system displays the login banner and a user enters a login ID If this timeout occurs the system hangs up on the line Number of minutes allowed for a user to enter a password If this timeout occurs the system hangs up on the line Number of minutes to wait for the caller to enter a command before hanging up on the serial port List of file system volumes to be searched when you run a script without a volume specifier or if the AutoScript doesn t contain a volume specifier The environment variable PATH is set to this string The string format is as follows lt vol gt lt vol gt Example 2 3 4 5 Name of the script to run when the Manager account logs in to the router If the script name doesn t contain a volume specifier the system searches the volumes listed in Initial Search Path Name of the script to run when the User account logs in to the router If the script name does not contain a volume specifier the system searches the volumes listed in I
452. pdates Records Purged show appn Number of TDUs received from all adjacent network nodes since last initialization Number of TDUs built by this node to be sent to all adjacent network nodes since last initialization Number of topology node updates received by this node with a RSN less than the current RSN Both even and odd RSNs are included in this count Number of topology node updates received by this node with a RSN equal to the current RSN Both even and odd RSNs are included in this count Number of topology node updates received by this node with an RSN greater than the current RSN Number of topology node updates received by this node with an odd RSN greater than the current RSN Number of topology node records built as a result of internally detected node state changes that affect APPN topology and routing Number of topology node record inconsistencies detected by this node Number of topology node records built for this node s resource due to timer updates Number of topology node records purged from this node s topology database 2 35 Using Technician Interface Scripts TG Record Statistics Received Low RSNs Received Equal RSNs Received High RSNs Received Bad RSNs State Updates Errors Timer Updates Records Purged Routes Calculated Number of topology transmission group updates received by this node with an RSN less than the current RSN Both even and odd RSNs are included i
453. peration errors may indicate faulty hardware If this count exceeds five call your customer service representative Number of internal operation errors Number of parity errors occurring when the host driver accesses a register on the DMA controller Host errors may indicate faulty hardware If this count exceeds five call your customer service representative Sample Display show fddi system errors FDDI Module System Errors Port Internal Parity Ring Operation Operation Host Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Errors Errors Errors 2 1 F21 0 0 0 0 0 3 1 F31 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line 2 266 show fddi Aborted Frames Number of transmit frames with internal abort errors on this circuit Underrun Errors Number of transmit frames aborted with underrun errors on this circuit Sample Display show fddi transmit FDDI Module Transmit Errors Aborted Underrun Slot Conn Circuit Frames Errors 2 1 F21 0 0 3 1 F31 0 0 2 entries in table version Displays the current version number and modification date of the fddi bat script S
454. plays the AURP connections that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the columns in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show aurp disabled Disabled AURP Connections Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout 192 32 14 86 Disabled 3 3 30 90 1 entries found 3 total entries enabled Displays the AURP connections that a user has manually enabled State can be Disabled Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up For the remaining column definitions see the alerts command 2 99 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show aurp enabled Enabled AURP Connections Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout 192 32 14 85 Down 3 3 30 90 205 1 10 1 Up 3 3 30 90 2 entries found 3 total entries filters zone Displays information about the zone filters for all AURP connections The table includes the following information Connection Connection with the specified IP address Connection Filter Mode Zone filter type Include Exclude 5 x series Include or 5 x series Exclude Filtered Zones s Zones that are filtered for this connection Total zones Number of zones that are filtered on this connection 2 100 show aurp Sample Display show aurp filters zone Connection 192 32 14 2 Connection Filter Mode Include Filtered Zone s for this connection MARKETING SALES Total zone
455. pt commands The search path is a list of volume IDs on which to search for a script file There are two ways to specify a search path Example 1 Entering the volume IDs on the command line run setpath 2 3 4 Example 2 Letting the setpath command prompt you run setpath 1 6 Using Technician Interface Scripts NVFS File System VOL STATE TOTAL SIZE FREE SPACE CONTIG FREE SPACE 33 FORMATTED 2097152 1218683 1017067 23 FORMATTED 2097152 431128 431128 Pleas nter the volume ID that contains the script files More than one volume may b ntered each separated by a semi colon Format lt vol gt s lt vol gt ece Example 2 3 4 Enter volume s 2 3 The run setpath command provides online help for the script commands You can run the setpath bat script manually after you log into the Technician Interface by using the run setpath command or you can have the system run it automatically using the Technician Interface s autoscript feature To use the autoscript feature you must specify the file system search path Manager or User script file and logout mechanism using the following wfSerialPortEntry router serial port parameters or attributes e Login Script Search Path e Manager s Login Script e User s Login Script e Force User Logout You can set up a separate autoscript file for the Manager login and the User login The User auto
456. ption gt Native Mode LAN circuit security list enable disable nml lt option gt Open Systems Interconnect base enable disable osi lt option gt OSPF area base interface enable disable ospf lt option gt Packet Capture capture line enable disable packet lt option gt Point to Point Protocol line enable disable ppp lt option gt Reverse Address Resolution Protocol base enable disable rarp lt option gt Repeater port reset test enable disable rptr lt option gt Router redundancy enable disable rredund lt option gt Synchronous Data Link Control base circuit enable disable sdic lt option gt Simple Network Management Protocol communities events traps enable disable snmp lt option gt Spanning Tree base circuit enable disable span lt option gt Source Routing base circuit enable disable sr lt option gt Source Route Spanning Tree base circuit enable disable srspan lt option gt Statistical Thresholds and Alarm base object enable disable sta lt option gt Switch service enable disable sws lt option gt Synchronous line circuit connector enable disable sync lt option gt T1 line circuit connector enable disable t1 lt option gt Transport Control Protocol base enable disable tcp lt option gt TELNET base enable disable telnet lt option gt
457. pts stats icp lt circuit name gt Displays VINES Internet Control Protocol ICP statistics for the whole router stats rtp lt circuit name gt Displays VINES Routing Update Protocol RTP statistics for the whole router or for a specific circuit total neighbors Displays the total number of entries in the VINES neighbor table Sample Display show vines total neighbors Number of VINES Neighbors 2 total routes Displays the total number of entries in the VINES route table traffic filters Displays all configured VINES traffic filters for all circuits The table includes the following information Circuit Identifier of the circuit the filter applies to Mode Status of filter use which is Enabled activated or Disabled not activated Status Current status of the traffic filter which is one of the following e Active Rule is being used e Inactive Rule is not in use e Error Application detected an error in the rule 2 618 Rx Matches Rule Number Identifier for the rule Fragment Number Sample Display show vines traffic filters VINES Traffic Filters Table Rx Rule Circuit Mode Status Matches Number show vines Number of packets received that match the rule Number of a rule fragment for large rules Fragment Number No entries version Displays the current version and modification date of the vines bat script Sample Display show vines
458. pture buffer size e Packet save size e Capture direction options receive transmit or both e Receive trigger options when to stop capturing packets when buffer is full when filter one is matched when filter two is matched or no filter e Transmit trigger options when to stop capturing packets when buffer is full when filter one is matched when filter two is matched or no filter e Receive Filter Configuration type and reference options e Transmit Filter Configuration type and reference options For information on all these options refer to the Troubleshooting Routers guide Sample Display config packet line config packet line Performing mount check Packet Capture Line Configuration Media Types Ethernet Synchronous or ISDN B Channel TI El Token Ring FDDI HSSI YA UBWN A je 9 MCT1 13 ISDN D Channel Enter media type by number 1 Enter slot number 5 Enter connector number 3 The calculated Linenumber is 105103 Please record it for use with other Packet Configuration packet commands Current available memory in 1Kbyte blocks is 2609 Do not leave less than 200 blocks a Current value for Capture Buffer si Press return for current value or vailable unless necessary ze in 1Kbyte blocks is 0 nter new value 1 Maximum Packet Save size in 32 Byte Current value for Packet Save size Press return for current value or blocks is 32 in
459. r 3 1 E31 Up 00 00 A2 03 00 6E 5 1518 Disabled 3 2 E32 Down 00 00 A2 03 00 6F 5 1518 Disabled 3 3 E33 Up 00 00 A2 03 00 70 5 1518 Disabled 3 4 E34 Up 00 00 A2 03 00 71 5 1518 Disabled Found 4 matches out of 4 entries in table HSSI Modules Enabled show circuits BOFL WAN Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number 0 0 Not Pres nil Off 4608 FRAME RELAY 0 0 0 Not Pres nil 1 4608 FRAME RELAY 0 Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table TOKEN RING Modules Enabled Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release 2 1 021 CableFlt 00 00 A2 01 4B 4E 4568 16 Mbps Enabled Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table 2 153 Using Technician Interface Scripts hwfilters Displays all hardware filter configurations on the router Sample Display show circuits hwfilters Hardware Filters Modules Line Maximum Current Used Dropped Slot Conn Circuit State Type Tbl Siz Tbl Siz Entries Frames 0 entries in table 2 154 receive errors lt circuit name gt show circuits Displays the receive error statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit Sample Display show circuits receive errors CSMACD Module Receive Errors Checksum Alignment Overflow Frames Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Errors Too Long 3 1 E31 7 7 0 0 3 2 E32 0 0 0 0 3 3 E33 0 0 0 0 3 4
460. r Disabled Name Name of the entity Fault Attribute that controls the entity s fault messages On or Off The router generates a trap when this attribute is on Warn Attribute that controls the entity s warning messages On or Off The router generates a trap when this attribute is on Info Attribute that controls the entity s informational messages On or Off The router generates a trap when this attribute is on Trace Attribute that controls the entity s tracing messages On or Off The router generates a trap when this attribute is on Debug Attribute that controls the entity s debug messages On or Off The router generates a trap when this attribute is on 2 508 show snmp Sample Display show snmp entity traps SNMP Entity Trap Information Entity Slot umber Number State Name Fault Warn Info Trace Debug il 2 Enabled NVFS off Off On Off Off 13 2 Enabled MIB off Off On Off Off exceptions find entity lt entity number gt event lt event number gt name lt entity name gt Displays general information about exceptions or displays information for a specific entity number event or entity name find entity lt entity number gt Limits the display to the entity number specified find event lt event number gt Limits the display to the slot number specified find name lt entity name gt Limits the display to the entity name specified The tables display the following informati
461. r Up Sample Display show x25 base X 25 Base Record Information Protocol State X 25 Up 2 628 show x25 configuration lt s ot connector gt Displays the basic configuration information for all X 25 lines or displays that only the slot and connector specified Each line is associated with the services available on that line and the number of virtual circuits configured The table includes the following information for the protocol Slot Connector Line LLIndex The identity of the line This includes four parts as follows slot number connector number number of the line that the driver X 25 runs on lower layer index from the layer immediately below X 25 on the protocol stack If the lower layer is a driver the index is 0 Services Available Type of service available on this line PDN DDN or PTOP LCN s Configured Number of logical channels configured includes LCNs for incoming bidirectional and outgoing VCs Sample Display show x25 configuration 2 1 X 25 Configuration Services LCN s Protocol Slot Connector Line LLIndex Available Configured X 25 2 1 202101 0 PDN 4 1 Configuration Entries connections lt s ot connector gt Displays the virtual circuit connect and disconnect counts for normal and abnormal conditions for all lines or for a specific line slot and connector The table includes the following information Line Line slot and connector Total VC Connections To
462. r a specific link station LS CP Name Port TG Num CP CP Sessn Max BTU Link Address Administratively assigned name for the link station The name can be from one to eight characters Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station The name can be from three to 17 characters Format is lt network ID gt lt CP name gt Administratively assigned name for the port The name can be from one to eight characters Number associated with the transmission group for this link station Indicates whether CP CP sessions are supported by this link station Numeric value between 256 and 4105 inclusive indicating the maximum number of bytes in a Basic Transmission Unit BTU that can be sent on this transmission group This is an administratively assigned value Link address using MAC address and SAP or SDLC address 2 23 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show appn Is definition APPN Link Station Definition TG CP CP Max LS CP Name Port Num Sessn BTU Link Address DURHAM USWFLTO1 DURHAM PORT22 0 Yes 1417 00004500e476 04 WFAS400 USWFLTO1 WFAS400 PORT22 0 Yes 1476 40000104877a 04 2 Entries Is hpr Displays High Performance Routing capabilities for a single link station or multiple link stations LS CP Name HPR Enabled Link Level Error Recovery Administratively assigned name for the link station The name can be from one to eight character
463. r of bytes outputed from the compression facility Number of bytes inputed into the decompression facility Number of bytes outputed from the decompression facility Number of CPC packets sent to the destination Number of CPC packets received from the source Number of PPC packets sent to the destination Number of PPC packets received from the source 2 623 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show wcp stats WCP Performance And Data Statistics Line Vc Compression Decompression Number LLIndex Circuit Id Ratio Ratio 201301 0 Demand 2 0 62321 6 5 1 Compressor Compressor Decompressor Decompressor In Out In Out 8732 1372 1334 8732 CPC Packets CPC Packets PPC Packets PPC Packets Transmitted Received Transmitted Received 18 18 0 0 1 Entry Sample Display show wcp stats 201301 0 2 0 WCP Performance And Data Statistics Line Vc Compression Decompression Number LLIndex Circuit Id Ratio Ratio 201301 0 Demand 2 0 85 381 82320 Compressor Compressor Decompressor Decompressor In Out In Out 13098 1560 1566 13098 CPC Packets CPC Packets PPC Packets PPC Packets Transmitted Received Transmitted Received 27 27 0 0 1 Entry 2 624 Sample Display show wcp stats errors show wcp WCP Error Statistics Line Vc Compression Decompression Number LLIndex Circuit Id Ratio Ratio 201301 0 Demand 2 0 6 3 1 645 51 AntiExp P
464. r to Configuring ATM Services Note Refer to the show atm line section for more information on the atm line command The show atm command supports the following subcommand options alerts ves lt line gt lt line vpi gt lt line vpi vci gt disabled services lt line gt lt line circuit gt enabled stats interfaces lt line gt stats pve lt line gt lt line VPI gt lt line VPI VCI gt line lt line option gt version 2 58 show atm alerts Displays abnormal conditions in the ATM interface Use this command to identify lines configured as enabled but not currently up The table displays the following information Line Line number of the Bay Networks router Circuit Circuit name on which the ATM interface runs State State of the ATM line Up Down Init initializing Disabled or Absent Sample Display show atm alerts ATM Interface Line Alert Table Line Circuit State 1103101 431 Down Total entries 1 disabled Displays the ATM interfaces that are configured as disabled For more information about column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm disabled ATM Interface Line Disabled Tabl Line Circuit State 1103101 A31 Disabled Total entries 1 2 59 Using Technician Interface Scripts enabled Displays the ATM interfaces that are configured as enabled For more information about column definit
465. ration information about various router services and to enable or disable these services Script Types Most Technician Interface scripts are bat and mnu files that you must load on a memory card in the router Each bat file enables you to generate statistics about a protocol or service the router supports Each mnu file enables you to display this information in Menu form Each script contains a subcommand for each option it supports A number of other Technician Interface scripts are programs embedded within the router software image rather within batch files You enter the command for any script regardless of type embedded or batch file in the same way at the Technician Interface prompt The router software currently includes embedded scripts for the following services e CSMACD TFTP e IP e SNMP FR e SYNC e FTP e TELNET e TCP The router software implements all other scripts as batch files 1 2 Commands for Scripts Using Technician Interface Scripts Scripts support the following command categories show monitor enable disable menu Displays configuration state and statistical information about a router service This command helps you isolate problems such as circuits that are not working packets that are not being forwarded and so on It uses the show bat file Displays the same information as the show command but refreshes the display periodically so you can observe trends and changes
466. rcuit 3 55 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable wcp Use the enable wep lt option gt commands to enable Wellfleet Compression Protocol WCP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable wep lt option gt commands to disable WCP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of WCP refer to Configuring Data Compression Services The enable disable wcp commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit_name gt line lt line_number llindex gt circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables compression for a specific WCP circuit Sample Display enable wep circuit S31 WCP circuit S31 enabled line lt ine_number llindex gt Enables or disables compression for a specific WCP line Sample Display enable wep line 203101 0 WCP line 203101 0 enabled 3 56 enable disable x25 enable disable x25 Use the enable x25 lt option gt commands to enable X 25 services on a Bay Networks router and the disable x25 lt option gt commands to disable X 25 services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of X 25 refer to Configuring X 25 Services The enable disable x 25 commands support the following subcommand options base service lt slot connector cct index gt line lt slot connector gt base Enables or disables X 25 at the base record Sample Display enable x25 base X25 bas
467. rcuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr 2 1 1 Tl Boston Up 10902101 WF STND 56K LSB 7 7 Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table 2 215 Using Technician Interface Scripts fdl ansi1 ansi2 att1 att2 Displays the Facility Data Link FDL error statistics in both ANSI 403 and AT amp T 54016 modes ansi1 Displays only the first half of ANSI 403 mode FDL errors ansi2 Displays only the second half of ANSI 403 mode FDL errors att1 Displays only the first half of AT amp T 54016 mode FDL errors att2 Displays only the second half of AT amp T 54016 mode FDL errors The tables display the following information DS1E1 Facility Data Link FDL Errors first half ANSI 403 mode Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier CRC Counts Number of CRC 6 errors The FDL calculates CRC 6 on the incoming data Each time the calculation does not match the CRC 6 code word in the incoming enhanced super frame ESF data stream this count increments BPV Counts Number of bipolar line code violations The FDL counts bipolar violations whether its synchronizer is in sync or not If the FDL is set to receive B8ZS code words it does not count these code words as bipolar violations OOF Counts Number of out of frame errors An out of frame error occurs whenever two or more framing bits out of six in the Framing Pattern Sequence FPS are incorrect This event causes the FDL to resynchronize to the incoming data stream FE Cou
468. rcuit name gt Displays statistics for all IGMP circuits or a specified IGMP circuit The table displays the following information Circuit Designated Rtr Local IP In Pkts In Query Out Query Discards Circuit name of this interface Current IGMP designated router or the IGMP router sending the IGMP host queries if there are multiple routers on a multi access network IP address currently in use on this circuit This is the IP address used to generate multicast traffic Number of input datagrams received from the IGMP interfaces Number of host membership query messages that have been received on this IGMP interface Number of host membership query messages sent out of this IGMP interface Number of IGMP messages received on this interface that were discarded due to bad checksums illegal message types bad values in fields etc Sample Display show igmp stats IGMP Circuit Statistics Circuit Designated Rtr Local IP In Pkts In Query Out Query Discards E31 Aa e A ESSI el ee k 0 0 475 0 E34 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 0 0 475 0 E22 200 200 200 1 200 200 200 1 0 0 475 0 E32 200 200 100 1 200 200 100 1 0 0 475 0 E33 200 200 1 1 200 200 1 1 0 0 475 0 5 Total entries version Displays the current version number and modification date of the igmp bat script Sample Display show igmp version igmp bat Version 1 1 Date 1 30 95 2 298 show ip show ip The show ip lt option gt command
469. re image files memory PROMs slots show hardware lt option gt continued 1 9 Using Technician Interface Scripts Table 1 1 Displaying Service Information continued To Display Information About This Service Use This Command High Speed Serial Interface service receive transmit and system errors sample data statistics show hssi lt option gt Internet Gateway Management Protocol service circuits groups statistics show igmp lt option gt Internet Protocol service ARP table circuits forwarding table route filters RIP interfaces routes traffic filters show ip lt option gt Internet Packet Exchange service adjacent hosts circuits ping RIP routes service filters server filters services statistics traffic filters show ipx lt option gt Circuit and state information for all interface redundancy ports enabled and disabled circuits configured with interface redundancy show iredund lt option gt Integrated Services Digital Network service B Channel BRI calls inphone messages switch show isdn lt option gt Integrated Services Digital Network BRI service receive transmit and system errors sample data statistics show isdn bri lt option gt Link Access Procedure Balanced service lines statistics show lapb lt option gt LAN Network Manager server agent information for all servers or for servers on spec
470. rea number gt Displays the router s Link State Database for all areas or for a specific area The table includes the following information OSPF Area Identifier of the area the advertisement is associated with LS Type Type of advertisement that the area advances AS External advertisements apply to all areas However if the router is attached to more than one area the table displays the AS External advertisement only once under the backbone area area id 0 0 0 0 The types are as follows e STUB Stub Link Advertisement e ROUTER Router Links Advertisement e NETWORK Network Links Advertisement e SUMMARY Summary Links Advertisement e AS_SUM Autonomous System Border Summary Links Advertisement e AS_EXT Autonomous System External Advertisement Link State Id Link state identifier of the advertisement Adv Router IP address of the advertising router E External type for an Autonomous System External advertisement only There are two types Type 1 and Type 2 Metric Metric value for an Autonomous System External advertisement only 2 418 show ospf ASE Fwd Addr Forwarding address for an Autonomous System External advertisement only Age Age in seconds of the advertisement Seq Nbr Sequence number of the advertisement The sequence number is a 32 bit signed integer used to identify old and duplicate link state advertisements The larger the sequence number the more recent the adver
471. ress gt find lt VINES network address pattern gt Displays route information from the VINES routing table The routing table receives routing information through RTP packets sent from servers and other routers This information includes the known networks their metrics and the next hop gateway for each You can use the following options with the routes command lt VINES network address gt limits the display to a specific network find lt VINES network address pattern gt limits the display to networks that match the given network address pattern 2 615 Using Technician Interface Scripts The table includes the following fields Network ID Network identifier of the network Metric Routing metric to get to this network Gateway Netid Network ID of the gateway to this network Slot Number of the slot connected to this network Circuit Name of the circuit connected to this network Gateway Hw Addr Remote Media Access Control address of the gateway to this network Sample Display show vines routes VINES Routes Network Id Metric Gateway Netid Slot Circuit Gateway Hw Addr 17 4 17 2 E21 00 00 A2 00 00 11 624 6 17 2 E21 00 00 A2 00 00 11 625 6 17 2 E21 00 00 A2 00 00 11 1136 8 17 2 E21 00 00 A2 00 00 11 1137 8 17 2 E21 00 00 A2 00 00 11 stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays basic statistical information or you can use the circuit option to display basic circuit statistics for VINES IP
472. ress of the BTS interface on the peer router Originator of TCP connection as follows e Self this router initiates the connection e Partner peer router initiates the connection Number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS on the local router 0 indicates that this router originates the connection Number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS on the peer router 0 indicates that the peer router originates the connection 2 140 Local TCP Port Remote TCP Port show bot Number of the TCP port that the router assigns for BTS on the router If the peer router initiates the TCP connection this value is the same as the number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS on the local router Number of the TCP port that the router assigns for BTS on the router If the local and not the peer router initiates the TCP connection this value is the same as the number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS on the peer router Sample Display show bot stats BOT Circuit Statistics Circuit Interface Interface Packet slot cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count V2 Sil Enabled Up Multi Point Primary 796 Total entries version Displays the current version and modification date for the BOT bat script Sample Display show bot version BOT bat Version 1 1 Date 08 16 95 2 141 Using Technician Interface Scripts show bridge The show bridge lt option gt commands display confi
473. ries 00 00 A2 01 DF B7 Dynamic 08 00 20 1F 25 8B Dynamic Displays the state of IP whether or not it is up and in forwarding mode or in host mode only The base record controls IP for the entire system The table includes the following information Protocol State Forwarding Mode Name of the protocol in this case IP State of the protocol Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up Status of forwarding Forwarding indicates that the IP host is an IP gateway and is forwarding datagrams received but not addressed to it Not Forwarding indicates that this IP host is not a gateway 2 302 show ip Zero Subnetting Setting that determines whether or not zero subnets are allowed Enabled or Disabled If Enabled interfaces configured with a zero subnet are allowed if Disabled they are not Default TTL Default value that IP inserts in the Time To Live field of the IP header in datagrams that this router originates when the transport layer protocol does not supply the value The maximum value is 255 and the default is 30 The base command also displays the number of networks and hosts that IP knows about and the number of policy rules defined Sample Display show ip base IP Base Information Protocol State Forwarding Mode Zero Subnetting Default TIL IP Up Forwarding Disabled 30 Route pools contain 168 networks subnets and 11 hosts Maximum policy rules per type per pro
474. rk for multicast datagrams State of the interface for this route as follows e L Leaf No neighboring routers consider this local network or tunnel to be on the shortest path to the specified source network e C Child The router is responsible for forwarding datagrams saved by the specified network associated with this interface If the leaf flag is also set datagrams will only be forwarded when there are any local hosts belonging to the particular multicast group specified by the destination address e H Hold down timer is running Circuit name of this virtual interface Remote tunnel ID of this virtual interface This value is Physical for non tunneled interfaces Otherwise it contains the unicast IP address of the remote tunnel endpoint Address of the dominant router for this virtual interface The specified router will forward packets onto the local network or tunnel that are sourced by the specified source network Address of a subordinate router for this virtual interface This indicates that at least one neighboring router considers this local network or tunnel to be on the shortest path to the specified source network Sample Display show dvmrp routes vifs DVMRP Virtual Interface Routes State C Child L Leaf H Hold down Source State Circuit Remote Tunnel Dom Router Sub Router 10 0 0 0 C E21 Physical None 192 32 28 22 10 0 0 0 E21 192 3235 2 None None 13404320 E21 Physical None 19
475. rmation Circuit Name of the circuit this interface runs on State State of the interface which in this case is Down Init initializing or Not Pres not present Ckt Idx Circuit index unique number for each IPX interface on the router Net Addr Network address of the interface Host Address Host identifier of the interface Encaps Method Encapsulation method that the interface uses Ethernet Novell LSAP or SNAP 2 325 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx alerts IPX Circuit Configuration Information Alerts Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method F51 Down 1 one None Ethernet E22 Down 2 one None Ethernet 203101 0 Down 3 one None Ethernet S32 iwup Down 4 one None Ethernet S33 iwpp Down 5 one None Ethernet E24 Down 8 one None Ethernet 8 Circuits in table base Displays the base record information for the IPX protocol The base record controls IPX for the entire system The table includes the following information Protocol State Router Name Primary NN Route Method Mult Host Mode Maximum Path Name of the protocol service In this case it is IPX State is Down Init initializing Not Pres not yet started or Up Name of the router used for IPX WAN connections Network number used for IPX WAN connections Method of routing that the protocol uses metric hops based or tick based Status of support for multiple hos
476. rotocol upon which to apply this filter when sending RIP updates This can be Any Local RIP NLSP or Static Action Action for the filter to take advertise accept Adv Acpt or suppress Sprs Mode means whether the action applies to inbound or outbound filters The modes are Jn Out or In Out The action and mode are combined under the Action Mode field in the display for example Sprs In would mean to suppress inbound filters The default action and mode is Adv Acpt Out Sample Display show ipx route filters IPX Route Filter Information Network Circuit IPX Action Prio Target Net Mask state Index Interface Proto Mode 1 0x00000001 0x00000001 Enabled 3 0x0000DD00 Any Adv Acpt Out 1 Route Filters configured 2 336 show ipx routes type direct nisp rip static lt P address gt find lt search pattern gt net lt search pattern gt host lt search pattern gt Displays information from the IPX routing table The table receives routes through IPX RIP from configured IPX interfaces or statically configured routes You can use the following options with the routes command type lt P address gt find lt search pattern gt net lt search pattern gt host lt search pattern gt Limits the display to the routing method that was the source of this route The routing method is direct NLSP RIP or static Limits the display to the network with the specified Internet addres
477. rs 4 1 041 0 0 0 0 0 4 2 042 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show token system errors circuit 041 TOKEN RING System Errors Adapter DMA Bus DMA Parity Command Host Iface Slot Conn Circuit Checks Errors Errors Timeouts Errors 4 1 041 0 0 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 2 607 Using Technician Interface Scripts Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Lost Frame Errors Number of outbound frames whose transmission failed because they were corrupted on their trip around the Token Ring The interface detects this while stripping a frame off of the ring In small quantities this error indicates small disturbances on the Token Ring Sample Display show token transmit TOKEN RING Transmit Errors Lost Slot Conn Circuit Frame Errs 4 1 041 0 4 2 042 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show token transmit errors circuit 041 TOKEN RING Transmit Errors Lost Slot Conn Circuit Frame Errs 4 1 O41 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table version Displays the version number and modification date of the token bat script Sample D
478. rs If you have purchased your Bay Networks product from a distributor or authorized reseller contact the technical support staff of that distributor or reseller for assistance with installation configuration troubleshooting or integration issues XV Using Technician Interface Scripts Customers also have the option of purchasing direct support from Bay Networks through a variety of service programs The programs include priority access telephone support on site engineering assistance software subscription hardware replacement and other programs designed to protect your investment To purchase any of these support programs including PhonePlus for 24 hour telephone technical support call 1 800 2LANWAN Outside the U S and Canada call 408 764 1000 You can also receive information on support programs from your local Bay Networks field sales office or purchase Bay Networks support directly from your reseller Bay Networks provides several methods of receiving support and information on a nonpriority basis through the following automated systems CompuServe Bay Networks maintains an active forum on CompuServe All you need to join us online is a computer a modem and a CompuServe account We also recommend using the CompuServe Information Manager software available from CompuServe The Bay Networks forum contains libraries of technical and product documents designed to help you manage and troubleshoot your Bay Networks pr
479. rs the Internal LAN ID must be equal to the Source Route Internal LAN ID For the IBM LAN Network Manager to be able to link to LNM Servers the Bridge ID must be equal to the Source Route Bridge ID The circuit table includes the following information Circuit Protocol Name of the circuit the protocol runs on Routing protocol on that specific circuit Examine the state of these protocols They must all be enabled and up for IBM LAN Network Manager to be able to link The state of the LNM Servers circuit is enabled or disabled only 2 391 Using Technician Interface Scripts State State of the protocol which is one of the following e Disabled User has manually disabled the protocol on that circuit e Down Protocol or server is not functioning When LNM is disabled on the circuit the individual LNM Servers LRM LBS REM RPS REM or CRS go into a Down state e Enabled LNM Servers as an entity has been enabled on the circuit e Init Protocol or server is initializing on the circuit e Not Present Circuit is down the server has not yet started e Up Protocol or server is functioning on the circuit External Ring ID Source Route External Ring ID If the ID differs from the Segment number that IBM LAN Network Manager has for the Bay Networks bridge you may need to delete and redefine the Bay Networks bridge in IBM LAN Network Manager Internal MAC Address LNM Internal MAC address which sho
480. rty PAP Password Lists the PAP Password of the calling party Circuit Number Displays the circuit number to which the Caller Name is associated Circuit Group Number Lists the demand circuit group to which the circuit belongs Sample Display show sws caller_resolution_table Caller Resolution Table Caller CHAP PAP Circuit Circuit Name Secret Password Number Group Number Paris France UNSECURED 5 0 Sydney Australia UNSECURED 4 0 2 entries in the Table 2 556 ondemand_dialing circuits show sws Displays all circuits configured for dial on demand The display includes the following information Demand Circuit Demand Pool Forced Dial Forced TakeDown Name of the demand circuit Note that the demand circuit uses a default name as a place holder When the demand circuit is in use the name changes to the actual name of the circuit that is in use Identifies the demand pool of lines available for the demand circuit ranges from 1 to 255 Status of the forced dial parameter Enabled or Disabled When Enabled the router immediately initiates dialing over the demand line Status of the forced takedown parameter Enabled or Disabled When Enabled the router immediately terminates the connection over a demand line Sample Display show sws ondemand_dialing circuits Switched Services Dial OnDemand Circuit Information Demand Demand Forced Forced Circuit Pool TakeDown Dema
481. s Pool Line Pool Channel Channels Type Number ID CountPriorityIn Use Demand 1301102 1 2 1 0 Backup 1301102 1 2 1 0 Total of 1 ISDN Demand pool s found Total of 1 ISDN Backup pool s found Total of 0 ISDN Bandwidth pool s found switch Displays the ISDN switch type the router communicates with and the state of the incoming filter The table displays the following information Slot Slot which has the ISDN interface Switch Type Switch type as follows BRI Options e BRI NET3 Austria Belgium Denmark France Germany Italy Netherlands Norway Spain Sweden United Kingdom e BRI SWISSNET3 Switzerland e BRI 5ESS United States e BRI NII and BRI DMS100 United States Canada e BRI KDD and BRI NTT Japan BRI TSO13 Australia PRI Options e PRI Net 5 Austria Belgium Denmark Finland France Germany Greece Iceland Ireland Italy Luxembourg Netherlands Norway Portugal Spain Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom e PRI 4ESS United States e PRI 5ESS United States e PRI DMS100 United States Canada e PRI KDD and PRI NTT Japan e PRI TSO14 Australia Incoming Filter Security feature that can be set to On or Off On enables call screening 2 366 Sample Display show isdn switch ISDN Switch Configuration Incoming Slot Switch Type Filter 1 BRI5ESS Off Total of 1 Switch Entries found version Displays the current version and modificatio
482. s Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station The name can be from three to 17 characters Format is lt network ID gt lt CP name gt Specifies whether HPR support has been enabled for this link station Specifies whether link level error recovery support has been selected for this link station 2 24 show appn Sample Display show appn Is hpr APPN Link Station HPR info HPR Link Level LS CP Name Enabled Error Recovery RALEIGH USWFLTO1 RALEIGH Yes No VEGAS USWFLTO1 VEGAS 2 Entries Is status lt LS name gt Yes Yes Displays the status of all link stations or a specific link station LS CP Name State TG Num Cur Sessn Frames Revd Bytes Revd Frames Sent Bytes Sent Administratively assigned name for the link station The name can be from one to eight characters Names that begin with an symbol indicate dynamic link stations Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station The name can be from three to 17 characters Format is lt network ID gt lt CP name gt State of this link station Inactive Pending Active Active PendingInactive Number of the transmission group for this link station Number of active sessions on this link Number of message frames received Number of message bytes received Number of message frames sent Number of message bytes sent 2 25 Using Technician Interface S
483. s enabled but not yet started or Up Configured IP Interface IP address on this router that AURP uses for all of its connections Open Reqs Accepted Number of Open Requests the router has accepted on this interface Open Reqs Rejected Number of Open Requests the router has rejected on this interface In Packets No Peer Number of packets received from UDP for which there is no valid connection 2 97 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show aurp base AURP Base Information Configured Open Reqs Open Reqs In Packets Protocol State IP Interface Accepted Rejected No Peer AURP Up 192 32 14 19 1 0 0 connection lt P address gt Displays information about all AURP connections or a specific connection State can be Disabled Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up For the remaining column definitions see the alerts command lt IP address gt Limits the information to the connection with the specified IP address Sample Display show aurp connection AURP Connections Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout 192 32 14 85 Down 3 3 30 90 192 32 14 86 Disabled 3 3 30 90 205 1 10 1 Up 3 3 30 90 3 total entries 2 98 show aurp Sample Display show aurp connection 192 32 14 85 AURP Connections Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout 192 32 14 85 Down 3 3 30 90 1 entry displayed disabled Dis
484. s in hexadecimal format Limits the display to the networks that match the given destination network address pattern hexadecimal Limits the display to the networks that match the given next hop network address pattern hexadecimal Limits the display to the next hop hosts that match the given network address pattern hexadecimal Note A search pattern is case sensitive so make sure that you enter the exact uppercase or lowercase characters for the addresses you want to retrieve The table includes the following information Dest Net Ckt Idx NextHop Net NextHop Host Method Identification of the route s destination network Circuit index unique number for each IPX interface on the router Network address of the next hop host for this network Host identifier of the next hop host for this network Routing mechanism through which the router learned this route as follows e Direct From the local router e Static Through a network management application e RIP or NLSP Through the Routing Information Protocol or the NetWare Link Services Protocol 2 337 Using Technician Interface Scripts Age Number of seconds since the router updated this route or determined it to be valid The significance of this value depends on the routing protocol in use Ticks Cost of the static route in numbers of ticks Hops Cost of this route in numbers of hops Sample Display show ipx routes IPX Routin
485. s lt DLUS name gt Displays the status of all the DLUSs or a specific DLUS DLUS Displays the fully qualified name of the active DLUS The name can contain from 3 to 17 characters Pipe State State of the CP SVR pipe between the DLUR and DLUS Active Inactive PendingActive PendingInact Active PUs Number of active PUs to the DLUS SSCP PU MU Revd Number of Message Units Received on the SSCP PU session SSCP PU MU Sent Number of Message Units Sent on the SSCP PU session SSCP LU MU Rcvd Number of Message Units Received on the SSCP LU session SSCP LU MU Sent Number of Message Units Sent on the SSCP LU session Sample Display show appn dlus APPN DLUS Nodes Active SSCP PU SSCP PU SSCP LU SSCP LU DLUS Pipe State PUs MU Sent MU Rcvd MU Sent MU Rcvd USWFLTO1 S156CDRM Active i 0 0 5 4 1 Entry endpoint address lt PLU name gt Displays address information for all endpoint sessions or for sessions to a specific LU Partner LU Name of the Partner Logical Unit being used by this session PCID Procedure Correlation Identifier of this session Priority Transmission priority being used by this session Low Medium High or Network level priority COS Class of Service being used by this session LS Adjacent Link Station used by this session 2 16 show appn SIDH Session Identifier High value used by this session SIDL Session Identifier Low value used by this session ODAI OAF DAF Assignor Indicator
486. s Action is one of the following e Propagate Advertise the route e Ignore Suppress advertising of the route e Aggregate Do not explicitly advertise the route advertise the default route 0 0 0 0 instead For import filters Action specifies whether the route is transferred to the routing tables and is one of the following e Accept Send the routing information to the routing tables e Ignore Drop the routing information IP address of the peer router Autonomous System number of the peer router Sample Display show ip rfilters export BGP3 IP BGP3 Export Filters From Address Protocol Action Peer Address Peer AS 0 0 0 0 ANY Propagate 192 32 174 66 192 32 174 0 255 255 255 0 ANY Propagate 192 32 175 130 1 2 BGP3 export filters in the table Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP configured The displays contain the following information 2 306 show ip IP Interface Internet address of the interface State State of the interface Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up Supply Whether the interface is sending out RIP updates Enabled or Disabled If Enabled the interface is supplying updates Listen Whether the interface is processing the RIP updates that it receives Enabled or Disabled If Enabled the interface is processing RIP updates Sample Display show ip rip IP RIP Information IP Interface State Supply Listen 192 3
487. s prefserv version Displays information about the IP interfaces which you have configured for BOOTP or DHCP services The table includes the following information Interface Address IP address of an interface that receives BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets from clients State State of BOOTP services on the interface Absent Down Init initializing Invalid Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up Min Seconds Minimum number of seconds the router waits before forwarding any BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet to the server If this value exceeds the value in the seconds field of aBOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet from the client the router drops the packet Max Hops Maximum number of hops a BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet can take between the client and the server If this value is less the value in the hops field of aBOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet from the client the router drops the packet PassThruMode Type of packets that this interface accepts BOOTP only DHCP only or both BOOTP and DHCP 2 130 show bootp Sample Display show bootp base Bootp Base Information Interface Min Max Address State Seconds Hops PassThruMode 192 32 514 592 Up 0 4 BOOTP DHCP 1 entries clients Displays information about each BOOTP Data Link Control Interface DLCI client The table includes the following information Client DLCI DLCI for the virtual circuit that this BOOTP client uses Client IP Address IP address for this BOOTP
488. s whose addresses begin with 29 enter the search string 29 This pattern will locate the addresses 2901456 and 2967 Or if you have a set of names that begin and end with the same characters but have different characters in the middle such as xxxl yy xxx2 yy and so on you can enter the search pattern xxx yy to locate them 2 1 Using Technician Interface Scripts show appn The show appn lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about the Advanced Peer to Peer Networking APPN service For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of APPN refer to Configuring APPN Services The show appn command supports the following subcommand options adjacencies lt node name gt Is definition lt LS name gt base ls hpr cos node lt COS name gt Is status lt LS name gt cos priority lt COS name gt memory cos tg lt COS name gt mode lt mode name gt directory entry lt LU name gt port definition lt port name gt directory statistics port hpr dlc lt DLC name gt port status lt port name gt dlur lu lt LU name gt rtp connection dlur pu lt LU name gt rtp route 2 2 show appn dlus lt DLUS name gt rtp statistics endpoint address lt PLU name gt topology node lt CP name gt endpoint route lt PLU name gt topology statistics
489. s Decl 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Or als O 2 Entries found ipx configured negotiated name local remote configured Displays all configurable parameters for NCP negotiations with a peer router The display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on State State of the circuit which is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Network No Configured network number for the originating router and the peer router Remote Node Number Node number the peer router should use if it sends a 0 to the originating router during negotiations Routing Protocol The routing protocol desired for the link 2 447 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ppp ipx config PPP IPX NCP Configured Information Remote Routing Circuit State Network No Node Number Protocol S31 Opened 0x0000000F 0x0000000F RIP SAP S32 Starting 0x0000000A 0x0000000A RIP SAP 2 Entries found negotiated Circuit State Network No Config Complete Routing Protocol Displays all configurable parameters after IPX NCP negotiation The display includes the following information Name of the circuit the protocol runs on State of the circuit which is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Number agreed upon during negotiation for the originating router to use with the peer r
490. s Failures Failures 2 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show ds1e1 t1framer total T1 Total Framer Statistics Num Bipolar Out of Frame Loss of Vid Violation Frame Error Frame Indicat Alarm Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Counts Failures Failures Failures Failures 2 1 96 5 0 0 0 2 2 96 7 0 0 0 2 entries in table 2 226 show ds1e1 Sample Display show ds1e1 t1framer interval T1 Interval Framer Statistics Bipolar Out of Frame Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote Violation Frame Error Frame Signal Indicat Alarm Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Counts Failures Failures Failures Failures NONNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DN DN AANA OBRPWNHRFTWO DOA HDOBWN FE OOO GOG OGO G OGO OTO OG O GT O aG OO oO o Re ao R a E o a a a a E e a a E e E a E o a a a ao E E E a E a OG ea B ae E a0 S ea TAE E 2 DE DE D S D BS e E O SE E AE a D E D an AE Te E e E O O TOGOG GOGOGO OLDO OGG OGG OO OO OG OO OODCOOGO GOOO OO OGO O kene BER ano E ze A a ME e BE e E D a o BE OO OC a SE e GE e D o E E DE E E O O O O 0O OO O Or O OO OO O O 18 entries in table 2 227 Using Technician Interface Scripts tiport Displays T1 port information Sample Display show ds1e1 t1port Tl Port Status Loopback Accept BERT Line Line FDL FDL Slot Conn State MTU State Loopback Mode Type Coding Type Addr 2 1 Red Alarm 1600 No Loop Enabled Off ESF B8ZS ANSI BY 1 e
491. s a LAN belonging to the closed user group Each LAN in a closed user group is connected to a bridge through an NML port CUG Value Closed user group ID CUGID assigned to the circuit Security Type Type of security configured Add an access circuit Check a trunk circuit or Drop a transient internal state SAID Value Circuit s security access ID Security Action How to handle a packet if it matches a CUGID in the circuit s security list Drop or Forward If the action is Drop the list is an exclusive list and the port drops all frames labelled with the CUGID If the action is Forward the port forwards frames labelled with the CUGID to the attached LAN 2 402 show nml Sample Display show nml circuits NML Circuit Table CUG Security SAID Security Circuit Port Value Type Value Action F31 1 0 Check 0 Forward E21 2 22 Add 0 Drop 2 Entries disabled Displays only NML circuits that are disabled The display contains the same information the circuits command produces enabled Displays only NML circuits that are enabled The display contains the same information the circuits command produces seclists lt circuit name gt Displays information about each NML circuit s security list or a specified NML circuit s security list The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit configured for NML Port Circuit number of the port on which NML resides Status Stat
492. s display configuration state and statistical information about the Internet Protocol IP For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of IP refer to Configuring IP Services The show ip command supports the following subcommand options adjacent hosts stats circuit lt circuit name gt alerts stats cache lt circuit name gt arp stats datagrams lt circuit name gt base stats fragments lt circuit name gt circuits lt circuit name gt stats icmp client lt circuit name gt disabled stats icmp in lt circuit name gt enabled stats icmp misc lt circuit name gt rfilters export import lt protocol gt stats icmp out lt circuit name gt rip stats icmp server lt circuit name gt rip alerts stats security in lt circuit name gt 2 299 Using Technician Interface Scripts rip disabled stats security out lt circuit name gt rip enabled traffic filters routes A type locallbgplegplospfirip version lt IP address gt find lt search pattern gt static adjacent hosts Displays a table of configured adjacent hosts The table includes the following information Host IP Address IP address of the host Interface IP Address of the IP interface through which packets reach the host Interface Mask Subnet mask of the IP address specified for the interface Mac Address MAC address of the host Encaps Encaps
493. s for connection 192 32 14 2 des 2 Connection 192 32 14 1 Connection Filter Mode Include Filtered Zone s for this connection MARKETING SALES Total zones for connection 192 32 14 1 13 2 Connection 192 32 14 3 Connection Filter Mode 5 x series Include Filtered Zone s for this connection MARKETING Total zones for connection 192 32 14 3 FS I 2 101 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats traffic peer transport lt P address gt Displays statistical information about AURP connections You can display statistics for all connections or for a specified connection Entered without options the stats command displays traffic statistics lt P address gt Limits the display to the specified connection Sample Display show aurp stats AURP Traffic Statistics In DDP Out DDP In AURP Out AURP Connection Packets Packets Packets Packets 192 32 14 85 0 0 0 8 192 32 14 86 0 0 0 4 2091610 gL 13276 13459 102 100 traffic Displays incoming and outgoing data DDP packets and incoming Sample Display show aurp stats traffic and outgoing AURP packets for all connections or for a specified connection AURP Traffic Statistics In DDP Out DDP In AURP Out AURP Connection Packets Packets Packets Packets 192 32 14 85 0 0 0 8 192 32 14 86 0 0 0 4 205 1 10 1 13310 13497 102 100 2 102 show aurp Sample Display show aurp stats traffic 205 1 10 1 AURP Traffic St
494. s nabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable Inm circuit 041 LNM Servers circuit 041 enabled 3 33 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable nbip Use the enable nbip lt option gt commands to enable NetBIOS services on a Bay Networks router and the disable nbip lt option gt commands to disable NetBIOS services on a router For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of NetBIOS refer to Configuring IP Services The enable disable nbip commands support the following subcommand options base interface lt IP_interface_address gt base Enables or disables NetBIOS on the router Sample Display enable nbip base NBIP base record enabled interface lt P_interface_address gt Enables or disables a specific NetBIOS over IP interface Sample Display enable nbip interface 130 1 1 1 NBIP interface 130 1 1 1 enabled 3 34 enable disable nml enable disable nml Use the enable nml lt option gt commands to enable Native Mode LAN NML services on a Bay Networks router and the disable nml lt option gt commands to disable NML services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of NML refer to Configuring Bridging Services The enable disable nmi commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit_name gt seclist lt circuit_name gt c
495. s neighbor e Passive Router responds to Hello and Poll commands with I H U and Update messages e Both Router sends and responds to Hello and Poll commands Sample Display show egp neighbors EGP Configured Neighbors Neighbor Local Local Local Address Address State Acquisition Mode Poll Mode 192 32 28 1 192 32 28 65 Up Active Active 1 Entries 2 250 show egp stats Displays statistical information for EGP The table includes the following information EGP In Good Number of error free incoming messages EGP In Error Number of incoming messages with errors EGP Out Good Number of error free messages transmitted EGP Out Error Number of messages transmitted with errors Total EGP Messages Total number of messages sent and received sum of first four columns Sample Display show egp stats EGP Statistics EGP In EGP In EGP Out EGP Out Total EGP Good Error Good Error Messages 24 T 24 0 49 version Displays the version number and modification date of the egp bat script Sample Display show egp version EGP bat Version 1 8 Date 5 13 94 2 251 Using Technician Interface Scripts show fddi The show fddi lt option gt commands display information about Fiber Distributed Data Interface FDDI line services For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of FDDI refer to Configuring Line Services The show fddi command supports t
496. s not contain a volume specifier the system searches the volumes listed in Initial Search Path 2 163 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show console configuration Console Serial Port Configuration Information Port Number Port State Port Name Slot Number Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop Bits Modem Control Screen Size More Port prompt Login Retries Login Time Out Password Time Out Command Time Out User Abort Logout Initial Search Path Manager s AutoScript User s AutoScript Max T Up CONSOLE 2 9600 8 None 1 Disabled 24 Enabled Tsslot3 1 s 3 1 minutes 1 minutes 15 minutes Enabled Us eis area automgr bat autouser bat 1 serial port configured disabled Displays the port number port name and state for all disabled serial ports Also displays the number of disabled serial ports and the total number of serial ports configured Sample Display show console disabled Console Serial Port Disabled Information Port Port Port Number Name State 2 MODEM1 Disabled 4 PRINTER Disabled 2 serial ports disabled 4 serial ports configured 2 164 enabled show console Displays the port number port name and state of all enabled serial ports Also displays the number of enabled serial ports and the total number of serial ports configured on the system Sample Display show console enable
497. s or reboots as the primary router This parameter is not currently used 2 485 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show rredund base Router Redundancy Base Record Information Attribute Group ID ember ID Priority Hello Timer Bid Duration circuits lt circuit name gt Timeout Counter Primary cfg file Role Switch Delay Up Secondary I 1 1 2 45 5 4 mpass pri 5 Displays circuit and state information for all router redundancy ports or for a specific port The table includes the following information Circuit Port State Send PDU Primary Mac Addr Name of the circuit the port is on The port number Indicates whether router redundancy is Enabled or Disabled for this circuit Sending of PDUs enabled or disabled The MAC address to be used for this circuit when this router is the primary router 2 486 show rredund Sample Display show rredund circuits Router Redundancy Circuit Table Circuit Port State Send PDU Primary MAC Addr E41 1 Enabled Enabled 00 00 A2 03 42 96 E42 2 Enabled Enabled 00 00 A2 03 42 97 2 Entries found disabled Displays all interface circuits that have backup router redundancy and are disabled currently A circuit is disabled if the disable enable parameter is set to disable and the state is down For definitions of the columns in the table see the circuits command Sample Display show rredund disable
498. s out of 2 entries in table 2 600 show token receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Line Errors Number of frames that this station copied with bad format or Frame Check Sequence FCS errors Burst Errors Number of frames with no bit transition for 5 1 2 bit times Sample Display show token receive errors TOKEN RING Receive Errors Line Burst Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors 3 1 031 T 5 4 2 042 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show token receive errors circuit 031 TOKEN RING Receive Errors Line Burst Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors 3 1 031 1 5 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 601 Using Technician Interface Scripts sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays data sampled from Token Ring over a period of 10 seconds You can change the number of seconds over which you want to sample the data and you can display sampled data for a specific circuit only The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Rx Frames Tx Frames Rx Lack of Resources Tx Lack of Resources Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector s instance identifi
499. s through this outbound address BOOTP only DHCP only or both BOOTP and DHCP Sample Display show bootp ragents Bootp Relay Agents Agent Address Outbound Address State PassThruMode 19243214392 1 entries 20621 1 21 Enabled BOOTP Displays statistical information for each BOOTP relay agent The table includes the following information Interface Address Dropped Packets Requests Received Replies Received IP address of the interface on the router that receives BOOTPREQUEST or DHCP packets from clients Number of packets the router has dropped at this interface Number of BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets that this interface has received from clients Number of BOOTREPLY or DHCP packets that this interface has received from servers 2 133 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show bootp stats Bootp Statistics Interface Dropped Requests Replies Address Packets Received Received 192 3251 2 0 10 10 1 entries version Displays the current version number and modification date of the bootp bat script Sample Display show bootp version BOOTP bat Version 1 7 Date 4 12 94 2 134 show bot show bot The show bot lt option gt commands display information about the Binary Synchronous Communication BSC transport services For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of BSC transport services refer to Configuring BSC Transport Services
500. s transmitted over this APPN tunnel Frames Dropped Number of frames dropped by this APPN tunnel due to congestion Sample Display show appn tunnel APPN Tunnels Frames Frames Frames CCT Partner Node State Revd Sent Dropped 100 USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM Active 26 7 0 1 Entry version Displays the current version and modification date of the appn bat script Sample Display show appn version APPN bat Version 1 31 Date 1 19 95 vrn lt VRN name gt Displays state information for all Virtual Routing Nodes VRNs or for a specific VRN VRN Fully qualified network name that is locally defined at each network node in the format lt network ID gt lt CP name gt State Current state of this VRN Inactive Pending Active Active Pending Inactive 2 41 Using Technician Interface Scripts Port Administratively assigned name for this APPN port The name can be from one to eight characters Port State Pending Inactive Sample Display show appn vrn APPN Virtual Routing Nodes VRN State Port Current state of this port Inactive Pending Active Active Port State USWFLTO1 CN1 1 Entry Pending Active PORT31 Inactive 2 42 show at show at The show at lt option gt commands display information about the AppleTalk protocol and services For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of AppleTalk services refer to Configuring AppleTalk Serv
501. sable token Use the enable token lt option gt commands to enable Token Ring services on a Bay Networks router and the disable token lt option gt commands to disable Token Ring services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Token Ring refer to Configuring Line Services The enable disable token commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit_name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable sync circuit 031 TOKI EN RING circuit 031 enabled connector lt slot connector gt Enables or disables a specific connector Sample Display enable token connector 4 2 TOKI EN RING connector 4 2 enabled 3 54 enable disable vines enable disable vines Use the enable vines lt option gt commands to enable Virtual Networking System VINES services on a Bay Networks router and the disable vines lt option gt commands to disable VINES services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of VINES refer to Configuring VINES Services The enable disable vines commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables VINES on the router Sample Display enable vines base VINES base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific ci
502. script contains a switch that enables you to lock the user into the script When the switch is enabled the autoscript automatically logs out a user that tries to break out of the script For more information on the autoscript feature see Chapter 2 of Using Technician Interface Software 1 7 Using Technician Interface Scripts Using Script Commands This section provides an overview of the show and enable disable commands To present a continuous display use the monitor command in place of the show command Using the show Command You can use the show command from the Technician Interface prompt to quickly display tables of information maintained in the router For all the protocols you can display circuit alerts the base record disabled or enabled circuits and statistics Table 1 1 lists at a high level additional information you can obtain and the command you use to display the information You can list the subcommands on your monitor by entering the command shown in the table without options or followed by a For example to list the AppleTalk subcommands enter show at or show at For a detailed description of options and sample displays of the information they generate refer to Chapter 2 Table 1 1 Displaying Service Information To Display Information About This Service Use This Command Advanced Peer to Peer Networking service show appn lt option gt adjacencies class of services directories DLC DLUR
503. scripts for the protocols and circuits to gather the information for its report This script provides a good way to find out what is running on your router what is configured and what is not The show state command supports the following subcommand options show state all circuit lt circuit name gt version show state all circuit lt circuit name gt all Displays information on all protocols on all circuits circuit lt circuit name gt Limits the information to a specified circuit This sample shows part of the output that the show state all command can generate 2 544 show state Sample Display show state all More Mode OFF Lines per screen 24 CSMACD Modules BOF L HW Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter 2 1 E21 Up 00 00 A2 00 94 C5 5 1518 Off CSMACD Module I O Statistics Slot Conn Circuit Rx Bytes Rx Frames Rx Bytes Tx Frames Tx Deferred 2 1 E21 92358250 246588 432048 2689 16 Bridge Base Record Information Protocol State FDB Entries FDB Size Bridge Up 17 1024 version Displays the current version number and modification date of the state bat script Sample Display show state version STATE bat Version 1 31 Date 1 20 95 2 545 Using Technician Interface Scripts show sws The show sws lt option gt commands display configuration and status information about Switch Services SWS Dial Backup Dial
504. se Displays the base record information for BTS The base record controls BTS for the entire system Sample Display show bot base BOT Base Record Information Protocol Enable State BOT Service Enabled Up For column definitions see the alerts command circuit lt circuit name gt Displays circuit and state information for all BTS ports or for a specific port Sample Display show bot circuit BOT Circuits Circuit Interface Interface Packet slot cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count I2 Sit Enabled Up Multi Point Primary 689 Total entries 1 For column definitions see the alerts command 2 137 Using Technician Interface Scripts CUs Displays all BTS connections from this router to control units The table includes the following information cctname Enable Peer IP Local Listen Port Peer Listen Port Control Unit Address Name of the circuit Status of the connection to this control unit enabled or disabled IP address of the BTS interface on the peer router Number of the TCP port that the router uses for BTS Number of the TCP port that the peer router uses for BTS Address of the control unit in hexadecimal format Sample Display show bot CUs BOT CU Table Local Peer Control Listen Listen Unit cctname Enable Peer IP Port Port Address S11 Enabled 193 32 33 2 0 1027 0x40 Total entries 1 2 138 disabled show bot Displays a
505. sitive pulses and zeros are simply the absence of pulses Thus a bipolar violation occurs if there are two or more consecutive pulses of the same polarity This error count indicates the quality of the E1 line Number of remote alarms received on this line This error is equivalent to a yellow alarm in T1 It means that we have not lost sync but that the remote side of the connection has detected a problem with the line Number of multiframe alarms received on this line This error statistic is relevant only in CAS mode and occurs when bit 6 of timeslot 16 in frame 0 is set for two consecutive multiframes Number of multiframe errors on this line This error occurs whenever two consecutive CAS multiframe alignment words are received with an error Number of instances of sync losses detected on this line This error statistic is equivalent to the red alarm received statistic on T1 Sample Display show e1 line errors El Module Line Errors Remote Multiframe BiPolar Alarms Alarms Multiframe Sync Slot Conn Circuit Violtns Received Received Errors Losses 2 1 El 21 0 0 0 1 0 2 2 E1 22 0 0 0 ak 0 2 entries in table 2 247 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the current version number and modification date for the e bat script Sample Display show e1 version el bat Version 1 7 Date 10 31 94 2 248 show egp base show egp The show egp lt option gt
506. sociation Point to Point Protocol Parallel Packet Express Programmable Read Only Memory Quad Ethernet Random Access Memory Routing Information Field Request for Comment Service Access Point Single In line Memory Module Switched Multimegabit Data Services SubNetwork Access Protocol Simple Network Management Protocol System Resources Link Module System Controller board Trivial File Transfer Protocol Terminal Interface Program Transaction Program Virtual Networking System Wide Area Network xxi Chapter 1 Using Technician Interface Scripts This chapter provides an overview of the Technician Interface scripts and explains how to run them from the Technician Interface command line After giving an overview of the scripts and how they are structured this chapter describes how to do the following e Load scripts e Set up scripts e Use script commands e Use the menu utility This manual assumes you are familiar with the Technician Interface For complete information about this network management tool see Using Technician Interface Software For information about writing your own scripts see Writing Technician Interface Scripts Using Technician Interface Scripts What Are Technician Interface Scripts The Technician Interface scripts are programs that let you manage the router using information stored in the Bay Networks Management Information Base MIB You can use the scripts to display statistical and configu
507. splay enable isdn bri circuit ISAC ISDN BRI circuit ISAC enabled connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables an ISDN BRI connector on a specific slot Sample Display enable isdn bri connector 1 2 ISDN BRI connector 1 2 enabled 3 31 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable lapb Use the enable lapb lt option gt commands to enable Link Access Procedure Balanced LAPB services on a Bay Networks router and the disable lapb lt option gt commands to disable LAPB services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of LAPB refer to Configuring X 25 Services The enable disable lapb command supports the lt ine lindex gt subcommand option as follows lt line llindex gt Enables or disables LAPB on a specific line and lower layer index Sample Display enable lapb 201101 0 LAPB line 201101 0 enabled 3 32 enable disable Inm enable disable Inm Use the enable Inm lt option gt commands to enable LNM Servers services on a Bay Networks router and the disable Inm lt option gt commands to disable LNM Servers services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of LNM Servers refer to Configuring LNM Services The enable disable Inm commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables LNM Servers on the router Sample Display enable Inm base LNM Servers ba
508. splays FDDI port attributes The table includes the following information Slot Conn Local Port Neighbor Port Type Physical State Link Error Monitor Count Slot identifier associated with the port Connector identifier associated with a port Physical connector type of the local port as follows e A Port is a dual attachment station or concentrator that attaches to the primary IN and the secondary OUT when attaching to the dual FDDI ring e B Port is a dual attachment station or concentrator that attaches to the secondary IN and the primary OUT when attaching to the dual FDDI ring e M Port is in a concentrator that serves as a Master to a connected station or concentrator e S Port is in a single attachment station e Unknown Type of the port is unknown Physical connector type of the remote port A B M S Unknown State of Physical Connection Management PCM for each port within SMT PCM initializes the connection of neighboring ports and manages signaling between ports PCM provides the necessary signaling to initialize a connection withhold a marginal connection and support maintenance features PCM passes through a variety of states as follows e Off Initial state of PCM e Break Starting a PCM connection e Trace Localizing a stuck beacon condition which indicates that the interface doesn t see the token This state should be a transient condition If it persists contact your c
509. st Timer value in seconds Set Retry Maximum number of retransmissions of the ILMI SET request before the link is considered down Sample Display show atmsig ilmi ATM ILMI Entry Table UME ILMT Low Up Get Get GetNext Set Line Circuit State Thre Thre VPI VCI Get Retry Next Retry Set Retry 1405101 A51 Up 2 2 0 16 3 3 3 3 6 3 Total entries 1 saal lt ine gt Displays all instances in the ATM Signaling ATM Adaptation Layer SAAL Entry Table for the Service Specific Connection Oriented Protocol SSCOP service or displays a specific instance lt line gt Displays ATM SAAL information for a specific line The table displays the following information Line Line number of the router Circuit Circuit number of the ATM driver associated with this instance State State of the SAAL entity Up Down Init Not Present 2 80 show atmsig Arbitration Determines if the SAAL initiates link connections or waits for connections Active or Passive Poll Timer SSCOP Poll Timer value in tenths of a second Alive Timer Keep Alive Timer value in tenths of a second NoResp Timer No Response Timer value in tenths of a second CnCtrl Timer Connection Control Timer value in tenths of a second MaxCn Ctrl Maximum Connection Control Timer value MaxPd SSCOP maximum Poll Data PD value Max Stat Maximum number of list elements allowed in a STAT PDU Version Version UNI30 or UNI31 Sample D
510. stination address was not a local address Number of locally addressed datagrams received successfully but discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol Number of input XNS datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as lack of buffer resources Doesn t include those discarded while awaiting reassembly Number of output XNS datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as lack of buffer space Includes datagrams counted under Forwards in the XNS Circuits Statistics table if they match this criterion gt Number of XNS datagrams discarded because the router could not find a route to their destination This value includes any packets meeting this criterion under Forwards in the XNS Circuits Statistics table It also includes datagrams that a host could not route because its default gateways were down Sample Display show xns stats errors XNS Circuit Error Statistics Table XNS Address Circuit Unknown In Out No Protocol Discards Discards Routes Address Errors Header Errors No Entries show xns traffic filters lt circuit name gt Displays traffic filter information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the traffic filter applies to XNS Address Network address of the interface running on the circuit Mode State of filter use which is Enabled
511. t Tx Sample Display show osi stats clnp OSI Circuit CLNP Statistics CLNP CLNP Rx Echo Rx Echo Tx Echo Tx Echo Circuit Received Forwarded Rep Req Rep Req E31 0 0 0 0 0 0 E32 0 0 0 0 0 0 O41 0 0 0 0 0 0 stats errors Displays error statistics for each OSI circuit The table includes the following information Init Failures Number of times this circuit failed to initialize Rejected Adjs Number of adjacencies rejected on this circuit Bad LSPs Number of bad link state packets LSPs received on this circuit Bad Snps Number of bad Sequence Number PDUs received on this circuit Bad Eshs Number of bad End System hellos received on this circuit Bad LlIihs Number of bad Level 1 IS IS hellos received on this circuit Bad L2Iihs Number of bad Level 2 IS IS hellos received on this circuit 2 412 Sample Display show osi stats errors OSI Error Statistics show osi Init Rejected Bad Bad Bad Bad Bad Circuit Failures Adjs LSPs Snps Eshs Lilihs L2Iihs E31 3 0 0 0 0 0 E32 1 0 0 0 0 0 version Displays the current version number and modification date of the osi bat script Sample Display show osi version OSI bat Version 1 6 Date 4 8 94 2 413 Using Technician Interface Scripts show ospf area The show ospf lt option gt commands display state configuration and statistical information about the Open Shortest Path First OSPF protocol For details on the
512. t commands display information about the Translation Bridge XB For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of the Translation Bridge refer to Configuring Bridging Services The show xb command supports the following subcommand options alerts sr circuit lt circuit name gt base sr stats circuit lt circuit name gt configuration stations disabled tb circuit lt circuit name gt enabled tb stats circuit lt circuit name gt rifs version saps Displays Source Routing and Transparent Bridge interfaces that have been enabled but are not up Mode is always Enabled and State is always Down The table can help determine which Source Routing and Transparent Bridge interfaces are not forwarding traffic The Source Routing Interfaces table includes all interfaces that have translation enabled on the corresponding Transparent Bridge interface The Transparent Bridge Interfaces table shows only the interfaces that have Translation disabled 2 635 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show xb alerts Source Routing Circuits Circuit Mode State 031 Enabled Down 1 entries found Transparent Bridge Circuits CLECuULt Mode State E22 Disabled Down 1 entries found base Displays global Translation Bridge information The base record controls Translation Bridge for the entire system Mode is Enabled or Disabled This display indicates wh
513. t ine lindex gt subcommand option as follows lt line llindex gt Enables or disables a specific ATM DXI line Sample Display enable atmdxi 2 0 ATM DXI Line 2 0 enabled 3 8 enable disable aurp enable disable aurp Use the enable aurp lt option gt commands to enable AppleTalk Update based Routing Protocol AURP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable aurp lt option gt commands to disable AURP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of AURP refer to Configuring AppleTalk Services The enable disable aurp commands support the following subcommand options base connection lt IP_address gt base Enables or disables AURP on the router Sample Display enable aurp base AURP base record enabled connection lt P_address gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable aurp connection 205 1 10 2 AURP connection 205 1 10 2 enabled 3 9 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable autoneg Use the enable autoneg lt option gt commands to enable automatic line speed negotiation on 100Base T Ethernet interfaces services on a Bay Networks router and the disable autoneg lt option gt commands to disable autonegotiation services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of autonegotiation services refer to Configuring Line Services The enable disable autoneg commands support the followi
514. t 041 TOKEN RING Line Statistics ARI FCI Frame Token Soft Slot Conn Circuit Errors Copied Err Errors Errors 4 1 041 0 0 3 393 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table stats ring circuit lt circuit name gt Displays Token Ring ring statistical information for all Token Ring circuits or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector s instance identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Beacon Events Number of events causing the adapter to transmit Beacon Frames Beacon frames indicate that the interface doesn t see the token If this count goes up contact your Bay Networks Technical Response Center Signal Losses Number of ring signal losses detected Auto Removes Number of times lobe wrap tests failed during beacon autoremoval Removes Recvd Number of Remove Ring Station MAC frames received Each frame causes this station to leave the ring Single Statns Number of interrupts caused by a change to ring status while the adapter is the only station on the ring Cable Faults Number of interrupts caused by opens or shorts cable faults between the adapter and the MAU Ring Recvrys Number of Claim Token MAC frames ring recoveries observed on the ring 2 605 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show token stats ring TOKEN RING Ring Statistics
515. t Number of DVMRP route update messages sent Drop In Number of inbound datagrams discarded because the source route was not found or because of an invalid inner address that is the destination address of the encapsulated datagram was not a multicast address Drop Out Number of outbound datagrams discarded because the source route was not found Sample Display show dvmrp stats tunnels DVMRP Tunnel Statistics Circuit Remote IP Packets Packets Updates Updates Drop Drop Address In Out Rec d Sent In Out E21 LOD 2 dae 1090940 37273 8875 37267 1117 0 1 Total entries stats vifs lt P address gt lt search pattern gt Displays the DVMRP routing table s virtual interface statistics for all routes or for a specified IP address or source network number matching a portion of an IP address for example 192 34 The table displays the following information Source Network Source network of multicast datagrams Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface Remote Tunnel Endpoint Remote tunnel ID of this virtual interface This value is Physical for non tunneled interfaces Otherwise it contains the IP address of the remote tunnel endpoint In Packets Number of inbound packets accepted for forwarding Out Packets Number of outbound packets accepted for forwarding 2 239 Using Technician Interface Scripts In Drop Number of inbound packets discarded because the interface is not on the shortest path
516. t circuit name gt Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Bad Frames Number of bad receive frames caused by Frame Check Sequence FCS errors or nonoctet aligned errors Runt Frames Number of runt frames received on this line Frame Rejects Number of frame reject errors received on this line Frames Too Long Number of frames received on this line that exceed the MTU Overflow Frames Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the device s FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA cycle No buffer resources are available 2 568 show sync Sample Display show sync receive SYNC Module Receive Errors Bad Runt Frame Frames Overflow Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Rejects Too Long Frames 5 1 S51 0 7 0 0 0 5 2 S52 1 1 0 0 0 2 entries in table sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays data sampled from SYNC over a period of 10 seconds You can change the number of seconds over which you want to sample the data and you can display sampled data for a specific circuit only The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Rx Frames Tx Frames Rx Lack of Resources Tx Lack of Resources Slot identifier ranges
517. t configuration of all Source Routing circuit interfaces or a specific circuit interface You can use this information to determine how a Bay Networks Source Route Bridge Interface has been configured The table includes the following information Circuit Mode Ring ID STE In STE Out Name of the circuit the interface runs on Mode of the circuit Enabled or Disabled Unique network wide identification number that SR assigns to the segment ranges from 0x001 to OxFFF Source Routing Spanning Tree Explorer packet STE In is either Accept or Blocked determining whether or not Source Routing is forwarding or filtering STE packets coming in on this interface STE Out is either Accept or Blocked determining whether or not Source Routing is forwarding or filtering STE packets going out on this interface 2 521 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show sr configuration circuit Source Routing SR Interface Record Configuration Circuit Mode Ring ID STE In STE Out O31 Enabled 0x003 Accept Accept 1 entries found disabled Displays the Source Routing interfaces that are disabled Mode is always Disabled and State is always Down You can use this display to determine which Source Routing interfaces have not been enabled Sample Display show sr disabled Source Routing SR Interface Information Circuit Mode State O31 Disabled Down 1 entries found enabled Displ
518. tablished 3 entries 2 589 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats Displays statistical information for TCP The table includes the following information Segments Sent Number of segments sent Segments Received Number of segments received Segments Retransmitted Number of segments retransmitted Bad Segments Received Number of bad segments received Resets Number of resets Established Connections Number of connections established Sample Display show tcp stats TCP Statistics Segments Segments Segments Bad Segments Established Sent Received Retransmitted Received Resets Connections 14449 4200 0 2 4 2 version Displays the current version number and modification date of the tcp bat script Sample Display show tcp version TCP bat Version 1 6 Date 4 2 94 2 590 show telnet show telnet The show telnet lt option gt commands display information about Telnet services The show telnet command supports the following subcommand options base stats configuration version sessions base Displays whether or not Telnet is enabled for the router and if enabled the number of active Telnet sessions into the router Sample Display show telnet base TELNET Server Base Information Protocol ode Sessions TELNET Enabled T 2 591 Using Technician Interface Scripts configuration Displays user configurable parameters for Telnet as foll
519. tal memory capacity in megabytes of the processor on the slot Global Memory Current memory configuration in megabytes of the processor on the slot Total Memory Total in megabytes of local and global memory Sample Display show hardware memory Hardware Memory Information Megabytes Local Global Total Slot Memory Memory Memory 1 6 00 M 2 00 M 8 00 M 2 6 00 M 2 00 M 8 00 M 3 6 00 M 2 00 M 8 00 M 4 6 00 M 2 00 M 8 00 M 5 6 00 M 2 00 M 8 00 M 2 282 show hardware proms lt s ot number gt Displays PROM information for all slots or for a specific slot The table includes the revision and build date of the Bootstrap PROM and the Diagnostics PROM Sample Display show hardware proms Hardware PROM Information Boot PROM Diag PROM Slot Revision Boot PROM Date Revision Diag PROM Date 1 Absent Absent 2 v8 10 18 47 12 Dec 30 1994 v3 10 11 20 26 Jul 15 1994 3 v8 10 18 47 12 Dec 30 1994 v3 10 11 20 26 Jul 15 1994 4 v8 10 18 47 12 Dec 30 1994 v3 10 11 20 26 Jul 15 1994 5 v8 10 10 40 55 Jan 06 1995 v3 10 11 20 26 Jul 15 1994 slots lt slot number gt Displays hardware information about all slots or a specific slot in the system The table includes information about the processor module and link module in the specified slot as well as the module type revision and serial number The revision and serial numbers are in decimal format For the AN the table indicates that the AN has an 802 3 repeater HUB
520. tal number of virtual connections performed since starting up 2 629 Using Technician Interface Scripts Failed VC Connections Number of unsuccessful VC connections performed since starting up Normal VC Disconnects Number of normal VC disconnections Abnormal VC Disconnects Number of abnormal VC disconnections Sample Display show x25 connections X 25 Virtual Circuit Connections Total VC Failed VC Normal VC Abnormal VC Line Connections Connections Disconnects Disconnects 251 6 0 6 0 1 Connection Entries lines lt s ot connector gt Displays the packet level configuration for all lines or for a specific line slot and connector You can modify performance by turning Stats on or off The table includes the following information Line Line slot and connector State State of the line Disabled Down Init initializing Not Present configured but not yet started or Up Network type Type of network which is one of the following e DTE Data Terminating Equipment without restart procedure e DCE Data Circuit Equipment e DTE RES Data Terminating Equipment with restart procedure e DTE DTE Unassigned roles Def Window Maximum window size allowed for each call if the line uses flow control negotiation If the maximum packet length Def Packet is 128 or more an extended window size is up to 127 Otherwise the maximum is 7 Def Packet Maximum packet length allowed for each call if the li
521. te update specifying that the route is reachable Specifies in seconds how long a route exists in the routing table without the receipt of a subsequent route update specifying that the route is reachable Estimated number of routes Number of entries currently in the route table Sample Display show dvmrp base DVMRP Base Information Protocol State DVMRP Up Full Update Interval Leaf Timeout eighbor Timeout eighbor Probe Interval Route Switch Timeout Route Expiration Timeout Garbage Timeout Estimated Routes Actual Routes Triggered Update Interval 60 uo 200 140 190 140 200 340 25 2833 2 233 Using Technician Interface Scripts circuits lt circuit name gt enabled disabled Displays the DVMRP circuit information for all circuits a specified circuit enabled circuits or disabled circuits The table contains the following information Circuit State Metric Threshold Route Enabled Circuit name of this virtual interface Current state of the virtual interface Up Down Init initializing Invalid or Not Pres not present Cost of using this hop Threshold for forwarding datagrams out of this circuit If the time to live TTL is less than the threshold the datagram is dropped Indicates whether this route is enabled If enabled this circuit will be used to propagate routing information information about the locally attached
522. ted at this node RSN Resource Sequence Number that is assigned and controlled by the network node that owns this resource This is always an even 32 bit number unless an error has occurred RAR Route Addition Resistance indicates the relative desirability of using this node for intermediate session traffic The value which can be any integer from 0 to 255 is used in route computation The lower the value the more desirable the node is for intermediate routing Congested Indicates whether this node is congested This is set or reset by a node based upon one or both of the following congestion measures cycle utilization of the hardware and total buffer utilization When this congestion exists this node is not included in route selection by other nodes Depleted Indicates whether Intermediate Session Routing resources are depleted This node is not included in intermediate route selection by other nodes when resources are depleted Quiescing Indicates whether the node is quiescing This node is not included in route selection by other nodes when the node is quiescing GW Indicates whether the node provide gateway functions CDS Indicates whether the node provides Central Directory Support 2 33 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show appn topology node APPN Topology Nodes ode Type FRSN RSN RAR
523. tems Interconnection OSI services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of the OSI protocol refer to Configuring OSI Services The show osi command supports the following subcommand options adjacency levell routes find lt destination sys ID gt alerts level2 routes find lt destination sys ID gt base stats circuits lt circuit name gt stats clnp disabled stats errors enabled version adjacency Displays information about the adjacencies that exist on each OSI circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the adjacency is on Adjacent ID Index of the adjacency in the adjacency table State State of the adjacency DOWN initialization failed INIT initializing or UP Neighbor Addr NSAP Network Service Access Point NSAP address of the adjacency 2 406 show osi Sample Display show osi adjacency OSI Dynamic Adjacency Information Circuit Adjacent ID State Neighbor Addr NSAP E31 24578 INIT 0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00 E32 90115 INIT 0x490044CCCCCCCCCCCC00 alerts Displays all OSI circuits that are enabled but whose state is not UP Forwarding is either Enabled or Disabled Sample Display show osi alerts OSI Circuit Information Circuit State Forwarding E21 DOWN ENABLED base Displays general information about including the state of the OSI protocol running on the rou
524. ter The base record controls OSI for the entire system The table includes the following information Protocol Name of the protocol which in this case is OSI State State of the protocol on the router Disabled manually disabled Down Init initializing Not Present not yet initialized or Up Area Address Address of the local area in the routing domain where this router resides Node Address Address of this node router in the local area 2 407 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show osi base OSI Base Record Information Protocol State Area Address Node Address OST Up 0x490040 OxAAAAAAAAAAAA circuits lt circuit name gt Displays the state of all OSI circuits or a specific circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit that OSI runs on State State of OSI on the circuit Disabled manually disabled Down Init initializing Not Present not present on the circuit or Up Forwarding Status of forwarding over the circuit Enabled or Disabled Sample Display show osi circuits OSI Circuit Information Circuit State Forwarding E31 Up Enabled E32 Up Disabled 2 408 show osi Sample Display show osi circuits e31 OSI Circuit Information Circuit State Forwarding E31 Up Enabled disabled Displays OSI circuits that a user has manually disabled on the router In this case State is Disabled Forwarding
525. the AppleTalk base record You can display this information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Mode State of the protocol Enabled or Disabled NBP Registered Port Name of the port that the Name Binding Protocol uses to advertise the router s name on the network Note The configuration circuit command displays different fields from the configuration command For definitions of these fields refer to the alerts command 2 47 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show at configuration AppleTalk Base Configuration Mode BP Registered Port Enabled E22 Sample Display show at configuration circuit AppleTalk Circuit Configuration Circuit Mode Network Address Zone List E22 Enabled 60070 60070 Dynamic Internal E23 Enabled 60130 60130 Dynamic External E24 Enabled 60100 60100 Dynamic Mac Apple Internal S31 Enabled 60060 60060 Dynamic WAN S32 Enabled 60020 60020 Dynamic WAN 34 Enabled 60120 60120 60120 1 PPP 6 total entries 2 48 show at disabled Displays all disabled circuits that contain an AppleTalk port A circuit is disabled if the disable enable parameter is set to disable and the state is down For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show at disabled Disabled AppleTalk Circuits Circuit Mode Network Address Zone List
526. the incoming data stream e Manual Jumpers on the E1 link module determine the clock source internal or slave 2 242 show e1 MiniDacs Configuration Function assigned to each of 31 E1 channels timeslots The table shows these functions in a string of 31 characters one character per timeslot The characters and their meaning are as follows e Assigns the timeslot to the first HDLC controller Circuit 1 e 2 Assigns the timeslot to the second HDLC controller Circuit 2 e D Assigns the timeslot to data passthrough HDLC controller to HCLC controller e I Assigns the timeslot to idle e V Assigns the timeslot to voice passthrough HDLC controller to HCLC controller For example the sample display for the base command shows the MiniDacs Configuration as 111111111ITIITIII111111111111111 This string shows that timeslots 1 8 and 17 24 are assigned to the first HDLC controller 1 and timeslots 9 16 and 25 31 are idle 1 Sample Display e1 alerts El Modules on Alert HDB3 Clock Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table 2 243 Using Technician Interface Scripts base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base level information for all E1 circuits or a specific circuit For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show e1 base El Modules HDB3 Clock S
527. the interface Down Init initializing Not Pres not yet started or Up Status of VINES ARP support on this interface Enabled or Disabled Enabled means the router can provide address resolution services to client nodes on this interface Status of source routing end station support on this interface Enabled or Disabled Status of remote client privileges on this network segment Enabled or Disabled Enabled means that a client is more than one hop from a VINES server Status of the split horizon parameter Enabled or Disabled Enabled means that routes received through an interface will not be included in the routing update packets sent out on that interface Media Access Control address of this interface The router uses this address and its VINES address when transmitting and receiving packets on this interface 2 610 base show vines Sample Display show vines alerts VINES Circuit Table End Remote Split Circuit State Arp Station Clt Priv Horizon MAC Address E32 Not Pres Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled nil Displays the information that the VINES base record contains The base record controls VINES for the entire system The table includes the following information State Beast Class Config Netid Router Netid RTP Mode Seq Num State of the interface Down Init initializing Not Pres not yet started or Up Class of broadcast packets that this node originates The v
528. the packet was captured e Time the packet was captured e Media type the packet was captured on e Original size of the packet in bytes e Direction the packet was captured from transmitting Tx or receiving Rx 2 423 Using Technician Interface Scripts configuration lt ine number gt Sample Display show packet capture 102101 Pkt 00000000 00000010 00000020 00000030 1 06 24 94 06 59 03 018 CSMACD 52 Tx 01 80 c2 00 00 00 00 00 a3 00 00 Oc 00 26 42 42 03 00 00 00 00 00 80 00 00 00 a3 00 00 Oc 00 00 00 00 80 00 00 00 a3 00 00 Oc 80 01 00 00 14 00 02 00 Of 00 20 20 20 6c 65 74 20 20 72 65 6d 20 Displays the configuration of a specific Packet Capture line instance lt line number gt Physical interface to which the capture is connected See the capture command The configuration table displays the following fields which are explained in more detail in Using Technician Interface Software Delete Disable State Fname Control Capture LineNumber BufSize PktSize Direction Count State of existence of the MIB instance Created or Deleted State of the Packet Capture instance Enabled or Disabled State of the Packet Capture subsystem as follows e Up Registered and enabled e Down Registered but disabled e Init Loaded but no interface registered for the instance e Not Present Not loaded on the slot connected to the instance Filename to use to retrieve the capture
529. the specified line or line and line index 2 387 Using Technician Interface Scripts The table includes the following information Line LLIndex Lne identifier and the lower layer index identifier Frames Sent Number of frames transmitted without error Octets Sent Number of octets transmitted without error Frames Received Number of frames received without error Octets Received Number of octets received without error ReXmits Number of frames that have been retransmitted State State of the instance running LAPB Enabled or Disabled Sample Display show lapb stats 201101 LAPB Line Statistics Sent Received Line LLIndex Frames Octets Frames Octets ReXmits State 201101 0 64552 3161980 64500 193557 0 Enabled Total entries 1 version Displays the version number and modification date of the apb bat script Sample Display show lapb version LAPB Version 1 1 Date 6 3 94 2 388 show Inm alerts show Inm The show Inm lt option gt commands display information about services that LNM Servers provide For detailed information about LNM Servers refer to Configuring LNM Services The show Inm command supports the following subcommand options alerts disabled base enabled cannotlink circuit lt circuit name gt links lt circuit name gt circuit lt circuit name gt passwords lt circuit name gt configuration circuit lt circuit name gt
530. this case State is Disabled For information on the remaining column definitions in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show dls disabled DLS Circuits Circuit S tate Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type O11 11c2 Disabled enabled OxF 0x278 LLC SRB Displays all DLSw circuits currently with their current state enabled State is Down INIT initializing Not Present not yet started or Up For information on the remaining column definitions in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show dls enabled DLS Circuits Circuit State Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type O11 11c2 Down OxF 0x278 LLC SRB 12 Up OxF 0x0 SDLC 2 202 filters local show dls Displays the currently configured DLSw traffic filters Filter Name Name of the configured traffic filter Status Status of the connection either up or down Filter Hits The number of successful criteria matches on this filter Rule The current filter sequence number Circuit The configured circuit number on which the filter is active Sample Display show dls filters DLSw Traffic Filters Filter Name Status Filter Hits Rule Circuit Drop_NB_storm UP 1230 1 3 Accept_10Macs UP 440 2 3 Displays the currently configured DLSw local devices Circuit Indicates the circuit name for the DLSw connection Address Indicates the address of this link station State Specifies the current state of the local device up down disabled
531. this parameter does not represent the state of the physical interface First MAC address reserved in the link module The address is in canonical format Number of MAC addresses reserved in the link module Data Path notify timeout period This value specifies the number of seconds to wait before implementing the DP notify function A timer is set to this value when the state of the physical interface transitions from operational to nonoperational at the time that the DP notify function is enabled Size of the largest packet in octets which the interface can send or receive The default is 4500 octets Sample Display show atm line alerts ATM Modules on Alert Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table 2 85 Using Technician Interface Scripts base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the ATM base record state for all ATM link module circuits or for a specified circuit For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line base ATM Modules Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU 4 1 A41 1104101 Up 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 3 4500 5 1 A51 1105101 Up 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 3 4500 2 entries in table Sample Display show atm line base circuit A51 ATM Modules Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify Slot Conn
532. tion Timeout Min Timeout Max Max Window Size Timeout Algorithm Minimum value in milliseconds permitted for the retransmission timeout When one side of a TCP connection sends a frame and the other side of the connection does not acknowledge the transmission within the timeout period the sending station retransmits the frame Maximum value in milliseconds permitted for the retransmission timeout When one side of a TCP connection sends a frame and the other side of the connection does not acknowledge the transmission within the timeout period the sending station retransmits the frame Maximum transmit and receive window size that TCP allows for each connection Algorithm for determining when to retransmit unacknowledged packets Currently Bay Networks implements the Van Jacobson algorithm only Sample Display show tcp configuration TCP Configuration Time Out Time Out Maximum Minimum Maximum Window Size Time Out Algorithm 250 240000 4096 Van_Jacobson connections Displays information about each TCP connection The table includes the IP address port numbers and state associated with each connection The states are as follows Closed Listen SYN Sent No connection exists TCP is listening for a connection request TCP has requested a connection SYN segment and is waiting for the remote TCP to acknowledge and match the request 2 588 SYN Received Established Fini Wait 1 Fini Wait 2
533. tion for all ATMARP interfaces or a specific interface lt P_address gt Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface The table displays the following information IP address IP address of an ARP entry in the ATMARP cache Life Age of the ARP entry decrements from 900 s ATM address ATM address to which the IP address resolves Vpi vci Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier for the VCs to the IP address If this is not present then no VC exists to the destination 2 68 show atmarp Sample Display show atmarp table IP address Life ATM address Vpi vci 5 5 5 5 844 47000580 fe1000000 2151540 0000a20e9fcc00 0 212 g IP address Life ATM address Vpi vci 66 66 823 47000580 fe1000000 2151540 0000a20e9fcc01 0 211 6 6 6 8 425 47000580ffe1000000 2151540 0000a20e9fc701 0 174 2 Atmarp Interfaces version Displays the current version and modification date of the atmarp bat script Sample Display show atmarp version ATMARP bat Version 1 Date 10 1 95 2 69 Using Technician Interface Scripts show atmdxi The show atmdxi lt option gt commands display information about Asynchronous Transfer Mode Data Exchange Interface ATM DXT lines and services For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM DXI refer to Configuring ATM Services The show atmdxi command supports the following subcommand options alerts stats base stats Imi disabl
534. tion for all FDDI modules or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Slot Conn Circuit Receive Bytes Receive Frames Transmit Bytes Transmit Frames Total Errors Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of octets received without error Number of frames received without error Number of octets transmitted without error Number of frames transmitted without error Total number of errors of all types Sample Display show fddi stats FDDI Module I O Statistics Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Frames Bytes Frames Errors 2 1 F2l 76578 995 841559713 13963966 0 1 entry in table system errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line 2 265 Using Technician Interface Scripts Parity Errors Ring Errors Port Operation Errors Internal Operation Errors Host Errors Number of parity errors Parity errors may indicate faulty hardware If this count exceeds five call your customer service representative Number of ring errors Number of DMA controller port operation errors Port o
535. tion from the Level 2 routing table for all entries or for a specific destination address The table includes the following information Destination SysID NSAP address of the destination system Next Hop NSAP address of the intermediate system that is the next hop on the path to the destination end system Cost Number of hops it takes to reach the destination 2 410 stats show osi Sample Display show osi level2 routes OSI Level II Routing Information Destination SysId Next Hop Cost 0x490044 0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCCO0 20 0x490044 0x490044CCCCCCCCCCCCO0 20 2 Total entries Sample Display show osi level2 routes find 490044 OSI Level II Routing Information Destination SysId Next Hop Cost 0x490044 0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCCO0 20 0x490044 0x490044CCCCCCCCCCCCO0 20 2 Entries found Displays statistics of each OSI circuit The table includes the number of Protocol Data Units received sent and dropped on each circuit Sample Display show osi stats OSI Circuit Statistics Received Send Dropped Circuit Packets Packets Packets E31 464 891 181 E32 211 402 69 2 411 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats clnp Displays statistics for the ConnectionLess Network Protocol CLNP packets on each OSI circuit The table includes the number of CLNP packets received and forwarded the number of Echo Replies received Rx and sent Tx and the number of Echo Requests received Rx and sen
536. tisement Sample Display show ospf Isdb OSPF LSDB OSPF Area 0 0 0 0 LS Type Link State ID Adv Router E Metric ASE Fwd Addr Age Seq Nbr ROUTER 192 32 28 18 192432728518 609 80000002 AS_EX 4 0 0 0 192 32 28 19 2 3 192 32 28 36 1289 80000014 AS_EX 15 0 0 0 192 32 28 19 2 2 192 32528 36 1289 80000012 AS_EX 16 0 0 0 192 32 28 19 2 2 192 32 28 36 1290 80000012 AS_EX L31 1 0 0 192 322819 2 9192 32 28 1 1290 80000012 AS_EX 141 1 0 0 192 32 28 19 2 5 192 32 28 1 1290 80000012 AS_EX 192 30 133 0 192 32 28 19 2 4 192 32 28 1 1291 80000012 AS_EX 192 31 133 0 19232 2819 2 4 192 32 28 1 1291 80000012 neighbors Displays a table of all OSPF s neighbors The table includes the following information Interface IP address of the interface Router Id IP address of the router Neighbor IP Addr IP address of the neighbor 2 419 Using Technician Interface Scripts State Type State of the neighbor which is the following e Down Neighbor is not operational This state can occur only if the neighbor is configured for Non Broadcast Multi Access networks e Attempt Router is trying to establish communication with the neighbor can occur only if the neighbor is configured for Non Broadcast Multi Access networks e Init Router has seen the neighbor s hello packet but the packet does not include this router in its list e Two Way Router and neighbor see
537. to Configuring IPX Services The enable disable ipx commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit_name gt base Enables or disables IPX on the router Sample Display enable ipx base IPX base record enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables all circuits on a specific circuit 3 27 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable iredund Use the enable iredund lt option gt commands to enable interface redundancy on a Bay Networks router and the disable iredund lt option gt commands to disable interface redundancy For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of interface redundancy refer to Configuring Interface and Router Redundancy The enable disable iredund commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit_name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables interface redundancy on a specific circuit Sample Display disable iredund circuit E43 Interface Redundancy disabled on circuit E43 connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables interface redundancy on a specific port Sample Display enable iredund connector 4 3 Interface Redundancy is enabled on slot connector 4 3 3 28 enable disable isdn enable disable isdn Use the enable isdn lt option gt commands to enable Integrated Services Digital Network ISD
538. tocol 32 circuits lt circuit name gt Displays IP circuit information including which circuits have IP configured on them the IP address for each and the state of IP on the circuit Up or Down IP address 0 0 0 0 indicates that an unnumbered interface is configured on the circuit You can also display this information for a specific circuit only 2 303 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ip circuits IP Circuits Circuit Circuit State IP Address E31 2 Up 0 0 0 0 E23 3 Up 128 1 1 1 E21 1 Up 192 32 29 130 3 Total entries disabled Displays the circuit name circuit number and IP address of interfaces that a user has manually disabled IP address 0 0 0 0 indicates that an unnumbered IP interface is configured on the circuit Sample Display show ip disabled IP Circuits Circuit Circuit State IP Address E31 2 Disabled 0 0 0 0 E23 3 Disabled 128 1 1 1 2 Entries found enabled Displays the circuit name circuit number state and IP address of interfaces that a user has manually enabled IP address 0 0 0 0 indicates that the circuit is associated with an unnumbered unterface State is one of the following 2 304 show ip Init Invalid Not Pres Up Interface is coming up and initializing Something about the interface s configuration is not correct Look at the configuration IP software has not been installed on the slot that hosts th
539. top chg Topology Changes Up 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 256500 1 Bridge ID 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 circuits lt circuit name gt Displays Spanning Tree circuit information for all circuits or for a specified circuit For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show span circuits Spanning Tree Circuit Information Designated Circuit State Designated Root Port S21 E ea EE 30769 E51 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32770 S31 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32771 S41 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32772 4 Total entries 2 513 Using Technician Interface Scripts configuration Displays Spanning Tree global configuration parameters These parameters are all user configurable The table includes the following information Bridge ID Spanning Tree Bridge ID assigned to this bridge The Bridge ID is a combination of the Bridge Priority and the Bridge MAC address Bridge Max Age Maximum time in hundredths of a second that the protocol information BPDUs is valid After this time the protocol discards the information Bridge Hello Time Interval in hundredths of a second between BPDUs that the bridge transmits BPDUs are periodic transmissions exchanged between bridges in the network to convey configuration and topology change data Bridge Forward Delay Value all bridges use for Forward Delay when this bridge is acting as the root specifies the time
540. tor and terminate dial connections using telephone numbers that the router passed to the dial up device Interface type that the attached dial unit supports RS232 RS422 V 35 or X 21 ID number of the line ID number of the line pool ID number of the line Number of B channels in the pool Specifies the router s order of preference for using each line pool Indicates whether any of the available channels are in use 2 559 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show sws ondemand_dialing pools 1 Switched Services Dial OnDemand Pool Information CIRCUIT INFORMATION FOR POOL 1 Connection Inact MaxUp Outgoing Phone Number Phone Extension Type Circuit Mode Time Time Demand 3 SLAVE 20 60 Total of 1 Circuits found for LINE INFORMATION FOR POOL 1 Sync Dial On Demand Entries 7001 7002 Not Used ISDN Not Used ISDN this Dial On Demand Pool Hold Slot Port Line Active Down Media Cable Line Num Num State Circuit Time Type Type Number No Syne Lines configured ISDN Demand Pool Entries Pool Line Channel Channels ID Number Count Priority In Use 1 1301102 2 1 0 Total of 1 Dial On Demand Entries Configured for this Pool 2 560 ondemand_dialing schedules show sws Displays the scheduled availability of each demand circuit in a demand pool Circuit Pool Day s Start Time End Time Identifies the name of the circuit Specifies
541. tries found Displays the LNM Servers base record state The base record controls LNM Servers as a whole for the entire system State is one of the following Disabled User has manually disabled LNM Servers as an entity Down LNM Servers is not functioning Init LNM Servers is initializing on the system Not Present LNM Servers has been configured but not started Up LNM Servers is currently operating on the system 2 390 show Inm Sample Display show Inm base LNM Servers Base Information Protocol State LNM Servers Up cannotlink circuit lt circuit name gt Displays problem information for the LNM Servers base record all LNM Servers circuits or a specific circuit You can use the information to diagnose why IBM LAN Network Manager cannot link with the Bay Networks LNM Servers You can use the following options with the cannotlink command The base record table includes the following information Protocol State Internal LAN ID Bridge ID Routing protocol for the base record this is LNM LLC and SR State of the protocol which is one of the following e Disabled User has manually disabled the protocol e Down Protocol is not functioning on the system e Init Protocol is initializing on the system e Not Present Protocol has been configured but not started e Up Protocol is functioning on the system For the IBM LAN Network Manager to be able to link to LNM Serve
542. ts Enabled or Disabled When this parameter is enabled the router s host ID is unique for each interface and it has a different ID for each packet it derives its host ID from the underlying communications device When this parameter is disabled one host ID identifies the router the host ID remains constant for all interfaces Maximum number of equal cost paths allowed for a given destination network 2 326 show ipx Log Filter Setting Setting that determines what kind of messages appear in the log file The default setting filters out debug information and trace messages PreConfigured Net Table Size Amount of space set aside for the forwarding and network tables There is also a base record statistical table displayed that includes total routes services and hosts for the protocol Sample Display show ipx base IPX Base Record Configuration Information Protocol State Router Name IPX ae 1 k Primary NN Router Name None 7 oe E g g 7 E Route Method Mult Host Mode Maximum Path Tick Based Enabled 1 Log Filter Setting PreConfigured Net Table Siz Filter Debug Info and Trace 0 2 327 Using Technician Interface Scripts base stats Displays base record statistics for the IPX protocol The statistics provide information on the total number of routes services and hosts Sample Display show ipx base stats IPX Base Record Statistical Information Protocol State Total
543. ts T1 Modules on Alert Frame Line B8ZS Clock Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration 2 R23 ESF 1 off Internal 11111111111111111ITIIIIII 2 2 T1 22 ESF 1 off Slave 2222222222222222TIIITIITII Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base level information for all T1 circuits or a specific circuit For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show t1 base T1 Modules Frame Line B8ZS Clock Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration 2 T Tl 21 ESF 1 Off Internal 1111111111111111IIIIIIII 2 2 TI 22 ESF 1 off Slave 2222222222222222TIIIIITII 2 entries in table 2 581 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show t1 base circuit t1 21 T1 Modules Frame Line B8ZS Clock Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration 2 deepal 2 3 ESF 1 off Internal 11111111111111111ITIIIIII Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table disabled Displays T1 circuits that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show t1 disabled T1 Modules Disabled Frame Line B8ZS Clock Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table 2 582 show t1 enabled Displays T1 circuits that a user has manually enabled
544. ul XID sequences that have occurred on all defined link stations on this port since the last time this port was started 2 29 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show appn port status APPN Port Status Port Number State Link Role Good XIDs Bad XIDs PORTOOO1 0 Active Negotiable I 0 PORTOO002 0 Active Negotiable 0 0 PORTO003 0 Active Primary 1 0 PORTO004 0 Active Primary 1 0 4 Entries rtp connection Displays information about all RTP connections or a specific RTP connection RTP Conn Name Name of the RTP connection Destination CP Name Fully qualified name of the destination network node The name can be from three to 17 characters Format is lt network ID gt lt CP name gt Ist Hop Ls Name Name of the link station which supports the RTP connection COS Class of service for the RTP connection Local TCID Local Transport Connection Identifier of the RTP connection Remote TCID Remote Transport Connection Identifier of the RTP connection 2 30 Sample Display show appn rtp connection APPN RTP Connections show appn RTP lst Hop Conn Destination Ls COS Local Remote Name CP Name Name TCID TCID ROOOO01L USWFLTO1 DURHAM RALEIGH SNASVCMG 0000000001000000 0000000005000000 ROOO0002 USWFLTO1 DURHAM RALEIGH CONNECT 0000000002000000 0000000006000000 R000003 USWFLTO1 DURHAM RALEIGH INTER 0000000003000000 0000000007000000 ROOO0004 USWFLTO1
545. ulation method used ENET Ethernet SNAP PDN or DDN Valid Validity of the configuration If this field displays No you should check the adjacent host s configuration 2 300 show ip Sample Display show ip adjacent hosts IP Adjacent Hosts Host IP Addr Interface IP Interface Mask Mac Address Encaps Valid 5 0 0 2 5 0 0 1 255 0 0 0 00 00 A2 00 12 34 ENET YES 1 Entries alerts Displays the circuit name and IP address of interfaces whose state does not match their configuration for example an interface configured as enabled but whose state is not up Sample Display show ip alerts IP Circuits Circuit State IP Address 34 Down PSL 401 F51 Down Sts 1e 0 T 2 Entries found arp Displays the IP Address Resolution Protocol ARP table This table shows the mapping between the host s IP address and its MAC address The table includes the following information about each host listed IP Address IP address of the host 2 301 Using Technician Interface Scripts base Physical address Type MAC address of the host How the IP address was resolved to the MAC address Dynamic means that ARP resolved it Static means that it was configured through an adjacent host entry Sample Display show ip arp IP ARP Table IP Address Physical Address Type Lod UE ala2 00 00 A2 06 B9 AA Dynamic TSL sid 2 2 00 00 A2 06 7A FA Dynamic 192 32 37 161 192 32 37 162 4 ARP Ent
546. uld be the same as the one configured in IBM LAN Network Manager If the field contains dashes the address is in canonical format and you must convert it to TR format before entering it or comparing it with the addresses entered in IBM LAN Network Manager External MAC Address TR External Mac address which should be the same as the one configured in IBM LAN Network Manager If the field contains dashes the address is in canonical format and you must convert it to TR format before entering it or comparing it with the addresses entered in IBM LAN Network Manager Sample Display show Inm cannoilink LNM Servers Cannot Link Internal Bridge Protocol State LAN ID ID LNM Base Up BO 5 LLC Base Up SR Base Up BO 5 2 392 show Inm Sample Display show Inm cannotlink circuit LNM Servers Cannot Link Circuit External Internal External Circuit Protocol State Ring ID MAC Address MAC Address 031 LNM Cct Enabled 00 00 45 00 00 09 LLC Cct Up SR COE Up 10 TR Cct Up 00 00 a2 00 c9 a4 LNM LRM Up LNM LBS Up LNM RPS Up circuit lt circuit name gt NM REM Disable LNM CRS Disabled Displays the LNM Servers states on all circuits or on only a specified circuit The LNM column shows whether LNM Servers is Enabled or Disabled on the circuit The servers LNM LRM LNM LBS and so on can have the following states Down Init Not Pres Up State of individual servers goes to Down
547. umber on the slot Name of the circuit associated with this line Current state of the circuit Disabled Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up Current state of automatic line speed negotation Disabled Configuring Complete Current state of signalling at the remote end of the link True or False The configured line speed Options are 100Base X 100Base TX or 100Base FX 100Base X FD Full Duplex 100Base X FD Cong Ctrl Full Duplex with congestion control 2 106 Sample Display show autoneg alerts Auto Negotiation Interfaces on Alert Auto Negotiation Slot Conn Circuit State State show autoneg Remote Capability Signaling In Use 2 31 E231 Down Disabled FALSE 100Base X Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base record information for auto negotiation Note The alerts base disabled and enabled tables all include the same information See the description with the show autoneg alerts command Sample Display show base Auto Negotiation Information Auto Negotiation Slot Conn Circuit State State Remote Signaling Capability In Use 2 1 E21 Not Pres NOT SUPPORTED 3 1 E31 Up Disabled 4 1 E41 Disabled NOT SUPPORTED 5 1 E51 Up Disabled 4 entries in table FALSE 100Base X FD Cong Ctrl FALSE 100Base X 2 107 Using Technician Interfa
548. updates from neighboring networks and conveys received routing information to its internal routing table e Supply Interface transmits all RIP Periodic and Triggered updates to routers in neighboring networks Number of RIP packets received on this interface Number of RIP packets sent out this interface Number of bad RIP packets received on this interface 2 333 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx rip IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information A11 Circuit RIP In Out Bad Index Interfac Stat Mode Packets Packets Packets 1 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 2 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 3 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 4 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 5 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 6 0x2E025290 Up Lstn Sply 0 1600 0 7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn Sply 1534 384 0 8 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 RIP Interfaces configured rip alerts Displays IPX RIP interfaces whose Disable Enable parameter conflicts with their state For column definitions see the rip command Sample Display show ipx rip alerts IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information Alerts Circuit RIP In Out Bad Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets 1 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 2 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 3 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 4 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 5 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 RIP Interfaces configured 2 334 show ipx rip disab
549. uration of an active call The table displays the following information Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface DSL ID Digital Subscriber Loop ID Call ID Entry in the ISDN Call Information Table Duration Minutes The duration of the call Connect Time Hour Min Sec Time of day that the router establishes the call Sample Display show isdn calls time DSL DurationConnect Time Slot ID Call ID Minutes Hour Min Sec 1 0 32769 0 16 46 33 Total of 1 call is active 2 361 Using Technician Interface Scripts inphone Displays the configuration set up for incoming phone numbers The table displays the following information Index Index number for this line instance Incoming Phone Number Telephone number of the remote router Sub Addr Subaddress for a main telephone number Phone Type Indicates whether the phone number type is Dial or ISDN Type of Phone ISDN numbering type Unknown International National Specific Subscriber or Abbreviated Plan Type ISDN numbering plan Unknown Telephony X 121 Telex Standard or Private Sample Display show isdn inphone ISDN Incoming Phone Number Configuration Incoming Phone Type of Plan Index Phone Number Sub Addr Type Phone Type il 5084367001 None DIAL N A N A 2 5084367002 None DIAL N A N A 3 5084368005 None DIAL N A N A 4 5084368006 None DIAL N A N A 5 5084366005 None DIAL N A N A 6 5084366006 None DIAL N A N A Total of 6 Incoming Phone
550. ured on your system or for a specific port Entered without an option this subset of commands displays the total number of ports configured on the system lt port number gt Limits the display to a specified port number currently 1 through 4 The table includes the following information Port Number Port number for the information being displayed Valid ports are 1 2 3 and 4 Not all systems have four physical ports A configured port that doesn t exist is in the Absent state Port State Port s current state as follows e Absent Not physically present e Disabled Unavailable e Down Unavailable e Init Initializing e Up Available 2 161 Using Technician Interface Scripts Port Name Slot Number Baud Rate Data Bits Parity Stop Bits Modem Control Screen Size More Port Prompt Max Login Retries Name that the system has given to the port Users may not specify a name You can use the name to correlate a port number to a physical port The name of the port should be printed next to the physical port connection as follows e Port 1 CONSOLE e Port 2 MODEM1 VME platform only e Port 3 MODEM2 VME platform only e Port 4 PRINTER VME platform only The names do not specify the port s use All ports are serial ports used for Technician Interface sessions only For example port MODEM 1 may be a modem connection or a dummy terminal connection depending on its configuration Wh
551. ustomer service representative e Connect Synchronizing the ends of the connection for the signaling sequence e Next Separating the signaling performed in the SIGNAL state e Signal Communicating individual bits of information across the connection e Join Assuring that both ends of the connection enter the ACTIVE state together when signaling has completed e Verify Leading to an active connection e Active Incorporating the port into the token path e Maint Detecting maintenance state Number of times a link has been rejected 2 259 Using Technician Interface Scripts Elasticity Buffer Errors Link Confidence Count Number of elasticity buffer errors for a specific Physical Layer Protocol PHY The elasticity buffer tracks clock tolerances between stations Number of consecutive times the link confidence test has failed during Connection Management Sample Display show fddi port FDDI Modules Port Parameters Link Error Elasticity Link Local Neighbor Physical Monitor Buffer Confidence Slot Conn Port Port Type State Count Errors Count 2 1A Unknown Connect 0 0 0 2 1B A Active 0 0 0 2 entries in table receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit CRC Errors Overrun Errors Invalid Frames Frames Too Long Slot
552. ut the Bay Networks implementation of CSMA CD refer to Configuring Line Services The enable disable csmacd commands support the following subcommand options base disable dcmmw base circuit lt circuit_name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable csmacd circuit e21 CSMACD circuit E21 enabled connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable csmacd connector 2 1 CSMACD connector 2 1 enabled 3 14 enable disable dcmmw enable disable dcmmw base On a Bay Networks 8 Port ANH with an installed N11 Data Collection Module DCM option use the enable demmw lt option gt command to enable the software subsystem DCM middleware DCMMW for remote monitoring RMON services The DCMMW driver runs on the ANH motherboard it controls the DCM and provides access to collected RMON statistics Use the disable demmw lt option gt command to disable the DCM board For information on configuring the DCM software subsystem with Site Manager refer to Connecting AN and ANH Systems to a Network For information on the Bay Networks implementation of RMON services in the 8 Port ANH refer to Configuring SNMP BOOTP DHCE and RARP Services For detailed information on RMON topics refer to the Remote Network Monitoring MIB RMON RFC 1757 The enable disable dcmmw command supports the following subcommand option Enables or disables t
553. value used by this session Sample Display show appn endpoint address APPN Endpoint Session Addressing Info USWFLTO1 TESTEN fobf52e94a9b96c7 Network CPSVCMG 1000002 USWFLTO1 TESTEN eebbbebc4474cd92 Network CPSVCMG 1000002 Partner LU PCID Priority COS LS SIDH SIDL ODAI USWFLTO1 WF3174A dbf36f442150b151 Network CPSVCMG 1000004 2 0 1 USWFLT01 WF3174A fbbf52e94a9b96c9 Network CPSVCMG Q I000004 2 0 0 USWFLTO1 AFN ccebbc 6be89f3909 Network CPSVCMG 1000003 2 0 0 USWELTO1 AFN fbbf52e94a9b96c8 Network CPSVCMG 1000003 2 0 1 2 0 0 2 il 6 Entries endpoint route lt PLU name gt Displays routing information for all endpoint sessions or for sessions to a specific LU The Route column indicates the route used by the endpoint sessions CP sessions between adjacent nodes do not show routes For more information about column definitions see the endpoint address command Note Routing information is only available if the endpoint session RSCV storage option is enabled 2 17 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show appn endpoint route APPN Endpoint Session Routing Info Partner LU PCID Route gt TG 21 gt TG 21 USWFLTO1 WF3174A USWFLTO1 WF3174A USWFLTO1 AFN USWFLTO1 AFN USWFLTO1 ESTEN USWFLTO1 ESTEN 8 Entries USWFLTO1 WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cc USWFLTO1 RALEIGH gt TG
554. w atm line lt option gt commands display information about the Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM Adaption Layer Controller ALC link module service For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of the ATM link module service refer to Configuring ATM Services Note The atm line set of commands is a subset of the atm command Refer to the show atm section for more information on the atm command The show atm line command supports the following subcommand options alerts receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt receive stats circuit lt circuit name gt disabled sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt enabled stats circuit lt circuit name gt phy circuit lt circuit name gt transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt phy errors circuit lt circuit name gt transmit stats circuit lt circuit name gt 2 84 alerts show atm line Displays abnormal conditions in the ATM link module The table displays the following information Slot Conn Circuit Line Number Driver State First MAC Address Num MAC addrs DP Notify TMO MTU Slot number Physical port number Circuit number for the driver Line number for the physical ATM port Operational state of the driver Up Down Init initializing Download downloading Config configuring or Not Present Note that
555. w atm line receive stats circuit A51 ATM Module Receive Statistics Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells 5 1 A51 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 91 Using Technician Interface Scripts sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the total number of frames transmitted and received for the specified circuit over the specified period of time or for all circuits over 10 seconds Also displays information on the following Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets dropped because no host buffers were available to hold the incoming data Tx Lack of Resources Number of packets dropped during transmission For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line sample ATM Sampled Data over 10 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 4 1 A41 0 0 0 0 5 1 A51 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show atm line sample circuit A51 ATM Sampled Data over 10 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 5 1 A51 0 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 92 show atm line Sample Display show atm line sample 5 circuit A51 ATM Sampled Data over 5 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 5 1 A51 0 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in t
556. w ppp osi 7 show ppp circuit 21 show ppp pap local 8 show ppp decnet 22 show ppp pap remote 9 show ppp disabled 23 show ppp chap local 10 show ppp enabled 24 show ppp chap remote 11 show ppp ip 25 show ppp version 12 show ppp ipx configured 26 show ppp vines 13 show ppp ipx negotiated 27 show ppp xns 14 show ppp ipx name local A Add a command H Change menu title Q Quit C Clear all commands L Load new menu S Save menu commands D Delete command M Menu control off T Toggle title display E Edit command Enter menu number or TI command Saving Changes Made to Menus With menu control on save your changes for future sessions by entering s at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt add a filename then press the Return key Refer to the following example Enter menu number or TI command S Enter file name main mnu testing mnu Saving commands to testing mnu The Technician Interface saves the file to the default volume The current menu session now uses the file you specified If you do not specify a filename at the Enter file name main mnu prompt the Technician Interface overwrites the main mnu file stored on the router s file system once you press the Return key If you mistakenly select s type q and press the Return key to quit Chapter 2 provides a complete reference for all show and monitor scripts in the system Refer to it for more information sample displays and refer
557. w rptr stats errors 802 3 Repeater HUB Error Statistics Port FCS Errors Alignment Errors Long Frames Short Events Late Events Very Long Events Data Rate Mismatch MANA OF WN HE RRR Oo NRO 62 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 2 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 4464905 Kop DB PB DB BBW 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 39 4294967263 4294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 KB DBD DB Ww 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 0 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 2182103142 4294967295 4294967295 27 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 137546127 K DB DB DB DB BBA m w 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 2 1100513603 status ports 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4160749563 4294967291 4294967295 13 4294967295 Displays the operational status of the repeater or of the individual ports that comprise the repe
558. wing information Peer IP Address IP address of configured DLSw peers Queue Number Associated DLSw priority queue number Bytes Number of bytes backed up and held in a congestion control queue before transmission Packets Number of packets backed up and held in a congestion control queue before transmission 2 468 show protopri Sample Display show protopri cc_stats Protocol Priority Congestion Control Statistics Peer IP Queue Address Number Bytes Packets 520 2 0 0 0 So 5022 1 4972 2 2 Entries found filters Displays current information on filters that implement DLSw priority queueing The table includes the following information Filter Name Filter name assigned using Site Manager Rule Number Rule number assigned when creating filters determines precedence Fragment Number Number of octet fragments required to store the filter rule Used by Site Manager you cannot modify this number Rx Matches Number of packets that meet the filter criteria Mode Current state of Protocol Prioritization Enabled or Disabled Status Current state of configured priority queues Active or Inactive 2 469 Using Technician Interface Scripts qstats Sample Display show protopri filters Protocol Priority Traffic Filters Rule Fragment Rx Filter Name Number Number Matches lode Status SNA_High 1 1 225228 Enabled Active NetBIOS_Low 2 de 2183 Enabled Active 2 Entries found
559. zes as Bay Networks Source Route bridges 2 519 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show sr bridges Source Routing SR Bridge IDs OxA This Bridge 0xB 2 entries found circuit lt circuit name gt Displays all Source Routing interfaces or a specific interface Mode is Enabled or Disabled and State is Down or Up You can use this display to identify the Source Routing interfaces in the router Sample Display show sr circuit Source Routing SR Interface Information Circuit Mode State O31 Disabled Down 1 entries found configuration circuit lt circuit name gt Displays Source Routing global configuration You can use this information to determine how a Bay Networks Source Route Bridge is configured The table includes the following information Mode Mode is Enabled or Disabled Bridge ID SR bridge s identification number ranges from 0x1 to OxF 2 520 Internal Ring ID Group Lan ID show sr Unique network wide internal or virtual LAN identification number ranges from 0x001 to OxFFF Routing identifier that serves as a Routing Information Field RIF place holder and Bay Networks identifier ranges from 0x001 to OxFFF Sample Display show sr configuration Source Routing SR Base Record Configuration Internal Group Mode Bridge ID Ring ID Lan ID Enabled circuit lt circuit name gt OxA 0x101 OxFFF Displays the circui

Avaya Using Technician Interface Scripts User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents